Dipavamsa 1
Input by the Sri Lanka Tripitaka Project
[CPD Classification 4.1.1]
[SL Vol Dīp2- ] [\z Dīp /] [\w II /]
[SL Page 001] [\x 1/]
[DIPAWANSA]
[PART II.]
[By]
[Venarable Pandit]
[AHUNGALLE WIMALAKITTI MAHATHERO]
[Incumbent]
[Ambukkharama Mahavihara]
[and]
[.Principal]
[of ,tgatasasanodaya Pirivena,]
[WELITOTA.]
[Pitbli.@hed]
[BY]
[K. ERINERIS DE SILVA ESQR:]
[Vidyavilasi Press,]
[B, E. 2482]
[C. E. 1939.,]
THIS GRETIL TEXT FILE IS FOR REFERENCE PURPOSES ONLY!
COPYRIGHT AND TERMS OF USAGE AS FOR SOURCE FILE.
Text converted to Unicode (UTF-8).
(This file is to be used with a UTF-8 font and your browser's VIEW configuration
set to UTF-8.)
| description: | multibyte sequence: |
| long a | ā |
| long A | Ā |
| long i | ī |
| long I | Ī |
| long u | ū |
| long U | Ū |
| vocalic r | ṛ |
| vocalic R | Ṛ |
| long vocalic r | ṝ |
| vocalic l | ḷ |
| vocalic L | Ḷ |
| long vocalic l | ḹ |
| velar n | ṅ |
| velar N | Ṅ |
| palatal n | ñ |
| palatal N | Ñ |
| retroflex t | ṭ |
| retroflex T | Ṭ |
| retroflex d | ḍ |
| retroflex D | Ḍ |
| retroflex n | ṇ |
| retroflex N | Ṇ |
| palatal s | ś |
| palatal S | Ś |
| retroflex s | ṣ |
| retroflex S | Ṣ |
| anusvara | ṃ |
| visarga | ḥ |
| long e | ē |
| long o | ō |
| l underbar | ḻ |
| r underbar | ṟ |
| n underbar | ṉ |
| k underbar | ḵ |
| t underbar | ṯ |
Unless indicated otherwise, accents have been dropped in order
to facilitate word search.
For a comprehensive list of GRETIL encodings and formats see:
http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil/gretdiac.pdf
and
http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil/gretdias.pdf
For further information see:
http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil.htm
[ FOREWORD]
[I have great pleasure in c 1011]
[of the Dipavamsa to the seri( the]
[history of Geylon in particular ai oral.]
[The Dipavamsa is the oldest of the Pali Chronicles extant in Ceylon ; its author or authors
are unknown as also the date of its composition. It seems safe to assume that its compilation
extended over a fairly long period of time and that it was the result of collaboration from
more than one quarter. It relied for its authoritativeness on the Sinhalese records, faithfully
kept by the dwellers of the Mahavihara at Anuradhapura, and claimed to be no more than
a translation into Pali of portions of those apparently very varied documents.]
[Pali had by this time superseded Sinhalese as the language of the new culture which arose
with the spread of Buddhism, and scholars, not only of Ceylon but also of other Buddhist
lands, ware evidently interested in the traditional lore of the Island. It was necessary,
therefore, that information should be ,tvailable in a language familiar to a very wide circle
of investigators. The Dipavamsa was the result of an attempt to meet such a demand.]
[The Sinhalese were yet novices in the handling of Pali idiom and metre. The language and
style of the Dipavamsa bear evidence of a stage of experimentation. Within a very short
time, however, the alumni of the Maliavihara had mastered Pali and were anxious that no
room should be left for reflection to be cast on the excellence of Sinhalese scholarship. Thus
was produced the Mahavamsa, meticulous care being taken to avoid the faults of diction, of
prolixity as well as of undue conciseness, and any other deficiencies from which the
Dipavamsa suffered. Some have advanced the theory that the two Chronicles but such a
hypothesis]
[were the works of rival seats of learning, can scarcely be maintained. Yet it is true that both
compilations dealt with the same period of Ceylon history and that both drew their
materials from common sources.]
[The compilation of tl-ie idahavttinsa seems to have eclipsed the Dipavamsa almost
completely. It would appear, however, that once or twice attempts were made to revive its
glory, though ithout success. The Mahavamsa became the authoritative chronicle of royalty
as well as of the Sangha and, when it was considered necessary to bring the account up I o
date, it was to the Mahavanlsa that supplementary chapters were added from time to time.
But the older Chronicle was riot allowed to fall into oblivio n ; it, too, was assiduously
studied arid zealously guarded as a valued heritage; copies of it are to be found in the more
representative monastic libraries to this day.]
[No effort seems to have been made in the past to continue the record contained in the
Dipavains@t from where its original compiler(s) concluded-the reign of Mahasena. The gap
thus left was very wide indeed. The Rev. Pandita AI-iungalle Wimalakitti Thera has now
come forward to bridge it. The task he has undertaken is gigantic and would have unnerved
another of less heroic mould than he. He has laboured with infinite patience and untiring
energy and the present volume contains the results of his industry and ability. I would not
here attempt to appraise its value either as history or as literature; that 1 would leave to
others better qualified.]
[There are those who consider the resuscitation of ancient chronicles a worthless task. Other
times, other works, they would say and add thah nowhere have methods of approach
changed so completely as in the sphere of historical stud:es. 1 am not in entire agreement
with them ; to me the works of a long-forgotten past have more than a sentimental value
when they are -proposed to he made the bases for modern compilations. Thus would the
dry bones of a remote age have new life given to them both for our instruction and our
edification. I wholeheartedly welcome all such efforts as would quicken interest in our past
and provide inspiration for the present.]
[I happen to know that, the Rev Wimalakitti has had to meet with disappointment from
mlriy quarters where he had the right to expect encouragement and support. His enterprise
is all the more commendable, therefore, that he has refused defeat and persevered with
courage and determination. May he reap a rich reward.]
[G. P. ?VIALALASEKER-k.]
[INTRODUCTION]
[his Noble Island visited by the Lord Buddha and blessed with illiinitable wealth and glory
was known as Lanka,]
[Sihala and Tambapanni. The naine Lanka is very old.]
[Before the arrival of Vijaya, the father of the Sinhalese royal dynasty, Lankapura was a very
prosperous city. The day of Vijaya's landing in Ceylon coincided with the festive occasion
of the marriage of a princess from Lankapura to the lord of the city of Sirisavastu. With the
aid of Kuveiii, Vijaya proceeded to Sirisavastu with his followers, slew the whole host of its
cit.izens and took possession , of the kingdom,.]
[From these and other facts we ean infer that the name Lanka was applied to this country
before the arrival of Vijaya.]
[Sinhabahu the ruler of Sinhapura in Lata was known as Sitihala, because of the fact that he
captured a lion. His children and their descendents as well as the land they lived in came to
be known by the name Sinhala.]
[The term Tambapanni came into use after the advent of Vijaya. The prince and his
followers landed from their ship and rested on the sea,-shore. As the pgims of their hands
appeared to be of @ copper colour by the touch of the sand on the beach, the land @tme to
be known as TLmbapanni. At this spot Vij@tya built a city. This locality is known as
Tammanna even at the present day.]
[Both the terms Sibala and Tamb,,tpanni came into existence after the arrival of Vijaya.
Nevertheless the name Lanka is generally known. After the conquest of Ceylon by Vijaya
the culture common to the people of India spread rapidly among the Ceylonese and thereby
the Sinhalese people advanced by gradual steps,]
[This island thrice visited and blessed by the Lord Buddha is enriched by his personal and
associated relies to the same extent. as His -native land. During the reign of King
Devanampiyfi Tissa in 237 B.E,, the Arahat Mahiiida, son of the Great Emperor Dharmasoka,
at the request of Arahat Moggalipubta Tissa who was entreated by the king of Gods,
established Buddhism in Ceylon.]
[Mahiiida the spiritual teacher of Lanka propagated the 1)hamma in the Island. He caused
the Sinhalese Commentaries to be written. As t result of these activities the literature and
scientifie knowledge. spread throughout the land.]
[In the Reign of Wattagamini Abhaya five hundred holy monks assembled at the Aloka
Vihara in the Matale District, observing the decay of the Religion in the future, and reduced
into writing the Texts and Commentaries that were handed down orally among the monks.
The world benefited immensely by this great undertaking.]
[Later, during the reign of Vabanama, the famous commentator Buddhagosha, at the
instance of his teacher Revata, arrived in Ceylon and residing at the Ma@ia Vihara in the
sacred city of Anuradhapura, translated id.,0 Pali the Commentaries that were in Siiiho,Iese.]
[For the credit of a country or a people that progressed gradually there must exist a
continual history. Ceylon and the Sinhilese Nation possess for themselves an unrivalled
history in the world. It is said by the ancients that what .,(jmprises of the unbroken tradition
of a people embodying the fourfold outlook in life-Darma, Artha, Kama and M(,,kshais
called history. It is undisputedly acknowledged by the scholars both oriental and accidental
that the earliest and foremost liistorical work of Ceylon is the Dipavamsa.]
[According to the scholastic definition, it is a Dipa (an island) which is bounded by water.
A Wansa (a race) is that which propalgates itself by producing men. By the term Dipavamsa
the racial continuity of the island as well as the Chronicle that records it, is indicated.]
[In the Dipavarnsa, the story of the visits of Lord Buddha, the establishment of Buddhism
in the Island, the succession of Kings and Dynasties, and the temporal and spiritual
activities of the rulers and their ministers, are systematically recorded. The Chronicle is
written in elegant Pali verse. The first part contains the historical narrative from the story of
the visits of Lord Buddha up to the reign of Mahasena.]
[The Book runs into twenty-two chaptersknown as Bhanavaras, each consisting of 25,0
granthas or stanzas. Although each chapter is]
[vii]
[designated a Bhanavara, the requi site number of stanza@s and syllables for a chapter is not
uniform. Hence we have to conclude that the author has applied the general scriptural term
of Bhanavara to the chapters,]
[As it is considered that the poem which presents a historical narrative is necessarily a "great
poem." we cannot but regard the Dipavamsa as a '@great poem." We have no clue
whatsoever as to the date and authorship of this monumental work. Yet by a critical
examination of the poem we can come to tl,ie conclusion that it has been written by a
scholar who was contemporary to the king Mahasena. The great commentary of the Vinaya
known as Samantapasadika written by the Thera Buddhaghosha bears ,unmistakable
evidence as to the age of this historical work. Therein we come across certain illustrations
quoted from the Dipavamsa. This work written in perfect Pali verse narrating the historical
tradition of Buddhism and the Sinhalese kingdom during a period of 845 years stood as an
example to later compositions of a similar character.]
[THE. MONASTIC ORDER:]
[The Monastic Order established by the Great Arahat Mahinda in the reign of king
Devanampiya Tissa, 236 B. E., and which prospered steadily through the support of kings
and nobles continned to exist for a space of 1,300 years dividing itself into various schisms.
During the later times, owing to the incessant wars between the Tamils and the Sinhalese,
Buddhism deteriorated to such an extent that the requisite number of Bhikkhus qualified to
perform the ecclesiastical rites were found scarce.]
[Vijaya Bahu I, who united Lanka under one flag and became King in 1609 B. E., was
disappointed at the scarcity of qualified Bhikkhus to perform the ecclesiastical duties. He
dispatched, envoys to the King of Arimaddana in Ramanna country to bring qualified
monks from there and resuscitated the monastic order by conferring the ordination on
young men of noble birth,,]
[After the time of king VI'Jaya Bahu until the early years of the reign of Parakrama Bahu I,
the country was continually subjected to numerous wars and evil strifes. During this period
the monks degraded to a very low ebb and spoiled the religion by acting contrary to the
noble toadhing, The great monarch observing the]
[viii]
[irreparable harm done by them disrobed and expelled the unclisciplined monks. He
conducted the ordination ceremony annually and reformed the,Holy Order. This reformation
continued to exist for a space of 250 years till the reign of Parakrama Bahii VI.]
[As a result of ' the rapid progress of Portuguese power in the maritime provinces since the
accession of Don John Dharmapala and of the mgsslere of Buddhist monks by the apostate
Rajasinha I, who embraced Shaivaism, King Wimaladharmasuriya, on coming to the throne,
met with the difficulty of procuring a single Bhikkliu who had received the Ordination. He
sent an embassy to the King of Rakkhanga alias Araman,,i, brought down some monks
including the Thera Nandicakka and re-established the Monastic Order in Ceyl on by
conducting an Ordinabion in the year 2140 B. E,]
[Subsequently the performance of the Ordination Ceremony and other ecclesiastical duties
fall into abeyance owing to the frequent wars during the long reign of Rajusinha II, and it
was found impossible to come across a qualified monk in Ceylon. The devout King
Witnaladharmasuriya II, who was endowed with a noble character entirely different from
that of his father, dispatched a party of Sinhalese envoys equipped with valuable gifts to the
Ramannadesa on board a Dutch ship, in 1697 A. C., and brought down 33 monks headed by
the Elder Santana Thera.]
[He conducted an Ordination Ceremony inside an aquatic tower built on the river
Mahaveliganga at the ford of (,Tetambe, administered the Ordination to 33 monks, admitted
120 laymen to the Holy Order, and revived the Monastic Order in Lanka.]
[Subsequently King Sri Vijaya Raiasinha sent a band of Sinhalese envoys to Pegu in the year
1741 A. 0., with orders to bring fully ordained Bhikklius. As the vessel in which they
travelled met with ship-wreck during the course of their journey, another party was
dispatched to Siam on board a Dutch sailing vessel in the year 1747. As the king had
deceased before the return of the c ' nvoys with the Bhikkhus from Siam, the disappointed
Siamese monks returned home without paying a visit to the capital Srivardhanapura.]
[Later when Kirti Sri Rajasinha ascended the throne, he sent an embassy to the King of
Siam, got down a party of Siamese monkoundertheElderUpaliThera,ordainedtheVen.
Saranankara]
[ix]
[Samanera and others and established the Siamese sect in Coylon.]
[During the reign of King Rajasinli,,t the Ven. Welitota Nanavimala Tissa, embarked for
Amarapui.a in Burma, obtained the Ordination from there and on his return to Ceylori in
2340 B. E., established the Amarapura sect in this country.]
[Not long afterwards the Ven. Saranankara of Arnbagahawatta sailed to the city of
Ratanapunna in Burma in 2405 B. E., obtained his Ordination there and established the
Bamatina Sect in Ceylon.]
[It would be one of the greatest services to Buddhism if the devout Buddhists make a
determined endeavour to unite these three sects as were done by the Buddhist monarchs
from time to time in the days of yore.]
[This ORDER OF NUNS:]
[During the reign of King Devanampiya Tissa, 236 B. E., the Order of Nuns was' established
in Ceylon by the Holy Nun Sanghamitta, daughter of the Great Emperor Dharmasoka.
Princess Anula the consort of Maha Naga brother of King Devanampiya Tissa became such
a devoted follower of Buddhism that she expressed her desire to be a Nun giving up the
householder's life. The imonarch communicated the appeal to the Arahat Mahinda. As the
monks were unauthorized to admit ladies to the monastic life he decided to get down his
sister Sangamitta and informed the king about it. The monarch, pleased with tl-ie idea of
establishing the Order of Nuns, dispatched envoys to the court of Dharmasoka. Emperor
Asoka immediately sent a party of eleven Nuns headed by Sanghamitta. The great Nun
admitted to the Holy Orders 500 youn. ladies including the Princess Anula as well as 500
women of the Royal household and thereby established the Order of Nuns in Coylon.]
[The Chronicles bear undoubted evidence as to the continual existence of the Order of Nuns
for a long space of 1282 years until the reign of Mahinda iii., who ascended the throne in
1519 B. E. We have no evidence as to the existence of the Order of Nuns after this date.
Mahinda III, was on the throne for 16 years. It is mentioned that he built an abode for the
Nuns named Mahamalla and dedicated it to the Senior Nuns who had received consecration
from the Therawansa. This is the last available reference to the]
[X]
[Order of Nuns in -Ceylon. Therefore we can be sure that the monastic order for worrien
was still in existence in the reign of Mabinda III. This king was succeeded by big son Sena
IV. His reign was distinguished by numerous wars. In spite of it we find no possible cause
for the total extinction of the Order of Nuns. Sena TV died at the end of a reign of 10 years
and his brother Mahinda TV succeeded to the throne at Anuradhapura. He could not
effectually control the kin dom which was over-run by the 9]
[people of various nationalities brought down from different countries by his fatt,.er's
General, Sena. As he was found to be a ruler of a gentle disposition, the people refused to
pay him taxes. Unable to pay the mercenaries owing to the loss of revenue, he fled from the
capital to Ruhuna and lived at the villa-je of Citta Pabbata which he converted into a place
of defence. Subsequently he built the city of Kapuga,,1 Nuwara and made his residence
there, At this time the Kerala, Karnata and Sinhala rebels held their sway over the
remaining territory. The. land was entirely impoverished. A horse-merchant who visited the
Island at this period reported the troubled state of the country to tl-ie ruler @f the Chola
Kingdom and the Cholian hordes invaded the country, Soon after their landing they were
able to capture the crown and insignia with the queen and the royal treasures which they
sent hurne to their King. They demolished the sacred shrines and Buddhist Viharas and
plundered all their essential wealth. The ruthless destruction of Buddhism during the
Cholian invasion is amply recorded in history. It is possible that the Order of Nuns diseared
at this disastrous period Any vestiges of the Order of app]
[Nuns that remained during the reign of Mahinda, we presume, were finally lost by the
abdication of monastic life by the Nuns in fear of the Cholian menace.]
[THE TOOTH RELIC:]
[The Great Tathagata, after an active life of 45 years, ent@ered the Parinirvana at the age of
80, at the Sala grove of the Mallas in the city of Kusinara. Prior to the distribution of relies,
a certain Arahat known as Khema by name, removed one of the Sacred Tooth Relies from
the left-hand side of His, jaw, during the course of the cremation. He took it to the country
of Kalinga and after converting Danta, the King of Dantapura, to Buddhism handed it over
to the monarch who scrupulously guarded it as his]
[xi]
[own life. His son Sunanda succeeded him. In course of time when King Guhasiva became
the custodian of the Tooth Relic through linear succession, the King of Pandya heard of it
from the Tirthakas and took possession of it by force. He entrusted to the Tirthakas to
destroy the Holy Relic which he had captured. They tried their best to put an end to this
object of great reverence, but met with failure. Subsequently the King Gubasiva became so
delighted on witnessing the miracles performed by the Tooth Relic, that he returned the
Relic to its original owner Guhasiva.]
[In order to protect the Tooth Relic from the hands of hostile kings he requested his
daughter Hemamala and her husband Sudotta, the Prince of Dantapura, to take it. away to
King Mahasena of Ceylon. Accompanied by theToothRelic they embarked from the port of
Tamra,lipti and landed in Ceylon. On their arrival they found that Alahasona had already
died and his son Kit, Siri Mevan was reigning. The couple journeyed with the Relic
toanuradhapura and arriving at the Maha Vihara approached the king through the
mediation of the monks. They related the full story of their mission,and entrusted the Tooth
Relic to the ruler. The monarch highly gratified by this good fortune received the Relic in a
valuable cryst@l casket and deposited it in the hall of Dhammacakka built bydevanampiya
Tissa. From that moment this hall received the name of 'Dathadhatughara. In order to
facilitate all the citizens to pay respects to the Tooth Relic, the king took it in great
procession to the Abhayagiri Vihara, held festivities and offerings there, and returned with
it to the Hall of the Tooth. The Eialada festivities were conducted by the monarch Kit Siri
Mevan defraying an expenditure of nine lacs of gold coins. It was the first occasion that the
Dalada Perahera was ever held in Ceylon. He ordered that the festival of the Tooth Relic
should be conducted annually, Since that time the devout kings of Ceylon continued to
observe the festival of the Tooth Relic with the accompaniment of a Perahera.]
[When the capital of the kings changed from time to time owing to political and other
reasons, the abode of the Tooth Relic also had to be shifted simultaneously. The Sacred
Tooth remained at Anuradhapura for a space of more than 700 years until King -'jijaya Bahu
I, in 1609 B. E, built the city of Polonnaruwa and removed it thither. When his. son
Wickrama]
[Bahu I began to appropriate the wealth of the temples, the Bhikkhus removed the Tooth
Relic to Ruhuna. Manabharana, the ruler of Ruhun,,i and contemporary of Gaja Bahu,
brought back the Tooth Relic to Polonnaruwa when he captured the city. As soon as
Parakrama Bahu I, conquered the capital of Rajarata,, 'LVIanabharana carried away the
Tooth Relic with him. At the death of Manabharana, his mother Sugala took possession of
the sacred Relic. By the order of Parakrania Bahu I, his Generals waged war against Sugala
and brought the Tooth Relic back to Polonnaruwa. The great monarch built a magnificent
palace for the I-loly Tooth in the heart of his capital and held great festivities in its honour.]
[When Magha the invader from South India ravaged the city of Polonnaruwa, Vacissara and
other Theras concealed the Tooth Relic on the mountain-side of Kotmale. Vanni Vijaya Bahu,
who built the new city of Dambadeniya and transferred the Tooth Relic to his capital,
constructed a grand palace for the Tooth on the rock fortress of Beligala and securely placed
it there in -reat ceremony. His son Parakrama Bahu II, who succeeded him as ruler at
Dambadeniya, built the Temple of the Tooth called Vijayasundararama, by the side of his
royal palace and deposited tl-ie Tooth Relic there. His son Vijaya Bahu IV, after freeing the
country from the thorns of hostile armies, reoccupied the city of Polonnaruwa and brought
the Tooth Relic back to its original home. He was succeeded by his brother Bhuvaneka Bahu
V, who made Yapawu or Subha Pabbata his capital. He removed the Sacred Tooth to
Yapahuwa and conducted daily festivals in its honour.]
[After his reign a Draviclian, General, Aryaeakravarti, descended on the city of Subha
Pabbata accompanied by his Tamil hordes. I-Ie captured the Tooth Relic, and presented it to
his lord Kalasekhara, King of Pandya. Parakraina Bahu III, who came to the throne
immediately after this period, proceeded to the court of Kulasekhara and recovered the
Sacred Relic by peaceful persuasion. Returning with the Great Relic he deposited it in the
Temple of the Tooth at Polonnaruwa where he conducted festivities. He was succeeded by
Parakrama Bahu IV of Kurunegala. This monarch brought the Tooth Relic to his Capital,
built a magnificent palace as its repository and conducted grand festivities and daily
oiterings.]
[xiii]
[He composed in Sinhaleqe a treatise called Dh.,itha Dhatu Caritta (Dalada Sirita) which
deals with the history of the Tooth Relic.]
[During later years Bhuvaneka Bahu V who made Gampola or Gan,casiripura his capital
removed the Tooth Relic thither and conducted fe@tivals in its honour. As the latter part of
his reign was connected with Jayavardhanipura (Kotte) the Tooth Relic was transferred from
Gampola to the new capital. Parakrama Bahu VI of Kothe built a magnificent building for
the Tooth Relic in the vicinity of the royal palace and repc)sited the Tooth Relic there in
great ceremony.]
[In the reign of Dharmapala, when the Christian religion introduced by the Portuguese was
gaining influence, the monks surreptitiously removed the Tooth Relic to Delgamu Vibara in
thi) province of Sabaragamuva. Wimal,@i Dharma Surya who gave up Christianity and
became king of Sirivardhanapura removed the sacred Relic to his Capital.' He built a
two-storied mansion for the Tooth Relic near the royal palace and conducted offerings to the
great relic. From the day that Ceylon was ceded to king George III in 2358 B. B., the Tooth
Relic remained under the custody of the British Government. In the year 2396 B. E. the
Government transferred the custodianship of the Tooth Relic into the hands of the High
Priests of Asgiriya and Malwatta and to the Diyawadana Nilame.]
[THE HERETIC-KL DOCTRINES:]
[These doctrines are teachings absolutely contrary to the Buddha Dhamma. A heresy which
originated in India wfis introduced into Ceylon in the days of king Vohara Tissa who
ascended the throne in the year 757 B. E. (' ertain sinful monks in this country became its
adherents. The monks of the Abhayagiri Vihara endeavoured to propa ,gate this doctrine 1
in Ceylon in the guise of a Buddhist teaching. The king employed a learned minister named
Kapila well versed in the Tripitaka to examine the heretical teachings, Having discovered
that their teaching was a false doctrine the monarch collected all the books dealing with it
and consigned them to a fire, punishing all the monks who had accepted it. Similar heretical
teachings that arose in Ceylon during later periods passed under the same name. The
heresies were revived by the monks of the Abhayagiri Vihara during the reign of
Gothabbaya]
[xiv]
[otherwise known as Megavarna Abhaya. The ruler gathered sixty monks who followed the
heretical teaching, branded on them and banished them out of the country. These deported
m,.)nks came across a Cholian heretic in India named Sangamitra who became tne inveterate
enemy@ of the orthodox monks of the Maha Vihara. He came to Geylon, was successful in
winning the favour of the king and became the tutor to the two sons of the monarch. He
easily converted the younger prince Mahasena to his new doctrine. But the elder Jettha Tissa
was dissatisfied with his teacher. After the death of the king the prince Jettha Tissa ascended
the throne. S.,inghamitra realising that it was unsafe for him to remain in Ceylon durin@ his
reign, conferred with prince Maha Sena and fled to India with the intention of returning
when the latter succeeded to the throne.]
[Jettha Tissa was followed by his brother as king. Sangbamitra returned from India and
persuaded the new king to enact a law against the orthodox school prohibiting all citizens
to provide alms to the monks of the Maha Vlhara. He fixed a penalty of one thousand gold
coins as a fine for infringing this law. The monks of the Maha Vihara direly oppressed by
the absence of food fled to Ruhuna and the hill country. The Maha Vihara remained a
deserted place for nine years. Sanghamitra removed the enormous wealth of the Maba.
Vihara to the Abhayagiri fraternity. The wicked monk caused the Lowa Maha Paya and
many other beautiful palaces and religious edifices to be demolished. He made the ground
of the Maha -Vihara to be ploughed and converted into a field of corn. Owing to these
vicious deeds the people in grave resentment rose acrainst the king. The Minister
Meghavarna Abhaya burning with indignation at the ruthless distruction of the Maha
Vibara, collected an army and rebelled against the king. The monarch promised to rebuild
the Maha Vibara and made peace with the minister who begged the king to forgive him.]
[During this great revolt one of the consorts of the king had the haritical monk Sanghamitra
assassinated. The minister Solia, one of his faithful adherents was murdered by the citizens.
As a result of these events the king became a sober man, and the heretical doctrines
incidentally disappeared.]
[xv]
[Later, during the reign of Silakala, a young merchant who visited the city of Kasi (Benares)
in India brought back to Ceylon a religious work known as Dharma Dhatu which contained
heretical doctrines and presented it to the king. The monarch who was not capable of
distinguishing between heresy and orthodoxy was naturally ignorant of what, it contained.
He received it as a sacred book and deposited it in a special shrine by the side of the royal
palace. He paid it !devoted respects, and decreed his subjects to pay it homage. As a result
of the introduction of the Dharma Dhatu from India the heretical doctrines saw a revival
during the reign of Agra Bodhi I. At this period an erudite monk named Jotipala defeated
the heretics at a great controversy and protected the Buddhist religion.]
[In the days of Kumaradasa, King of Ceylon, there lived in the city of Southern Madura a
ruler Sri Harsha by name. At this time a clever but depraved monk visited the house of a
prostitute during the night, clad himself in a blue garb and returned to the Vihara after
day-break. His pupils observing this peculiar robe inquired of him whether his attire was
not improper. As numerous people had observed his extraordinary dress he stoutly
defended it and spoke highly in Its praise. His faithful subordinates who followed his
theory discarded the yellow robe and adopted the blue-coloured garb. This heretical leader
composed a philosopical work known as Nila-pata Darsaiia praising prostitutes, intoxicants
and the God of Love as the' only three precious gems in the triple world while despising all
other "gems" as nothing but mere clay.]
[This great heresy began to spread with much rapidity and the new philosophical treatise
reached the bands of the King Sri Harsha who went through it critically. Pretending an
approbation of the new doctrine he assembled the followers of the novel philosophy
together with their whole literature into a special hall built for the purpose and set them all
on fire. The lingering vestiges of this false doctrine had a recrudescence in Ceylon during
the, reign of Sena II. In recent times, since the advent of the Portuguese, various kinds of
religious teachings began to appear in this land, At the present day the island ofceylon is
indelibly contaminated with the poisonous stains of those bygone times.]
[xvi]
[THE SINHALESE ROYAL LINE:]
[The Sinhalese Royal Line that originated with King Vi5aya e,,Lme into existence in the first
year of the Buddhist Era. Vijaya was the eldest son of Sinha Babu king of the city built by
him in the heart of the forest in L,,tta. Prince Vijaya landed in Ceylon and conquered this
island on the very day on which Lord Buddha]
[was lying in bed iii preparation for his final passing away. Among]
[the noted and powerful monarchs of the Greater Dynasty,]
[Pandukabhaya Devanampiya Tissa, Dutthagamini Abhaya,]
[Wattagamini Abhaya and other great kings possessed unsullied fame and unsurpassed
glory. Similarly, out of the later sovereigns Buddhadasa, Vijaya Bahu I, Parakrama Babu 1,
Pandita Parakrama Babu II, Parakrama Bahu VI. Raja Sinha I, Wimala Dharma Suriya I and
others were renovvned and mighty monarchs. Sri Vira Parakrama Narendra Sinba was the
last king of the Sinhalese Royal Line. After a long space of about 2300 years of Sinhalese
rule the Nayakkars of'South India came into possession of the Sinhalese kingdom with the
consent of certain chieftains of the Sinhalese Royal Court. They held their sway for a period
of about 74 years. Subsequently this island came under the British flag and is being now
ruled by the kings of England for more than a century. As the British Government stood for
Justice for all their policy has given satisfaction to everybody. His Majesty King George VI
is our present sovereign. May he live long in happiness and glory for the common good and
welfare of all the inhabitants of this land]
[ARRIVAL of THE PORTUGUESE:]
[The people of Portugal in the continent of Europe known as the Portuguese, after taking
possession of many countries in Europe conquarred certain portions of India. Their main
centre in India was the State of Goa. Francisco do Almcida, the Governor General of Goa
began to spread the Portuguese power in the east. His son Lourenco do Almeida was the
Portuguese Admiral. While chasing after the ships of the Moor men in an unexplored sea he
unexpechedly arrived at Galle harbour in 2049 B. E , the 19th year of the reign of Vira
Parakrama Babu. The @ Moors, who were traders at Galle at that time sent away the
Portuguese by artful pretext. During the short time the Portuguese -spent in Ceylon]
[xvii]
[they gathered as much information as possible concerning this island. On their departure
they left behind an engraving on a rock as a memorial of their visit to this country. By
reason of this visit of Lourenco de Almeida the Portuguese people learnt about the natural
features and the valuable resources of this countryThe Portuguese who brought many parts
of India under their sway made up their mind to take possession of Ceyloi). In the year 2061
B. E. when Dharma Parakrama Babu was on the throne Governor Lopo Soarez de Albergaria
arrived at Colombo with a squadron of seventeen ships carrying an army of 700 men, with
the intention of building a fortress at Colombo. Dharma Parakrama Bahu, the king of
Jayawardbanapura reluctantly gave them permission to erect a fortress as -his council of
ministers also advised him to remain friendly with the Portuguese. The Moors fearing a
danger to their. monopoly of 'trade owing to the presence of the Portuguese, lost no time in
setting the Sinhalese king against the Portuguese' Dharma Parakrama Bahu sent an army to
Colombo to oppose the Portuguese who easily repulsed the Sinhalese forces. After this
incident the Sinhalese and the Portuguese lived in peace for some time. Governor Albergaria
entrusted the fort of Colombo temporarily built by the Portuguese, to the charge of his
nephew Juan de Silva and left the Island. Captain Lopo de Brito arrived in Ceylon with men
and material to strengthen the fort of Colombo. The king despatched an army to resist him.
The Portuguese drove them away and strongly fortified the garrison. This was followed by
a treaty of peace between the two parties.]
[When the Portuguese arrived in Ceylon this island was disintegrated and the Sinhalese
Government was weak and powerless. At this time there were different principalities at
Gampola, Peradeniya, Devundara and other places. The Tamils were ruling in the North.
The Moors were mending power in the maritime provinces. The King of Kotte reigned as
overlord of Lanka. In spite of that there was no genuine concord among the petty rulers of
the provinces. The Portuguese power that be-an in small degrees increased in extent during
the reigns of Vijaya Babu VII, Bhuvaneka Bahu VII and Don Jolin Dharmapala. They took
possession of the maritime provinces and established centres of trade. They persecuted and
massacred the Sinhalese without number and plundered all their wealth. The Sitibalese who
felt grave indignation at these atrocities, gathered an army of 20, 000 men during the reion
of Vijaya Bahu VII, beseiged the Portuguese fort at Colombo and waged a severe war for
five years. Ultimately a Portuguese reinforcement from Cochin arrived in Colombo and
repulsed the Sinhalese army.]
[The Portuguese were Christians of the Roman Catholic Church. They endeavoured to
propagate their religion as much as they endeavoured to establish their political power. The
Roman Catholic Fathers who arrived in Ceylon along with the Sinhalese ambassador
Sellappu Aratchi who was sent to Lisbon.' as representative on the occasion of the crowning
of Prince Dharmapala, extensively converted the people of the maritime districts by
preaching Christianity. The results of this wide campaign are still to be seen throughout
these districts. Francis Xavier converted the inhabitants of the Maniiar District with
tremendous effort. Sankili, the ruler of @alfna attempted to prevent his people embracing
the new religion, but met with failure.]
[During the reign of Raja. Sinha of Sitawaka, who was renowned as a great warrior there
were frequent conflicts with the Portuguese. The valiant monarch tried his best to drive the
Portuguese out of Ceylon. As certain Sinhalese leaders favoured and assisted the
Portuguese, the kii)g's efforts were of no avail. Yet Raja Sinha reduced the Portuguese
power to a considerable extent. Out of the several encounters that took place between the
Sinhatese and the Portuguese, the Battle of Muljeriyawa was one of the most notable. Vast
numbers of Portuguese were killed during this fierce encounter.]
[Wimala Dharma Suriya I after he ascended the throne gave up his name D@n John along
with the Christian faith. After he embraced Buddhism he attempted to expel the Portuguese
from the island. General Don Lopes de Sousa landed with an army from Goa and started for
Kandy to give battle to the king. No sooner they reached the pass at Balana the king's forces
met them and annihilated the Portuguese areny including General Lopes de Sousa. After a
lapse of two years the Governor General of Goa despatched a large force under the Captain
General Don Jeronimo de Azevedo.]
[xix]
[He was able to conquer the Western Province, and after perpetrating numerous atrocities
he embarked upon a war with the king of Kandy. The Sinlialese forces overwhelmed the
Portuguese and drove them back to Colombo. The General Azevedo instigated a sinister
plot to assassinate the Sinhalese monarch. Afterwards, the Portuguese gave up the idea of
conquering the Kandyan kingdom and remained masters of the maritime provinces.
[THE ARRIVAL OF TIIE DUTCH:]
[While king Wimaladharmasurya was in hostility with the Portuguese, the Dutch Admiral
Joris van Spilbergen arrived in Ceylon with a squadron of seven ships and landed at
Batticaloa in the year 2146 B. E. Spain was at this tinie one of the most powerful states in
Europe. Holland and Portugal were under Spanish suzerainty. The Hollanders revolted
against the wicked rule of Spain and acquired their freedom. The Dutch were carrying on
trade for some time in friendliness with the Portuguese. But after a short while friction
arose. As goon as Admiral Spilbergen arrived in this island he learnt that the Sinhalese king
was in hostility with the Portuguese. The Dutch Admiral paid a visit to the Court of Kandy
where he had an audience with the king. He gave a solemn promise to the king that the
Hollanders would assist him to drive the Por ' buguese out of Ceylon and obtained
permission to build a fortress and to carry on trade freely with the natives. Spilbergen
remained in this island for about three ' months during which time he captured three
Portuguese ships and delivered tlieni over to the Sinlialese king.]
[In the following year Seebald de Weerb, a e,,tptian under Admiral Spilbergen, ,trrived at
Batticalot and paid a visit to the Kandyan Court where he was received with cordiality. But
the king, was dissatisfied witli him because he had set free four Portuguese vessels that he
captured and also had not paid due respects to the officers of the Kandyan Court. This led
to the murder of D,3 Weerb and his retinue of men]
[King Senai.atna ascended the. throne of Kandy in the year' 2147 B. E. During the first eight
years of his reign there was peace prevailing in the island. In the eighth year of his rule
Mareel do Bosehouwer arrived at Kandy as an ambassador,of the Dutch Government. Once
more the Hollanders promised to assist the king]
[xx]
[against the Portuguese and they were granted permission to erect a fortress at Kottiyar and
to carry on trade in the island without any hindrance. The king who was well pleased with
Do Bosehouwer, appointed him ambassador of the Dutch and adviser to himself, and in this
capacity he was stationed at Kandy.]
[The Portuguese who heard of these developments collected a large force and descended on
Kottiyar where they destroyed the Dutch fort and the garrison. The king who was enraged
by this attack sent an army to Kottiyar, killed a large number of the Portuguese and
captured the fort. This led to ,i great conflict between the Portuguese and the Sinhalese. The
king gathered an army of about 50,000 men. The Portuguese landed near' Jaffna with a large
force and had to be defeated by the Sinhalese. After the death of the queen of Karidy the
king's health was beginning to fail. The Portuguese who learned about the failing health of
the ruler, entered into a conspiracy with Herab Dissava of Harispattu to kill the sons of the
king as well as their guardian the subking of Uva. Discovering the treacherous plot of Herat
Dissava the king had him immediately executed as an example to others. As a sequel to this
execution there broke out a revolt in the Harispattu which the king easily put down.]
[THE, ARRIVAL OF THE DANES:]
[In persuance of the treaty entered into with the Dutch, King Senarati.ia sent De
Bosehouwer to Holland asking for help from the Dutch Government to drive the Portuguese
out of Ceylon. But the Government of the Netherlands did]
[not wish to enter into a promise with him. Now, De Boseliouwer approached Christian IV,
King of Denmark, and asked him for help, which he agreed to give. The Danish king
despatched a squadron of five ships under the Adi-niral Ove Giedde who arrived in Ceylon
in the 16th year of the reign of King Senaratna.]
[De Bosehouwar met with his death in the course of his return journey. Although the king
was highly pleased at the arrival of the Danish ships he was. unable to agree with the
proposals of Admiral Ove Giedde. The disappointed Admiral seized the valuable]
[things in the two ships of De Boseliouwer and returned to his native country.]
[After this event the Portuguese erected a number of forts in various parts of the country.
The Iiing observing their aggressive activities began to collect an army to pub down the
enemy. Several inf lueritial Mudal iyars of the Low Country secret] y worked in favour of
the king. Constantine de Sa, the Portuguese Captain General of Colombo, who heard of the
warlike preparations of the Sinhalese king marched with a large army and devastated the
Central Province. As the Icing was unprepared at this i-noment he fled to the hilly district
of Uva. The Porffiguese General returned from Kandy and was reni@gining at Malwana
when he received an express order from the Governor Genertl at Goa requesting him to
subjugate the Island of Geylon as early as possible. This order also blamed him for delaying
military measures. He started with an army of 21,500 men, both Portuguese and Sinhalese,
and plundered the town of Badulla. The General advanced ,i little further and was resting
on the top of a hill when thousands of Sinhalese soldiers of the king's forces broke in from
various direebions. Several of the.Sinhalese Mudaliyars immediately went over to the king's
side. As soon as the battle started Mudaliyar Don Cosma Wijayasekhara out off the head of
a Portuguese soldier, fixed it on the point of a spear and hold it aloft for everyone to see. It
was done as a mark of allegiance to the King of Kandy. All the Sinhalese soldiers except 150
joined the Sinhalese king. Throughout this historic battle the king's own son Prince
Rajgsinha, stood in the middle of the field and commanded the Sinh,%]ese army. In this
great battle which was fought in the field of Randeniwela in Wellawaya of 'the Uva District
the entire Portugue.@e army including General Constantine de Sa was massacred by the
Sibhalese.]
[Prince Rajasinba captured a number of Portuguese forts and laying seige to Colombo
started to attack the city. The Governor General of Goa who learnt of the death of
Constantine de Sa, immediately despatched reinforcements from Goa and Cochin. Being
repelled by these forces the Sinhate@ were forced to retreat. Subsequently, the Sinbeilese and
Portuguese entered into a treaty of peace. This state of peace achieved in the reign of king
Senaratna continued to exist up to the early years of the reign of his son Rajasinba II.
During this time an elephant gifted to a Portuguese merchant by the king of Kandy was
forcibly Fidized by Diogo de Malho, the Captain General of Colombo. While the king was
highly annoyed at this act of effrontery. Diogo de Mellio who thought that the king was
very fond of horses, sent a pair of stallions to the city of Kandy for sale. The king ordered
the two horses to be seized in return for the lost elephant. He sent a message to Colombo
declaring that he would release the two horses as soon as the elephant was restored. Diogo
de Melho on receiving this information marched with an army of 28,700 men and reag@,hed
the outskirts of K,,xndy. Prince Vijayapala, the sub-ruler of the Matale District collected a
force of 10,000 men and advanced towards Kandy to assist the king. When the Portuguese
army reached the Balatie Pass, Rajasinba sent a message to Diogo de Melho, through a
Christian clergyman, asking him to return forthwith as it was highly improper on his part
to embark upon a war so disastrous to thousands of innocent people, na(3rely on accounr,
of a private matter. The proud Governor did not hesitate to enter the city. He found the
capital entirely deserted. Themoriarch issuedorderstokilltheenemy without allowing any one
of them to escape. The Portuguese set fire to the city and went back. On their way they
were surrounded and attacked on all sides by the Sinhalese. The Portuguese Governor sued
for peace. The monarch determined to punish him severely for his insolence and refused to
accede to his reques@.. The entire Portuguese army including Diogo de Melho was
slaughtered with the exception of only 38 man who escaped.]
[The king realised that there would be no permanent peace as long as the presence of the
Portuguese continued in this island. He communicated with the Dutch Governor at Batavia
in order to drive the Portuguese out. Ambissidors from Batavia arrived at the Kandv-an
Court and a Treaty was concluded. The conditions of this Treaty were that a Dutch force to
be despatched to Ceylon the king to bear all the expenses for the military operations; the
Dutch to be free to carry on their trade in this country ; other European powers to be not
allowed to carry on trade in Ceylon and the Roman Catholic ministers to be expelled from
the Island.]
[According to the stipulations of this Treaty, General Wester. weld arrived in Ceylon
accompanied by an army in the fifth year of the king's reign and book possession of the
forts of Batticaloa, Negombo, Galle and rdatara. Two years after this event there]
[xxiii]
[prevailed 9, temporary peace between the Portuguese and the Dutch In the twenty-second
year of the king's reign the combined forces of the Sinhalese and the Dutch beseiged the
Fort of Colot-nbo and started to attack the city by land and sea. After a continuous seige of
seven months the Fort of Colombo was taken. The Hollanders did not transfer the captured
forts to the king of Kandy as expressly stated in the clauses of the Treaty. Therefore the king
not only withheld giving assistance to the%Hollanders, but also evinced undisguised favour
towards the Portuguese. Two years after this incident, fell the Fort of Jaffna, the last of the
Portuguese strongholds. Thus ended the Portuguese power that prevailed in this country for
a space of 150 years.]
[In the 25th year of this king's reign the English vessel in which Robert Knox and his father
sailed was disabled at sea and had to call at the harbour of Kottiar. On hearing of the arrival
of an English ship the Sinhalese ruler deputed a Dissava to take thein prisoners. The English
sailors sixteen in number, were captured and taken to Kandy. They were stationed
separately in ditrerent parts of the Central Province. Captain Kiiox, father of Robert Knox,
died through ,i virulent attack of malaria, The younger Knox remained in Ceylon as a state
prisoner for 20 years and ultimately manacfed to return to his native country by secretly
escaping from his captivity. The Hollanders tried their best to regain the lost friendship of
the king, but their efforts were without success.]
[THE ARRIVAL OF THE FRENCH.]
[In the 38th year of the reign of Rajasinha, Monsieur Do la Haye, Governor of the French
Colony of Madagasn, r arrived at the harbour of Trincomalee accompanied by seventeen
ships. He sent his envoys to Ktndy with various presents to the Sinhalese king. The
Kandyan monarch learning that the French wore in great hostility with the Hollanders
thought that he would be able to expel the Dutch with the aid of the Frenchmen and gave
them ,permission to erect a fortress. After the work was completed De 1 a Haye remained
in Ceylon for a short time and left for India on ,some urgent matter, authorising De I&
Narrole to proceed to Kandy as the accredited French Ambassador. Owing to a
misdemeanour of De la Narolle he was ordered to be imprisoned by the king.]
[xxiv]
[The Hollanders came and captured the French fortress, The aim of the French Governor
was thereby completely frustrated.]
[On the death of this king he was succeeded by his son Win-ialaclharmasury@t II, as king
of Kandy. As he proved to be a gentle and peace-loving monarch his reign was marked by
general tranquility. During his tiine the Hollanders improved their trade and political
power. The reign of his son Narendrasinha, was likewise a peaceful one. Though there was
general peace prevailing during the early part of the reign of Kirti Sri Rajasinba the
Hollanders strengthened the forts and persecuted the subjects of the king. The ruler burning
with grave indignation descended on the maritime districts and carried on a severe
campaign against the Dutch. This led to the continual hostility between the two nations. In
the 16th year of this inonarch's reign the Hollanders invaded the city of Kandy with an
army of 18,000 men and sat fire to the valuable books and magnificent buildings in the city.
They remained in Kandy for nine months, but being unable to resist the severe onslaughts
of the Sinhalese, they were forced to retreat to the maritime capital. Van Eck, the Dutch
Governor despatched a powerful force of his men to the Central Provine.3 which they
subjected to severe devastation. Subsequently, Governor EaIck entered into a Treaty with the
king and refrained from further wars with the Kandyans.]
[In the 16bb year of Kirti Sri Rajasinha's reign the British Governor of the.\ladras Presidency
deputed Mr. Pybus to thekingof Kandy intimating that the East India Company was
prepared to assist the king in his war against the Hollanders. The monarch was exceedingly
pleased and he entered into a Treaty with Mr. Pybus. In spite of this agreement the
Governor of Madras failed to carry out the obligations of the Treaty. Now, in the second
year of his successor Sri Rajadhirajasinha, Lord Macartney, Governor of Madras, despatched
a naval force under Admiral Hughes and a land force under General Heel.-or Monroe to
capture the Dutch forts in the Island of Ceylon. They idimediately took possession of the
Fort of Trincomalee. Not long afterwards, Mr. Boyd arrived in Kandy and solicited the king
to give up his displeasure at their neglect to carry out the terms of the Treaty during the
previous reign. He entreated the king to give them]
[xxv]
[assistance in the campaign against the Hollanders, or, if the king was not prepared to do
so, he requested the Council of Ministers to remain friendly towards the English. As the
Englishmen had not adhered to the previous promises. the Sinlialese ministers expressed
their, unwillingness to accede to his request. The mission of Mr, Boyd thus ended in utter
failure. General Hughes returned to India leaving his men in the Fort of Trincomalea.
During this interval the French Admiral Suffren attacked the English garrison and captured
the fortress. On his return from India, Admiral Hughes found to his great surprise that the
French colours ware flying over the Fort of Triticomalee. The campaign of the English in
Geylon thus ended without success.]
[Trincomalee was again captured by the Hollanders. The Englishmen resolved once more to
conquer the districts that remained under the Dutch Government. In the 16th year of the
reign of the king of Kandy, Lord Hobart, Governor of Madras despatched an army under
Colonel Stuart, to Ceylon who beseiged the Fort of Trincomalee. After a sturdy resistance of
three weeks, the Dutch had to surrender, and the Fort was capitulated to the English.
Subsequent to the occupation of the Fort of Negombo, the English laid seige to the city of
Colombo which was capitulated without any kind of resistance. John Angelbeek, the Dutch
Governor of Colombo, eventually signed a Peace @aty ceding the Forts of Kalutara, Galle,
Matara etc., to the English. The Dutch power in CQylon thus terminated in the 16th year of
the king of Kandy.]
[Since the passing of the maritime provinces into the hands of the East India Company, they
were again transferred to the British]
[Crown in the 18th year of the king of Kandy reign. The Honourable Frederic North arrived
as Governor of the Maritime Provinces. After the death of the sovereign, Prince Kannasamy
came to the throne under the title of Sri Wickrama Rajasinha, with the common consent of
all the citizens and the approval of the Chief Adigar Pilitna Talawwa, in the year 2341 B. E.
The Prime Minister Pilim@ Talawwa himself secretly aimed at usurping the throne. Not long
afterwards, the Chief Adigar Pili@a Talawwa arrested and imprisoned all those who
advanced any claims to the Sinhalese crown. Arawwawala, the Second Adigar was
assassinated by hirelings. Muttusamy, the claimant to the throne fled to the English]
[xxvi]
[at Col,-)inbo. The Chief Adigar with the view of usurping the kingdom conferred secretly
with Governor North, in order to enlist his assistance. There were frequent conferences with
Mr. Boyd who was Acting Chief Secretary. Pilima Talawwa informed the Governor and Mr.
Boyd that he disliked the Nayakkars, and that the Sinhalese too in general did not like the
Ma)abars. He explaind that if the English assisted him to depose the king and put him to
death, in order that he himself iniglib ascend the throne and establish a new royal line at
Kandy, lie would be certainly prepared to enter into a Treaty favourable to Llie British
and'also would continue as a ruler under the protection of the British Government. The
English gave their approval to all the other proposals except the decision to kill the
naonareb, and suggested] to Pitima Talawwa that the king should be deposed and kept in
confinement paying him only an annual pension. To this view Pilima Talawwa agreed.]
[It was the intention of the English to take possession of the Kandyati kingdom with the
assistance of Piliina Talawwa. The aim of Pilima Talawwawas to get rid of the king with the
help of the British and then to drive the English out of Ceylon after himself coming to the
throne. The two parties decided to send an envoy to the ruler inviting him to meet the
English for the purpose of ne,,,otiatitig a Treaty. Iii the ninth year of the king's reign General
Macdowall started for the Kandyan capital accompanied by a force of men. But the
Sinhalese troops did not allow them to proceed beyond Ruwatiwella. Pilima Talawwa
received General llacdowall and introduced him to the king. The monarch was unaware of
the conspiracy that existed between Pilirna Talawwa and the English. But he was not in a
position to agree with their proposals, The English were looking for a suitable opportunity,
to approach the king once more. Pilima Talawwa thought that lie would be able to put up
the English against the king and to enter into a Treaty with them by usurping regal power
for himself after putting the king to death. In' the Ilth year of Sri Wikraraa Raiasinha, Pilima
Talawwa instigated the king's men to plunder the arecanuts of the Moor traders from the
Low-country, who were subjects of the British Government. Although the Governor of
Colombo demanded the King of Kandy several times to pay adequate compensation for the
Moors, it was without effect. It is evident that the king was not cognisant of what had taken
place.]
[xxvii]
[WAR WITH THE ENGLISH.]
[As the above dispute was not amicably settled, the English declared war against the
Sinhalese. In the twelfth year of SriWikrama ltaj,,tsinha's reign General Macdowall left
Colombo with a force of 3,000 men, while Mr. Barbut started with another force from
Trincomalec. When they entered the city there was no one in the Kandyan capital. On that
occasion Governor North invited Prince @uttusamy to Kandy and crowned him King. The
English Governor immediately entered into a Treaty with the new king which was more
favourable to the English. Pilima Talawwa who was deeply annoyed at this development
determined to destroy the British power. In the meanwhile the Sinhalesq began to attack the
English at night. Later g conference took place between the Second Adigar Meegastenne and
General Maudowall as mentioned in a despatch from Pilima Talawwa to the British
Governor. They decided that the king should be captured and delivered to the English, that
Pilima TalawwiL should be appointed king under the title of Utum Kumara, that
Mutbusamy should be deported to Jadna with an annuity for his upkeep, and that the war
should be immediately ceased after transferring the Fort Macdowal, the Road to Trincomalee
and the District of Seven Korales to the British. Relying on this mutual agreement General
Macdowall stationed Mr. Barbut and his men at Kandy and returned to Colombo. At this
time Pilima Talawwa sent a communication to Governor North intimating his desire to see
him. Pilima Talawwa was met in conference by the Governor at Dambadeniya. He
confirmed the Treaty previously negotiated with General Macdowall. As Mr. Barbut arrived
with his men at Dambadeniya on this occasion Pilima Talawwa missed the opportunity of
taking Governor North prisoner, accordi g to the secret plan laid by him.]
[At the 'death of Mr. Barbut, the English force stationed at Kandy fell under the command
of Major David. ' At this time the Sinhalese had occupied the forts of Girihagama and
Galagedara that belonged to the English, and started to attack the British force at Kandy. As
the British wore greatly weakened Major Davie signified his desire to surrender by the
hoisting of a white flag. The war did immediately cease. Major Davie conferred with Pilima
Talawwa and left for Colombo accompanied by his men and]
[xxviii]
[Prince Muttusamy. He had to shop near the ford of Watapuluwa being unable to cross the
Mahaveligauga as the river. was in flood.]
[On the following day the king sent his men intimating Major Davie that he was not
responsible for the agreement and that Muttusamy. should be delivered to him forthwith.
As Major Davie was not in a position to refuse this demand he surrendered Muttusamy,
who was executed immediately after he was produced before the king. All the members of
the English force were thrown down the precipice of a rock and killed except the three
officers including Major Davie. However, a single soldier in the person of Corporal Barlisley
escaped his death and was able to reach the Fort Macdowal to relate the dreadful fate of his
comrades.Captain Madge who was in charge of the fort abandoned the fortress and hastily,
marched to Trincomalee with his men. Captaiii Grount who was in command at the fort of
Dambadeniya left his position and reached Colombo. Thus the claims of the English to the
Kandyan Provinces came to a complete end.]
[Encouraged by this great victory the Kandyans determined to expel the English out of
Ceylon and marched towards the Western Province. TI2e king himself proceeded in person
with the Sinhalese army. A furious battle took place near the Fo'rt of Hanwella, here the
Sinhalese were severely attacked by the English force. The monarch and his men had to flee
in disorder. The dieappointed ruler executed Leuke Dissava and the Chief Secretary
Palipaiia on a charge of remaining indifferent without leading the soldiers during the battle.
The young Molligoda who met the king on his solitary flight treated him wit@i great
respect. After this incident the ruler became favourably disposed towards Afolligoda and
appointed him to a higher.office.]
[Froderic North was succeeded by Sir Thowas Maitland as Governor of the Maritime
Provinces in the year 2348 B. B. At this time there was no serious friction between the
Sinhalese and the English. Adigar Meegastenne died in the 17th year of the king's reign. In
his place was appointed Rhalapola, the nephew of Pilima Talawwa. The Fol-ir Korales were
divided between him and Molligoda Nilame. The residents of the district rose in revolt
against this new measure. Pilima Talawwa put down the rising after persuading the king to
allow him and his nephew Ratwatte Dissava to have the Seven Korales. The ruler]
[xxix]
[came to the conclusion that the revolt was engineered by the Chief Adigar. On account of
this fact the dissatisfaction that was working in his mind was greatly enhanced. After ',-he
regime of Sir Thomas Maitland, Major General Wilson arrived as Governor. His relations
with the king were not at all strained.]
[When the king's suspicions of Pilima Talawwa grew in extent, the ruler convened the
Council of Ministers and disclosed the treacherous deeds of the Chief Adigar. The Ministers
declared that Pilima Talawwa was guilty. The monarch divested him of his official position
and bade him return to his native village,. Subsequently, Pilima Talawwa plottedi to slay his
erstwhile king. The ruler having discovered his conspiracy arrested the ringleaders, tried
them before a tribunal and had them all executed including Pilima Talawwa and Ratwatte
Dissava. Though the king had his own suspicions of Ehelapola, yet in order-to win the
allegiance of all his subjects, he appointed Eholapola to the office of Prime Minister.
Consequently, Molligoda rose to the rank of Second Adigar.]
[In the 21st year of the reign of Sri Wickrama Rajasinha ' Sir Robert Brownrigg arrived in
Ceylon as Governor of the Maritime Provinces. At this time, the ruler gave orders to his
suspected ministers to resort to their respective provinces and to improve agriculture.
Eholapola who departed to Sabaragamuwa began to carry on a surreptitious correspondence
with Governor Brownrigg in contravention of the orders from the king. IEIE also raised an
army at Sabaragamuwa against his own sovereign. The @onarch having learnt of these
hostile activities deprived Eholapola of all his offices and appointed Molligoda to the office
of Chief Adigar. The latter was deputed to Sabaragainuwa to suppress Ehelapola's men. On
the arrival of Molligoda Adigar, Ehelapola fled to Colombo. The irated ruler in order to
revenge the intriguing traitor, brutally executed the children, wife and relations of
Ehelapola,. Now the Governor Brownrigg found that it was a very favourable opportunity
for him to conquer the Kandyan Provinces and commenced to make warlike preparations.
Eholapola gave him all the necessary information regarding the military strength and war
strategy of the Kandyans. In the meanwhile Mr, John D'Oyly was endeavouring to win the
good-will of Molligoda. At this time the residents of the Three Korales plundered the goods
of the Moor merchants from the Low]
[xxx]
[Country, who were subjects of the British Government,on theo,?,teritatious pretext that they
were spies sent by the English. The king ordered them to be mutilated and to set them free.
Some of the Moors succumbed on the way while the rest were able to riach Colombo to
acquaint the Governor with the severe tortures they were subjected to. This particular
incident was instrumental in expediting the long-awaited war. In the 24th year of the kiiig's
reign Governor Brownril,g dispatched the.English army into the Kandyan territory from
eight different directions atid declared war against the king of Kandy. In his declaration of
war it was proclaimed that the English were taking this extreme measure in order to save
the Kandyan population from the yoke of a heartless tyrant, and that it was not at all a war
directed against the Kandyan people as a whole, but only a friendly step deliberately taken,
out of sympathy and consideration for the poor Kandyans. Owing to these reasons the
majority of the Sinhalese did not offer any resistance to the English. infolligoda himself
remained quiescent at their attitude The unfortunate monarch having discovered that the
English bad reached his capital, and that many of the Kandyan officials had joined the
English against him, fled ii-nmediately froi-n the city. The king was captured in the
residence of Udupitiya Aratchi of Gallchewatt& under the personal instructions of
Ehelapola. Consequently the glorious Sinhalese kingdoi-n that had been existing continually
for a long space of over 2,300 years, was finally ceded on a Solemn Treaty, with the united
consent of all citizens to king George 1II of Great Britain in the year of 1815. From that
moment this island is continuously ruled by the renowned and powerful monarchs of his
royal line.]
[MY ENDEAVOUR.]
[.r4en with some amount of experience may realise that the task of writing history is a very
arduous undertaking which requires careful scrutiny and sober judgment. To write in, Pali
verse is still more difficult. Some historians have represented various facts in an exaggerated
form. Others have so confused the actual facts in their writings that it is difficult for any one
to understand them clearly. Certain works that pass under the name of history stand as a
living evidence to this charge. Authors with various religious ideas and political opinions
have]
[xxxi]
[written works on history. Many of them do not realise that when competent students with
moderate views examine their works critically the value of their writings might appear to be
almost negligible. 13ut the author of the Dipavamsa has regarded this point as the most
essential quality. Historical works were caused to be recited in public on festival occasions
in the same manner as the Dhamma itself by great monarchs.whose names were mentioned
with deep respect even by the great commentator Buddhaghoi;ha.]
[I strongly felt that the vast gap left by the non-completion of the narrative of the
Dipavamsa, the oldest historical composition of the Sinhalese was a great reflection on the
modern Oriental Scholars of Ceylon, and in response to the earnest appeal of several leading
men both among the clergy tnd the laity, I embarked upon'the stupendous task of
continuing the narrative up to the present day. 1 tried my best to avoid unnecessary detail
as well as inordinate brevity in this composition and aimed at producing this work to suit
the modern requirements. The result of my undertaking is the Second Part of the Dipavamsa
embracing the historical narrative from the reign of Kirti Sri Meghavarna up to the present
day.]
[This work runs to thirty six chapters and contains 2776 stanzas in all. Couched in %,
variety of metres, I hope, it would tend to satisfy the literary tastes of the scholars who
value rhythmic cadence and metrical melody. The concluding stanzas of each chapter are
written in a different metre in conformity with the traditional characteristics expected of a
great poem. Following the usage of the Dipavamsa the conclusion of each chapter is given
its individual designation.]
[1 do not for a moment think that this work is perfect in every, respect. Yet 1 have
endeavoured to represent the subject matter to the best of my ability. As this work is
necessarily a Pali composition I have all throughout employed the Buddhist Era. As I met
with several instances where the number of regnal years and the date of a,3cession of certain
monarchs differed according to each author, I took pains to compare the available sources
and give the version that 1 considered most approximately]
[correct. Where conflicting theories were recorded by different authorities it was difficult for
me to distinguish the correct view, and in such instances I resorted to the aid of ancient
inscriptions and thus gave my osvn conclusions based on established facts.]
[The imperfections in the records of early historians and the unscholarly nature of the works
of incompetent writers have resulted in the disappearance of valuable historical data tothe
greatest disappointment of the research student. The visit of Fa Hian is such an incident for
example. The length of the reign of certain kings is not definitely stated. While obvious
discrepancies as these are met with in the estimable works of far-sighted historians of old,
we need not mention that there may inevitably be glaring shortcomings in the works of such
humble beings as ourselves.]
[The antials of the line of kings treated in this Second Part of the Dipavamsa comprise of the
life of glorious monarchs who invaded and conquered foreign lands; of powerful potentates
who forced alien kings to submit and come to peaceful terms of humanitarian rulers like
king Buddhadasa ; of scholars and poet-kings like Kumaradasa,; of mighty monarchs who
built the vast and expansive tanks for the well-being of the people-, of righteous sovereigns
who exerted incessantly for the glory of Buddhism ; of great warriors like Wijaya Bahu 1
who repelled the foreign invaders and directed his energy for the advancement of
knowledge; of sacrilegious vandals like Dathopatissa who consigned valuable literary w '
orks to the devouring flames; of tyrants and apostates who dispossessed the temples of their
valuable treasures and tracts of land and gifted them to their favourites and foreigners; as
well as of noble kings who Oere instrumental in the revival of Buddhism by getting down
qualified Bhikkhus from foreign lands to perform the ecclesiastical duties. This work also
deals with the ruthless devastations' wrought by the Cholian hordes who descended on this
country from time to time. We have also recorded herein the famous names of the great
scholars who adorned this island during the various periods of vigorous literary activity.
The authors of the leading sects in Geylon are also mentioned here with due consideration
and attention. The leaders of the subordinate divisions of each sect are not specially referred
to mainly for the sake of brevity-]
[xxxiii]
[The people of this island lost their age-long independence and freedom not only as a result
of the advent of the European nations led by the Portuguese whose aim was to establish
their power in this country through their religion ; but also as a result of the nonappearance
of a powerful Sinhalese monarch after the sixteenth century when the throne of this
kingdom passed into the hands of a ruler of foreign origin. Some of those monarchs
continually waged a severe war against the foreigners. Some rulers observed a scrupulous
peace and others eagerly sought the aid of the foreigners themselves. While the native rulers
were acting in this fashion the consistent policy of the Portuguese was to conquer this land
both by force and by treachery and to propagate their religion throughout the island, at the
same time effecting nothing whatever that was conducive to the general welfare of the
natives under their rule.]
[The Hollanders who followed them while doing whatever they. can for the well-being of
the people as well as t,) their detriment devoted their energies entirely for the advancement
of their trade. The Englishmen who finally arrived, engaged in various activities that tended
to the general welfare of the Ceylonese than any of the two previous nations. Since they
came into possession of the rule of the entire island the people of this country are enjoying
the benefits of their liberal institutions and are well in the path of progress.]
[The Sinhalese royal line that continued to exist unbroken for a space of 23 centuries came
to an unfortunate end through the personal @imbition ,ind mutual jealousy of scheming
Sinbalese leaders.]
[I have to acknowledge here that in the compilation of this treatise various EDgliSli works
on Ceylon history, several modern historical books,, the Nikaya Sangraba and the numerous
stone inscriptions were of immense aid to me. For the benefit of those who are not familiar
with the Pali language and for the use of the future students, 1 have appended hereto a
complete Sirihalese paraphrase of the Pali text. By this composition that brings the historical
narrative of CeylOD UP to the present day, 1 hope the contemporary historians are relieved
of the grave censure that a competent Ceylonese scholar did not come forward to bring into
consummation the oldest historical work existing in this Island.]
[xxxiv]
[I wish to record with greatest satisfaction that eminent Oriental scholars like the Principal
of the Vidyodaya Pirivena and the Principal of the Vidyalaiikara Pirivena have gone through
this work with pleasure and expressed their sincere appreciation. The Venerable T. Sri
Amarawansa Maha Thera, incumbent of the Gotami Vihara, with his unrivalled scholarship,
has been of immense help to me in the final revision of this composition. Dr. G. P.
Malalasekara, M.A., Ph.D., D. Litl., Senior Lecturer in Oriental Languages in the University
College, Colombo, most readily consented to write the Foreward to this historical
compo6ition. Mr. John S. de Zoysa, Assistant Editor of the Sinhalese Dictionary, willingly
undertook, in spite of his duties, to render into English the exhaustive introduction of mine,
at my own request. Dr. A. P. de Zoysa, B.A., Ph.D., M.S.c., Barrister-at-law, kindly extended
his ungrudgiiig help by carefully going through the English introduction. I have to mention
with gratitude that Rev. M. Sugatananda Sthavira, Assistant Teacher of the Sugata
Sasanodaya Pirivena, has always rendered his valuable assistance in the compilation 6f this
work. I am deeply obliged to the several students of Ceylon history among the clergy as
well as the laity, who kindly furnished me with various historical facts in response to my
request. A small number of munificent and public-spirited gentlemen came to my aid for the
early puLIication of this work, by expressing their willingness to defray the necessary
expenses. I owe my obligation to Mr. Meelis de Silva, proprietor, and also the employees, of
the Vidyavilasa. Press, Alutgama, for carrying out the printing of this work as expediously
as possible. In conclusion I wish to offer my most sincere and heartfelt thanks to all those
persons enumerated above who rendered directly or indirectly their valuable assistance and
encouragement to me. May it be noted that all rights concerning this work are strictly
reserved by the authors]
[Pandita Ahungalle Wimalakitti Thero.]
[2482]
[1938]
[Sugata Sasanodaya Pirivena,]
[Ambarukkharama Maha Vihara,]
[Welitota, Balapitiya.]
[Names of Those who Generously Helped]
[in the Publication of this Work.]
[Dr. L. A, RAJAPAKSE, B.A., L.L.D.,]
["Galiiiangoda Walawwa", Welitara.]
[11. LUCAS de S. KULATILE@ KA, Esq., A.M.I.C.E., Civil Engineer,]
["Wimalalaya," Ahungalla.]
[Dr, N. NVIJEYESEI@-riRA, L.R.C.P. & S. (EDIN.),]
[L.R.F.P. & S. (GLAS.), D.P.H., (UNIV. EDIN.), L.M., (DUB.),]
[Ahungalla,.]
[11. MARTF@ELIS de SILVA, Esq.,]
[Vidana Aratchy, Met,,t,,ama, Kotmale.]
[tl]
[DON GILBERT de ZOYSA GUNASEKARA, Esq,,]
[School Alaster, "Soma Giri," God,,igedara,]
[J. de S. RUPASINGHA, Esq.,]
[General Merchant, Beratuduwa.]
[D. S. ABEYASUNDARA, Esq., "Galwehera Walawwi,"]
[Galwehera.]
[H. A. (le SILVA, Esq., Apothecary, Wellaboda.]
[DANIEL de SILVA, WISAYAKULATILAKA]
[ED1RISINGHA, Esq., Wellaboda.]
[S. W. SILVA, Esq., Moratuwa.]
[Y. CAROLIS de SILVA, Esq., R,.itgama.]
[H. BASTIAN de SILVA, Esq, Maduwa.]
[H. ERINERIS de SILVA, Esq., Abungal.1a,]
[W. BARLIS ME@NL)IS, Esq., Pitegama.]
[H. A. Kulatile'ka,]
[H07ly. Secretaly.]
[Sugatasasanoda@a Pirivena,]
[Aiiibarukkliaramaya," Welitota, Balapitiya.]
[Welitota]
Dīpavaṃso.
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa.
63.
Tato mahā sena narindajo'ṭṭha
Sate cha tāḷīsatimamhi buddhe
Rājā'si kittisasirimeghavaṇṇo
Cintāmaṇī kāma dado'vadātā
64.
Vasaṅgato pāpavataṃ mahādi
Seno vināsesi'khilaṃhi yaṃtaṃ
Mahāmatī pākatika'ñca vippa
Kata'ṅkarī bhūpati tatra tatra
65.
Mahinda therassa pavatti maggaṃ
Sesaṃ sunitvā'ggaguṇepasīdī
So vaṇṇa bimbaṃ' sapamāṇato'va
Kāretva theramba thale sa'bhupo
66.
Taṃ sannivāsetva mahā mahena
Puraṃ pavesesa'nurādha saññaṃ
Vāsāvidūre panabhūpatissa
Kāretvāpāsādaṃ varaṃ tahiṃ taṃ
67.
Appesi'yiṭṭhī'yitarāna 'bimbe
Netvā'tra rakkha'ñca paribbaya'ñca
hapetvā pūjāya'nu vassa me'vaṃ
Kātuṃ niyojesi tathā akaṃsu
68.
Vasse'ssa rañño navamekaliṅga
Desā sudattopadisampatīca
Sā hemamālā muni dantadhātu
Midhā'nayiṃsu'ggatahāsacetā
[SL Page 002] [\x 2/]
69.
Laṅkissaro taṃ paṭigayhu'dagga
Cittosucī suddha silāmayamhi
Caṅgoṭake pakkhipimānanāso
Pamoda vācaṃ samudā haranto
70.
Devānamādī piyatissa raññā
Kārāpitaṃ bhūpati vatthukamhi
Sa'dhamma cakkākhya gharaṃ panesi
Taṃ danta dhātvā vasathaṃ punā'hu.
71.
Disampatī vattayi dantadhātu
Mahā mahaṃ khonaca lakkha mattaṃ
Vitta'mpi vissajjiya pīti ceto
Maho'bhavī'yaṃ paṭhamo visiṭṭho
72.
Netvā'nu cassaṃ 'va'bhayuttaraṃso
Vihāra ma'ggaṃ pana danta dhātuṃ
Pūjāvidhi'ṅkāsi para'mpikātu'
Masesa 'mevaṃ viniyojayittha.
73.
Sudatta danto iti hemamālā
Yetaṃ nayiṃsū'dha muninda dāṭhaṃ
Sa'kīravèllādhivacaṃhi bhoggaṃ
Katvāna gāmaṃ dadi te vasiṃsu
74.
Katvā vihāra'ṭṭha dasa'gga puñña
Maṭṭhādhikabbīsatimamhivasse
Kammaṃ yathā'to'gamibhūpatindo
Sa'nibbuto dīpavaro'va bhāso.
75.
Tassā'nujobhūpati jeṭṭhatisso
Laṅkāya laṅghesi sitāna pattaṃ
Sodanta sippamhi pavīṇako'va
Vinesi sippejanataṃ taha'mpi
76.
Buddhaṅkurassi'ddhimayaṃ 'varūpaṃ'
Ṇattā tathāpīṭha ma'passaya'ñca
Chatta'ṅkaruṃte maṇimaṇḍapa'mpi
Rajja'ṅkarīso navacassa ma'ggaṃ
[SL Page 003] [\x 3/]
77.
Tato sutotassa bhavī'ha buddha-
Dāso disampatyu'dayoru kitti
Catūhi vatthūhica saṅgahehi
Rañjesi sopāṇi gaṇaṃ vadaññū
78.
Bhisakka satthe'ti pavīṇataṃkho
Gato gilāne supatikirayāya
Dayā paro bhesaja bhattadānā
Sa'bhū patike khalusaṅgahesi
79.
Gāme kire'ko thusavaṭṭināme
Bhikkhaṃ caraṃ bhikkhu susussita'ñca
Sappāṇakaṃ khīrama'bhuñjiladdhā
Nipiḷayiṃsu kimayo'ssakucchiṃ
80.
Nivedayī bhūpatino tama'tthaṃ
Sutvāpavattiṃ nikhilaṃ'mayassa
Nidāna'maññāsi sa'taṅkhaṇaṃ'va
Vidhāya vāhassa sirāya vedhaṃ
81.
Pāyetva ratta'mpi gahetvavīti
Nāmetva mattaṃ samaṇaṃbabhāsa
hayassataṃ soṇitaka'nti sutvā
Vamīkimī nikkhamu'lohitena
82.
Sukhī bhavī bhikkhu pamodama'ssa
Rañño nivedesi tato'pirājā
Satthappahārena kimībhayo ca
Tapassitemenirujākate'ti
83.
Evaṃ narindo pana sallakanta
Kirayā pavīṇo'bhavijīvako'ca
Gaṇḍāmayo'sī phaṇino'daramhi
Phāletva niggaṇḍa 'makāsi kucchiṃ
84.
Siriṃsaposo sukhito narinda
Bhisakkaseṭṭhamhi pamodaveto
Mānesi sammā maṇinā'riyena
Kalla'ṅkarīpāṇi gaṇaṃ bahuddhā
[SL Page 004] [\x 4/]
85.
Rāje'kadā bhūpati bhūsanena
Vibhūsito vāhiniyā sahā'yaṃ
Purindado gacchati seyyathāpi
Disvāna sobhaggagataṃ mahīpaṃ
86.
Pabaddha vero'pi bhavantare'ko
Kuṭṭhī pakuppitva'caniṃ'sahanto
Vipoṭhayaṃ kattarayaṭṭhiyāca
Akkocchi'nekabbidhabhāratīhi
87.
Disvāni'maṃ vippakati mpi kassa
Nā'haṃ sarāmī katamappiyaṃhi
Cerī'sa'yaṃ pecca kadāci kuṭṭhiṃ
Nibbāpayissāmi tadantikassa
88.
Āṇāpayī so pana tassa cittā
Cāraṃ vijāne'ti gatosa'macco
Ruṭṭhoki 'mattha'nti sakhe'va pucchi
Dāso'sya'yaṃme kusalena rājā
89.
Mamaṃ'ca mānāya purādvipena
Payāti nissesa 'mavocakuṭṭhi
Soporiso bhūpatino pavattiṃ
Nivedayī'yaṃ mama pubbaverī
90.
Vinicchanitvā punaverinotaṃ
Veraṃ vinodetu'mupakkamena
Yutta'nti saṅgaṇhi'ti tiyojayītaṃ
Sinānasokhummapavādināso
91.
Santappayitvā sukhitaṃ karitvā
Ñāpesirañño kasiṇa'nti etaṃ
Kārāpitaṃ so puna bhūmipālo
Mato'ti sutvā hadayaṃ phali'ssa
92.
Evaṃhiso vāpavamānasānaṃ
Tikicchayī bhūpativyādhina'ñca
Dīpādhi vāsīna'hitāya gāme
Gāme'pikāretva'tha vejja sālā
[SL Page 005] [\x 5/]
93.
Vejjeniyojesi tahaṃ taha'mpi
Tesaṃ'vakhettānu'pajīvanāni
Adāsi hatthassabalāna'vejje
hapesi pakkhandha janāna'sālā
94.
Kāresi bhogena samaṃ'vadhamma
Pabhāsakānaṃ sa'ṭhapesi vaṭṭaṃ
Sāratthamā'dāya'pivejja satthe
Sāratthasaṅgāha'makāsi dhīro
95.
Kāretva kekī pariveṇa ma'ggaṃ
Mahāvihāre panagoḷa pānu
Gāvadvayaṃ'dā samaṇo'titassa
Vihāradānālaya vāpiyoca
96.
Kāresi ye'vaṃpaṭimāvatassa
Rajje mahā dhammakathī yatīso
Niruttiyā sīhalikāya sutte
Hitāyi'mesaṃparivattayittha
97.
Tadatrajā'sīti sirīghanassa
Samaññikā'suṃ panasāvakānaṃ
Ekūnatiṃsa ssaradamhi bhupo'
Pajātitulyogami dibba lokaṃ
98.
Suvidita vanipālā'nekasampatti puṇṇaṃ
Samanubhaviya laṅkā rajja'maggaṃ manuññaṃ
Gamu'muda sakakāye cā'pi hitvā parattha
Iti sumariya viññūnocarepāra magge
Bhāṇavāraṃ bāvīsatimaṃ.
-------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvegajanake dīpavaṃse vasabhādi rājadīpanonāma bāvīsatimo
paricchedo.
[SL Page 006] [\x 6/]
Tevīsatimo paricchedo.
----------------
1.
Tato'ssa jeṭṭho tanayo'patisso
Rājā'bhavī bhūpati dhamma yutto
Rañjesi vatthūhi pajācatūhi
Pakkhandharogī pasavantina'ñca
2.
So bhogasālā api dāna sālo'
Dīcyaṃ subhā maṅgala cetiyamhā
Thūpa'ñca bimbāya ma'gga bimbaṃ
Kāresi puñña kirayāyā'bhijāto
3.
Rājuppalaṃ pokkharapāsaya'ñca
Vālādi hassaṃ punagijjhakūṭaṃ
Ambuṭṭhika'ṅkārayi goṇḍigāme
Vāpiṃ vihāraṃ api khaṇḍa rājiṃ
4.
Bhūpāla gehā'paradakkhiṇāya'
Muposathāgāra varaṃ munissa
Bimboka ma'cchīvaraṇena cā'tra
Uyyāna'mārakkhiya sāpadāno
5
Tasse'varaññe samaye dubhikkha
Rogo'bhavī tassamasambhava'ñca
Bhikkhūhi sutvā munidhātu bimbaṃ
Sovaṇṇika'ṅkāriya ca'smapattaṃ
6.
hapetva sāpaṃ kārasampuvamhā'
Ropetva ce'sandana ma'ggabimbaṃ
Sīlaṃ samādāya samādapetvā
Vattetva dāna'ñca'bhayaṃjanānaṃ
7.
Alaṅkaritvā pura magga vīthiṃ
Samotarī'tho parivāritoso
Samāgato tattha sa'bhikkhu saṅgho
Bhaṇaṃ'va suttaṃ ratanaṃpaṇītaṃ
[SL Page 007] [\x 7/]
8.
Siñcaṃjalaṃ rājagaho pakaṭṭhe
Racchāpathasmiṃ varaṇividūre
Padakkhiṇa'ṅkāsya'vihiṃsakāmo
Nisāvasāne'tha'ruṇu'ggatamhi
9.
Vassaṃ pavassī mahiyā'turākho
Sukhussava'ṅkaṃsu yadā'tradīpe
Dubbhikkharogādi bhayaṃ bhaveyya
Niyojasī bhūpati kattu'mevaṃ
10.
Kalandakuyyānamuva'pāgamitvā
Caraṃtahaṃ bhattama'dānicāpaṃ
Coraṃ vadhāyānita mā'sukhedī
Disvā punā'netvachavaṃsusānā
11.
Khipitvā lohakkhaliyaṃ dhana'ñca
Datvā palāpetva nisāya coraṃ
So kujjhito bhānumatu'ggate'va
Chavaṃlahuṃ jhāpayi takkaraṃ'va
12.
Dīpe mahe thūpa varāna'masmiṃ
Thūpassa kāretva'tha thūparāme rājāharī cumbaṭa kañcuka'ñca
Rajjaṃ dvitāḷīsa samaṃ karittha
13.
Rañño'nujā tassa mahādināmā
Hetiṃnipātetva'padamhi devī
Taṃ vallabhaṃ mārayi pabbajitvā
Kaṇiṭṭhako bhātari jīvamāne
14.
Vattitva hīṇāyahate'sirañño
Rājāmahesi'ṅkari bhātu ghātiṃ
Gilānasālā garu pāḷivuddhiṃ
Kāresi lohappaṭihāra'maggaṃ
15.
Ralaggagāmaṃ atha koṭipassā
Vanaṃ vihāra'ñca sa'dārayitvā
Adāsi bhikkhūna'bha yuttaravhe
Vihāra ma'ddimhi ca dhūmarakkhe
[SL Page 008] [\x 8/]
16.
Mahesiyāṇāyā'pi kārayitvā
Sa'theravādīnama'dā nava'ñca
Kammaṃ vihāresucajiṇṇakesu
Kārāpayī dāna rato'ti mattaṃ
17.
Idhā'ga vasse dutiyamhirañño
Sopāhiyaṃ gāmiṇi cīna bhikkhū
Vasaṃvivassaṃ vinayamhi potthe
Likhitva'gā tepanagayha sīlo
18.
Laṅkāyahāri maṇihema bimbe
Vaṇṇesi thūpe vipulā taḷākā
Saṭṭhissahassaṃ yatayotadāni
Vasiṃsu byākāsi'ha sotapassi
19.
Bodhividūre vara jambudīpe
Visārado brāhmaṇa mānave'ko
Viññāta vijjo'si tivedavedī
Vādatthiko'hiṇḍa ma'gā vihāraṃ
20.
Sorevatatthera varena saddhiṃ
Katvā vivāda'mpi parājitosaṃ
Tasso'pakaṭṭhepanapabbajitvā
Uggaṇhisammāpiṭakattayaṃhi
21.
Ekāyano'ya 'nti sa'gaṇhi maggo
Buddhassaghoso viyaghosatāya
Ghosohi buddho viyamedinīyaṃva
Taṃ buddhaghoso'ti viyākariṃsu
22.
Tasmiṃ tadā theravaro sa'ñāṇo-
Dayākhya pādī karaṇaṃ gabhīraṃ
Yada'ttha sālini ma'kāsi dhamma
Saṅgaññamatthāyamahā viyatto
23.
Parittasuttaṭṭhakatha'ñca kātuṃ'
Rabhittha taṃ revata thera sīho
Disvāni'maṃ'voca giraṃ ni'ha'ṭṭha
Kathā'tthi āsī'nita pāli mattaṃ
[SL Page 009] [\x 9/]
24.
Mahinda therena katā susuddhā
Saṅgīti mā'rūḷha ma'vekkhi ya'ggaṃ
Tāsīhalīyaṭṭha kathā visiṭṭhā
Vattanti dīpe pana sīhalānaṃ
25.
Gantvā tahiṃ sutvaca māgadhāya
Niruttiyā tā parivattaye'ti
Vutte pasanno'va imaṃ tatohi
Dīpaṃ sa'rañño 'ddhani āgadhīmā
26.
Mahā vihāramhi mahā padhāna
Gharaṃ gamitvā puna therapādo
Sosīhalīyaṭṭha katha'ñca saṅgha
Pālassa ñattā suṇi theravādaṃ
27.
Vinicchiye'so munino'sayo'ti
Saṅghaṃ samānetva tahaṃ dadātu
Niruttiyā māgadhayā mama'ṭṭha
Kathaṃhi kattuṃ'khilapotthakete
28.
Saṅgho sa'vīmaṃsituma'ssa gāthā
Dvaya samatthatta ma'dāsi tasmiṃ
Tipeṭakaṃ sāṭṭhakathaṃ pavīṇo
Saṅgayha'kāsīsa'visuddhimaggaṃ
29.
Therassa nepuñña ma vekkhi ye'ttha
Sabbo'va saṅgho dadi potthake so
Ganthākaredūradisaṅkarākhye
Vihāramagge nivasaṃ yasassī
30.
So sīhalīyaṭṭha kathā'pi sabbā
Niruttiyā māgadhayā pajānaṃ
Hitāya dhīro parivattayittha
Pāliṃ'gahuṃtheriyi'vā'carīyā
31.
Thero visiṭṭhaṭṭha kathā carīyo
Gate sakicce pariniṭṭhitiṃ kho
So vandituṃ bodhi ma'gañchi jambu
Dīpaṃ pamokkho dutiyo 'si'missaṃ
[SL Page 010] [\x 10/]
32.
Bhutvāna dvāvīsa samaṃ sa'rajjaṃ
Sadādayo kāriya citra kammaṃ
Mato mahānāma mahīpatindo
Para'ṅgamīloka mi'maṃ pahāya
33.
Tassā'sirañño damiḷitthi kucchi
Bbhavo suto bhūpati sotthiseno
Mahāsidhītā pana saṅgha nāmā
Ghātāpayī taṃ tadahe'va kopā
34.
Sāchattagāhassa pavecchirajjaṃ
Akāsi vassaṃ api savhavāpiṃ
Tato samaṃ kārayi mittaseno
Sovīhi corohi mahānubhāvo
35.
Tadāni paṇḍu damiḷena saddhiṃ
Yoddhuṃ dvipaṃ'ruyha puraṃ'gamittha
Gantvā raṇe taṃ damiḷohi paṇḍu
Rajjaṃ karī pañca samaṃ tato'ssa
36.
Pārinda nāmo'si suto mahīpo'
Nusāsiye'vaṃ damiḷo tivassaṃ
Tassā'nujo khuddaparinda nāmo
Rājā'bhavī sorasavassa ma'ssa
37.
Hītābalatthassa subhassayete
Morīya vaṃsīyanarāpalātā
Tahaṃ tahaṃ vāsama'kaṃsu nandī
Vāpimhi tesaṃ'bhavī dhātuseno
38.
Tassa'trajova'mbilayāgu gāme
Vasittha dāṭṭho samajātikehi
So dhātuseno palatissabodhī
Sute labhi dvepuna dhātuseno
39.
Pabbajjakho mātula thera ñatte
Vasīsato'pekkhayamā'yati'mpi
Taṃ paṇḍuko jāniya gaṇhathe'naṃ
Pesesi sīghaṃ mahati'ñcasenaṃ
[SL Page 011] [\x 11/]
40.
Kharaṃ niyogaṃ pana paṇḍurañño
Mahādināmo supine viditvā
Thero surakkhī punabhāgi neyyaṃ
Laṅkāya vebhūpati hessatī'ti
41.
Balaṃ gahetvā atha dhātuseno
Khuddena pārindabhidhena raññā
Yujjhitvā māresi tirītarākhyo
Rājā bhavī taṃ dutiyamhi māse
42.
Vināsayī tena raṇa'ṅkarīya
Tasmiṃ hate dāṭhiya dāmiḷe'ko
Rajja'nnusāsī tisamaṃ'va dhātu
Senena naṭṭho thiravikkamena
43.
Tato'bhavī bhūpati piṭhiyavho
Sosatta māsaṃ'nu bhavitva rajjaṃ
Maccussavāsa'ṅgamimānaveso
Pacchijji'to dāmiḷa vaṃsa thāmo
44.
Bhūpā'gatāgama visasa sasattha nītī
Puññaccitā'pi maraṇaṃ kaṭhinaṃ samattā
Accetu ma'gga caritā nasahiṃsu itthaṃ
Vedīvibhāvikayirā matada'mpi puññaṃ
Bhāṇavāraṃ tevīsatimaṃ
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse' kārasa rājadīpano nāma
Tevīsatimo paricchedo.
----------------
[SL Page 012] [\x 12/]
Catibbīsatimo paricchedo.
-----------------
1.
Atho sahassechadhike muninda
Saṃvaccharasmiṃ suta dhātuseno
Narādhipo'sī mita puññalakkhi
Sobhesi laṅkaṃ sahajena saddhiṃ
2.
Khandhāpayitvāna mahā savantiṃ
Kedārake'kāsi thirodike'kā
Rogīna'sālā athakāla vāpiṃ
Gaṇhitva bandhesi mahā nadi'ñca
3.
Vināsitaṃ bodhi gharañcarāma
Neyya'ṅkarī so viya dhammasoko
Susaṅgaha'ṅkā piṭakattayassa
Therīya bhikkhūna' mahā vihāre
4.
Sokāla vāpyādi vihārake'ṭṭha
Dasā'su kārāpayi tappamāṇā
Vāpīcakāretvu da khuddakehi
Vihāra ke'ṭṭhārasa vāpiyoca
5.
Dāpesi tesaṃ'va disampatindo
Soloha pāsāde vare sujiṇṇe
Kammaṃ nava'ṅkārayi jiṇṇakeca
Visāla thūpesu ca tīsu chatte
6.
Mahinda bimbaṃ udakārayitvā
Netvāna therassa susāna bhūmiṃ
Mahā maha'ṅkātuma'dā sahassaṃ
Dīpetu'māṇāpayi dīpavaṃsaṃ
7.
Sodantadhātussa mahaṃ vidhāya
Caṅgoṭakaṃ raṃsi ma'nagghika'ñca
Mahaggha muttā maṇikiṇṇa hema
Pupphāni pūjesi vasundharindo
[SL Page 013] [\x 13/]
8.
Bodhīmaha'ṅkāviya tissarājā
Visāla sālā paṭimāca cetye
Kāretva puññaṃ vividhaṃ karittha
Vasīdayo so matimā mahīpo
9.
Dveputtā'suṃ kassapo bhinnamāto
Moggallāno tulyāmāto'ssa rañño
Ekā rammā duhitā pāṇatulyā
Pādāsī sobhāgineyyassataṃhi
10.
Tāḷesi sodhītara'micca'vecca
Jhāpesi tassa'mbama'tho'ti kuddho
Pabaddhaverosa'hi bhāgineyyo
Rajje palobhetvi'ma'māsurañño
11.
Pitva'ntarebhediya jīvagāhaṃ
Gāhāpayī bhūpati dhātusenaṃ
Sa'kassapo'ssāpayi setachattaṃ
Bhātā'bhavesī' gami jambudīpaṃ
12.
Vadhaṃ vidhāyā'pi karīya naggaṃ
Pācīmukhaṃ saṅkhalikaṃ mahipaṃ
Taṃ bhittiyanto'va karitvaruṭṭho
Bandhitva limpesa'tha mattikāya
13.
Gāhāpayanto panakālavāpiṃ
Samāhitaṃ bhikkhuma'pu'ṭṭhapetuṃ
Paṃsuṃkhipāpesi sa'muddhani'ssa
Sandiṭṭhiko'yaṃ sa'vipākavāro
14.
Narādhiposūnuhato yaso'ṭṭhā
Rasassamāto vibudhāna me'vaṃ
Sahavyataṃ pāpuṇi dhātuseno
Dayāparo kosaliko'va niccaṃ
15.
Rañño'ssakāle pana dīghasanda-
Senāpatinda ppariveṇa sāmī
Thero mahānāma bhidho mahīpā
Cero samolokiya dīpikaṃhi
[SL Page 014] [\x 14/]
16.
Pavatti ma'ggaṭṭha kathāgata'mpi
Upāgataṃ kho sutito gahetvā
Yathā tathaṃ yāva mahādisena-
Rājaṃ mahāvaṃsa ma'kā'tihāsaṃ
17.
So kassapo pāpa sakho'vabhātu
Bhīto gato sīgagiriṃ narehi
Bhusaṃ durāroha ma'raṃ samantā
Taṃsodhayitvā varaṇena sammā
18.
Parikkhipitvāna tahiṃhi sīhā
Kārena nisseṇi gharāni citre
Kāresi tannāma'si tena selo
hapesi rakkha'ñca nidhāya cittaṃ
19.
Vasīgharaṃtatra'pi dassaneyyaṃ
Kāretvaso'vā'laka mandama'ggaṃ
Tato paraṃ taṃ puramu'ttama'ṅkā
Senāpatī tassa migāra nāmo
20.
Sanāmika'ṅkā pariveṇa ma'ggaṃ
Sakammanā vippaṭisāri hutvā
Katha'nnu muñcissa ma'nappaka'nti
Puñña'ṅkarī sīla ma'rakkhi niccaṃ
21.
Sovissarādīsamaṇaṃ vihāraṃ
Kārāpayitvā'dimavatthujātā
Subhogagāme atirittakeca
Kiṇitva'dāsī panatassabhūpo
22.
Dvedhītarā'suṃ mahipassa bodhu-
Ppalādivaṇṇā'ssa vihārakassa
Tāsa'ñca nāma'ṅkarisassatasmiṃ
Dente'ti kammaṃ pitughātakassa
23.
Lokassa gārayha bhayā'va thera
Vādīnaicchiṃsva'thatesa'meva
Dātu'mpi satthuppaṭimāya'dāsī'
Dhivāsayuṃte'ti muninda bhogo
[SL Page 015] [\x 15/]
24.
Nīyyātavuyyānavare'calassā'
Sanne vihāra'ṅkarisassanāmā
Ta'ndāsi so dhammarucīna'pāra
Lokāca bhīto sakabhātarāca
25.
Saṃvacchare'ṭṭhā rasame'ssa mogga-
Llānavhayobārasamukhyayodhe
Gahetva āgammi'ha jambudīpā
Ambaṭṭhakolabbisaye pasiddhe
26.
Bandhittha senānivahaṃ kuṭhārī
Vihārake sutavi'ti'mantya' dissaṃ
Niggañchi rājā punamokkha mogga-
Llāno'si sannaddha balo kumāro
27.
Ambaṭṭhakolo'ti kadamba nāma
Pura'nti maññanti'tihāsavedī
Gatosurānaṃ'va sa'yuddha'mindo'
Pāgammu'bho'jiṃ dhajinī'rabhiṃsu
28.
Tahiṃ raṇesassa parājayaṃ so
Ñatvāsiraṃ chetva kha'mukkhi pitvā
Disampatī kosiya ma'tra sattiṃ
Khipījayo'ññassa nirussaho'si
29.
Kammepasīditvā mahīpatissa
Āḷāhaṇaṃ kāriya tassagattaṃ
Samattamā'dāya'pisādhanaṃso'
Pāgañchikhatto nagaraṃ patitaṃ
30.
Sutvā pavattiṃ yatayo vihāraṃ
Samajjiyā'suṃ sunivatthakā'va
Supārutā'ṭṭhaṃsu yathākkamaṃso
Saṅghepasīditva panammabhatyā
31.
Chattena mānesi tama'ssa'dāsi
hānaṃ pane 'ta'ntica chattavaḍḍhi
Vohārayiṃsū pariveṇa ma'ggaṃ
Kata'mpi tannāma ma'hosi tattha
[SL Page 016] [\x 16/]
32.
Patvāna rajjaṃ satataṃ samena
Dhammena pālesi pajā'tha kuddho
Sa'nīharī dāya ma'macca jātā'
Nuvattayiṃsū pitughātaka'nti
33.
Tene'va so rakkhasanāmavā'sī
Vināsayī maccagaṇaṃ'nugaṃ taṃ
So sota nāsādi'pichedayittha
Pabbājayī bhūri jane tadā'to
34.
Sutvāna dhammaṃ punasanta citto
Dānaṃ pavattesi'va vārivāho
Phusse'nuvassaṃ panapūṇṇamāyaṃ
Pavattayī dāna varaṃ cirassaṃ
35.
Pitussalājā dadisārathiyo
Dvārādhi paccaṃ sa'hi'dāsi tassa
Sīhācalekāriya daḷhadāṭhā
Koṇḍañña nāma'mpidvayaṃ vihāraṃ
36.
Sa'dhammarocīna'ca sāgalīnaṃ
Dāpesi sīhā calakaṃ vihāraṃ
Katvā mahānāma varamhi dīgha
Sandavhaye'dā pariveṇadhīse
37.
Sorājinī nāma'mupassayaṃhi
Kāretva'tho sāgalikāna'maggaṃ
Pādāsibhūpo pana bhikkhuṇīnaṃ
Sadā rato sāsana vuddhikicce
38.
Dāṭhāpabhūtyavhayakotulamba
Kaṇṇanvayo kassapa bhūmipāle
Nibbinnaceto upagamma tattha
Mereliyaṃ vagga ma'kāsivāsaṃ
39.
Silādikāḷo' bhavi tassa putto
Bhīto ito kassapato'ca gantvā
Sojambudīpaṃ sajanena mogga-
Llānena saddhiṃ varabodhi maṇḍe
[SL Page 017] [\x 17/]
40.
Vihārake pabbaji so kadāci
Saṅghassa sādvamba 'madāsi tasmiṃ
Pasanna citto'vadi ambasāma-
Ṇero'ti tenā 'bhavi taṃ samañño
41.
Sokesa dhātu'mpi labhitva tassa
Rajje idhā'nesi 'matābhisitto
Katvā'ssa sakkāra 'managgha dhātuṃ
Mahaggha caṅgoṭa vare nidhāya
42.
Dīpaṅkaraṅgīrasa bimba vāse
Vaḍḍhetva pujaṃ parihārakena
Pavattayī so parihāra 'massā'
Siggāhaṭhānaṃ bhaginiṃca'dāsi
43.
So sindhu rakkhaṃ pana bandhiyā'suṃ
Nibbhītikaṃ dipa'makāsirājā
Samuddavelāhitanāvikājī
Senā ṭènanṭi mantya'dhi muttise'ti
44.
Senāpatī vuttarako sanāmaṃ
Padhāna gāra'ṅkari bhūmipālo
Katvāna puññaṃ vividhaṃ parattha
Gamittha aṭṭhārasamamhi vasse
45.
Laṅkā rajja'malaṅkarittha'ti saho saṃsuddhabuddhī yaso
Sambuddhāgama vuddhipaddhatirato sokassapamhājito
Moggallāna mahīpatī na visahī jetu'mpi maccuṃparaṃ
Yāte'vaṃsumatī'yavecca palayaṃ hantvā labhavho sivaṃ
Bhāṇavāraṃ catuvīsatimaṃ
--------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvegajanake dipavaṃse tirājadīpanonāma catubbīsatimo paricchedo.
[SL Page 018] [\x 18/]
Pañca vīsatimo paricchedo.
------------------
1.
Tato tassa suto dhātu-seno āsi kumārako
Nara devo deva rūpo-sahasse saṭṭhime jine
2.
Kāritesu vihāresu-pitarā nava kammakaṃ
Akāsantappayī saṅghaṃ-paccayehi catūhi'pi
3.
Aṭṭhārasa vihāreca-kāresi vāpiyo tathā
Kāretvā dhammasaṅgītiṃ-sāsana'ñca visodhayī
4.
Jānakīharaṇaṃ nāma-sakkatāya niruttiyā
Mahākabba 'makā rājā-sīhala jana gāravaṃ
5.
Viloketvāna taṃ kabbaṃ-jambudīpā idhā gato
Tassa mitto āsi kāli-dāso kavikavissaro
6.
Rājāvaṇṇā dāsi ghare-kuḍḍe pajjaḍḍhakaṃlikhī
Yo ve puṇṇa'ṅkare tassa-tuṭṭhidāyaṃ dade'vaca
7.
Disvāna taṃ kālidāso-sampuṇṇa'makarī tathā
Māretvā taṃ gharetassā-sā'ttanālikhitaṃ'vadī
8.
Asaddahitvā taṃ rājā-kālidāsassa taṃ iti
Vinicchiya sakhaṃtassa-pariyesi ito ci'to
9.
Māritoso'ti ñatvāna-netvā mata kaḷebaraṃ
Kāretvā citakaṃ tattha-jhāpesi taṃ mahīpati
10.
Ḍayhamānaṃsa'taṃ mittaṃ-disvu'ggasocanopati
Citakaṃ uppatitvāna-mato tassa mahesikā
Pañca sokāturā tena-tā'pi tattha matācite
11.
Tahaṃ ṭhāne cetiyāni-kāretvā sattabodhayo
Ropayiṃsu tato satta-bodhivatthū'ti voharuṃ
12.
Taṃ kho ṭhānaṃ mahātitthe-cā'nurādha puruttame
Icce'va 'mevaṃ matiyo-tesaṃ tesaṃ visuṃ'bhavuṃ
[SL Page 019] [\x 19/]
13.
Rañño'pi tassa vāsattā-anurādhapure iti
Sakkā taṃ patigaṇhātuṃ-ne'tthakocā 'pisaṃsayo
14.
Katvā'nekavidhaṃ puññaṃ-dayāvāso disampati
Hāyane navamepūta-pañño para'magā ito
15.
Tassa'trajo kittiseno-rajja'ṅgā kata puññako tammātulasivo māse-navame taṃ vināsayi
16.
Rājā hutvā sivo pañca-vīsāhe jahi rajjakaṃ
Tatiyo upatisso kho-sivaṃ hantvā'si bhūmipo
17.
Silākāḷocamūnātho-moggallānassa rājino bhaginī sāmikassā'dā-saha bhogena dhītaraṃ
18.
hānantarādīhi janaṃ-saṅgahesi janādhipo tanaye'ko kassapo'ti-upatissassa rājino
19.
Silā kāḷo rajja lobhā-saṅgaṇhitvā mahā balaṃ
Yujjhituṃ pana pācīna-tissacala'magā balo
20.
Kassapo'pi dvipaṃ 'ruyha-silā kāḷaṃ palāpiya
Aropesi giriṃ hatthiṃ-tene'va girikassapo
21.
Mahā have vattamāne-pekkhayaṃ saparājayaṃ
Sīsaṃ chetvā chūrikāya-hatthikkhandhe avatthari
22.
Sutvā taṃ upatissokho-sokasalla'nnugo mato
Sāddhahāyanikorajjā-diva'ṅgamidisampati
23.
Rājā'bhavī silākāḷo-gahetvā pubba saññakaṃ
Ta'mamba sāmaṇerādi-silā kāḷo'ti ñāpayī
24.
Sokho'vanipatī santo-rajja'ṅkāresi dhammiyā
Māghāta'ṅkārayī bhoge-vejja sālāsuvaḍḍhayī
25.
Ānīta'mattanā kesa-dhātuṃ sampūjayī'nisaṃ
Bodhi pūja'mpa'nudina-'makābimbāni satthuno
26.
Tayo puttā'bhavuṃ jeṭṭha-moggallānassa sūnuno
Ādipāda padaṃ pācī-desa'ñca dadi bhūpati
[SL Page 020] [\x 20/]
27.
Majjhimo dāṭhappabhuti-rajjaṃ mālayikaṃ labhī
Vāsāpayittho'patissaṃ-santike ye'va rājino
28.
Vasse dvādasamerañño-kāsī pura 'mito gato
Vetullavādikaṃ dhammaṃ-dhātu ganthaṃhi vāṇijo
29.
Ānetvā rājino'dāsi-buddha dhammo'ti saññayā
Paggaṇhi taṃ achekattā-dhammā dhamma vijānane
30.
Rājāgārā vidūre taṃ-gehe katvāna pūjayī
Tathe'va kātuṃ sakkāraṃ-niyojesi narādhipo
31.
Katvāne'so silākāḷo-vividhaṃ puñña sañcayaṃ
Suto rajjaṃ gato rājā-ṭhitvā terasahāyane
32.
Tadaccaye majjhimako-dāṭhappabhūti nāmavā
Suto rajjaṃ gaṇhi kama-'matikkamma mahābalo
33.
Akkamo iti vārentaṃ-māresi saka bhātaraṃ
Moggallāno taṃ suṇitvā-yuddha sajjo pakuppiya
34.
Mahā cakkaṃ samādāya-rahera sikhariṃ agā
Rājā sannayha siviraṃ-khandhī karinda bhūdhare
35.
Moggallāno nisamme'taṃ sāparādhā na dīpikā
Tena'ññe māca yujjhantu-hatthiyuddhaṃ karomi'dha
36.
Sandesaṃ pahiṇī rañño-vatvā sādhū'ti tammukhaṃ
Gato gajaṃ samāruyha-moggallāno'si tādiso
37.
Danti ghaṭṭe'sanirāva-samosūyitthanissano
Dantaghāte samuṭṭhāsi-jālāviya'cirappabhā
38.
Rājā parājayaṃ disvāva-gaḷaṃ chindi nivārite
Rajja 'mevaṃ divasehi-māsehi ca chahi jahī
39.
Tassa'ccaye moggallānova-dutiyo āsi bhūbhujo
Paṭiccamātulaṃ culla-moggallāno'tivohari
40.
Paṭitoso'pi kāveyyo-saṅgahehi mahā janaṃ
Saṅgahesi mahā saṅghaṃ-saṅgaṇhi paccayehica
41.
Tipeṭaka'ñca vācesi-sāṭṭhakatha 'manuttaraṃ
Saddhamma bhāṇake pūjā-vidhinā pūjayī'nisaṃ
[SL Page 021] [\x 21/]
42.
Katvānaso dhammakabbaṃ-ṭhapetvā danti sekhare
Saddhamma desanosāne-vācesi nagare nisaṃ
43.
Sikharī majjhato bandhi-kadambāpaga'mādaraṃ
Dīghāyu pada kamma'nti-pattapāsāṇa vāpikaṃ
44.
Bandhāpayī dhana vāpiṃ-garītara'ñca vāpikaṃ
Saddhamma'ñca likhāpesi-sāsanabbhudayerato
45.
Pāletvā sāsanaṃ lokaṃ-soraccādi guṇālayo
Yathā kammaṃ gato rājā-vasse vīsatime ito
46.
Mahesī tassa sajane-visayogena ghātiya
Rajje puttaṃ'bhisiñcitvā-sā kho rajjaṃ vicārayī
47.
Kittissirī meghavaṇṇo-dutiyo bhūpatī pana
Tipupattehichādesi-bodhighara'managghikaṃ
48.
Silākāḷaddhanigāme-saṅgillavhaya vissute
Bhayasīvo mānave'ko-āsi moriya vaṃsajo
50.
Tassa'ggabodhi putteko-mahānāgo'tivissuto
Bhāgineyyocā'bhaviṃsu-mahānāgo vanecaro
51.
Savaṃsike tayo bhūpe-hantvā bhehisi patthivo
Vyākāsi mantiko taṃhi-sutvā siseva bhūpatiṃ
52.
Rājātuṭṭho'vata'ṅkāsi-rohaṇā'yuttakaṃ sakaṃ
Tasmiṃ punapasīditvā-andhasenāpati'ṅkari
53.
Pacceka bhogaṃ katvāso-rohaṇaṃ'va vasaṃ tahaṃ
Dāṭhappabhutināyoddhu-'ṅgāmoggallānabhītiyā
54.
Osakkitvā kittisiri-megharājaddhanī puraṃ
Gantvā ne'kūnavīsāhe-māresi taṃ mahīpatiṃ
55.
Rājāhutvā mahānāgo-desa'ṅkari yathā purā
Matattābhāgineyyassa-tato mātula puttakaṃ
Aggabodhi kumāraṃhi-uparāja 'makāguṇī
[SL Page 022] [\x 22/]
56. Katvā bodhi dumindassa-ālavālaṃ harīmayaṃ
Sadumaṃchādayī bhūpo-muni bimbāni sandahi
57.
Adā mahā vihārassa-gāme jambelakādayo
Uddhādi gāmake jeta-vanassa dadi bhūpati
58.
Khettattisata dānena-niccakālika yāguyā
Santappayī jeta vane-yatayo sātakāmato
59.
Mahā vihāre saṅghassa-duratissa sarā sato
Sahassakhettaṃ pādāsi-yāguyāsa'sarādhipo
60.
Mayūra pariveṇassa-navaṃkamma'ñcadāpayī
Sujiṇṇa'manurārāmaṃ-paṭisaṅkhārayī tadā
61.
Patthivo so mahānāgo-vividhaṃ puñña sampadaṃ
Sañcinitvā tivassena-bhottuṃ phala'magā divaṃ
62.
Santuṭṭhā'mita vibhavā samuttikittī
Bhūpālā janavisaraṃ vamiṃsu vittaṃ
Sante'vaṃ sumariya yutti magga yuttā
Bhāvethā,matasiridaṃ sade'va puññaṃ
Bhāṇavāra pañcavīsatimaṃ.
--------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse navarāja dīpanonāma
Pañcavīsatimo paricchedo.
[SL Page 023] [\x 23/]
Chabbīsatimo paricchedo.
----------------
1.
Āsī mahānāga narādhipassa
Sa'mātuleyyo puna aggabodhika
Disampatī bhūta samādhinā taṃ
Hirañña gabbho vidadhittha nūnaṃ
2.
Sa'mātula'ṅkā upa medinindaṃ
Bhātussa 'dāsī yuva rājakattaṃ
Sabhāgineyyaṃ malayā dhipacce
hapesi ṭhāntarakesu yogge
3.
Rājā sacakkaṃ yuva bhūpatissa
Dakkhiñña desaṃ pana 'dāsi tattha
Vasaṃ samāno sirivaḍḍhamāna
Vāpi'ñca gāhāpayi daḷha citto
4.
Girī vihāra'ñca karīya saṅgha
Bhogāya khetta dvisataṃ pavecchi
Dāṭha vhayaṃ dhītara'massa rājā
Adāsi so kho malayā dhipassa
5.
So saṅgha bodhī pariveṇa'maggaṃ
Karī mahāsīva samaññakassa
Sanāmaka'ṅkā pariveṇa'massa
Pādāsi ye'vaṃ parivārākā'pi
6.
Budhā'ssa rañño'ddhani sīhalīya
Niruttiyā 'kaṃsu vicitra kabbe
Padīpikā cā 'su' matappavāho
Kāle 'smi'me'ke pana maññare'ti
7.
Kurunda nāmaṃ atha sabba saṅghiṃ
Vihārakaṃ katva sanāma vāpiṃ
Sa'nāḷikeropavanaṃ mahantaṃ
Tiyojana 'ṅkārayi bhūmi pālo
[SL Page 024] [\x 24/]
8.
So loha yūpaṃ paṭisaṅkharitvā
Mahe 'ssa chattiṃsa sahassa bhikkhū
Ticīvarenā'ccayi dāṭhasīva bhikkhussa 'vāde 'kari ṭhitva rajjaṃ
9.
Sa'mūgasenā patikaṃ vihāraṃ
Kāretva'tho lajjika gāma vāmaṃ
Bhikkhussa bhogattha 'madā mahādī-
Nāgavhaya'ṅkā pariveṇa kantaṃ
10.
Vetulla vādo 'tra tadā'si joti
Pālo mahā thera varo vivādā
Vetulla vādī'pi parājayittha
Rājā pasīditva 'tha mānayī taṃ
11.
Dāṭhā pabhūtya vhayakā'di pādo
Theraṃ parajjhitva karamhi jātā
Gaṇḍā hato kho bhaginī sutagga-
Bodhiṃ 'dipāda gga'makā mahīpo
12.
So bhūpati'neka vihāra bimba
Thūpe ca vāpī atha kārayitvā
Gato catuttiṃsa samāya kamma
Sarikkhakaṃ dibba sukha'nnubhottuṃ
13.
Tato 'ggabodhī dutiyo'si bhūpo
Pubbassa rājassa mahallakattā
Ta'ṅkhudda nāmenu'da vohariṃsu
Pālesi dīpaṃ mahipo manuññaṃ
14.
Devī'ssa dhitā'si samātulassā'
Siggāhaka'ṅkā sa'tha saṅgha bhaddaṃ
hānantaraṃ 'dāsi yathā rahaṃ 'ñca
Veḷuvana'ṅkāriya sāgalīnaṃ
15.
Jambādimaṃrantaragallaka'ñcā'
Kā mātupiṭṭhiṃ puna khirikāya
Sa'dhātuyā geha'ma ku'ṇṇaloma
Ghara'ñca chattaṃ 'malacetiyamhi
[SL Page 025] [\x 25/]
16.
Asse'ca kālamhi kaliṅga bhūpo
Raṇe janānaṃ maraṇa'mpi disvā
Saṃvigga citto'va idhā 'gamitvā
Saddhāya so pabbajī jotipāle
17.
Padhāna ṭhāna 'ṅkari matta sele
Vihārake tassa adāsa 'macco
Mahesi vā 'gammi 'ha pabbajuṃ te
Sutvā mahesī ta'mu paṭṭhahittha
18.
Amacca therassa sa' vetta vāsa
Vihārakaṃ pācina khaṇḍa rājyaṃ
Adāsi so saṅgha varassa ta 'ñca
Atha 'ccaya 'ṅgā mahipo sa 'thero
19.
So jotipāla tthaviramhi thūpā
Rāmamhi thūpe abhivandamāne
Bhāgo pabhijjitva pure patittha
Dassesi rājaṃ puna dukkhito'va
20.
Disvāna saṃvigga mano ta 'matthaṃ
Tasmi 'ṅkhaṇe paṭṭhapi kamma'maggaṃ
Sa'dakkhiṇāya 'kkhaka dhātu seṭṭhaṃ
hapetva pūjesa'tha loha yūpe
21.
Cirāyamāne navakammi 'masmiṃ
Rājā papañcessati dhātu gabbhaṃ
Gacchāma dhātuṃ pana gayha yaṃ taṃ'
Vocuṃ 'sa devā supato'va 'rāmī
22.
Rājā pabuddho pana uttasanto
Kāresi sabbaṃ na cirena kammaṃ
Dhātu varaṃ 'netva manuñña loha-
Ppāsādato vaḍḍhayi sampuṭamhi
23.
Pādāsi laṅkaṃ saha sena dhātu-
Gabbhassa vattesu 'pahāra hāriṃ
Ta 'ṅgopakānaṃ 'dadi lābha gāmaṃ
Mahesiyā 'moda pavedayanto
[SL Page 026] [\x 26/]
24.
Mahesiyā katva ca sassa nāmaṃ
Dāṭhaggabodhī'ti akāsi vāsaṃ
Gaṅgā taṭaṃ sela taṭaṃ sara'ñca
Tathā valāhassa 'makāsi vāpiṃ
25.
Sā bhatta vaṃsaṃ 'disi bhikkhuṇīnaṃ
Katvāna so bhatta tariṃ mahantiṃ
Vaḍḍhesi pāḷiṃ mahipo para'ṅgā
Puññaṃ cinitvā dasama ssamāyaṃ
26.
Iti vidita muninda ssāsanā bhumi pālā
Upacita kusalā sampanna bhogā samattaṃ
Siri visara'managghaṃ hitva maccussa vāsa'
Mupagamu'miti ñatvā no care ko hi dhamme
Bhāṇavāraṃ chabbīsatimaṃ
--------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse rāja dvaya dīpano nāma
Chabbīsatimo paricchedo
-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:
[SL Page 027] [\x 27/]
Sattavīsatimo paricchedo. -----------------
1.
Dutiyo saṅghatisso'si-bhūpo'siggāhako tato
Sahassasmiṃ sate eka-paññāsatima hāyane
2.
Khuddaggabodhi rājassa-moggallāno camū pati
Vasaṃ raññā rohaṇasmiṃ-yuddhatthaṃ 'bhimukho'gami
3.
Kuñjaraṃ'ruyha puttena-rājā sannaddha vāhano
Moggallāna'mupāgañchi-pācīna tissa pabbate
4.
Duvinnaṃ bala kāyānaṃ-saṅgāme samupaṭṭhite
Tasmiṃ rañño mahānāge-madhuka cchāya'māvisi
5.
Sākha'māhacca chattaṃ 'sa-bhūmiyaṃ pati rājino
Ripusenā'haritvā taṃ-sāmino dadi taṅkhaṇe
6.
Chatta'mussāpayī sela-muddhani ṭṭhitako tadā
Patthive'so'ti cintetvā-parivāresi taṃ camū
7.
Hatthikkhandhā'varūhitvā-puttaṃ'maccaṃ va sukhkhacaṃ
Gahetvā pāvisī meru-majjaraṃ kānanaṃ dukho
8.
Atha gantvā vedvavanaṃ-codito pabbajī raho
Rohaṇaṃ gantu kāmo-so-maṇihīra'mupāgami
9.
Tatra ṭṭhā sevakā tassa-sañjānitvā tayo jane
Moggallānassa ñāpesuṃ-netvā sīha giriṃ puraṃ
10.
Tesaṃ chindāpayī sīse-dvīhi māsehi bhūmipo
Saṅghatisso asiggāho-mato evaṃ sudukkhito
11.
Nisamma rājino putto-icca 'tra sa 'pakuppiya
Hattha pādāni tassa'suṃ-chindituṃ viniyojayī
12.
Laddha jjayo moggallāno-pura'māgamma nibbhayo
Laṅkā rajjā dhipo āsi-dalla nāmena pākaṭo
13.
Senāpatiṃ mittaduhiṃ-malayā dhipati 'ṅkari
Tassa puttassa 'siggāha-ṭhānaṃ dadittha bhūbhujo
14.
Mahā thupa ttayaṃ sammā-nava vatthehi chādayī
Dāṭhā dhātuṃ kesa dhātuṃ-mahābodhi 'ñca pūjayī
[SL Page 028] [\x 28/]
15.
Akā vesākhapūja'ñca-sāsanaṃ parisodhayī tipeṭakassa sajjhāya-'ṅkāresi vattayaṃ 'canaṃ
16.
Saṅghassa loṇakhettāni-adāsi tisatādhike
Moggallāna vihāra'ñca-kārapiṭṭhimhi kārayī
17.
Saṅgāma piṭṭhigāma'ñca-vaṭṭa gāma vihārakaṃ
Kāresi cetiya gehaṃ-tathā rakkha vihārakaṃ
18.
Vihārāna 'madā bhūrī-bhoga gāme janādhipo
Sañcinī pacuraṃ puññaṃ-vividhaṃ sāta kāmato
19.
Kuddho malaya rājassa-ta'mupāyena mārayī
Tassa putto asiggāho-nilīnaṃ jeṭṭha tissakaṃ
20.
Upasaṅkamma tenā'pi-yoddhuṃ rāja'mupāgami
Bhūrī pajja ra rogena-rājasenā matā tadā
21.
Rājasenā pabhijjitvā-palāyitvā'tidubbalā
Ekākinaṃ palāyanta-'ma nubandhi mahīpatiṃ
22.
Sīhaselassa sāmante-mārayittha narissaraṃ
Rajja'ṅkāresi soye'vaṃ-chavassāni disampati
23.
Jeṭṭha tissa'mahi ohīnaṃ-hantuṃ bhava patthivo
Pesesi sāsanaṃ ehi-ñatvā so malayaṃ agā
24.
Asiggāho anurādha-puraṃ'gamma nisaṃsayo
Laṅkādhipo āsi silā-meghavaṇṇo'ti vissuto
25.
Bodhi'ñca saṅghaṃ vanditvā-cetiye tīni bhūpati
Sakkāsa'tha mahāpāḷiṃ-vaḍḍhayittha sukhedhito
26. Silāmaya munindassa-vihāre abhayuttare jiṇṇaṃ geha'makādatvā-kolavāpi'ñca rakkhayī
27.
Sirināgo jeṭṭhatissa-mātulo pāratīrakaṃ
Gantvāna damiḷe'dāya-gaṇhituṃ desa'muttaraṃ
28.
Upakkami tadā rāja-sutvā yujjhitva ta'mpi ca
Hantvāna sese pesse'kā-tatra tatra vihārake
29.
Sampatta vijaye raññe-vasante sati nibbhaye
Bodhi vhayo bhikkhu'bhaye-vihāre bahule tahiṃ
[SL Page 029] [\x 29/]
30.
Disvā dussīlake rāja-'mu pasaṅkamma dhammikaṃ
Kammaṃ yācittha tene'va-kāresi taṃ mahīpati
31.
Raho mantiya dussīlā-ta'mmāretvā kammakaṃ
Paṭibāhayuṃ bhūpālo-kuddho gaṇhiya te tato
32.
Sarasī pālake'kāsi-chinna hatthe sabandhane
Jambudīpe sataṃ bhikkhū-khipāpesi mahāmati
33.
Parisodhesī paggāhaṃ-saraṃ tassa ca sāsanaṃ
Therīyavādake rājā-tehi kātu 'muposathaṃ
34.
Nimantetvā paṭikkhitto-kujjhitvāna 'vabhāsiya akkhamāpiya te bhikkhū-dakkhiṇa'ṅgā
disampati
35.
Māraṇantika rogena-phuṭṭho dehaṃ sarajjakaṃ
Jahitvā navame vasse-para'ṅgami'vanīpati
36. Tato tassa suto āsi-rājaggabodhi nāmavā pākaṭo 'si sirīsaṅgha-bodhi nāmena mānito
37.
Bhātaraṃ tassu'parajje-māṇa'mhisicca dakkhiṇaṃ
Adāsi sammā pālesi-raṭṭhaṃ saṅghaṃ ca mānayi
38.
Malaye jeṭṭhatissa vho-vasaṃ saṅgayha mānave
Pubba dakkhiṇake hattha-gate katvāna pacchimaṃ
39.
Dāṭhā sīvaṃ sajīva'ñca-gahetuṃ pesayī lahuṃ māyetti'māgataṃ bhūpo-dāṭhāsīvaṃ pana
'ggahī
40.
Jeṭṭhatisso raṇa sajjo-rājasenaṃ samottharī
Rājā aññātavesena-palāto turitaṃ tadā
41.
Nāva'māruyha māsamhi-chaṭṭhe rajjā anissaro
Jambudīpa'magā'pekkho-āyati'ñca yathā tathā
42.
Tato'bhavī jeṭṭhatisso-mahīpālo mahābalo
Sāsanaṃ paripālesi-mānanīye ca mānayī
43.
Mahādāragiri'ndāsi-vihāre abhayavhaye
Mahāvihārassa mahā-mettabodhi 'madā sato
44.
Jetavane goṇḍigāmaṃ-pādāsi pacure tato
Adā saṃvasathe rājā-tasmiṃ tasmiṃ vihārake
[SL Page 030] [\x 30/]
45.
Paṭisaṅkhārayī jiṇṇe-tilakkhena niyāmato
Puñña 'mevaṃ vidhaṃ bhūpo-sañcinittha sadāsayo
46.
Tatiyaggabodhi bhūpālo-tadā parataṭaṃ gato
Dāmiḷaṃ bala 'mādāya-kāḷavāpi 'mupāgami.
47.
Jeṭṭhatisso 'pi senaṅga-'mādāya samupāgami
Kāḷavāpi sakāsamhi-yujjhanto attano balaṃ
48.
Disvāno 'hīyamānaṃ 'vā-maccaṃ gira 'mimaṃ bruvi
Mahesiyā samāroca-devī pabbajja āgamaṃ
49.
Sajjhāyitvā cā'bhidhammaṃ-vatvā pattiṃ sarājino
Dehī'ti vatvā sattīyā-sīlaṃ chindi sayaṃ tato
50.
Mahādevī tathā katvā-phalitvā hadayaṃ matā rājā pañcahi māsehi-para'ṅgā bhuvanaṃ mato
51.
Balavā jitasaṅgāmo-aggabodhi narādhipo
Rajjaṃ pākatika 'ṅkāsi-puna rajje patiṭṭhiya
52.
Padhāna ghara sāmissa-haṅkāraṃ sāmugāmakaṃ
Kehellarājabhāga'ñca-adāsi parivārake
53.
Mahāmaṇiṃ jetavane-sālagāmaṃ disampati
Mayetti kassapā vāse-'dāsi puñña parāyano
54.
Cetiyaddīmhi ambila-padara'ndā puḷatthike
Pure 'kāsi mahāpāna-dīpakaṃ suvicittitaṃ
55.
Māṇaṃ 'macco'parājānaṃ-māresuṃ taṃ 'parādhitaṃ
Tato 'nujaṃ kassapavha-'mo parajje 'bhisecayī
56.
Dāṭhāsīvo 'ccayaṃ sutvā-māṇassa dāmiḷaṃ balaṃ
Gahetvā tintiṇiṃ gañjī-gāmaṃ yujjhitva bhūpatiṃ
57.
Parājetvāna dāṭhopa-tisso'tya'hu suvissuto
Tatva 'ggabodhi bhūpālo-jambudīpaṃ palātavā
58.
Laddhokāso idhā'gamma-rajjaṃ'gahi viyujjhiya
Loko upadduto raññaṃ-saṅgāmenā'si pīḷito
59.
Dāṭhopatisso nikhilaṃ-nāsayi pubbarājunaṃ
Dhātvāvāsesu sāra'ñca-hemaṃ bimbesu paggahī
[SL Page 031] [\x 31/]
60.
Thūpārāme cetiyamhi-gahi sovaṇṇathūpikaṃ
Bhindittha cetiye chatta-'managgharatanācitaṃ
61.
Puna vippaṭisārī'va-desetuṃ sassa kibbisaṃ
Sākavatthuvihāraṃ so-bhogena saha kārayi
62.
Bhāgineyyo'si ratana-dāṭho mahādipādako
Atha'ggabodhimhi patte-kassapo yuvabhūpati
63.
Senaṃ rakkhitu'mappañño-thūpārāmamhi cetiyaṃ
Bhetvā rājūhi mahitaṃ-dhanasāra'ñca paggahī
64.
Dakkhiṇasmiṃ vihārasmiṃ-bhindi cetyaṃ durāsayo
Eva'maññe'pi bhinditvā-aggahī dhanasañcayaṃ
65.
Karonta'mevaṃ vāretuṃ-nāsakkhī'ghapurakkhataṃ
Rājā thūpārāmacetyaṃ-bhinnaṃ pākatika'ṅkari
66.
Jito dāṭhopatissena-aggabodhi disampati
Raṇasenaṃ sajjayituṃ-puna rohaṇa'meva'gā
67.
Tahiṃ soḷasame vasse-vyādhinā pahaṭo mato
Tadā'nujo yuvarājā-kassapo balavāhano
68.
Dāṭhopatissa'mapara-patīraṃ'va palāpiya
Rajja'meka'ṅkāsi dīpaṃ-makuṭa'nne'va dhārayī
69.
Sataṃ saṅgamato sassa-desetuṃ kibbisaṃ bhusaṃ
Ārāmavāpiyo vā'pi-kārāpayi hite rato
70.
Mahāmahehi sakkāsi-mahācetittayaṃ puna
Thūpārāma'ñca pūjesi-bhogagāmavarena'pi
71.
Yūpaṃ varicavaṭṭimhi-kāretvā nāgasālakaṃ
Mahāniṭṭhilagāma'ñca-nāga sāla nivāsino
72.
Therassa'dāsa'bhidhammaṃ-sāṭṭhakatha'manuttaraṃ
Tena vācesu'paṭṭhāya-paccayehi yathārahaṃ
73.
Tato dāṭhopatisso 'tra-sena'mādāya āgato
Kassapenā'have naṭṭho-vasse dvādasame'bhavi
74.
Kassapo dutiyo patta-vijayo'si mahādhiti
Bhattaggaṃ bhikkhusaṅghassa-vaḍḍhesi puññakāmato
[SL Page 032.] [\x 32/]
75.
Dhammaṃ vācesi mānetvā-nāgasāla nivāsinā
Pāliṃ likhāpayu'ddissa-kaṭandhakāra vāsinaṃ
76.
Paṭisaṅkhārayī jiṇṇaṃ-kamma'ṅkā cetiye navaṃ
Tathe'va kusala'ṅkāsi-pahūtaṃ bhūpatī'nisaṃ
77.
Bahulā tassa puttā'suṃ-māṇavho pubbajo'bhavi
Chāpakattā puna tesaṃ-vasantaṃ rohaṇe tadā
78.
Bhāgineyyaṃ samāhūya-mānaṃ puttehi rajjakaṃ
Tassa nīyādayītvāna-tahaṃ saṅghaṃ khamāpayī
79.
Dhamma'mevā'nuvattitvā-sabbaṃ saṅgaṇhi sādaro
Yathākamma'magā rājā-navame hāyane paraṃ
80.
Mātulassa mahārañño-kattabbaṃ katva sabbaso
Damiḷe nīharāpesi-jane saṅgayha māṇakenā
81.
Nibbāsemā'ti'maṃ tasmiṃ-ṭhitasmiṃ bahi dāmiḷā
Puraṃ gahetvānā'gantuṃ-hatthadāṭhassa pārato
82.
Pesesuṃ sāsanaṃ sajju-māṇo'pi sāsanaṃ pitu
Pesesi rohaṇe sassa-nacirenā'gato pitā
83.
Tato māṇo'bhisiñcittha-tātaṃ rajje sa 'dappulaṃ
Nikāyānaṃ tisahassa-'madā saṅgaṇhi dīpake
84.
Hatthadāṭho damiḷānaṃ-sutvā sāsana'māgato
Māṇo'pi pitaraṃ rājaṃ-rohaṇaṃ'va savatthukaṃ
85. Pesetvā so pubbadesaṃ-gantvā vasi jane suto
Sattāha 'manurādhamhi-dappulo'kāsi rajjakaṃ
86.
Rohaṇe vasamāno so-pālesi sāsanaṃ janaṃ
Tīni vassāni rajja'ṅkā-yathākammaṃ gato paraṃ
87.
Pācīnāyaṃ vasaṃ māṇo-raṇaṃ kātu'mupakkami
Hatthadāṭho'pi taṃ ñatvā-samāgañchi mahābalo
88.
Tambalamhi mahāyuddhe-yodhā māṇaṃ vināsayuṃ
Hatthadāṭho dāṭhopa-tisso sāvesi savhayaṃ
89.
Pitucchā sūnuno agga-bodhissa yuvarājataṃ
Desa'ñca dakkhiṇa'ndāsi-nissite'pi susaṅgahī
[SL Page 033] [\x 33/]
90.
Vihāre abhayavho'kā-kappūra pariveṇakaṃ
Tipu thulla vihāraṃ hi-kārente theriyā yatī
91.
Sīmāya'nto'ti vāresuṃ-kārayī sa'balā tahiṃ
Pattanikkujjana'ṅkaṃsu-assaddho'ti vijāniya
92.
Katvāna vividhaṃ puññaṃ-vyādhinā pahaṭo bhusaṃ
Navame hāyane rajjā-mato 'si mahipo dayo
93.
Khaṇena sampatya 'pasavya yātraṃ
Payāti sabbā acirappabhā'va
Tato paraṃ tāsu ratiṃ vihāya
Careyya dhammābhirato hitatthi
Bhāṇavāraṃ sattavīsatimaṃ.
---------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse aṭṭha rāja dīpano nāma
Sattavīsatimo paricchedo.
[SL Page 034] [\x 34/]
Aṭṭhavīsatimo paricchedo.
-----------------
1.
Tato catuttho'ssa'nujo'ggabodhi
Nāmena rājā sirisaṅghabodhi
Āsī dayālū sa'hi puññakāmī
Yatīna 'bhattagga 'malokayittha
2.
hānantaraṃ 'dāni yathārahaṃ so
Pāḷiṃ mahanti'mpica vaḍḍhayittha
Kāruñña sampūta mano mahīpo
Māghātaka 'ṅkārayi atra dīpe
3.
Jiṇṇe vihāre pariveṇakeca
Akāsi so pākatike manāpaṃ
Gāme adā bhogarahaṃ karitvā
Saṅghassa dāse ca ṭhapesi kāmaṃ
4.
Guṇaṃ hi tiṇṇaṃ ratanāna 'magga'
Manussarante 'kavaliṃ gahetvā
Aka 'kkhamālaṃ kira subbato 'va
Pajā nuvattā ta 'mahesu 'mevaṃ
5.
Kamme niyutto'ssa hi potthakuṭṭho māṭambiyaṃ geha 'makā padhānaṃ
Kappūranāme pariveṇa kante
Yūpaṃ akā so damiḷo dhaneso
6.
Sa 'potthasāto dhajinī patindo
Bhūpālanāmiṃ pariveṇa 'maggaṃ
So saṅghatisso'pyu 'pabhūmi pālo
Kāresi sehāluparāja saññaṃ
7.
Jeṭṭhā mahesī pana tassa jeṭṭhā
Rāmābhidhānaṃ pana bhikkhuṇīnaṃ
Upassayaṃ kā'ssa adā dvigāmaṃ
Dhātvālaya'ṅkā malayādhipo so
[SL Page 035] [\x 35/]
8.
So bodhitisso 'kari bodhi tissa
Vihāra 'maññe idha maṇḍalīyā
Tathā 'kāruṃ bhūri vihāra rāme
Kālo ayaṃ puññamayo 'va bhāsī
9.
Athā 'paraṃ bhūmipatī puḷatthī
Pura'ṅgato vāsa 'makappayittha
Rogenaphuṭṭho jana 'movaditvā
Diva'ṅgato soḷasamamhi vasse
10.
Vicārayī rajja 'mato 'tra pottha-
Kuṭṭho 'pabhūpaṃ khipi dāṭhasīvaṃva
Kārāghare 'rakkhaṇa 'mādisitvā
Raññā vinu 'bbiṃparibhuñjitu'ñca
11.
Sakkoti so datta 'mala'nti netvā
Rājanvayiṃ taṃ abhisicca rajje
Nāmaṃ ṭhapetvā 'ssa vicārayittha
Rājā vihāra'ṅkari so sanāmiṃ
12.
Datto sa'rājā 'dvisamaṃ'ca rajja
Makā tato'hūya'pi hatthadāṭhaṃ
Rajje'bhisiñci sva'nusāsi bhūpaṃ
Māresi māsehi chahī'bhavasmiṃ
13.
Āsī mahā sammata vaṃsa jāto
Sa'kassapassa ddutiyassa rañño
Putto samāno pana māṇavammo
Rājā'tha laṅkā dharaṇī talasmiṃ
14.
Mahesi rañño malayādhipassa
Dhītā'si saṃghā lalanā surūpā
Santo kumāro sa'hi hatthadāṭha
Rājassa kāle 'gami jambudīpaṃ
15.
Sevitva rājaṃ narasīha nāma'
Mārādhayī sabba pavuttiyā so
Piyā'ssa kantā catudhītaro ca
Tahiṃ vijātā caturo ca 'pacce
[SL Page 036] [\x 36/]
16.
Evaṃ vasante narasīharaññā
Saddhiṃ raṇāyā 'gami vallabhavho
Rājā'have tamhi sa'māṇavammo
Sena'mpi viddhaṃsayi vallabhassa
17.
So māṇavammo'pi tahaṃ paṭuttaṃ
Dassesi dibbāna'raṇe harī'ca
Tasmiṃ pamodo nara sīha rājā
Savāhanaṃ vāhini'massa datvā
18.
Gacchāhi gaṇhāhi'ti rajja'māsuṃ
Pesesi laṅkaṃ puna māṇavammo
Āgammi'maṃ saṃyuga'mārabhittha
Dāṭhopatissena parājito so
19.
Etto tato para'magā sahāyaṃ
Disvā punā'rādhiya taṃ narindaṃ
Sammā vupaṭṭhesi sa'yāva bhūpa-
Catukka'mā yacca'mapekkhamāno
20.
Vārasmi 'masmiṃ pana māṇavammaṃva
Rajje ṭhapessa'nti balaṃ sayoggaṃ
Datvāna nesī atha so saseno
Sindhu 'ntaritvo'ttara maggahittha
21.
Senā puraṃ gantu'makhobhayitvā'
Rabhī suṇitvā iti pottha kuṭṭho
Mahā balo paccupago'si sūro
So māṇavammo dvipa'māruhitvā
22.
Taṃ potthakuṭṭhaṃ mahipa'ñca dvejjhaṃ
Palāpayī tassa narā palātaṃ
Taṃ hatthadāṭhaṃ pana disva tassa
Sīsaṃ hagetvā'ssa ca dassayiṃsu
23.
Sa'potthakuṭṭho vigato mato'sī
Tato'tra dīpe sa'hi māṇavammo
Ussāpayī chatta 'manappakāni
Puññāni 'kāsī atha kappa gāmaṃ
[SL Page 037] [\x 37/]
24.
Sepaṇṇikākhya'ñca vihāra'maggaṃ
Padhānarakkhe sirināma yūpaṃ
Kāresi jiṇṇe saṭisaṅkharittha
So pañcatiṃsa ssarade para'ṅgā
25.
Tato'ccaye pañcamako'ggabodhi
Tassa'trajo bhūpati āsi puñño
Kadambagona 'ñca mahātalasmiṃ
So devapālīsu giriṃ pura'ñca
26.
Kāresi so antare sobbhakamhi
Devaṃ vihāra'ṅkari rāja mātiṃ
Te paṃsukulīna 'ma dāsa'vaḍḍha
Māna ñca yūpaṃ paṭisaṅkharittha
27.
Suvaṇṇa chabbīsa sahassa mattaṃ
Samāpayitvā pati cetiyaddiṃ
Jiṇṇa'ñca sabbaṃ paṭisaṅkharittha
Sa'pāṇiṇaṃ'dāsa'tha dāna bhaṇḍe
28.
Dayo mahāsena vihārakassa
Karīya'dāsī vara tāla vatthuṃ
Sa'goṇḍigāmākhya saraṃ vibhinnaṃ
Bandhāpayī sādhu pajāhitatthi
29.
Sayaṃ'va rajje janatā'ssa sammā
Sovaggiyaṃ kamma'makāsi niccaṃ
Chavassa 'mevaṃ sukaṭa'ṅkaritvā
Bhottuṃ'va'gañjī tidivaṃ vipākaṃ
30.
Tassā'nujo 'hosa'tha bhūmipālo
Sa'kassapavho tatiyo patīto
Mahājanaṃ saṅgahi saṅgahehi
Pitā niyaṃ putta'miva'gga ceto
31.
hānantarādī dadi tassa tassa
Māghātaka'ṅkārayi so'tra dīpe
Vāṇijjagāmo pavana'ñca'kāsī
Sa'kassapācela padhānagehaṃ
[SL Page 038] [\x 38/]
32.
So heligāmamhi ca macchatitthe
Kāresi vāse'mbavanopavanyaṃ
Eva'mpi aññe cakaritva puññe
Akāsi rajjaṃ chasamaṃ manuññaṃ
33.
Tato kaṇiṭṭho'pi mahindanāmo
Sampattarajjo na mahī kirīṭaṃ
Tassā'si mitto cirasatthuto hi
Mato purā'to na ca icchi so taṃ
34.
Sa'ādipādo'vi ha rajja'maggaṃ
Vicārayī kassapa nāmabhātu
So aggabodhiṃ suta'moparajje
hapetva'dāsī puna pubba desaṃ
35.
Sutassa'dāsī pana dakkhiṇāsaṃ
Dasānakaṃ so garupāliyaṃ hi
Dine dine dāpayī bhikkhuṇīna'
Mupassaya'ṅkāsi sanāmadheyyaṃ
36.
Mahindatittho pavanaṃ sabhoga'
Maññāni'kāsī vividhāni puññe
Katvāna rajjaṃ matimā tivassaṃ
Gavesayaṃ nāka'magā sakhaṃ'va
37.
Mahinda putto karaga'mpi rajjaṃ
Pācīna desā dhipatissa tassa
Chaṭṭhaggabodhissa padāsi pañño
Rājā silāmegha samaññako'si
38.
Mahindaputtaṃ puna oparajje'
Bhisiñci kāle atha gacchate'vaṃ
Āgamma rājaṃ pisunā raho'ghā'
Vocuṃ mahīpo paribhijji tasmiṃ
39.
Viditva taṃ so sakadesa'māsu'
Māgamma saṅgaṇhi jane tadāni
Balaṃ gahetvā 'rabhi sampahāraṃ
Bhīmaṃ 'si yuddhaṃ kadalī nivāte
[SL Page 039] [\x 39/]
40.
Tahiṃ parājitva raṇe'ggabodhi
Upāvanīso malayaṃ palāto
Tato kataññū saka bhātuno'pa
Kāraṃ saranto malayaṃ sayaṃ'va
41.
Gantvā 'ggabodhiṃ susamādiya'ggaṃ
Puraṃ gamitvā saka dhītu saṅghaṃ
Akā vivāhaṃ saha tena tuṇṇaṃ'
Tato samaggā sukhitā vasiṃsu
42.
Kadāci saṅghā patino'ssa agga-
Bodhissa dosā pituno niyogā
Sā pabbajī bhikkhuṇi santikasmiṃ
Tassā tadā mātula sūnu bhūto
43.
Tahaṃ ta'mādāya rahassa 'magga-
Bodhī kumāro tuvaṭaṃ palāto
Dhavoparājo sahitena saddhiṃ
Yujjhitva gaṇhī bhariyaṃ'sa saṅghaṃ
44.
Vyāpāra ādi nimako pavanyaṃ
Māṇa gga bodhū pavana'ñca tacchaṃ
So hatthi kucchimhi punādipiṭṭhi
Vihārake kārayi citra yūpe
45.
Jiṇṇa'ñca so pākatikaṃ karitvā
Yathā balaṃ sañcini puñña puñjaṃ
Bhūpo hi tāḷīsatimamhi vasse
Rajjaṃ vicāretva diva'ṅgamittha
46.
Tato mahindassa suto'ggabodhi
Rājā 'bhavī sattatamako 'parājā
Mahindaputtaṃ sakaṃ 'moparajje'
Bhisiñci rakkhī janasāsanaṃ so
47.
Jiṇṇo mahābodhi ghare nava'mpi
Kammaṃ thira'ṅkāsi kalanda nāmaṃ
Ārāmakaṃ mallanila'ñca kāsī
Salāka bhattaṃ dadi vaṃsikānaṃ
[SL Page 040] [\x 40/]
48.
Gilāna bhesajja'madā puḷatthi
Pure vasa'ṅkāsi pahūta puññaṃ
Mato suto jīvati bhūpatismiṃ
Cuto'si rājā chahihāyanehi
49.
Tato silāmegha suto mahindo
Vasundharindo dutiyo'bhavittha
Pitussa kālamhi sa 'cakkapacce
hatvā vicāresi sayaṃ va rajjaṃ
50.
Raññe matasmiṃ janake mahante
Titthe vasī so matimā vinīto
Rañño'ccayaṃ cullapitussa sutvā
Nāseyyu'māsuṃ ta'ma rīpura'ṅgā
51.
Saraṭṭhiyā maṇḍaliko 'ttarasmi'
Macchejja desa'ñca karaṃ na 'daṃsu
Sutvā saseno 'va tahiṃ gamitvā
Sabbe'va te nimmathayī nayaññū
52.
Matassa rañño 'ggamahesi guyhaṃ
Hantuṃ niyojesi mahindabhūpaṃ
So taṃ viditvāna'pi tāya rakkhaṃ
Vidhāya gantvā 'ggahi rajja'maggaṃ
53.
Vattu'ñca māretu'masakkuṇanto
Deviṃ saka'ṅkāsi piyaṃ piyaṃ 'ca
Vijāyi sā sūnuvaraṃ'sa opa-
Rajjaṃ adāsī mahipo sabhogaṃ
54.
Tato mahīpo dhajinī patissa
Kāle'ttano jātasutassa yuddhe
Sūratta'mikkhitva sutaṃ hi senā
Pacce ṭhapesī suvidūra dassī
55.
Tadā silāmegha mahīpatissa
Sa'bhāgineyyo'bhavi dappulavho
Balaṃ samādayu'dakāḷavāpi
Mupāgami saṃyuga 'māsukātuṃ
[SL Page 041] [\x 41/]
56.
Sutvāna so taṃ mahīpo saseno
Āgañji tesaṃ samaraṃ 'si bhīmaṃ
Ohīyamānaṃ dhajiniṃ sakassa
Sa'dappulo 'vekkhiya sampalāto
57.
Suññaṃ puraṃ icca'pi uttarīsā
Mantvā 'ggahesuṃ nagaraṃ pavīro
Gantvā puraṃ te paṭibāhayitvā
Rajjaṃ vicāresi yathānayaṃ so
58.
Pattānubalyo malayaṃ gato'ca
Dvebhāgineyye puna 'hūya rattiṃ
Sodappulo 'gamma puraṃ saseno
Ugghosayanto parirundhi sīghaṃ
59.
Mahinda bhūnātha 'ruṇu'ggatamhi
Mātaṅga 'māruyha dhatāyudho'va
Yujjhitva nipphoṭiya 'rātisenaṃ
Pavedayī laddhajayo savittiṃ
60.
Parājito dappulako sasena'
Mādāya 'gā rohaṇa 'meva pāto
Dverājaputte'ggahi jīvagāhaṃ
Pācīnadesa'mpi susādhayittha
61.
Pubbamhi desamhi ṭhitā 'dipādā
Sagabha 'māhūya'pi rohaṇasmā
Katvāna sandhiṃ saritātaṭamhi
Mahabbalā vāsa'makappayiṃsū
62.
Nisamma taṃ bhūpati'nikajātaṃ
Lahuṃ bahummāra bhidhāna gāme
Nivesayī tesa'mubhinna 'mājī
Sudussahā'sī pana koviḷāre
63.
Tatrā'pi tesaṃ balasaṃhatiṃ so
Rājā samugghātayi dappulo 'tha
Palātavā dvevihatā 'dipādā
Tahiṃ raṇe laddhajayo babhūva
[SL Page 042] [\x 42/]
64.
Nirākula'ṅkātu'mimaṃ hi thūpā
Rāmamhi sabbaṃ atha bhikkhu saṅghaṃ
So sannipātetvi'tare sapañño
Pavatti'mārocayi yutti yutto
65.
Pasaṃsito tehi'pi dappulena
Sandhi'ṅkaritvā'ssatu pāragaṅgaṃ
Datvā puraṃ'gamma vase'kachatto
Dāmavhaya'ṅkā pariveṇa'maggaṃ
66.
Sannīratittha'ñca puḷatthisaññe
Pure karitvāna 'bhayuttaramhi
Mahādilekhaṃ pariveṇa 'miṭṭhaṃ
Kāresi so bhūpati puññakāmī
67.
Tahaṃ tilakkheni'va vejayantaṃ
So nekabhūmaṃ ratanavhayūpaṃ
Kāretva jambonada hema saṭṭhi
Sahassamattena muninda bimbaṃ
68.
Kāresi cūḷāmaṇi saññutaṃ'va
Sabbopahārena karitva pūjaṃ
Tasmiṃ cajī yūpamahe sa 'rajjaṃ
Rūpīmaya'ṅkārayi bodhi sattaṃ
69.
Bimbaṃ hi taṃ bhikkhuṇupassayamhi
Rājā silāmeghabhidhe ṭhapittha
Kāretva jiṇṇe 'nimisāna 'vāse
Taha'nta ha'ṅkārayi deva bimbe
70.
So paṅgulānaṃ usabhe ca vuttiṃ
Dāsī gavaṃ khīragate 'va sasse
Sahassa khettaṃ dadi kāḷavāpī
Nīrassa dhāraṃ suthira'ṅkarittha
71.
Rañño tadā dhaññuparājaputto
Marittha senāpati 'maññapaccaṃ
hapesi bhūmīpati oparajje
Pavattayī rajja 'manissaro'va
[SL Page 043] [\x 43/]
72.
Disampatī sādhu vatā nuvatti
Vassāni vīsatya 'nisaṃ sa'rajjaṃ
Sammānu sāsittha pajā'sute'va
Maññī diva'ṅgā 'ggasukha'nnubhottuṃ
73.
Sabbo'va satta visaro dhana dhañña vittaṃ
Hitvā payāti satanuṃ dayita'mpi evaṃ
Ñatvā sato dhiti yuto vividha'mpi puññaṃ
Kubbetha mutti matadaṃ satataṃ hitatthi
Bhāṇavāra maṭṭhavīsatimaṃ
--------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse navarāja dīpano nāma
ṭhavīsatimo paricchedo.
[SL Page 044] [\x 44/]
Ekūnatiṃsatimo paricchedo.
------------------
1.
Atho sahasse tisate - eka paññāsame jine
Dutiyo dappulo tassa - suto rājā'si kittimā
2.
Yuvarāja'makā jeṭṭha - sutaṃ tassa mahīpati
hānantara'madā tassa - tassa 'nejo yathārahaṃ
3.
Assosi rājā paccanto - kupito maṇi hīrake
Puttaṃ senāpati'ñcā'suṃ - pesayī te upāgamuṃ
4.
Bhedakāmā tattha vatvā - pisunā bhubhuje ubho
Bhindiṃsu verino hutvā - gaṇhituṃ desa'mārabhuṃ
5.
Mahīpatī ti viditvā - gantvā ghātesi te ubho
Saṃsametvāna taṃ desaṃ - puḷatthipura mā'gamī
6.
Rohaṇā dhipatī dāṭhā - sīvassa sūnu khattiyo
Mahindo pituno sūro - sapatto bhūya vegavā
7.
Upasaṅkami rājānaṃ - disvā tuṭṭho mahīpati
Saṅgaṇhi tena metti'ñca - thira'ṅkātuṃ'sa dhītaraṃ
8.
Devanāmaṃ tassa datvā - pāhesi rohaṇaṃ tato
Tahaṃ vasaṃ palāpesi - pitaraṃ paratīrakaṃ
9.
Paṭisaṅkhārayī bhūpo - jiṇṇe thūpe vihārake
Paṭimāyo ca kāresi - gāme dadi tahiṃ tahiṃ
10.
Vejja sālā ca kāresi - pulatthi pura puṅgave
Paṇḍāvi gāmamhi bhoga - gāma saññutakaṃ tathā
11.
Sammā vinicchite aṭṭe - potthakesu likhāpiya
Ukkoṭana bhayā bhūpo - ṭhapesi rāja mandire
12.
Paṅgula ndhāna 'sālāyo - kārayittha tahaṃ tahaṃ
Pubba lekhe'pya 'vāretvā - sāsanaṃ paripālayī
[SL Page 045] [\x 45/]
13.
Mahesī cetiya ddīmhi - kaṇṭaka'ṅkāsi cetiyaṃ
Bhikkhuṇū passaya'ṅkāsi - silāmegha samaññakaṃ
14.
Rājā dappula sela vhaṃ - vāsa'mbuyyānake subhaṃ
Sena gga bodhināga'ñca - vāha dīpamhi kārayī
15.
Puñña'ṅkatvā bahuṃ nekaṃ - 'vaniṃ bhutvā yathākkamaṃ
Pariccaji bhuvaṃ bhūpo - pañca vassehi puññavā
16.
Mahindo tatiyo āsi - rājātassa suto tato
So dhammika silāmegho - dhammikattā 'ti vissuto
17.
Kātuṃ navaṃ hi ratana - pāsāde 'ti mano rame
Sadā dāpesi geṭṭhumba - daka vāraṃ mahāmati
18.
Paṭisaṅkhārayī jiṇṇaṃ - cinitvā kusalaṃ bahuṃ
Catutthe sarade rajjā - yathākammaṃ gato paraṃ
19.
Atha'ṭṭhamo aggabodhi - kaniṭṭho tassa rājino
Chatta mu'ssāpayī rājā - sattānaṃ hita 'māvahaṃ
20.
Nāmena pituno ca'ssa - udaya ggādi bodhikaṃ
Kāresi pariveṇa'ñca - kāretvā bhūta nāmakaṃ
21.
Sabhogaṃ sassa verassa - bhikkhūnaṃ tisatassa ca
Adā vihāra cetyānaṃ - tasmiṃ tasmiṃ'ñca gāmake
22.
Maccha maṃsa surā dīna - 'muposatha dinesu hi
Pura ppavesaṃ vāresi - sovaggiya 'makā tathā
23.
Mātu paṭṭhāna nirato - rājā'hāradinā sadā
Cetiyaṃ 'ca aho rattaṃ - patimānesi mātaraṃ
24.
Katvāna vividhaṃ puññaṃ - mātaraṃ'va upaṭṭhituṃ
Vasse'kādasame dibba - loka'ṅgami disampati
25.
Kaṇiyo tassa tatiyo - dappulo 'sī 'tha bhūpati
Cāritta'mavivajjetvā - sammā rajjaṃ vicārayī
26.
Tadā rohaṇa dhīsena - mahindena sunīhaṭā
Puttā rājāna 'magamuṃ - pavattī suṇi bhūpati
[SL Page 046] [\x 46/]
27.
Datvā rājā balaṃ tesaṃ - pitarā nesi yujjhituṃ
Tahiṃ raṇe parājitvā - rājāna 'magamuṃ puna
28.
Mahindo ñātinā yena - yujjhanto mari ñāti'pi
Tadārājā bhāgineyya - kittaggabodhino sakaṃ
29.
Dhītaraṃ devā bhidhānaṃ - datvāna rohaṇaṃ 'nayī
Vāha dīpa lavā rāma - pabbata'ṅkārayī subhaṃ
30.
Buddhaṃ sovaṇṇaya'ṅkatvā - vihāre jeta nāmake
Bodhā vāse vaḍḍhayitvā - mahā maha'makārayī
31.
Paṭisaṅkhari jiṇṇa'ñca - mahāpāḷi'ñca vaḍḍhayī
Senāpati'ssa vajiro - kacchavā la'ñca kārayī
32.
Thūpā rāme thūpa gharaṃ - hemaṭṭhikāhi chādayī
Kambu dvāre ca kāresi - tulā bhāra'ñca dāpayī
33.
Rājā vasaṃ bherimaṇi - pāsāda nagare vare
Rajjaṃ soḷasa vassāni - katvā'gami divaṃ dayo
34.
Tatva'ggabodhi navamo - tassa putto'si patthivo
Rājā samatta dīpamhi - pāpā cāraṃ nivārayī
35.
Yatī cullavihāresu - gantvā mahā vihārakaṃ
Yāguṃ gaṇhanti taṃ sutvā - tibba nibbinna mānaso
36.
Gāme tayo ca salila - cāra dāpiyabhūpati
Tahiṃ tahiṃ 'ca yāguṃ hi - gahetuṃ yojayī sadā
37.
Sannipātetva dīpe'smiṃ - yācake divasattayaṃ
Kambuṃ yathecchaṃ dāpesi - dukkhīnaṃ sāta'māvahaṃ
38. Puñña pākaṃ padassetuṃ - tīhi vassehi rajjato
Dibbā 'vhayuṃ 'va mahipaṃ - santataṃ dhamma cārinaṃ
39.
Tadaccaye tassa 'nujo - seno rājā'si puññavā
Mahesī rājino saṅghā - 'bhavi kantā piyaṃvadā
40.
Mahindo kassapo tassa - udayo 'tya 'nujā' bhavuṃ
Mahindo tesa ma'bhavi - yuvabhūpatita 'nnugo
[SL Page 047] [\x 47/]
41.
Kadāci paṇḍu mahipo - jambudīpā ihā'gato
Ārabhī gaṇhituṃ dīpaṃ - rājāsena'ñca peseyī
42.
Paṇḍu rājo'ttaraṃ gaṇhi - vasantā damiḷā tahaṃ
Tassā'nuyātā balavā - yujjhituṃ 'rabhi rājinā
43.
Dassesi paṇḍu rājā'ttaṃ - senāya raṇa bhūmiyaṃ
Tato'pī'hāvatī senā - sīhalā 'suṃ nirussukā
44.
Tahaṃ raṇe pabhijjitvā - palātārāja vāhinī
Taṃ sutvā sāra'mādāya - bhūbhujo malaya'ṅgami
45.
Palātattā sasenāya - mahindo yuvabhūpati
Hatthikkhandhe sayaṃ sīsa - 'mattano chindi mānavā
46.
Kassapo ādi pādo'pi - yodhento puna saṃyuge
Mārito paṇḍu bhūpena - sasenā pura 'maggahī
47.
Pure sāraṃ harāpesi - vihāre rāja mandire
Sovaṇṇa bimbaṃ ratana - pāsādeca 'bhayuttare
48.
Paṇḍu bhūpo sena raññā - sandhiṃ kātuṃ'mamaccake
Pesesi tattha taṃ tehi - bhūpo suṇittha sāsanaṃ
49.
Sampaṭicchiya taṃ dūte - saṅgaṇhitvā yathicchitaṃ
Hatthi dvaya'ñcā'bharaṇe - pesesi tassa bhūpati
50.
Paṇḍu rājā tena tuṭṭho - nīyādetvā puruttamaṃ
Nāva'māruyha sahasā - sampayāto sadesakaṃ
51.
Mahīpālo puraṃ gamma - vasi tattha sabhātaraṃ
Mahādipāda 'mudayaṃ - katvā pādāsi dakkhiṇaṃ
52.
Mahādipādo rogena - phuṭṭho kenaci bhīrunā
Puñña'ṅkatvā na cirena - dayo maccuvasa'ṅgato
53.
Kassapassā 'dipādassa - caturo sūnavo 'bhavuṃ mahādipādaṃ jeṭṭhassa - senassa
dakkhiṇa'ñca'dā
54.
Rohaṇā dhīsa kittagga - bodhino caturo sutā
Tisso ca dhitaro āsuṃ - mahindaṃ jeṭṭhakaṃ sutaṃ
[SL Page 048] [\x 48/]
55.
Māretvā rohaṇaṃ gaṇhi - pitucchā tassa bhātaro
Tasmiṃ ruṭṭhā bhaginiyo - dāya bhūpa'mupāgamuṃ
56.
Disvā te bhūpatī'tī ca - mamāyanto pavaḍḍhayī
Tesaṃ jeṭṭhaṃ kassapaṃ hi - desaṃ gaṇhitu 'pesayī
57.
Gantvā savāhano so'pi - hantvā taṃ 'gahi rohaṇaṃ
Sena'ñca udaya'ñcā'pi - pakkositvāna bhātaro
58.
Tehi saddhiṃ vasī tattha - rāja kaññāsu tīsu hi
Dāpesi uparājassa -saṅghā nāmaṃ manoramaṃ
59.
Kaṇiṭṭhassu 'parājassa - mahindassa sabhātuno
Pādāsi tissā nāma'ñca - kittā saññaṃ mahībhujo
60.
Bandhave dīpike cā'pi - saṅgaṇhi saṅgahehi ca
Sele 'riṭṭhamhi ārāmaṃ - paṃsukūlika bhikkhunaṃ
61.
Katvāna parihāra'ñca - dāpesi 'neka bhūmakaṃ
Jeta vana vihāramhi - katvā pāsāda 'muttamaṃ
62.
Sabba so vaṇṇayaṃ buddhaṃ - kāretvā tattha vaḍḍhayī
Abhayaddi vihāramhi - vīraṅkura samaññakaṃ
63.
Katvāna theriyāna'ñca - dāpesi saṅgha senakaṃ
Deviyā saha kāresi - āvāsa'nti manoramaṃ
64.
Kāretvā kesa dhātussa - sovaṇṇaya karaṇḍakaṃ
Sammā pūjaṃ pavattesi - rajjenā'pi cajīmato
65.
Puḷatthi nagare ramme - mahānettā cale subhaṃ
Mahāpāli'ñca kāresi - vejja sāla'ñca pacchime
66.
Vihāre uttare saṅghā - devī mahinda senakaṃ
Kāretvā vāsaṃ vāsesi - bhikkhavo sā upaṭṭhahi.
67.
Bhaddo ca vajiro'maccā - uttaro cā'pi rakkhaso
Pariveṇaṅkaruṃvāse - tannāmena ca laddhake
68.
Rājā puññaṃ pavaḍḍhento - pulatthi pura muttame
Vasaṃ vīsatime vasse - gato dibba sahavyataṃ
[SL Page 049] [\x 49/]
69.
Dhana'ñca dhaññaṃ api jīvita'ñca
Ñātī samattaṃ acirantanaṃ hi
Vinassara'ntī satimā saritvā
Virāga satto vicareyya sāre
Bhāṇāvāra mekūnatiṃsatimaṃ.
------------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse charāja dīpano
Nāmekūnatiṃsatimo paricchedo.
---------------------
[SL Page 050] [\x 50/]
Tiṃsatimo paricchedo.
---------------
1.
Ahosi seno dutiyo mahādi
Pādo tato mediniyā 'dhipo 'tra
Mahesi saṅghā 'bhavi tassa rañño
Tasso 'parājā kaṇiyo mahindo
2.
Mahesi rañño 'kkhaya 'mattha lakkhiṃ
Tisādhanā satti 'ca puñña vantaṃ
Sutaṃ pasūtā suta kassapassa
Pādāsi so dakkhiṇa 'mopa rajjaṃ
3.
Mahinda bhātussu 'pabhūpatissa
Tissāya jātaṃ bhariyāya saṅghaṃ
So dhītaraṃ kassapa sūnuno hi
Akā vivāhaṃ samaye 'ppamattaṃ
4.
Purā kilā'gammi'dha paṇḍu rājā
Dīpaṃ vināsetva gahetva sāraṃ
Gato'ti sutvā viya lajjito so'
Macce niyojesi bala'ṅgahetuṃ
5.
Tadā'gato paṇḍu kumārako'tra
Sakena raññā paribhūtako'va
Disvāna taṃ tuṭṭhamano sasenaṃ
Camūpatiṃ pesayi tena rājā
6.
Hantvāna paṇḍū mahipaṃ kumāraṃ
Rajje bhisiñcitva purā 'panitaṃ
Sāraṃ samattaṃ janataṃ gahetvā
Senāpati gañcha 'cirena pīto
7. Bhūpo saseno jayapāna 'mevaṃ
Piva'ṅkarī pākatika'ñca sāraṃ
Rañño yatī vīsatimamhi vasse
Te paṃsukūlā 'pagatā vihārā
8.
Mahinda nāmo'pavanipatī'pi mahinda senaṃ pariveṇaka'ṅkā
Rañño sa'tettiṃsatimamhi vasse
Mato'parājā 'su 'dayo kaṇiṭṭho
[SL Page 051] [\x 51/]
9.
So loha yūpaṃ paṭisaṅkharitvā
Vaḍḍhesi sovaṇṇamaya 'ñca bimbaṃ
Dhammena sodhesi tayo nikāye
Akā vihāre paṭimā ca yūpe
10.
Sa'bhūmipālo puna kāṇavāpiṃ
Bandhāpayī bhūri dhana bbayā'va
Cetyācale vejja khayaṃ visālaṃ
Kāresi sammā nipuṇa ṅgavesī
11.
Saṅghā mahesī kira saṅgha senaṃ'
Bhayaddike kārayi tuṭhaka vho
Sa'sena senā pati nāmadheyyaṃ
Sabhoga'maggaṃ pariveṇaka' mpi
12.
Asse'va rañño'ddhani nīlavāsa
Diṭṭhi vha vetulla puliṅga 'matra
Dīpe patītaṃ jalitaṃ kathañci
Dharā tale pātu'bhavī kadā taṃ
13.
Kāle sirīhāsa disampatissa
Sa'jambudīpe madhurā puramhi
Sammittiyākhyanvayiko'siduṭṭho
Assaddhiye 'ko kira pāpa bhikkhu
14.
Nīlambaraṃ pārupiyā 'tiratto
Gantvā sa'vesī sadumaṃ pabhāte
Agā vihāraṃ tapaṭo'va sissā
Pucchiṃsu'kappo'ya'muda ssubho'ti
15.
Tampākaṭattā'va pasaṃsitvā
Tassā'nisaṃsa'ñca vadittha bhikkhu
Tabbāvakārā parama'nti nīlaṃ-
Sukāni 'yeva'ṅkira pārupiṃsu
16.
Vesī surā cā'ti manobhavo ca
Paṇīta 'metaṃ ratanattayaṃ hi
Bhuvī 'tare kāvamaṇī'va ta'nti
Viyākaritvā racayittha ganthaṃ
[SL Page 052] [\x 52/]
17.
Tato sirībhāsa janādhipo taṃ
Samekkhiyā 'kappa dhare ca ganthaṃ
Pakkhippa yūpe nalakicca'māsuṃ
Karittha sesa'mpi'dha nesi koci
18.
Seno narindo suta kitti tejo
Puññaṃ pahūtaṃ cini tāṇa hetuṃ
So pañcatiṃsa ssarade janānaṃ'
Makāmakāmā jahi'maṃ'vani'mpi
19.
Tato'nujo tassu 'dayo mahīpo
Āsī hitesī janatāya niccaṃ
Sabhātujaṃ kassapa nāmadheyyaṃ
Mahādipāda'ṅkari bhūmipālo
20.
Sa'kassapavhassa sabhātujasso'
Parājino dhītara'māsu senaṃ
Piya'ṅkarī so 'paratissa savhaṃ
Dhāresi ñātī kata saṅgaho hi
21.
Suto mahindo pavanīpatissa
Kittaggabodhī'gami rohaṇaṃ so
Tatra ṭṭhitaṃ mātulakaṃ nihantvā
Sahatthaga 'ṅkāsi janaṃ vibuddhi
22.
Tasmiṃ pakuppitva narādhipo taṃ'
Netuṃ niyojesi mahindasaññaṃ
Balaṃ gahetvā vajiragga nāmā
Dhipena so'gañji ta 'maggahesī
23.
Taṃ netva raññonikaṭaṃ mahindo
Nikkaṇṭaka'ṅkāsa 'tha rohaṇaṃ so
Tahaṃ'va'dhīso puna sāsana'ñca
Vaḍḍhesi vāpī ca pabandhi sindhuṃ
24.
Rājā tulāhāra'madāsi tīni
Kkhattu'mpi thūpopavane sa'thūpaṃ
Suvaṇṇapaṭṭena'pi chādayittha
Kadambanajjaṃ thiranijjhara'ṅkā
[SL Page 053] [\x 53/]
25.
Pure vihāresu saresu jiṇṇe
Yūpesu sammā paṭi saṅkharittha
So tiṃsalakkhaṃ pana vissajitvā
Diva'ṅgame 'kārasamamhi vasse
26.
Tadaccaye kassapa nāmakhatto
Rājā catuttho 'bhavi kassapassa
Sa'dakkhiṇa'ndā yuvabhūpatissa
Tissāya 'dāsa'ggabhiseka'miṭṭhaṃ
27.
Daṇḍissaraṃ sippina'matthikānaṃ
Dānaṃ sadā dāpayi dānasoṇḍo
Tadā mahindo pana ādipādo
Raṭṭha'ṅgahetu'ṅgami rohaṇasmā
28.
Sutvā mahīpo kupito anīkaṃ
Pesesi yujjhitva mahinda nāmo
Taṃ 'jesi rājā puna tassa tātaṃ
Nesī nivattetu'mago'parājā
29.
So kassapo taṃsunivattayittha
Datvāna rājā sakadhītaraṃ'sa
Pesesi taṃ rohaṇa'manvayesu
Dussīlake tīsu vinīharittha
30.
Sanāmakaṃ yūpa'makā'bhayaddī
Vihāra ramme mahipo thalamhi
Jale ca pāṇīna'madā'bhaya'ñca
Cārittakaṃ rakkhi purātana'mpi
31.
Upassayaṃ bhūpaki bhikkhuṇīnaṃ
Kāresi senāpati 'laṅgaseno
Cetyācale'kā hadayuṇha nāmaṃ
Samudda selaṃ pariveṇa'maggaṃ
32.
Bhesajja gehāni ca vejja sālā
Pure'nurādhe ca puḷatthi saññe
Kāresi rājā puna rakkhasavho
Sacāra gāmamhi akā vihāraṃ
[SL Page 054] [\x 54/]
33.
Seno mahālekha varo sanāma
Sela'ṅkhaya'ṅkā mahipassa'macco
Sa'coḷarājā pariveṇa'maggaṃ
Naṭṭhaṃ hi kāresi yathāṭṭhitaṃ'va
34.
Tīsu nikāyesva'pi maṇḍapāni
Citrāni kāresi bahu'mpi puññaṃ
Katvā yaso sattarasī samāyaṃ
Bhūpo yathākamma'magā parattha
35.
Tassa'trajaṃ pañcamaṃ kassapa vhaṃ
Rajje'bhisiñci vīdita gga sattho
So dappula'ṅkā yuvarāja'mādi
Pādaṃ sutaṃ cakka camū patindaṃ
36.
Sovaṇṇa paṭṭe abhidhamma pāliṃ
Likhāpayī'dā parihāra'massa
Bhaṇī'bhidhammaṃ hi sabhikkhu saṅgho
Ganthākara'ṅkā pariveṇa'maggaṃ
37.
Akā pure vejjagharaṃ'bhayavhe
Sa'bhaṇḍikākhyaṃ pariveṇa seṭṭhaṃ
So sakkasenāpati savha'maggaṃ
Sanāmaka'ṅkā vajirāpiyā'ssa
38.
Upassaya'ṅkāriya pāda lañche
Adāsi sā theriya bhikkhuṇīnaṃ
Sakkavha senā patino janentī
Sanāmakaṃ vāsa 'makāsi devā
39.
Rajjaṃ karonte mahipe'tra dīpe
Yujjhitva coḷādhibhunā tade'va
Parājito paṇḍupatī'padāyo
Sandhāya sena'ñci'dha pesayittha
40.
Datvā balaṃ bhūpati sakkasenā
Patiṃ pamokkhaṃ puna paṇḍudesaṃ
Pesesi senāpati yodhamāno
Asakkuṇaṃ jetu'mato'mayena
[SL Page 055] [\x 55/]
41.
Sa'sakkasenāpatino sutassa
Pitussa ṭhānaṃ dadi so kavīso
Narissaro dhammapadassa aṭṭha-
Kathāya gaṇṭhippada'muttama'ṅkā
42.
Dayo mahindo mahito va santiṃ
Lokassa vuddhiṃ puna sāsanassa
Katvāna sovaggiya kamma'masmā
Para'ṅgato so dasamamhi vasse
43.
Tasmiṃ mate dappulako catuttho
Vasundharindo'si tato parājaṃ
Sanāmaka'ṅkā kusala'ṅkaritvā
So sattamāsehi para'ṅgamittha
44.
Tadaccaye pañcama dappulavho
Tasso 'parājā'bhavi bhūmipālo
Adā'dipādassu'dayassa rājo'
Parājitaṃ paṇḍupatī kadāci
45
Desaṃ sakaṃ coḷabhayā jahitvā
Ihā 'gato tassa siri'mpi datvā
Vāsesi taṃ so nagarā bahiddhā
Tade'ha khattā pabhavena kena
46.
Paṇḍussa pāpenī 'ca viggahuṃ so
Alaṃ hi vāseni'ha keraḷānaṃ
Ñattaṃ kirīṭādi'mahā nidhāya
Suniṭṭhite bhūpati viggahe'tra
47.
Tato mahābodhigharassa gāma'
Madāsi senāpati rakkhato'ssa
Akāsi vāsaṃ sa'hi'laṅganāmo
Rājavhaya'ṅkā'timanohara'mpi
48.
Rāja pane'so vividha'mpi puññaṃ
Katvāna raṭṭhaṃ munisāsana'ñca
Pāletva sammā'matapāna'māga
Sahavyataṃ dvādasamhi vasse
[SL Page 056] [\x 56/]
49.
Tato dayo'sī dutiyo mahīpo
Senassa pādāsi atho 'parajjaṃ
Rājassa bhītā sacivā tapassa
Vana'ṅgatā rāju'pabhūpatī ca
50.
Sīsāni tesaṃ pana chedayiṃsu
Tene'va nibbinnamanā tapassī
Te rohaṇa'ṅgañchu pajā paruṭṭhā
Rājā khamāpesa'tha taṃ viditvā
51.
Rājā tato pubbamahīpatīnaṃ
Cāritta'maggaṃ paripālayitvā
Puñña'ñcinitvā tatiyamhi vasse
Kammaṃ yathā maccu mukhaṃ payāto
52.
Tassa'ccayasmiṃ tatiyo sagabbho
Seno 'bhisekaṃ labhi ādipādaṃ
Ako 'dayaṃ so yuvarāja'ma smiṃ
Narādhipo'posathiko bhavitvā
53.
Akiñcanāna'mpi kahāpanānaṃ
Sahassa'mattā dadi posathesu
Daṇḍissaraṃ dāna'madā sade'va
Sujiṇṇavāse paṭisaṅkharittha
54.
Bhūpo'bhaya bbhūdhara cetiyasmiṃ'
Jire silā pattharaṇāya sammā
Dāpesi tāḷīsa sahassa mattaṃ
Vāpīsva 'kā niddhamane sujiṇṇe
55.
Mahāmatī 'neka vidha 'mpi puññaṃ
Katvāna sovaggiya sātada'mpi
Vasundharindo navamamhi vasse
Sahavyata'ṅgañchi sudhāsinaṃ so
56.
Tato'dayo so tatiyo'pabhūpo
Rājā'si laṅkā dharaṇī talasmiṃ
Senā dipādaṃ upabhūpati'ṅkā
So majjako middhasarūpako'si
[SL Page 057] [\x 57/]
57.
Coḷo tato'tāra'mapekkhayaṃ'sa
Paṇḍuppadese abhiseka 'maggaṃ
Pattuṃ lahuṃ netu'kirīṭakādiṃ
Pesesi dūte na dadī sa'rājā
58.
Atho sa'coḷādhipati haṭhena
Ta'ṅgaṇhituṃ pesayi'yettha senaṃ
Paccanta dese kupite tadāni
Senā patī'gañchi tahaṃ sametuṃ
59.
Camūpatī tattha mato tato hi
Rājā gahetvā makuṭādi 'māsuṃ
So rohaṇa'ṅgañchi 'dha coḷasenā
Pavesanaṃ no labhi sampalātā
60.
Tato vidūraggadhipassa senā
Paccaṃ adā so viduragga nāmo
Coḷappadesaṃ vihanitva nītaṃ
Nesī'dha taṃ'sesa'manappaka'mpi
61.
Mahāvihāre paṭimāya satthu
Cūḷāmaṇi'ṅkā maṇiraṃsi sobhaṃ
Katvāna puññaṃ vividhaṃ mahindo
Vasse'ṭṭhame'gañchi paraṃ sa'lokaṃ
62.
Nikhila dharaṇi pālā sampadaṃ āpadassa
Pada'manisa'masāraṃ sañcinitvā manāpaṃ
Vapu'mpi pajahitvā yantya'kāmā parattha
Iti sumariya satto buddhimā sañcareyya
Bhāṇavāraṃ tiṃsatimaṃ.
-------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse
Nava rāja dīpano nāma tiṃsatimo
Paricchedo.
------
[SL Page 058] [\x 58/]
Ekatiṃsatimo paricchedo.
-----------------
1.
Pañca tiṃsatime pañca-sate sahassake jine
Vassu'ssāpayi setāta-pattaṃ seno catutthako
2.
So kho saddhamma nipuṇo-naradevo mahākavi
Mahinda'mādipādaṃ sa-yuvarāja'makā sato
3.
Kabba satthe'pi kusalo-loha yūpe nisīdiya
Suttantaṃ vaṇṇayī rājā-dāṭhā dhātu maha'ṅkari
4.
Kāretvā pariveṇa'mpi-sitthagāmaṃ mahīpati
Tivassena diva'ṅgañchi-dibbāna'miva sāsituṃ
5.
Tassa'ccaye mahindo so-yuvarājā catutthako
Rājā'si matimā vaṃse-kāliṅga cakka vattino
6.
Jātaṃ kumārikaṃ agga-mahesi'ṅkāsi bhūpati
Tassā duvinnaṃ puttāna-'mādipāda'madā dayo
7.
Akāsi dhītaraṃ so'pa-rājiniṃ sumanoramaṃ
Yathāvidhi ṭhapesī'dha-vaṃsaṃ bhūpati kovido
8.
Vallabho maddituṃ rajjaṃ-nāgadīpaṃ balaṃ tadā
Pesesi rājā taṃ sutvā-senavhaya camūpatiṃ
9.
Yujjhituṃ pesayī tattha-gantvā senaṃ camūpati
Nāsetvā vallabhā nīka-saṅgāma maṇḍalaṃ'gahi
10.
Mahīpā vallabhādī'pi-jetuṃ patthiva'matra tu
Asakkontā narindena-karuṃ suhada santhavaṃ
11.
Tene'va rājino tejo-jambudīpe'pi patthaṭo
Paṃsukūlika bhikkhūna-'magadādī adā sadā
12.
Nikāyattaya bhikkhūnaṃ-dvikkhattuṃ lābha vāsīnaṃ
Tulā bhāra'madā rājā-saṅgha bhoga'manāgate
13.
Na gaṇhantū'ti mahipā-nidhāpayi silālipiṃ
Kāresi dhammamittena-abhidhammattha vaṇṇanaṃ
14.
Vyatta bhikkhūhi vinayaṃ-dāṭhā nāgena dhīmatā
Vācesi abhidhamma'ñca-mānento patthivo sato
[SL Page 059] [\x 59/]
15.
Suvaṇṇa māli thūpassa-mānetvā paṭṭa kañcukaṃ
Vatthāni tassabhājetvā-bhikkhūnaṃ dāpayī dayo
16.
Hema sajjhuka paṭṭehi-thūpārāmamhi cetiyaṃ
Chādāpetvāna pūjesi-yathārajjaṃ mahāmati
17.
Jhāpitaṃ coḷa senāya-mandiraṃ pādalañchane
Mahāpāḷi'ñca kāresi-dhamma saṅgiṇi mandiraṃ
18.
Mahā mallaka sañña'ñco-passayaṃ kāriyā'riyaṃ
Bhikkhuṇīna'madā yūpaṃ-niṭṭhāpesi maṇivhayaṃ
19.
Amaccā caturo tassa-pariveṇāni kārayuṃ
Rañño devī kittināmā-pariveṇa'makā tathā
20.
Katvā catu vihāresu-maṇḍape sumanohare
Dhātupūja'makā tattha-cāritta'mpi pavattayī
21. Perito'pacitāneka-puññehi puñña mandiro vasse soḷasame dibba-loka'ṅgami disampati
22.
Tadaccaye tassa suto-kāliṅga devi sambhavo
Seno pañcamako rājā-āsi dvādasa vassiko
23.
Yuva rāja padaṃ'dāsi-kaṇiṭṭhasso 'dayassa tu
Rañño senāpatī seno-pitu senāpatī bhavi
24.
Senā patimhi paccantaṃ-gate udaya nāmakaṃ
Mahāmallaṃ suttikāraṃ-senāpati'makā tadā
25.
Sutvā taṃ kupite sene-bala'mādāya āgate
Palāto rohaṇaṃ rājā-sāmacco mandabuddhiko
26.
Damiḷa ppīḷitaṃ raṭṭhaṃ-sāsana'ñca samekkhiya
Senena sandhiṃ katvāna-puḷatthi pura'māgami
27.
Saraṃ mahesi'ṅkā senā-patino dhītaraṃ'nvayaṃ
Sā vijātā kassapavhaṃ-puttaṃ gotta sarūpakaṃ
28.
Labhaṃ pāpiya saṃsaggaṃ-majjaṃ pivi nirantaraṃ
Tato byāpanna citto'ca-kālaṃ khepayi bhūpati
29.
Khayā'sanānaṃ padaviṃ-hitvāna dullabhaṃ varaṃ
Dasame hāyane rājā-maccu vasa'mupāgami
[SL Page 060] [\x 60/]
30.
Mahindo pañcamo tassa-kaniṭṭho tadanantaraṃ
Anurādha pure ramme-chatta'mussāpayī dayo
31.
Senena senāpatinā-nīta jātika saṅkule
Kasirena tahiṃ rājā-dasa saṃvaccharaṃ vasī
32.
Rañño jānapadā'peta-nītimaggassa sabbathā
Rāja bhāgaṃ no adaṃsu-vuttiṃ dātu'mpi no sahi
33.
Keraḷā'laddhavaṭṭā te-rāja mandira dvārake
Dhatāyudhā'va aṭṭhaṃsu-'mmaggato so viniggato
34.
Gantvāna rohaṇaṃ sīdu-selagāmamhi bandhiya
Khandhāvāraṃ bhātujāyaṃ-deviṃ katvā tahiṃ vasī
35.
Matāya tāya'cirena-dhītaraṃ bhātubhūpati
Mahesi'ṅkā tāya suto-jāto kassapa nāmavā
36.
Kappa gallaka gāmamhi-tato katvā puraṃ vasī
Sesesu pana ṭhānesu-añña maññaṃ 'dhipā bhavuṃ
37.
Ñatvā pavattiṃ taṃ coḷa-rājā laṅka'mpi gaṇhituṃ
Mahābalaṃ pesaye'ttha-rohaṇa'ṅgami vāhinī
38.
Chattiṃse hāyane rañño-rājabhaṇḍe va bhūpatiṃ
Sandilesaṃ padassetvā-jīvagāhaṃ samaggahī
39.
Bhaṇḍe ca patthivaṃ seṭṭhe-pesayī coḷarājino
Laṅkātale 'khilaṃ sāra-mo'jahārī'va te'ggahuṃ
40.
Kumāraṃ kassapaṃ taṃ hi-vaḍḍento gopayuṃ satā
Dvādasavassikaṃ coḷa-rājā taṃ gaṇhituṃ balaṃ
41.
Pesesi rohaṇaṃ desaṃ-khobhesi tassa vāhinī
Kitti buddho'ti te 'maccā-coḷasenaṃ vināsayuṃ
42.
Disvā kumāro jayino-'macce tāte'cchitaṃ varaṃ
Gaṇhathā'ti brūvī buddho-gāmaṃ pāveṇikaṃ varī
43.
Saṅghikaṃ kitti gahitaṃ-bhāgaṃ jahitu 'matthayī
Rājaputtā laddhavarā-'maccā vandiṃsu pādake
44.
Coḷe dvādasa vassāni-vasitvāna mahindako
Vasse'ṭṭhatāḷīsatime-diva'ṅgamī mahīpati
[SL Page 061] [\x 61/]
45.
Kassapassa kumārassa-vikkamabbāhu saññakaṃ
Katvānā'ṇāya vattiṃsu-tassa sabbe'ha dīpikā
46.
So'bhisekaṃ na patthesi-rājaraṭṭhassa 'bhāvato
Sañcinitvā dhanaṃ yoddhuṃ-saṅgaṇhi vāhiniṃ bhusaṃ
47.
Saṃyugā rambha kālasmiṃ-vātataṅkena pīḷito
Mato dvādasame vasse-samayoso 'sya'rājako
48.
Kitti nāmo dināna'ṭṭha-nijāṇaṃ sampavattayī
Hantvāna taṃ mahālāna-kittivho rājataṃ'ṅgami
49.
Rohaṇasmiṃ vasaṃ vasse-tatiye coḷasaṃyuge
Parājito sahatthena-chetvā sīsaṃ mato sayaṃ
50.
Athe'ko vikkamapaṇḍu-kāḷatitthe vasaṃ samaṃ
Rajja'ṅkā jagatīpālo-rāmābhijaniko'bhave
51.
Ghātetvā vikkamaṇḍuṃ-rohaṇe catuhāyanaṃ
Rajja'ṅkāresi taṃ colā-hantvā devi'ñca dhītaraṃ
52.
Sāra'ñca pesayuṃ coḷaṃ-paṇḍusūnu parakkamo
Vassadvaya'makā rajjaṃ-taṃ'mpi coḷā vighātayuṃ
53.
Tato lokissaro senā-pati coḷabalaṃ'khilaṃ
Sammā'bhibhuya sahasā-sato thiraparakkamo
54.
Rajja'mpatvā rohaṇasmiṃ-vasaṃ kājaragāmake
Bahukkhattuṃ kittināma-kumārena parājito
55.
Khedaṃ patto kitti khatta-'masakkonto'va jetave
Kittisesattanaṃ yāto-chassuvassāni ṭhitvi'ha
56.
Pamādikā lobhavīmūhikā ca
Sabbe vināsaṃ tuvaṭa'ṅgamenti
Icce'va 'maññāyi'tara'mpi kiccaṃ
Pahāya dīpe suratiṃ kareyya
Bhāṇavāraṃ mekatiṃsatimaṃ.
----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvegajanake dīpavaṃse
Dasarāja dīpano nāmekatiṃsatimo
Paricchedo.
--------
[SL Page 062] [\x 62/]
Battiṃsatimo paricchedo.
-----------------
1.
Mahāpañño mahābhāgo-kittināmo patāpavā
Āsi khatto'ssa vaṃsādi-pavatti ri'ha vuccate
2.
Rājā bhijana samabhūta-mahinda vhaya rājino
Devalā lokitā cā'suṃ-duve mātula dhītaro
3.
Pasūtā kassapa saññaṃ-paṭicca mātulattajaṃ
Putte duve moggallāna-loka vhe lokitā sute
4.
Moggallāno jeṭṭhasuto-mahāsāmī'ti vissuto
Guṇasārehi sāro so-vāsaṃ kappesi rohaṇe
5.
Nattā dāṭhopatissassa-rañño pabbaji sāsane
Patthasenāsane vutthaṃ-pāsāde kārite sayaṃ
6.
Selantarā punā'netvā-yatindaṃ taṃ vasāpayī.
Selantarasamūho'si-yato bhikkhu samūhito
7.
Devālaye tato rattiṃ-bhikkhuṃ vāsetva ekakaṃ
Vibudhānumataṃ taṃ'va-mūlaṭṭhāne ṭhapāpayuṃ
8.
Yathānusāsanaṃ tesa-'me va vattanti patthivā
Dāṭhopatissanvayajaṃ-bodhiṃ paṭicca lokitaṃ
9.
Dhitaraṃ buddhanāmā sā-alabhittha manoramaṃ
Moggallānassa taṃ'dāsi-sā taṃ paṭicca kitti ca
10.
Mittā mahindo ce'te'te-rakkhito caturo jane
Alattha jeṭṭha putto so-kitti terasa vassiko
11.
Sikkhita dhanusippe'ko-mahāvīro mahābalo
Laṅkaṃ kathaṃ gahessa'nti-saṅkappo manaso'bhavi
12.
Tade'ko buddharājo'ti-lokasenānino bhayā
Malayā cala pādesu-cuṇṇa sāla vhaye vasī
13.
Kittissa sūra virattaṃ-saṃvaccharika nāyakā
Saṅghā sutvāna so kitti-sevitabbo'ti nicchiya
14.
Dūte tadantikaṃ nesi-sutvā tassa vaco lahuṃ
Gehā agā sarīvagga-piṭṭhigāmaṃ dhanuddharo
[SL Page 063] [\x 63/]
15.
Vasaṃ tahaṃ pesayitvā-sevake diṭṭha saṃṭṭhitaṃ
Jetvā bodhi vāla gāmaṃ-cuṇṇa sālaṃ samāgato
16.
Tatra ṭṭhito vasa'ṅkāsi-mālayaṃ visayaṃ lahuṃ
Kittāmaccassa tanayo-devamallo'pi rohaṇaṃ
17.
Gantvā kumāraṃ sampassi-saseno sādaraṃ dayo
Khatto paṇṇarasa vasso-bandhitvāna 'siputtikaṃ
18.
Ādipādattanaṃ gamma-hirañña malaya'ṅgato
Khandhāvāraṃ sa'bandhesi-tato remuṇa pabbate
19.
Tatthā'pi saṃyuge loka-nātha senānino balaṃ
Pamaddiya sakaṃ kitti-ppatāpaṃ vaḍḍhayī bhusaṃ
20.
Kassape'ko kesadhātu-nāyako rohaṇe tadā
Nijāṇaṃ vattayī coḷa-sāmanto taṃ pavediya
21.
Puḷatthi nagarā'gañchi-yoddhuṃ kājara gāmakaṃ
Kesadhātu raṇe hetvā-dāmiḷaṃ vāhiniṃ lahuṃ
22.
Yojetvā rakkhake rakkha-silā sīmāya nibbhayo
Pāvekkhi kājaraṃ gāma-'mādipādo'pi taṃ suṇi
23.
Nihantuṃ kesadhātuṃ so-'nīka sannahi tejavā
Kesadhātu suṇitvā taṃ-sippatthala 'mupāgami
24.
Pañca yojana raṭṭhiye-jane cā'diya vegasā
Samāsanne rājasute-so gato khadiraṅgaṇiṃ
25.
Soḷasavassiko kitti-gato kājara gāmakaṃ
Kesadhātu'pi chammāsa-'manubhotvāna rohaṇaṃ
26.
Saṃyugāya tahaṃ'gañjī-rājasūnussa vāhinī
Kesadhātu siraṃ chindi-tahiṃ saṅkula saṃyuge
27.
Yuvarājā sa'vijaya-bāhū'ti vidito tahiṃ
Bheri'ñcarāpiyā'macce-ṭhapento'pi padantare
28.
Coḷe maddītu'mavani-pāla raṭṭhā dhivāsino
Upāye yojayī coḷa-rājā sutvāna taṃ tathā
29.
Senāniṃ pesayī datvā-puḷatthi purato balaṃ
So gantvā kājara ggāmaṃ-duppasayha'nti jāniya
[SL Page 065] [\x 65/]
30.
Sadesaṃ puna rā'gañchi-yuvarājā savāhinī
Sippatthale vasaṃ rañño-rāmañña visaye jane
31.
Dhanajāta'ñca pesesi-mahaggha vasanā dihi
Puṇṇā'va tariyo ye'ttha-nesi tuṭṭho sa'bhūmipo
32.
Vasi tammala gāmasmiṃ-karonto jana saṅgahaṃ
Aññamaññassa bhinnattā-rāja raṭṭhiya rantuno
33.
No dadiṃsu karaṃ coḷa-bhūpo datvā balaṃ tahaṃ
Pesesi sacivaṃ so hi-mahātittha samotari
34.
Kamena rohaṇa'ṅgantvā-ravidevacale vasaṃ
Ake'kādasame vasse-coḷe'bhimaddituṃ tadā
35.
Mahādipādo dugga'ṅkā-paluṭṭha pabbate vasī
Taha'māju'bhayesaṃ'si-kharā nāsesi dāmiḷe
36.
Palāyamānaṃ senāni-'manubandhiya senino
Sīsaṃ tamba viṭṭhi gāme-gaṇhū'pakaraṇehi ca
37.
Tato senānumatiyā-puḷatthi pura'muttamaṃ
Gato khatto vāhiniyā-taṃ sutvā coḷa bhūpati
38.
Gaṇhituṃ khattiyaṃ tibba-kopo laṅkaṃ mahabbalaṃ
Pesesi bāhujo ta'ñhi-ñatvā senāpatiṃ'nayī
39.
Saseno pana senindo-'nurādha pura santike
Vattesi yuddhaṃ coḷehi-raṇe khattabalaṃ pati
40.
Pahāya nagaraṃ khatto-villikābāṇaka'ṅgami
Hantvā 'macce duve tattha-ṭhitvā vātagiri'ṅgato
41.
Yodhento tattha temāsaṃ-paṭibāhesi dāmiḷe
Māritassa raṇe kesa-dhātunetussa sodaro
42.
Saraṃ nāsaṃ tassa ruṭṭho-gutta sālaka maṇḍalaṃ
Khohesi yuvabhūpālo-gantvā maccutthale tadā
43.
Senā nivesa'ṅkāretvā-khadiraṅgaṇi duggato
Palāpetvāna kubula-gallā taṃ sampalāpayī
44.
Palāyanto sa'coḷāna-'mupantika'mupāgami
Khattiyo tambala ggāme-kāretvā duggamaṃ balaṃ
[SL Page 065] [\x 65/]
45.
Gantvāna so mahānāga-kulavhaya pure vasaṃ
Coḷehi yujjhituṃ senaṃ-sajjesi thiravikkamo
46.
Dakkhiṇāsaṃ vasaṃ kattu-pavīṇe sacive duve
Pesesa'ññamahāmacca-yugaṃ coḷe pamaddituṃ
47.
Tuvaṭaṃ sindhu nikaṭa-mahā panthamhi pesayī
Nītā te dakkhiṇaṃ'maccā-coḷasenā nivesane
48.
Bhūrī vasaṃ karitvāna-mahā tittha 'ṅgamuṃ lahuṃ
Sindhu velañjase'maccā-pesitā ca tahiṃ tahiṃ
49.
Senānivese lumpetvā-puḷatthi pura santikaṃ
Āgamma pesayuṃ dūte-khattiye'tu'ti tejavā
50.
Yāteha'maccehi dvīsu-kata'maccanta sūrataṃ
Sutvā sannayha senaṅgaṃ-coḷe ummulitu'ṅgami
51.
Bandhāpesi tahaṃ khandhā-vāraṃ coḷā'tivikkamā
Puḷatthi nagare sabbe-samo sariṃsu yujjhituṃ
52.
Bahiddhā purato coḷā-katvā saṅkula saṃyugaṃ
Parājitā puraṃ gantvā-dvāra koṭṭhaka nissitā
53.
Sāddha māsaṃ pavattesuṃ-gutta dvārā'pi saṃyugaṃ
Puna khattā nūvattā te-ravideva calavhayā
54.
Puraṃ pacissa varaṇa-'mullaṅghitvāna sajjukaṃ
Samūlaṃ dāmiḷaṃ senaṃ-ghātayuṃ pattasañjayo
55.
Sāṇāya vijayabāhu-pure bheri'ñcarāpayī
Coḷarājo'hīnamano-senā puna napesayī
56.
Māsattaya'matikkamma-vandanīye'bhivādayaṃ
Puḷatthi pura'māgañchi-tadā'dimalayo suto
57. Balanetā khattiyassa-verī hutvā purantike
Andu gāma'mupāgañchi-dhajiniṃ'dāya yujjhituṃ
58.
Khatto gantvā ta'mū hacca-puḷatthi pura'māgato
Vidhāya rajja kiccāni-vidhivedi tahiṃ tato
59.
Saṃladdha saṅgāma jayo-kittimā muttimā suto
Sahasse chasate vasse-sampatte navame jine balanetā khattiyassa-verī hutvā purantike
Andu gāma'mupāgañchi-dhajiniṃ'dāya yujjhituṃ
58.
Khatto gantvā ta'mū hacca-puḷatthi pura'māgato
Vidhāya rajja kiccāni-vidhivedi tahiṃ tato
59.
Saṃladdha saṅgāma jayo-kittimā muttimā suto
Sahasse chasate vasse-sampatte navame jine
[SL Page 066] [\x 66/]
60.
Mahāmahenā'nurādha-pure'bhiseka maṅgalaṃ anubhotvā tato'gamma-puḷatthi nagare vasaṃ
61.
Nāmenā'si sirīsaṅgha-bodhī'ti vidito yaso
Vīrabāhuṃ'nujaṃ so'pa-rajje'bhisicca dakkhiṇaṃ
62. Datvā kaṇiṭṭha bhātussa-jayabāhussa rohaṇaṃ
Adā ta'mādipādatte-ṭhapetvāna yathāvidhi
63.
hānantarāni'maccānaṃ-pavecchiya yathārahaṃ
Yathāyutti karaṃ rajje-gahetuṃ viniyojayī
64.
Chatta gāhaka netā ca-dhamma gehaka nāyako
Bhātaro seṭṭhi nātho'ti-tayo rañño bhavuṃ ripū
65.
Te palātā jambudīpa-'mekūna visa hāyane
Āgammi'ha rohaṇa'ñca-malayaṃ dakkhiṇaṃ tathā
66.
Parivattayiṃsu rājā-gantvā malaya rohaṇe
Ghātetvā ripavo vūpa-samesi samaye'cite
67.
Dakkhiṇaṃ samaṇī bhātu-vaṃsajaṃ savicaṃ lahuṃ
Pesetvā samare verī-uttāsetvāna sūlake
68.
Nirātaṅkaṃ sa'kāretvā-puḷatthi nagara'ṅgato
Coḷadese ṭhitā līlā-vatiyā saha dhituyā
69.
Muñcitvā jagatī pāla-mahesī coḷa hatthato
Laṅka'māgamma laṅkindaṃ-passi so suddhavaṃsataṃ
70.
Ñatvā līlāvati'ṅkāsi-mahesiṃ sā yasodharaṃ
Dhītaraṃ labhi bhūpālaṃ-paṭicca merukandaraṃ
71.
Dhītara'ñca viracamme-'dā sā labhi dvidhītaro
Jeṭṭhā līlāvatīnāma-sugalā'sī kaṇiṭṭhikā
72.
Kāliṅga rāja nvayajaṃ-tiloka sundariṃ varaṃ
Vaṃsaṭṭhitiṃ'pekkhayaṃ so-mahesiyatte'bhisecayī
73.
Subhaddā sumittā loka-nāthā ca ratanāvalī
Rūpavatī'ti'mā pañca-vijātā dhītaro'pi sā
74.
Puttaṃ vikkamabāhū'ti-labhittha puñña lakkhaṇaṃ
Paṇḍurañño'nujaṃ mittaṃ-sakaṃ'dāsi mahīpati
[SL Page 067] [\x 67/]
75.
Sā māṇābharaṇo kittī-sirimegho'ti vissuto
Sirivallabho'tesūnū-pasūtā sūkatī tayo
76.
Suhaddaṃ vīrabāhussa-sumittaṃ jayabāhuno
Pādāsi māṇābharaṇe-dhaññaṃ ca ratanāvaliṃ
77.
Lokanāthaṃ kittisiri-meghavhassa adā yaso
Matāya rūpavatiyā-sugalaṃ sirivallabhe
78.
Rājadevī bandhumadhu-kaṇṇavādī nujaṃ subhaṃ
Adā vikkamabāhussa-sutāriṃ'bhijanatthiko
79.
Tato vikkamabāhussa-līlāvati'mpi kāminiṃ
Pādā saddhiṃ'sabhogena-ñātijanahite rato
80.
Cirassaṃ parihīnaṃ'dhi-karaṇassa vinicchayaṃ
Yathāvidhi pavattesi-mahipo nāyakocido
81.
Puḷatthinagare ramme-purārakkhāya cu'ṇṇataṃ
Pākāraṃ digghikāyā'mā-thira'ṅkārayi bhūmipo
82.
Tade'pasampadā kamma-gaṇa pūraka bhikkhunaṃ
Appahonakatāyā'nu-ruddha rājantīkaṃ lahuṃ
83.
Nareso rāmañña raṭṭhaṃ-dūte nayittha sopade
Saṃyama guṇa sampanne-viññāta piṭakattaye
84.
Pañca vīsati matte'pi-bhikkhavo thera sammate
Ānāpetvā tato sammā-pabbajja'ñco'pasampadaṃ
85.
Dāpetvā kulaputtānaṃ-mānetvā piṭakattayaṃ
Kathāpetvāna jotesi-muninda sāsanaṃ varaṃ
86.
Bahūvihāre kāretvā-puḷatthi pura puṅgave
Nikāyattayavāsīnaṃ-'madā bhogehi'nekaso
87.
Kāretvā danta dhātussa-pāsāda'ntimanoharaṃ
Mahāmaha'ñca kāresi-santataṃ'va yathāpurā
88.
Tulābhāra'ñca tikkhattuṃ-daṇḍissaraṃ patissamaṃ
Adā likhāpayitvāna-saṅghassa piṭakattayaṃ
89.
Kaṇṇāṭa coḷa rājūhi-pesite'ha pahenake
Ādiyitvā'gatā dūtā-rājino'daṃsu laddhake
[SL Page 068] [\x 68/]
90.
Tesa'mubhinnaṃ sakkatvā-tesā'do sakadūtake
Kaṇṇāṭadūtehi samaṃ-pesayī sapahenake
91.
Coḷo sīhala dūtesu-pattesu visayaṃ sakaṃ
Chedāpetvā kaṇṇanāsā-virūpe'kāsi dūtake
92.
Disvā tathā'gate dūte-dosuddīpita mānaso
Sajje tvā dāmiḷe dūte-kantā pasādhanehi ca
93.
Tuyhaṃ rajje mamaṃ vā'tha-yadi'cche yujjhituṃ yahiṃ
Coḷarāje'tvi'daṃ vatvā-pesesi dūtake lahuṃ
94.
Vijayabāhu bhūpassa-vikkamātisayassa tu
Bhītiye'ha balassā'pi-viggahenā'ji no'bhavi
95.
Bandhāpayī mahāheḷi-pabhutī vāpi soḷasa
Bhinnā ca vāpiyo tatra-tatra pākatikā'kari
96.
Pabandhiya vibhinnaṃso-tilavatthuka mātikaṃ subhikkha'ṅkari nīrenava-pūretvā maṇi
hīrakaṃ
97.
Sirīpāda ppaṇāmāya-gacchantā mānusa'ñjase
Kilamantu'timā dāna-vuttiyā sumanaddike
98.
Datvā giḷīmalaya vhaṃ-silālekhaṃ ṭhapāpayī
Mahāvāse pañca akā-mātāpitāna'lāhane
99.
Dhīro vihāre bahavo-paṭisaṅkhāsi jiṇṇake
Pariveṇa'ṅkā vijaya-bāhuṃ so tittha gāmake
100.
Mahākavī'dāsi'neka-kāveyyesu hite rato
Paveṇi gāmaṃ sadhanaṃ-rājā maccādi sūnunaṃ
101.
Siloke racite sutvā-yathāraha'madā dhanaṃ
Bhūpo'pi sīhala kabba-racaneso mahāmati
102.
Vīrabāhū'parājāca-baddhaguṇa vihārake
Bandhesi cetiyaṃ coḷa-nāsitaṃ vāpikaṃ tahiṃ
103.
Raññe samanusāsante-'parājini mate sati
hapesi jayabāhuṃ so-'parajje yati kāmato
104.
Datvā vikkamabāhussa-ādipāda padaṃ yaso
Tassa'trajassa pādāsi-rohaṇaṃ gajabāhuno
[SL Page 069] [\x 69/]
105.
Tahaṃ gantvā mahānāga-kulavhaya puraṃ tato
Katvāna rājadhāniṃ so-vasi tattha yathāruci
106.
Rājā sirīsaṅghabodhi-vijayabāhu vikkamo
Ciraṭṭhitika kiccāni-akāsi loka sāsane
107.
Sa'pañcapaññāsasamaṃ'va āṇā-
Cakkaṃ pavattetva vasundharindo
Samavhito devagaṇena dibba-
Rajja'mpi kātuṃ'va diva'ṅgamittha
Bhāṇavāraṃ battiṃsatimaṃ.
----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse sirisaṅghabodhi
Vijayabāhu rājappavatti dīpano nāma
Battiṃsatimo paricchedo.
-----------------
[SL Page 070] [\x /]
Tettiṃsatimo paricchedo.
------------------
1.
Mittā'nujaṃ bhūpatino suta'ssā
Tayo ca'maccā yatayo ca sabbe
Mahādipādassa tu rohaṇasmiṃ
hitassa 'nārociya rāja nāsaṃ
2.
Saṅgamma mantetva'tha laṅka rajje'
Bhisevana'nduṃ yuvarājino te
Adaṃsu māṇābharaṇū'parajjaṃ
Tayo sagabbhā jayabāhunā'mā
3.
Puḷatthi nāmā nagarā sasenā
Gaṇhāma taṃ vikkamabāhu khattaṃ
Vinikkhamuṃ so puna taṃ suṇitvā
Purā viniggamma sakā'tivego
4.
Pitussa āḷāhaṇaṭhāna'mattā
Disvā vinodessa'mitī'ti sokaṃva
Gacchaṃ puḷatthiṃ nagaraṃ saseno
Pathantarāḷe bala'mā gataṃ so
5.
Disve'kavīro kata sampahāro
Palāpayitvāna diso disaṃ te
Parājite sodariye tayo'pi
Laṅajjayo yāva chavāra'mattā
6.
Sāmaccajīvo sa'puḷatthi saññaṃ
Pura'ṅgamī tāta susāna bhūmiṃ
Passaṃ daraṃ cetayi saṃjahitvā
hānantaraṃ'dā sacivesu sammā
7.
Bhātūhi māṇābharaṇavhayo so
Sarohaṇaṃ dakkhiṇapassa'māsuṃ
Sahatthaga'ṅkatvi'ti vīrabāhū
Suto'vakittissirimeghadhīse
8.
Raṭṭhaṃ sahassassa ca dvādasa'ttā
Datvā tahaṃ taṃ vasituṃ niyujja
So kho mahānāga kula ppurasmiṃ
Vasī sirīvallabha nāmadheyye
[SL Page 071] [\x 71/]
9.
So bāhujo'dā'ṭṭhasahassa raṭṭhaṃ
Sa'uddhanadvāra bhidhāna gāmaṃ
Katvā vasī tamhi tu rājadhāniṃ
Mātā ca mittā jayabāhurājā
10.
Kittissirī megha sakāsakamhi
Vasiṃsu te sodariyā'parajjū
Issā parā vikkamabāhu raññā
Vinikkhamuṃ vāhiniyā hi yoddhuṃ
11.
Ñatvāna taṃ vikka bāhu bhūpo
Gamittha tesaṃ 'bhimukaṃ saseno
So dakkhiṇasmiṃ pana bodhisenā-
Valavha gāme samare jinittha
12.
Pañca yojanavhayamhi raṭṭhake
Te palāyu'māsu duggamaṃ tato
Sattavo'nubandhi gaṇhitu'mpi te
Āriyo tu vīradeva pākaṭo
13.
Sahatthaga'ṅkattu'masesa laṅkaṃ
Mahādititthaṃ 'vatarī sacakko
Kaḷyāṇito ta'ñca suṇitva rājā
Pāvekkhi mannārama nāmagāmaṃ
14.
Māresi yuddhe paṭu vīradevaṃ
Pahāya chandaṃ samare sagabbhā
Vasiṃsu raṭṭhesu sakesu eka-
Cchattaṃ pabhū no caturo'pi kātuṃ
15.
Pavaḍḍhitaṃ taṃ vijayādibāhu
Rājena lokaṃ pana sāsana'ñca
Dubbuddhayo hāpayu'matra dīpe
Buddhādibhoge api'hacca'nagghe
16.
Pādā'nujīvīsu ca vikkamādī
Bhujo pajeso hi puḷatthi saññe
Pure videsīna'madā bhaṭānaṃ
Bhūrī vihāre'pi sadhātuka'gge
[SL Page 072] [\x 72/]
17.
Sa'pattadhātussa ca dantadhātu
Varassa dinne maṇimuttake'pi
Sovaṇṇabimbe ca vichejja kāmaṃ
Vayaṃ nayī titthakaro'va tuccho
18.
Disvā yatī sāsanaloka'mevaṃ
Naṭṭhaṃ vinibbinnamanā'ggapattaṃ
Dāṭhābhadanta'ñca samādiyitvā
Lahu'ṅgamuṃ rohaṇa'ma ggabuddhiva
19.
Mittā ca devī jayabāhu rājā
Kāla'ṅkaruṃ rohaṇake tadāni
Devī ca māṇābharaṇassa mittā
Pabhāvatī dve ratanāvalī sā
20.
Sutaṃ pasūtā'mita puñña lakkhaṃ
Seṭṭhaṃ kumāra'mpi satejakittiṃ
hapetva laṅkaṃ'khila jambu dīpaṃ
Sameka chatta'ṅkarituṃ samatthaṃ
21.
Tassā'risammaddana dīpabāhā-
Yogā parakkantibhujo'ti saññā
Anvattha'mā sī'tha paraṃ 'satāto
Mato'si māṇābharaṇo narindo
22.
Kittissirī megha samañña bhūpo
Jeṭṭhassa raṭṭhaṃ pana ādiyitvā
Taṃ rohaṇaṃ'dā sirivallabhassa
Dve dhītaro'dāya piyaṃ kumāraṃ
23.
Gantvā sirīvallabha santikamhi
Vasī mahesī ratanāvalī sā
Tato parakkantibhujo kumāro
Sajātabhūmi'ṅgatavā vasittha
24.
Rajjaṃ vicāretva samekavīsa
Vassāni so vikkamabāhu rājā
Paraṃ yathākamma 'magā'ssa putto
Āsī'bhabāhū dutiyo narindo
[SL Page 073] [\x 73/]
25.
Itthaṃ hi tasmiṃ gajabāhu raññe
Puḷatthi saññe nagare vasante
Dve bhātaro yujjhiya tena saddhiṃ
Gamuṃ parājitva sayaṃ purāni
26.
Tato sirīvallabha maṇḍaleso
Loka'mpara'ṅgañchi sake purasmiṃ
Kittissirī megha naresa ñatte
Dhañño parakkantibhujo kumāro
27.
Pavaḍḍhayaṃ sikkhita sippa satthā'
Gatāgamo cheka taro nayamhi
Mahosadhādibbhuta sūravīra-
Seṭṭhāpadānāni suṇitva tehi
28.
Samo na hessaṃ mama jātiyā'la
Ma'tra ṭṭhito ce'pi manorathassa
Na hehitī siddhi'ti rājaraṭṭha-
Ppayāna'māsuṃ pavara'ntya'vecca
29.
Gharā'bhinikkhamma sa'jāti rattiṃ
Raho kumāro badalatthalavhaṃ
Pāto'va gāma'ṅgami dīghamaggaṃ
Khepetva senāpati saṅkhasañño
30.
Rajjassa sīmācarime vasanto
Paccuggamitvā sahasā'darena
Paṭiggahesī puna tappayānaṃ
Rājassa'nārociya icca'vecca
31.
Pāhesi dūte mahipassa tena
Kata'mpi taṃ vañcana'māsu ñatvā
Ghātāpayī nīkapatiṃ 'sa vitta-
Rāsiṃ niyojesi bhaṭe gahetuṃ
32.
Kittissirīmegha vasundharindo
Taṃ gaṇhituṃ pesayi cakkajātaṃ
Palāpayitvāna sukhena senaṃ
Tato kumāro siriyālagāmaṃva
[SL Page 074] [\x 74/]
33.
Atikkamitvā siriyālaselā-
Sanne'ti sannaddharaṇāyudho'va
Buddhavhagāmaṃ samupāgamitvā
Tahaṃ vasī kañci dinaṃ vidhiññū
34.
hitassa kāḷassarake 'bhabāhu-
Rājassa senāpatino'saya'mpi
Pesesi ñātuṃ manujaṃ salekhaṃ
Senāpati'gamma mahīpasūnuṃ
35.
Samādaro passi paṭicca paṇṇaṃ
Maṃ passitu'ñcā'gamanaṃ vara'nti
Saṅgaṇhi taṃ sādhu sudhī pasanno
Upāgamī so gajabāhubhūpaṃ
36.
Paccuggamitvā mahipo kumāra'
Māropayitvā saṭhitaṃ mahebhaṃ
Pamodavā pāvisi rājagehaṃ
Vasaṃ tahaṃ so caturo upāye
37.
Pesetva lekhaṃ janikāya tuṇṇaṃ
Nijānujaṃ bhaddavatiṃ kumāriṃ
Ānāpayitvā gajabāhu rañño
Samappaya'tthaṃ nijahatthaga'ṅkā
38.
So kañcikālaṃ nivasaṃ bahiddhā
Tammaṇḍalīyesu vipakkhapakkhe
Ñātu'ñcinitvā nijasāmibhatti
Purassare keca'higuṇṭhike'va
39.
Sāmuddikaññū viya keci vejja
Nibhe'va mādi purise pavīṇe
Aññātavesena tahaṃ taha'mpi
Pesesi vuttanta 'mavedayuṃ te
40.
Kumāraseṭṭhassa tu vikkamādi
Guṇassilāghaṃ kathitaṃ janehi
Sutvā narindo gajabāhusaṅkaṃ
Janesi tasmiṃ puriso mahā'yaṃ
[SL Page 075] [\x 75/]
41
Ñatvāna dussaṅka 'mimaṃ pahāya payāna'magga'nti vicintayitvā
Pure taraṃ sassa balaṃ janādi-
Padavhaṭhānaṃ pahiṇitva bhūpaṃ
42.
Upāgamitvā sajane'pi daṭṭhuṃ
Gacche'ti vatvā yuvarājaraṭṭhaṃ
Rattiṃ'bhinikkhamma purā saravha-
Gāma'ṅgato vāhiniyā samaṃ'va
43.
Kittissirī megha pabhū pavīṇa
Kumārapattiṃ pana sutva rañño
Gharaṃ sametū'ti kumārañattaṃ
Pāhesi dūte'mhi vilambamāne
44.
Upāgamitvā ratanāvalī taṃ
Ādāya dassesi mahīpatissa
Samekkhiyā'modamano kumāra'
Mavoca'maccābhimukhamhi'yitthaṃ
45.
Tumhe kumāraṃ anuvattathe'ti
Tesaṃ hi nīyyātayi taṃ tato hi
Kittissirīmeghanarissaro so
Mato sikhīkicca 'makā'ssa dehe
46.
Tato kumāro sivasaṃsinī'va
Nakkhattayogamhi mahādipādaṃ
Patvā padaṃ taṃ gajabāhurañño
Ñāpesi māṇābharaṇassa cā'pi
47.
Saṅghayha'macce padavippadānā
Rajjassa sīmāya samantakūṭā
Āsāgarappattanato sasenaṃ
Nivesayī tatra ca tatra yoggaṃ
48.
Samattalaṅka'ṅkira chatta'me kaṃ
Kattu'mpi'dhiṭṭhāya sadhaññake hi
Sabbādi'middhaṃ vijitaṃ sakassa
Kātuṃ viditvā la'mitī'dipādo
[SL Page 076] [\x 76/]
49
Āhūya'macce sarakhātakādiṃ
Bandhāpiyā'suṃ kasi kamma vuddhiṃ
Kattuṃ niyojesi vana'mpi vuṭṭhi
Jātaṃ vinā lokahitaṃ parittaṃ
50.
Mā gañchi sindhuṃ maṇihemajāta-
ṭhānaṃ ṭhapetvā aparatra khette
Kārāpituṃ vedayi te sajīvā'
Rabhiṃsu vaḍḍhetu 'mato salokā
51.
Setummukhā jajjaranāmanajjā'
Rattakkaravhā sutakoṭṭhabaddhaṃ
Bandhāpayitvā suthiraṃ gabhīraṃ
Sumātika'ṅkārayi setumaggaṃ
52.
Ubhosu passesu mahāṭaviṃ'sā
Chedāpiyabbīhi sahassavāhe
Khette pavattāpayi'dāni so kho
Deso kasīyā vidito 'si kamme
53.
Parakkama ssindhu mahāsarādī
Ekūna tāḷīsa pamāṇa vāpī
Bandhāpayitvā paṭisaṅkharitvā
Saṃvaḍḍhayī dhañña siriṃ vara'mpi
54
Muttā maṇibhādi vaṇijjadabbe
Tarīhi desantarakesu'neke
Pesetva vittaṃ pacuraṃ cinitvā
Raṇatthiko'nekavidhāyudha'mpi
55.
Kaṇṇāṭa coḷā di padesa vāsī
Raṇe pavīṇe ci'dha ānayitvā
Senāninaṃ cheka sahassa saṅkhe
Cakke padatvā'bhavasañcaye'pi
56.
Paccādiyitvā malayādirāja
Senānino'nekasahassasenā
Datvāna ratta kkura vāka raṭṭhe
Nivesayī taṃ damiḷāna 'mīsaṃ
[SL Page 077] [\x 77/]
57
Laṅkā mahālāna di lamba kaṇṇa
Vaṃsubbhave pañca kumāra seṭṭhe
Sahassa saṅkhe 'jibhaṭe pavīṇe
Visuṃ visuṃ moriyaraṭṭhato hi
58.
Ānāpayitve'kapadesakamhi
Nivesayī tappamukhe vidhiññū
Abbhantare bārasa maṇḍalīye
Katve'ka'me kassa hi sūravīre
59.
Bhaṭe sahassāni duve duve'dā
Nisāraṇe jekasahassa'mekaṃ
Sajjetva candā tapa cāpa dhārī
Sa'camma vammā di'madāsi tesaṃ
60.
Kāretva kammappaṭavo'va vyādha
Sahassasaṅkhe'pi yathānurūpaṃ
Satyādikaṃ tesa'madā'dipādo
Pacceka'mattha'ñca bala'mpi dvejjhaṃ.
61.
Katva'ggamaccesu ṭhapesi dvīsu
Vibhajja sabbaṃ vijita'mpi raṭṭhaṃ
Samaṃ ṭhapesī gaṇakesu dvīsu
Kamāgatesu sacivesu khatto
62.
Samuddarodhe ratanākaramhi
Raṭṭhe mahāmālayike'taramhi
Visu'ṅkaritvā'khilasāraṭhānaṃ
So'vantaraṅgaṃ padavi'mpi katvā
63.
hapesi'yekaṃ sacivaṃ matīmā
Sa'daṇḍanāthaṃ gajabāhurañño
Āhūya rakkhaṃ malayaṃ gahetvā
Dātuṃ niyojesa'tha saṅgahetvā
64.
Mahādipādassa vaco'tigāḷhaṃ
Rakkho paṭiggayha sa'yujjhiyā'suṃ
Nihacca verī atha dumbarādī
Raṭṭhāni gaṇhī sacive ca sūre
[SL Page 078] [\x 78/]
65
Tasmiṃ pasanno'ca ta 'mā nayitvā
Sa'kesadhātvīsapadaṃ padatvā
Pesesi rañño gahitu'ñca raṭṭhaṃ
Jayaṃ labhī majjhima vaggayuddhe
66
Sa'lokajitvāṇa suto ca rakkha-
Laṅkādhinetā bala'mādiyitvā
Hūkittilaṅkāpabhunā sahe'va
Yujjhitva taṃ ghātiya rerupalliṃ
67.
Raṭṭhaṃ'gahesuṃ sa'mahādipādo
Samantamallaṃ savasaṃ'va sāmā
Netvāna datvā mahatiṃ siri'mpi
Ta'ṅgaṇhituṃ yojayi kosavaggaṃ
68.
So cu'tturāmallaka vissutādī
Mahāhavaṃ katva ripū nihacca
Ta'mādiyiṃsū malayaṃ samattaṃ
Nirākula'ṅkārayi sutthira'ñca
69.
Sa'rājaraṭṭhaṃ gajabāhurājā
Sakaṇṭaka'ṅkā puna ādipādo
Niyojayī daṇḍapatī sametuṃ
Likhitvu'pāyaṃ samarassa sāmaṃ
70.
Sāmantakānaṃ pana dāpayitvā
Laṅghetu mā rekhalava'mpi jātu
Niyojayī ta'ñca paṭicchayuṃ'te
Camūpatī mālayarāyarākhyo
71.
Tammalla vāḷāna ṭhita'mpi kombā-
Bhiññaṃ raṇesaṃ gajabāhurañño
Taṃ chattagāhādhipatiṃ sasenaṃ
Palāpayī yujjhiya gaṇhi duggaṃ
72.
Tato vikikkhamma savābhinī so
Nāvāhi muttā kara santikaṭṭhaṃ
Saṅkamma tatra ṭṭhitakena daṇḍā-
Dhipena yujjhitva jale vijesi
[SL Page 079] [\x 79/]
73.
Atho parakkantibhujassa tassa
So rakkhadivānabhidho sajīvo
Gokaṇṇamaccaṃ asakiṃ sacakkaṃ
Raṇātisūraṃ samare vijesi
74.
So ādipādo kira laṅkanātha
Senāninaṃ jānapadavharaṭṭhaṃ
Pesesi so sājipavīṇako'va
Mahābhavaṃ katva tahaṃ taha'mpi
75.
Gantvā'ggahī taṃ gajabāhurājā
Devādilaṅkādhipati'ñca'maccaṃ
Verī nisedhāya'pi dāṭhabhārā
Macca'ñca pesesi bala'ñca datvā
76
Laṅkādhinātho samaraṃ hi tehi vattetva tejetva yagāllaṭhānaṃ
Gaṇhī tato so gajabāhubhūpo'
Pāyena taṃ sassa vasa'mpi kattuṃ
77.
Paheṇake tassa mahagghikāni
Accantabhatyā pahiṇī sajīvo
So tāni pesesi sasāmino'tha
Disvāna tuṭṭho'ssa hi peseyī te
78.
Niyoga'māgamma parakkamādi
Bhujassa devo sacivo'tisūro
Kāḷassarorūsaritāya hāri'
Māyāma hatthadvisata'ntisattiṃ
79.
Taṃ vitthata bbīsati hattha matta
Mahodalābaddha'managgha setuṃ
Kaṭṭhammaya'ñcā'pi catubbidhena
Balena gantabba'makārayittha
80.
Sāmantake keci tahaṃ ṭhapetvā
Nikkhamma senāpati tattha tattha
Mahāhavaṃ vattaya 'maggadugge
Gahesi duggāni nava'ñca'kāsi
[SL Page 080] [\x 80/]
81
Rājā sasāmantaka rāmanīla-
Giriṃ pamokkhe api ta'nnihantuṃ
Pesesi terī nikaṭaṃ ubho'tra
Pavattayiṃsū dhajinī mahājiṃ
82.
Sāmantakaṃ nīlagiriṃ sayodhaṃ
Māretva yuddhamhi kaḍakkuḍavhaṃ
Yodha'ñca aññe ca hi jīvagāhaṃ
Gahetva pesesi sasāmino te
83.
Mahinda macco sacivāna'mesaṃ
Pavikkamaṃ sutva'bhijātamāno
Puraṃ'nurādhaṃ panagayha demi
Datvā paṭiññaṃ bala'mādiyitvā
84.
Gantvā'nurādhākhyapurāvidūre
Vattetva yuddhaṃ ripavo vijitvā
Gaṇhī puraṃ rohaṇakādhipaccaṃ
Gato sa'māṇābharaṇo hi rañño
85.
Sāmantakehī bahuso tadāni
Yujjhitva sampatta parājayo'ca
Raṇe manaṃ chaḍḍhiya rājinā'mā
Sandhi'ṅkaritvā vasi kañci kālaṃ
86.
Tato parakkantibhujassa thāmaṃ
Sutvāna sandhiṃ gajabāhurañño
Pahāya sandhāna'makā dipāda-
Varena vāsa'ṅkatavā tathe'va
87
Laṅkādhināthappamukhā camīsā
Pavattayuṃ te gajabāhunā'jiṃ
Puraṃ palāta'ñca puḷatthisaññaṃ
Bhūpaṃ'gahesuṃ atha jīvagāhaṃ
88.
Jayaddhatā maṇḍalikā sayodhā
Gehesu dvarāni ca bhindiyā'suṃ
Vasuṃ vilumpuṃ pana nāgarā te
Maccā ca sambhūya bhusaṃ paruddhā
[SL Page 081] [\x 81/]
89
Gantvāna māṇābharaṇopakaṭṭhaṃ
Nivedayitvāna'tha taṃ pavattiṃ
Āyātu amhehi pagayha rajjaṃ
Demā'ti sāhāyya'mayācayiṃsu
90.
Sutvāna'maccehi ca mantiyā'suṃ
Rājaṃ pamocetu'mivā'gamitvā
Vattetva yuddhaṃ kaṭṭhina'mpi senaṃ
Nāsetva gaṇhittha puraṃ manuññaṃ
91.
Vītikkamitvā katipāha'mitthaṃ
Sāmantake so gajabāhurañño
Hantvā mahīpaṃ pana kārabhāraṃ
Pavesayitvā'ggahi vittarāsiṃ
92.
Karaggata'ṅkatva thira'nti rajja'
Maññāya sīghaṃ dasanaggadhātuṃ
Sa'pattadhātu'ñca samātara'ñca
Sarodha'mānāpayi rohaṇasmā
93.
Hantuṃ mahīpaṃ sakamātuyā'mā
Raho sa'mantetva upakkamittha
Upadduto so gajabāhurājā
Satāṇa'māyāciya ādipādaṃ
94
Pesesi guyhaṃ'nucare'tikhinna mano vinaṭṭhesu balesu yuddhe
Mocetu'metaṃ kasiru'ttari'mpi
Modetva'macce padavippadānā
95
Savāhinī pesayi te pura'mpi
Rodhetva yujjhitvi'bhabāhurājā
Pamocito tehi sajīvakehi
Palātavā'sī sa'hi koṭṭhasāraṃ
96
Pavattayanto samaraṃ mahantaṃ
Raṇe mate cakkapatimhi tatra
Asakkuṇanto vasitu'mpi dāṭhā
Dhātu'ñca pattaṃ sakamātara'ñca
[SL Page 082] [\x 82/]
97
Suddhantaka'ñcā'diya rohaṇaṃhi
Gato'si māṇābharaṇo sa'rattiṃ
Mahāhavaṃ katva'sakiṃ sahattha
Gata'ṅkata'ñcā'ggapuraṃ'nukampo
98
Saṅghassa'nuññāya mahādipādo
Datvāna dantibbhujarājino'tha
Saka'ñca raṭṭhaṃ'pagato'si dhīmā
Dayāparattaṃ'chariyaṃ pabhussa
99
Gaṅgātaṭaṃ katva'tha rājadhāniṃ
Sukhaṃ vasī so gajabāhu bhūpo
Tato'pi māṇābharaṇādipādo
Rājena sandhiṃ pana kattukāmo
100
Pāhesu'do'pāyana'massa sandhi'
Maniccha'māgañchiya maṇḍaliddiṃ
Vihāraka'mme pana rājaraṭṭhaṃ
Dinnaṃ parakkantibhujādhipassa
101
Pāsāṇa piṭṭhamhi likhāpayitvā
Gaṅgātaṭāke nivasaṃ tadāni
Nipīḷite'kāyarujāya rājā
Bāvīsavassāni mato vasitvā
102
Sambhūya'maccā gajabāhurañño
Athe'tumāṇābharaṇo'ssa dūte
Sampesayuṃ so matasāsanaṃ hi
Sutvā parakkantibhujo bala'mpi
103
Sannayhu'pāgañchi puḷatthisaññaṃ
Puraṃ tato'maccagaṇā sabhattā
Rajjibhisekaṃ'suvidhātu'mevā'
Yāciṃsu'nekabbidha dassanena
104
Paṭiggahetvā subhasūcake taṃ
Nakkhattayoge makuṭaṃ sirasmiṃ
Dhāretva rājābharaṇābhibhūsī
Padakkhiṇa'ṅkāsi puraṃ viyi'ndo
[SL Page 083] [\x 83/]
105
Tato'pi māṇābharaṇādipādo
Rajjatthiko'nekabalaṃ gahetvā
Sa rājaraṭṭhābhimukho payāto
Raññā parakkantibhujena vassaṃ
106
Tahaṃ tahaṃ vattayi saṃyugaṭṭha-
Paññāsamatta'mpi ca tatra tatra
Raṇesu sampattaparājayo'va
Manaṃ jahāsī samare'yatiṃ so
107
Tato parakkantibhujā pajesā
Mahabbhayā jātamayena phuṭṭho
Maccantikasmiṃ nijasūnu'magga'
Māhuya kittissirimeghanāmaṃ
108
Sadā parakkantibhujena vutta
Kkamena vatta'ssa'nukūlako'va
Vatvāna evaṃ'sa'sahaṃ'vatejaṃ
Para'ṅgamī loka'mimaṃ jahitvā
109
Nisammatassaccayataṃ sa'sīghaṃ
Bhūpo parakkantibhujo vidhiññū
Kittissirīmeghakumārahāri'
Mānāpayī sannikaṭaṃ yasassī
110.
Atha saciva samūho saṅgamitvā namitvā
Naravativaraṃ taṃ yāci moḷīsiva'mpi
Vihitu'subhamuhutte laṅka'mekātapattaṃ
Kariya dutiyavasse'kā dutiyābhisekaṃ
Bhāṇavāraṃ tettiṃsatimaṃ
----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse pañcarāja dīpano nāma
Tettiṃsatimo paricchedo.
[SL Page 084] [\x 84/]
Catuttiṃsatimo paricchedo.
------------------
1
Pattā bhiseko vasudhādhipo so
Vossagga saṃsattamano'nukampo
Vassāpayaṃ cāgapavuṭṭhi'maggaṃ
Sampūrayī jīvamanassarāni
2
hānantarā'dāsya'rahesu pīto
Bheri'ñcarāpetva vaṇibbake'pi
Samāharitvā puna tesu sammā
Tadā tulābhāra'madā'nucassaṃ
3
Sampatthayaṃ sāsana suddhi vuddhiṃ'
Tekicchake duppaṭipatti yutte
Vajjetva vaṃsattitayaṃ samagga'
Makā payāsena sahaṃ sudukkhaṃ
4
Sālā catasso'pi catummukhā so
Kāretva majjhe'nudinaṃ purasmiṃ
Akampito bhikkhugaṇassa pañño
Dānaṃ pavattesi samatta yuttaṃ
5
Kāretva'nekassatasaṅkharogī
Vāsappayogga'mpi visāla sālaṃ
Tadattha'maggosadha vitta dhañña
Rāsiṃ ṭhapasī uda vejja vuttiṃ
6
Tato parakkantibhujo pajeso
Nāmāvasesaṃ nagaraṃ puḷatthiṃ
Kāretu'māsuṃ'rabhi rāmaṇeyyaṃ
Visālaka'ñcā'tha samantato hi
7
Parikkhipitvā pana khandhavāraṃ
Purassa pākārabhicakkato hi
Vitthiṇṇa pākāra niyūra'muccaṃ
Kāresi goraṃ saradambudaṃ'va
[SL Page 085] [\x 85/]
8
Khudda'mpi pākāratayaṃ tato hi
Parikkhipitvā'nukamaṃ sa'racchaṃ
Kārāpayī gabbha sahassa sobhiṃ
Pāsādikaṃ sabbadhi satta bhūmaṃ
9
Sa'vejayanta vha mahīpa gehaṃ
Māpesi rājā viya vissakammo
Sarassatīmaṇḍapa sañña vesma'
Makārayī kappadumena bhāsiṃ
10
Sa'maṇḍapa'ṅkāriya rājavesī
Bhujaṅganāma'ñca sudhammatulyaṃ
Disampati mandirasantikasmi'
Muyyānaka'ṅkārayi nandanaṃ'va
11
Dhamme vinīto sa'mahinda nāmo'
Macco'ggasaddhammasuphassitassa
Dāṭhā bhadantassa tu vaḍḍhanattha'
Manuggahenā'vanipassa sammā
12
Suvaṇṇa chaddappaṭihāra vāta
Pānūpasobhiṃ bahi rantarāḷe
Susaṅkatā'neka vicitta kammaṃ
Pāsādaka'ṅkāsi harīgiriṃ'va
13
Patibbatā rūpavatī surūpā
Vasundharādhīsamahesikantā
Suvaṇṇayaṃ thūpavaraṃ mahantaṃ
Majjhepurekārayi dassaneyyaṃ
14
Tibhūma pāsādatayena sammā
Laṅkīkataṃ sannikaṭe pavittaṃ
Veḷuvanesīpatanavhakosi-
Nārabbihārattayanātha'maggaṃ
15
Na'rājavesībhujaga'ñca rāja-
Kulantakākhyaṃ vijitaṃ tathe'va
Nānappakāra bbisikhā vicittaṃ
Kāresi sākhānagarattaya'ñca
[SL Page 086] [\x 86/]
16
Pure puḷatthimhi sa'rājadvārā
Dikaṃ sa cātuddasadvārahāriṃ
Purā tikhuddaṃ purapuṅgava'ñca
Sajjesi dibbaṃ nagaraṃ viye'vaṃ
17
Vināsayuṃ coḷabalā'nurādha-
Pura'mpi taṃ bhūpati'macca'mekaṃ
Ānetva sammāpaṭisaṅkharitvā
Yathāpurā sajja samādisī so
18
Tato paṭiggayha mahīpadesaṃ
Pura'ṅgamitvāna yathe'vapubbe
Pākāra racchopavanādi sabbaṃ
Kāresi'macco na cirena sādhuṃ
19
Parakkamākhyaṃ nagaraṃ narindo
Laṅkīkata'ṅkāsi purassirīhi
Tahaṃ tahaṃ'maccagaṇā pajāyo
Gaṇhantva'pīḷetva'disī kara'nti
20
Matamhi māṇābharaṇe'ssa mātā
Sāmantakānaṃ sugalā girāyo
Nisamma sā dāmarikā'va hutvā
Raṇaṃ'rabhī ce'pi parājayo'ssa
21
Patta'ñca dāṭhāpavara'ñca dhātuṃ
Samādiyitvā varajambudīpaṃ
Palāyituṃ sogatabhūbhujassa
Pesesi dūte turitaṃ tahiṃ sā
22
Parakkamabbāhu vasundharindo
Ñatvāna taṃ cakkapatiṃ sa'rakkhaṃ
Ānetva gantvo'bbhuta sattu dāvā
Nalaṃ sunibbāpaya pattivuṭṭhyā
23
Icce'va'mā dissiya datva senaṃ
Niyojayī rohaṇakaṃ payātuṃ
Tahaṃ tahaṃ so gatavā raṇesu
Laddhajjayo devimukha'mbhigañchi
[SL Page 087] [\x 87/]
24
Bhūtādhikārippamukhe'tha senā-
Nāthe'pi pāhesi vijetave taṃ
Mahābhava'ñcā'bhavi tesu'bhosu
Dhātudvayaṃ yujjhiya gayha seṭṭhaṃ
25
Nivedayuṃ bhūpatino ta'matthaṃ
Sutvā'bhisitto'va'matena rājā
Lahuṃ panetuṃ vara dhātu dvandaṃ
Pesesi dūte sacivopakaṭṭhaṃ
26
Sandesa'mākaṇṇiya'nīka nāthādhikārino dhātuyugaṃ puḷatthiṃ
Pura'mpavesetumane'kamaccaṃ
Rakkhāya yojīya mahāmahena
27
Mañjudhikārissa sakāsa'māsuṃ
Sampesayuṃ so'ñjanakammanāthaṃ
Paccuggamitvā mahati'ñca pūjaṃ
Pavattayaṃ yojiya dhātuguttaṃ
28
Dhātudvayaṃ sambhamapubbako'va
Pesesi rañño tuvaṭaṃ sakāsaṃ
Sutvāna dhātvānayanakkamaṃ so
Mayā suladdhaṃ vata jīvita'nti
29
Pamodito bhūpati sīghasīghaṃ
Nahātavā so suvilepalitto
Sumaṇḍito laṅkata sūnu macca
Purakkhato yojana matta ṭhānaṃ
30
Paccuggamitvā paṭhame'va dhātu
Padassane'nekamahagghikena
Muttāmaṇādiccana bhūrivatthu
Jātena mānetvu'da dhātu dvandaṃ
31
Aṅgīrasasmiṃ dharamāni'ca'gge
Mudāhi sandassita sambhamo'va
Sabhaṃsudhammaṃ viya dantadhātu
Gharaṃ pure kāriya sādhu majjhe
[SL Page 088] [\x 88/]
32
Dhajappatākādihi nijjarinda
Vīthiṃ'va pajjaṃ samalaṅkaritvā
Khaṇāpiya'ggaṃ'rumaṇiṃ sugandha
Cuṇṇena pūretva tahaṃ pasatthaṃ
33
Vaḍḍhetva sammā radadhātusāmiṃ
Caṅgoṭakasmiṃ ratanammayamhi
hapetva taṃ hemamaye samugge
Nidhāya pattaṃ pavara'ñca dhātuṃ
34
Sovaṇṇaye cakkacatukkakasmiṃ
Patiṭṭhite maṇḍapake'sanasmiṃ
Vaḍḍhetva gantvā nagaraṃ mahena
Dāṭhaggadhātussadanaṃ vicittaṃ
35
Vaḍḍhetva dhātūyugalaṃ sapañño
Puḷatthisaññe nagare narindo
Sabbatra so sattanisaṃ padīpa
Pūjāvidhi'ṅkārayi gāravena
36
Tato sayodhā sacivā'ssa rañño mahāhavaṃ bhiṃsanaka'ṅkaritvā
Sajīvagāhaṃ subhalaṃ pamokkha-
Macceha'mā gayha disampatissa
37
Upānayiṃsū nikaṭaṃ tathe'va
Nikkaṇṭakaṃ rohaṇaka'ṅkaritvā
Atippamodo mahipo salokaṃ
So sāsanaṃ rakkhi dayo matīmā
38
Rāmañña laṅkīya janā samattā
Accantamittā pana sogatattā
Vasiṃsu dvīsū visayesu bhūpā
Tathā sade'vā'su'mato sucetā
39
Raññā parakkantibhujena sandhiṃ
Rāmaññabhūpo sucirāgata'mpi
Tāyaṃ athe'kaṃ samayaṃ hi kaṇṇa-
Japāna'mākaṇṇiya bhāratiṃ so
[SL Page 089] [\x 89/]
40
Laṅkinda dūtesu ca dīyamānaṃ
Vuttiṃ purāṇaṃ parihāpayitvā
Vikkīyamāne'pi gaje bahiddhā
Māvikkiṇantū'kari sammati'mpi
41
Satassa vā rūpiya tikkalānaṃ
Gajā sahassassa purā sukītā
Dvayassa vā tehi tayassa vā'pi
Ito sahassāna'tu vikkiṇīyā
42
Durāsayo so parimāṇa'mevaṃ
hapesi vitta'ñca karī ca nāvā
Laṅkesa dūtehi vilumpayitvā
Tesa'mpi'kā'nekavidhaṃ papīḷaṃ
43
Rāmaññadesaṃ'vanipo gataṃ so
Vācissarāceravaraṃ tathe'va
Taṃ dhammakittiṃ vidūraṃ sachidda
Nāvāya vissajjayi sāgarasmiṃ
44
Kambojadesa'mpati rājakaññaṃ
Laṅkādhinā pesayi taṃ pasayha
Rāmaññarājā'vaharī sa'tena'
Nekabbidhaṃ kāritavippakāraṃ
45
Sutvā parakkantibhujo sajīve
Āhūya rañño arimaddanassa
Gāhaṃ'thavā hiṃsanataṃ vidheyyaṃ
Iccā'ha so rosa sikhī paditto
46
Tahiṃ ṭhito so damiḷādhikārī
Paṇāya mā yojayitū'payātuṃ
Mahāsajīveha'la'micca'voca
Sutvā pasanno'ssa giraṃ mahīpo
47
Nāvā ca'nekā satasaṅkhakāyo
Sampādayitvā pana pañcamāsā
Samāharī pallava vaṅka titthaṃ
Samappahoṇaṃ cita sambala'mpi
[SL Page 090] [\x 90/]
48
Yuddhāyudhā dopakarañña'māsuṃ
Samāharitvā sabale bhaṭese
Raṇāya yātuṃ damiḷādhikāriṃ
Samappayitvā'disi ta'ñca sabbaṃ
49
Tarīsu āropiya taṃ samaggaṃ
Samaṃ'va pesesi samudda majjhe
Rayena gacchaṃ taraṇī samūho
Taso sa'dīpo nanu dissate'va
50
Taṃsaṃ viruddhena samīraṇena
Kāci bbidesaṃ pavisiṃsu kāci
Naṭṭhā samudde 'katariṭṭhitā'pi
Bhaṭo'tariṃsū kira kākadīpaṃ
51 Pavattayitvā samaraṃ tahiṃ te
Taddīpike gaṇhiya jīvagāhaṃ
Laṅkādhināthassa padassayiṃsū kitti ppuraddippamukhā suvīrā
52
Te pañcanāvāsu bhaṭā pavīṇā
Rāmaññadese kusumavhatitthaṃ
Samotaritvāna dhatā yudhā'suṃ
Raṇa'ṅkarāṇā bhayajaṃ kurūraṃ
53
Tahaṃ'have'neka sahassa saṅkhaṃ
Balaṃ hanantā'va maduddhate'bhā
Sikhiṃ khipannā pana gāmakesu
Rajjassa bhāgaṃ suvināsayiṃsu
54
Samotaruṃ ye damiḷādhikārī
Mukhyā'pi papphāla samavha titthaṃ
Bhīma'ṅkarontā samaraṃ samaggā
Rāmaññabhūpa'ñca vighātayiṃsu
55
Sahatthagaṃ 'tho ramaṇa'ṅkaritvā
Laṅkissarāṇāya taha'mpi bheriṃ
Carāpayuṃ tamhi bhayādhutā te
Sambhūya sabbe'va sumantayitvā
[SL Page 091] [\x 91/]
56
Sama'mpati'mhehi tu yāvadicchaṃ
Paṭṭhāyi'to 'bhe nayituṃ karatthaṃ
Laṅkādhipassā'nugatā'va ṭhātuṃ
Kāmatta'mācikkhiya sambhamena
57
Laṅkāmahīpappaṭighānala'mpi
Nibbāpayitvāna dayāya saṅgho
Khamāpayātu'vanipassa niccaṃ'
Nusāsakaṃ bhikkhugaṇaṃ salekhe
58
Pāhesu 'māsuṃ 'vanatā'va dūte
Saṅghassa vācāya sanuddayāya
Mudutta'māgamma mahāmahīpo
Sa'saccasandhāna'makāsi tehi
59
Coḷiyarājā kulasekharākhyo
Raṇatthiko vāhiniyā'gamitvā
Parakkamākhyassa'tha paṇḍurañño
Puraṃ parundhī madhuraṃ gahetuṃ
60
Sa'jambudīpe saraṇāraha'mpi
Rājaṃ adisvā saraṇaṃ raṇāya
Yācitva laṅkādharaṇīsañattaṃ
Pāhesi dūte tuvaṭaṃ dharāpo
61
Nisamma tesaṃ vacanaṃ sa'laṅkā
Dhipo anāthassa'pi appatiṭṭhā
Nayujjate jātvi'ti mādisassa
Viññāya laṅkāpuradaṇḍanātha
62
Māretva rājaṃ kulasekharākhyaṃ
Parakkamaṃ paṇḍupatiṃ sarajje
Ehī patiṭṭhāpiya'icca'voca
So daṇḍanātho mahipāṇa'mevaṃ
63
Samādiyā'jikkhamavāhinīyā
Purakkhato'pāga mahādititthaṃ
Tadantarasmiṃ kulasekharena
Gantvāna paṇḍūmahīpaṃ pura'ñca
[SL Page 092] [\x 92/]
64 Sayaṃ gahīta'nti suṇitva raññā
Taṃ vaṃsajassā'pi gahetvarajjaṃ
Detū'ti so'tho viniyojito'va
Paṇḍussa raṭṭhe talabilla titthaṃ
65
Samotaritvāna tahiṃ ṭhite'piva
Palāpayitvā damiḷe'tra titthe
Senānivesa'ñca karīya ghore
Cattāri vattetva raṇe pavīro
66
Gantvā balaṃ dāmiḷakaṃ hi pañca
Sāmantakehī saha pañca yuddhe
Katvāna rāmissara'maggahī so
Tahiṃ'have katva navā'tibhīme
67
Mahāraṇasmiṃ dasame silādi-
Meghappamukhyeva cha'tha pañcake ca
Sāmantake jetvu'da dāmiḷese
Rāmissarā yojanikamhi ṭhāne
68
Patiṭṭhita'ṅgañchi sa'kundukālaṃ tatrā'bhavasmiṃ damiḷe pahūte gahetva laṅkāya purā hi
tehi
Vidārite kārayituṃ'ruthūpe
69
Laṅkādhipāṇāyi'dha pesayitvā tahaṃ parakkanti pura ppasiddhaṃ
Senānivesa'ñca pabandhayitvā
Punappunaṃ ghoraraṇa'ṅkarittha
70 Coḷīyake jetva'tha paṇḍuraṭṭhaṃ
Hatthaggata'ṅkāsi matassa rañño
Paṇḍussa sūnuṃ malaye nilīna'
Mānesi pesitva sa'lekhahāraṃ
71
Akiñcanassā'gamana'mpi vīra-
Paṇḍussa'dhīrassa tadā vaditvā
Laṅkā mahārāja varassa laṅkā
Puro sa'paṇṇaṃ pahiṇī pasatthaṃ
[SL Page 093] [\x 93/]
72
Sallakkhiyā'sesa bhiseka yogge
Pasādhanādīni'pi pesayanto
Rajje'bhisiñcassu kumāraka'nti
Pāhesi dūte duratikkamāṇo
73
Haṭṭho kumāro hi paheṇakaṃ taṃ rañño disaṃ natva paṭiggahesi
So daṇḍanātho atha gaṇhituṃ sem-
Ponmāri'māsu'ṅgami vikkameso
74
Duggaṃ purā gaṇhitu'māgatā'pi
Yujjhitva tibbaṃ dvisamaṃ gahetuṃ
Coḷā na sakkhiṃsva'ridappadārī
Te sīhalā'ddhaṃsa'mahassa kālaṃ
75
Nā'tikkamitvā varaṇe duve ca
Bhinditva cattāri ca gopurāni
Duggaṃ paviṭṭhā satasaṅkhiye'pi
Māretva'neke damiḷe'ggahesuṃ
76
Atho parakkantabhujena raññā
Jagajjayākhyo dhajinī patī'pi
Nīto upatthambhayituṃ'sa laṅkā-
Purantikaṃ so samare pavīro
77
Samāgato 'bho'pi tahaṃ tahaṃ hi
Parājitaṃ taṃ samaresva'tho'pi
Raṇāyu'pāgaṃ kira rājinavhaṃ
Puraṃ pasajjaṃ kulasekharākhyaṃ
78
Bhūpaṃ palāpetu'maraṃ purasmā
Bahī'bhavaṃ bhiṃsanaka'ṅkariṃsu
Bhītā sabhūpā damiḷā puranto
Pidhāya dvārāni ṭhitā ahesuṃ
79
Te daṇḍanāthappamukhā'tidakkhā
Yodhā sasajjā varaṇaṃ purassa
Dvāra'ñca bhetvā pana rājinanto
Patvā balaṃ dāmiḷakaṃ nihantvā
[SL Page 094] [\x 94/]
80
Puraṃ'gahesuṃ kulasekharavho
Rājā palāto sahasā purasmā
Laṅkissarāṇāya tu vīrapaṇḍuṃ
Rajje'bhisiñcetu'mathā'rabhiṃsu
81
Bheriṃ carāpetva pure samagge
Sāmantake cakkapurakkhate'pi
Te sannipātetva'bhiseka'maggaṃ
Kārāpayuṃ paṇḍukumārakassa
82
Atho palāto kulasekharo so
Yuddhāya senaṃ pabalaṃ cinitvā
Duggā'gamitvā'dhipatihi saddhiṃ
Parājito sīhalikehi yuddhā
83
Tato saseno sakamātule dve
Tesaṃ bala'ñcā'pi bahūhaye ca
Gahetva coḷādhipatī samatte
Agā palaṅkoṭṭa samañña ṭhānaṃ
84
Laṅkāpuravho ca jagajjayo ca
Gantvā tahaṃ yujjhiya tena yodhe
Ghātetva rāja'ñca palāpayitvā
Sātaṃ palaṅkoṭṭa 'maraṃ'gahesuṃ
85
Taṃ sīhalīyā'pa'nu bandhayantā
Vinibbhayā te caturā ca coḷaṃ
Gantvāna yujjhitva'tha coḷa senā
Ghātetva rājaṃ kulasekharākhyaṃ
86
Palāpayuṃ ponamarāvatīyā
Parājaye'so carimo'ssa nūna
Laṅkāpure bhīmaparakkamo so
Sa'sampahārabbijayaggahītaṃ
87
Vasaṃ'ṅgatassa'gga yasa nnigāla-
Dharāyarassa ddadi coḷadesaṃ
Akaṇṭaka'ṅkatvu'dapaṇḍuraṭṭhaṃ
Sato parakkanti bhujassa rañño
[SL Page 095] [\x 95/]
88
Kahāpaṇe savhasamaṅkite'va
Raṭṭhe tahaṃ voharituṃ niyujja
Coḷā ca paṇḍūvijitā gahīte
Bhūrī manusse karino haye ca
89
Pesesi laṅkaṃ tuvaṭaṃ tadāni
Rājā parakkantibhujo vijetā
Sapaṇḍuraṭṭhajjitisūcakaṃ hi
Katvāna paṇḍubbijaya'nti gāmaṃ
90
Bhovādinaṃ positacāgaveto
Ta'middha'maggaṃ'khilakālika'ñca
Katvā adā dīnahite patiṭṭho
Kadā'diso dissati'dātadabbo
91
Vidita vanipatī bhā nanta dappugga kumha
Puṭanabalamigindekapparakkantabāhu
Dharaṇipati silokāyā'jiyā so jayaggaṃ
Samabhilasi tu rajje gaṇhituṃ no nikantyā
Bhāṇavāraṃ catuttiṃsatimaṃ
----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse mahā
parakkamabāhubhūpatidisāvijayādidīpanonāma
Catuttiṃsatimo paricchedo.
[SL Page 096] [\x 96/]
Pañca tiṃsatimo paricchedo. -------------------
1
Atho mahīpo samara ssama'mpi
Vinodayitvā muni sāsanassa
Suddhi'ñca vuddhiṃ sucira ṭṭhiti'ñca
Sa'kattukāmo vinaye nayaññuṃ
2
Sataṃ mahā kassapa thera pādaṃ
Dhura'ṅkaritvā parisuddha sīlaṃ
Vaṃsattaye bhikkhu gaṇaṃ pavittaṃ
Susannipātetavu'pasampa da'ñca
3
Kāretva vassaṃpati sabba saṅghaṃ
Sambuddha kāle'va pavattayittha
Adhī'ritaṃ kañci'pi sāsanassa
Lokassa vuddhi kiraya'massa rañño
4
Bhūpo'sabhūrī sata saṅkhiyānaṃ
Tappassinaṃ jetavanaṃ vihāraṃ
Nidassituṃ jetavanassiri'va
Kāresi citra ati vimhitaṃ'ñca
5
Sārīsūta tthera varassa tatra
Sahammiyaggabbha sulaṅkata'mpi
Pāsāda'magga'ñca tivaṅka bimba
Sāmissa tannāma gharaṃ mahagghaṃ
6
Kāresi nettagga rasañja naṃ'va
Miginda rūpādihi bhāsura'mpi
Vaṭṭaṃ subhaṃ selamayaṃ vicittaṃ
Dantagga dhātu ssadanaṃ visālaṃ
7
Tahiṃ ghare pañca sata'ñca vīsa'
Māḷāhaṇavhaṃ pariveṇa ma'ggaṃ
Kāresi tattho'ru subhadda rūpa-
Vatya gga thūpe ca duve mahindo
[SL Page 097] [\x 97/]
8
Tato'pi laṅkātilakaṃ paṭīmāva
Ghara'ñca savhaṃ paṭimaṃ ṭhita'ñca
Sajīva buddhā yatakaṃ manuññaṃ
Kāresi laṅkā tilako matīmā
9
Sīmaṃ mahantiṃ api khaṇḍa sīmā
Tisso ca bandhāpayi pacchima'ñca
Salaṅkataṃ'rāma'mathu'ttaraṃ so
Kāresi 'rāmañca vibhediya'ddiṃ
10
Sa'paṇḍu rajjā damiḷe gahīte
Visālatāya ttisatādhika'ñca
Sahassa hatthaṃ damiḷoru thūpaṃ
Kāresi kelāsa'mivā'parañca
11
Suvaṇṇamālī ca'bhayaddiko'ca
So jetavanyaṃ maricā di caṭṭi
Thūpe vare neru sarikkhake'te
Vasundharindo paṭisaṅkharittha
12
Rājā purā coḷa vidārita'nnu
Hatthassataṃ'keka mukhā samantā
Vitthiṇṇakaṃ tattaka'muccato'pi
Pāsāṇa thamhe chasataṃ sahassaṃ
13
Nidhāya gabbhassata saṅkhiyehi
Vibhūsitaṃ sobhana nekabhūmiṃ
Taṃ lohapāsādavaraṃ manuññaṃ
Kāresi kāmaṃ 'chariyāvahantaṃ
14
So saṭṭhi pāsādapabhāsuraṃ hi
Sepaṇṇipupphavhaya yūpa 'maggaṃ
Naṭṭha'mpi pāsāda varaṃ mahinda-
Senā samaññaṃ pana kārayittha
15
Parakkameso vanipo matīmā
Sa'rāja raṭṭhamhi tahaṃ tahaṃ hi
Kāresi ye'kūna sataṃ nave'pi
Thūpe ca tesattatimatta cetye
[SL Page 098] [\x 98/]
16
Sataṃ mahīpo chasahassaka'mpi
Bimbālaye sampaṭisaṅkharitvā
Nave ca jiṇṇe tisataṃ paṭīmā
Gehe ca kārāpayi suddha buddhi
17
Chasatti 'ñcā'pi catussataṃ hi
Nānappakārappaṭima'kkha hārī
Vāse yatīnaṃ dvisata'ñca tiṃsaṃ
Kāresi vāsattha'masesapīne
18
Rammā chapaññāsatidhammasālā
Kāresi rājā nava caṅkameva
Sata'ñca cottāḷisa gopurāni
Tathā sataṃ dvānavutiṃ vicitre
19
Pupphāsanoke caraṇe ca satta
Saṭṭhi'ñca'tho terasa deva vesme
Āgantukatthaṃ'pavane manāpe
Sa'bārasa kkārayi vikkamindo
20
Sālā'tithinaṃ dvisata'ñca tiṃsaṃ
Kāresi citrā vara dhamma sālā
Ekūnatiṃsa'ñca guhe 'katiṃsaṃ
Pañco'pavanyo ca tithīna'sālā
21
Paññāsa'mekaṃ sura mandirāni
Navādhikaṃ sattati'meva jiṇṇe
Tato ca aññe paṭisaṅkharitvā
Mahāsayo sañcini puñña'mevaṃ
22
Dayāparo so vijite'tra sassa
Samiddhi siddhi'ñca'bhipatthayāno
Vāpiṃ parakkatti samudda sañña'
Maññaṃ samuddaṃ viya vissuta'ñca
23
Vāpiṃ parakkantitaḷākanāmaṃ
Parakkamassāgarasavhavāpiṃ
Saraṃ mahindāditaḷākasaññaṃ
Kārāpaya'ññā pacuro'ru vāpī
[SL Page 099] [\x 99/]
24
Sahassa'mekādhikasattati'ñca
Catussataṃpallalake matīmā
Kāresi rājāmaṇibhīrakādi
Mahāsare pākatika'ñca jiṇṇe
25
Sa'satta saṭṭhi'ñca catussata'mpi
Naṭṭhā nuvāpī ca bahū saresu
Jiṇṇāni ṭhāne tisataṃ sahassaṃ
Thira'ñca pañca nnavutiṃ manuññaṃ
26
Bandhāpayī khuddaka mātikāyo
Pañca ssata'ṅkā catutiṃsati'ñca
Tīni ssataṃ kho tisahassamattā
Naṭṭhā'pi'kā pākatikā mahīpo
27
Vibhūsitaṃ puppha phalākulahi
Terūhi kāresi sa'nandanavhaṃ
Uyyāna'maggaṃ atha nāḷikera
Rambhādi sāle pati lakkhaka'mpi
28
Ekeka vaggā pana ropayitvā
Lakkhavha'muyyāna'makārayī taṃ
Atvattha saññāya suvissutaṃ so
Saṅghassa'dānī yasasa'gga yāto
29
Uyyāna khātehi'parehi laṅkaṃ
Salaṅkata'ṅkā sa'tha laṅka nātho
Tahaṃ tahaṃ no yuva rāja raṭṭhe
Kāresi'neka bbidha kicca jāte
30
Sajātaṭhāne sata vīsa hattha
Tuṅga'ñca sūtīghara thūpa rājaṃ
Bāvīsa cetye ca sata'ñca bimbā
Laye guhāpañcadasa'ssu'kāsī
31
Sa'rohaṇasmiṃ janikāya sassa
Susāna ṭhāne pana khīra gāme
Ārohato hattha sata'ñca vīsaṃ
Kāresi thūpaṃ ratanāvalivhaṃ
[SL Page 100] [\x 100/]
32
Thūpe vare soḷasa satta bodhi-
Gehe ca koṭṭhe puna tattake'pi
Citre titāḷīsa dvibhūma bimbā
Laye ca kāresi dvidhammasālā
33
Thūpe ca bimbāvasathe ca bodhi-
Koṭṭhe ca dhātū nilaye guhāca
Dīghe ca yūpe vara dhamma sālā
Sa'caṅkame vāsa ghare maroke
34
Āgantukoke varaṇe ca dvāra-
Koṭṭhe ca potthāvasathe 'pareca
Saṅkhārayitvā uruvela saññe
Mahāsare khuddakavāpiyoca
35
Bandhesi pāsāṇamayā paṇālī
Kāretva bhūrī matimā cirassaṃ
Pavattinaṃ sāsanaloka'māsu'
Makārayī vikkama sāli bhūpo
36
Sataṃ pasattho suta kassapavho
Dhīmā mahāsāmi tipeṭake ca
Satthantarasmiṃ nipuṇo'va bālā-
Vabodhana'ṅkāsi pajā hitāya
37
Sa'laṅkiko dhamma yaso vipassi
Rūpāvatārassuta sakkatīyaṃ
Ganthaṃ varaṃ vyākaraṇaṃ 'sa rañño
Kāle pasatthaṃ vyaracittha sabbhi
38
Itthaṃ visuddha matimā sakala'mpi laṅka'
Mārāma thūpa paṭimā ghara gabbharehi
Vejjālayā tithi nikāya sudhamma sālā
Uyyāna khāta sarasādihiva'laṅkarittha
39
Dibbā surā sura raṇe'tipurā jiniṃsu
Yuddhaṃ sace puna'pi hehiti rajjato'ssa
Tettiṃsame siri parakkamabāhurājaṃ
Vasse pavīra pavaraṃ nu samavhayiṃsu
[SL Page 101] [\x 101/]
40
Kāme samappita mane vibudhe pamatte
Nānāvidhesu kusalesu hitāvahesu
Sikkhāpituṃ diva'magā viya puññasippī
Kasmā nu patthivacaraṃ na samādiseyyuṃ
Bhāṇavāraṃ pañca tiṃsatimaṃ. -----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse mahā parakkama bāhu bhūpatino
Loka sāsana kicca dīpano nāma pañcatiṃsatimo paricchedo.
[SL Page 102] [\x 102/]
Chattiṃsatimo paricchedo.
-----------------
1.
Tadaccaye tassa rañño-bhāgineyyo sahassake
Sattasatekatālīsa-mite sambuddha hāyane
2
Sato vijayabāhū'ti-vissuto dutiyo sudhī
Laṅkā dīpe patthivo'si-kavi ketu yaso cayo
3
Tadā dayo parakkanta-bhujindena damāya ca
Kārā gāresu nikkhitte-jīve mocesi modato
4
Kurumāno rāja savha-manvatthaṃ'va sakaṃ sakaṃ
Tesaṃ tesa'madā gāma-kkhettādiṃ sa'disampati
5
Ādiṃ vijaya bāhū'va-papitā sassa māgadhaṃ
Pesetvā ramaṇindassa-lekhaṃ sakhyaṃ ghaṭesi so
6
Sāsanaṃ joyatī bhikkhū-'paṭṭhahī paccayehi ca
Manu nīti'mavokkamma-lokaṃ rañjesi vatthuhi
7
Parakkama bhujaṃ rāja-mupagantuṃ'va mātulaṃ
Cinanto vividhaṃ puññaṃ-samaṃ rajja'makā pabhū
8
Mahinda sañño kāliṅgo-mittaddūbhi mahīpatiṃ
Ghātetvā rajja'makari-pañcāhaṃ sammatiṃ vinā
9
Mahindaṃ chaṭṭhamaṃ hantvā-rañño vijaya bāhuno
Kittinissaṅka nāmo'pa-rājā kāliṅgiko tato
10
Pattā bhiseko so rajje-puḷatthi pura puṅgave
Silāmayaṃ danta dhātu-ghara'ṅkāresi bhūbhujo
11
Khaṇḍa phullaṃ saṅkharitvā-ratanāvali cetiyaṃ
Salaṅkarittha sovaṇṇa-thūpikāya naruttamo
12
Sābhidhānaṃ vihāra'ñca-pāsāda sata bhūsitaṃ
Kāretvā bhikkhu saṅghassa-nīyyātayi mahāsayo
13
Hema sajjhu bbhāsabhitti-thamhātimattābhāsuraṃ
Kambucchaddiṭṭhikaṃ kantaṃ-hiṅgulammayabhūmikaṃ
14 Kāretvā jambukoḷavhaṃ-vihāraṃ tatra citrakaṃ
Patiṭṭhāpesi paṭimā-sovaṇṇiyā tisattatiṃ
15
Tato soṇṇa girī jambu-koḷo'ti vidito tahiṃ
Rañño dārumayaṃ bimbaṃ-kammanta paridīpakaṃ
[SL Page 103] [\x 103/]
16
Disampati manakkāraṃ-ṭhapesa'jjā'pi dissate
Pañcakkhattuṃ pativassaṃ-tulā bhāra'madā sato
17
Soṇṇa tissaṃ maṇicoraṃ-gaṅgā taṭavhayaṃ padiṃ
Vāpiyo tā pabandhesi-sadā jana hite rato
18
Dakkhiṇe sindhu dese'va-likhitvā tambasāsane
Gāma bhūmi ppadānaṃ hi-ādi'mārabhi bhūbhujo
19
Vidhāya vividhaṃ puññaṃ-navame hāyane dayo
Nara devo deva piyo-gami deva sahavyataṃ
20
Tadaccaye tassa suto-vīrabāhu disampati
Katve'kaṃ'va nisaṃ rajja-'māyuṃ jahāsa'kāmato
21
Akā vikkamabāhū'ti-patthivo dutiyo atho
Kittinissaṅka bhūpassa-rajjaṃ māsattayaṃ'nujo
22
Hantvā taṃ kittinissaṅka-rājino bhaginī suto
Navamāsaṃ'vanipati-rajja'ṅkā coḍagaṅgako
23
Tassa cakkhu'ppāṭayitvā-'vanipaṃ apanetva'tho
Kitti senā patī rañño-parakkama bhujassa tu
24
Kāresi tisamaṃ rajjaṃ-līlāvati mahesiyā
Tade'va racayī kabba-tilakaṃ koci paṇḍito
25
Tato yāhasa mallavho-okkāsa kulajo pabhū
Dvicassaṃ rajja'makari-ta'mpanetvā mahabbalo
26
Āyasmanta vha senānī-kittinissaṅkadeviyā
Kaḷyāṇavatiyā rajjaṃ-kārāpayi chahāyanaṃ
27
Sā rājinī paṇṇa sāla-gāme saka samaññikaṃ
Vihāra'ṅkārayī khandhā-vārābhijana sambhavo
28
Āyasmanto camupati-valligāme vihārakaṃ
Sanāmapariveṇa'ñca-kāresi kusalatthiko
29
Catubbaṇṇa'ñca saṅkiṇṇaṃ-katvā'saṅkiṇṇakaṃ tadā
Dhammādhikaraṇa'nnāma-niti sattha'makārayī
30
Athā'yasmanta senānī-dhammāsoka samavhayaṃ
Temāsikaṃ'bhisiñcitvā-samaṃ rajjaṃ vicārayī
[SL Page 104] [\x 104/]
31
Tato kumāro'ṇīkaṅgo-sabalo'gamma coḷato
Puḷatthi nagarādhīsaṃ-dhammāsokaṃ mahīpatiṃ
32
Sāyasmantaṃ nihantvāna-so sattarasavāsaraṃ
Rajja'ṅkā atha tasse'va-camūnakka balādhipo
33
Hantvā'ṇikaṅga mahipaṃ-purā rājiniyā samaṃ
Kantāya līlāvatiyā-rajja'ṅkārayi sundaraṃ
34
Tato lokissara khyāto-bhūbhujo'dāya dāmiḷaṃ
Āgammi'dha'khilaṃ laṅkaṃ-savase vattayaṃ pabhū
35
Nava māsaṃ sāsi rajjaṃ-puḷatthi nagare subhe
Tadā parakkanta camū-pati rāja gga deviyā
36
Lilāvatyā satta māsaṃ-rajja'ṅkārāpayī puna
Athā'gamma parakkanta-paṇḍu rājā savāhinī
37
Līlāvatiṃ'panetvāna-senāpati'ñca vikkamaṃ
Rajja'ṅkāsi tivassaṃ sa-'puḷatthi nagare vasaṃ
38
Atha laṅkā pajā jāta-kibbisene'va sabbaso
Laṅkā laṅkāra pāsāda-phuliṅga sannibho pabhū
39
Kāliṅga vaṃsajo māgha-nāme'ko patthivo balova
Catu vīsa sahassa cci-yodhe'dāyi'dha'gamma so
40
Laṅkā rajjaṃ nipīḷetuṃ-niyojesi tahaṃ tahaṃ
Tato kharā mahā yodhā-'maccānaṃ'chindayuṃ dhanaṃ
41
Vihāre paṭimā vāse-dhaṃsesuṃ pubba rājunaṃ
Kitti gatta nibhe tuṅge-ratanāvalī mukhyake
42
Pātentā cetiye dhātu-satthussa'ntaradhāpayuṃ
Mocetvā rajjuto seṭṭha-potthake vikiruṃ tadā
43
Bhinditvā dhātu gabbhe ca-dhanasāraṃ samaggahuṃva
Loka'ñca sāsanaṃ yodhā-nāsayuṃ māraseni'ca
44
Nirundhiya puḷatthi vha-puraṃ paṇḍū parakkamaṃ
Patthivaṃ parigaṇhitvā-tassu'ppāṭiṃsu locane
45
Muttā maṇi veḷuriyā-dikaṃ vittaṃ vilumpayuṃ
Kāliṅga māghaṃ rajje'ha-'bhisiñciṃsu yathā ruci
[SL Page 105] [\x 105/]
46
Laṅkaṃ hattha gata'ṅkatvā-puḷatthi nagare vasaṃ
Laṅkā laṅkata kantāya-kudiṭṭhi visa lakkhaṇe
47
Janaya'ñca catu bbaṇṇaṃ-saṅkiṇṇa'makarī tadā
Gāma kkhettādikaṃ sabbaṃ-sīhalā dhīna'muttamaṃ
48
Sakīyāna'madāpesi-vihārā yatanāni ca
Pariveṇe ca yodhānaṃ-vāsāya parikappayī
49
Tadā mahāsayā therā-dayā vācissarādayo
Bhītiyā māghato danta-dhātuṃ patta'ñca satthuno
50
Samādiya puḷatthivha-purā kuntamalavhaye
Dese nidhāya ṭhānamhi-kheme pāra'ṅgamuṃ sayaṃ
51
Pasayha me'vaṃ katvāna-māgha nāma mahīpati
Laṅkā rajja'makāresi-saṃvacchare'kavīsatiṃ
52
Tadantare durā rohe-'rātīhi subha pabbate
Puraṃ katvā subho sena-pati tattha vasaṃ disaṃ
53
Sāsana'ñca susaṃrakkhī-govindaddimhi rohaṇe
Puraṃ katvā bhuvenaka-bhujo'dipāda bhūpati
54
Vasaṃ tahaṃ sāsana'ñca-raṭṭhaṃ pālesi bhattiyā
Saṅkha nāmo cakka pati-maṇimekhala vissūte
55
Vijite tuṅga gaṅgādi-doṇiddimhi puraṃ varaṃ
Kāretvāna vasaṃ tamhi-gopesi loka sāsanaṃ
56
Lambakaṇṇakula bbhūta-saṅgha bodhi tvayāgato
Rājā vijayabāha vhova-ribhayā'tha tahiṃ tahiṃ
57
Vana dugga'mupāgamma ciraṃ tattha vasaṃ sayaṃ
Vanni rājattanaṃ patvā-'macce sihalike'khile
58
Savase vattayaṃ sassa-senāya parivārito
Nikkhamitvā tato'rāti-balaṃ saṃyugasajjitaṃ
59
Dhaṃsayanto yathākāmaṃ-nivasante tahiṃ tahiṃ
Palāpesa'khile yodhe-dāmiḷe'pitato tato
60
Jambudoṇi cale katvā-māyāraṭṭha'makaṇṭakaṃ
Vidhāya nagaraṃ rammaṃ-rajja'ṅkāsi vasaṃ tahaṃ
[SL Page 106] [\x 106/]
61
Suto vijayabāhū'ti-tatiyo dharaṇissaro
Purā pāraṃ gate there-vācissaravhayādayo
62
Pesetvā sacive'bhiññe-puna'vhāpesi sambhamaṃ
Natvā'gate mahāthere-pucchi dhātudvayaṃ kuhaṃ
63
Asukasmi'nti vutte tu-pitiyā puṇṇa mānaso
Purakkhatvā mahāthere-sa'kuntamalayā calaṃ
64
Saseno'gami dāṭhā ca-patto dhātu yugaṃ tahaṃ
Disvā'matābhisitto'va-mahena mahatā sutaṃ
65
Jambudoṇi puraṃ netvā-mālūra sikharu'ṇṇate
Pākāra gopurā dagga-parihāra samaññutaṃ
66
Divāgataṃ vyamha'miva-dāṭhādhātu gharaṃ varaṃ
Kāretvā tattha vaḍḍhesi-dhātu dvandaṃ sa'puññavā
67
Dhātu tāṇā dhissarānaṃ-yatīnaṃ sādhu sīlinaṃ
Nānā pāsāda sambhāsaṃ-saṅghā rāma'ñca kārayi
68
Datvā dāna gga vaṭṭa'ñca-paṭṭhapī'nuddayo tadā
Pūjā vidhiṃ pavattetuṃ-vavatthāpayi patthivo
69
Nāsitānā'rīhi dhamma-pasattha bahu potthake
Sutvāne'ti sādhu sīgha-lekhanābhiññake tato
70
Saddhe pasanne pacure-sannipātetva bhūpati
Likhāpayī tepiṭakaṃ-sammā sambuddha bhāratiṃ
71
Asamaggaṃ samagga'ñca-kāretvā bhikkhunaṃ gaṇaṃ
Sattāha'mupasampatti-maṅgalaṃ kārayī sudhī
72
Kāresi saka saññāya-'rāmaṃ vijaya sundaraṃ
Tato vattala gāmasmiṃ-vihāraṃ vijayabbhujaṃ
73
Kaḷyāṇi nāme viddhastaṃ-vihāre damiḷehi so
Bandhāpetvā mahā thūpaṃ-kāresi soṇṇa thūpikaṃ
74
Tathe'va māyā raṭṭhasmiṃ-jiṇṇe ca paṭimā ghare
Vihāre pariveṇe ca-pāsāde paṭisaṅkhari
75
Rañño parakkanta bhujo-bhuvaneka bhujo sutā
Tesu parakkanta bāhuṃ-'trajaṃ sapuñña lakkhaṇaṃ
[SL Page 107] [\x 107/]
76
Saṅgha rakkhitābhidhāna-mahā sāmi padhānake
Nīyyādetvāna saṅghasmiṃ-vijayabāhu bhūbhujo
77
Puna tassā'pi dāṭha gga-patta dhātu yugaṃ tathā
Saṅgha'ñca sakalaṃ laṅkaṃ-nīyyadetvā'nusāsayī
78
Vidita samaya sattho puñña pūgaṃ cinitvā'
Yati phala'miti kaṅkhaṃ laṅka pāmokkha khette
Naravara varabījaṃ nikkhipitvāna nāka'
Magami catu samaṃ so patthivo katva rajjaṃ.
Bhāṇavāraṃ chattiṃsatimaṃ.
---------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse cuddasa rāja dīpano nāma
Chattiṃsatimo paricchedo.
[SL Page 108] [\x 108/]
1
Atho tassa'ccaye rañño-parakkamabhujo suto
Dutiyo sahasse satta-sate catunavutime
2
Hāyena paṭhamaṃ rajjā-bhiseka maṅgalaṃ varaṃ
Kāresi jambudoṇīyaṃ-purisaṃ mahatā mahā
3
So kalikālasāhicca-sabbaññū paṇḍito iti
Samaññaṃ'labhi paññāta-paṇḍitattā disampati
4
Yuvarajje'bhisiñcitvā-bhuvanekabhujaṃ'nujaṃ
Rajjabhāga'madā tassa-sirimā dharaṇissaro
5
Vidhātukāmo dasana-dhātumānana 'mādito
Rājamandirañattasmiṃ-dāṭhādhātugharaṃ varaṃ
6
Kāretvā'nagghikaṃ dāṭhā-dhātuṃ māḷuva pabbatā
Samānesi jambudoṇi-puraṃ mahussavena so
7
Yathākkamaṃ maṇisoṇṇa-sajjhumayakaraṇḍake tayo kāresi dhātussa-maṇinā dhāraka'mpi
ca
8
Tato dhātumahaṃ katvā-dāṭhādhātuṃ sapāṇinā
Samādaraṃ samādāya-saṅghamajjhamhi satthuno
9
Guṇaṃ saṃvaṇṇayaṃ sacca-kiraya'ṅkā pāṭihāriyaṃ
Dāṭhā dhātu sāmi varo-sādhu dasseyya me iti
10
Ta'ṅkhaṇaññe'va dasana-dhātu kararavindato
Vehāsa'muggamitvāna-canda lekhe'va pīvaraṃ
11
Māpetvā mārajī rūpaṃ-chabbaṇṇa buddha raṃsiyo
Vissajjetvāna kasiṇa-pura'mohāsiya'bbhutaṃ
12
Pāṭiheraṃ padassetvā-sajanaṃ mahipaṃ bhusaṃ
Vimbhāpayanti nabhaso-'ruyha rañño kareṭhito
13
Jīvitaṃ vata me ajja-saphala'nti mudā vadaṃ
Dhātu pādaṃ samuggesu-vaḍḍhetvā paṭipāṭiyā
14
Patiṭṭhāpiya dhātvagga-karaṇḍaṃ dhātu mandire
Dhātupūja'ṅkāsi rājā-sattāhaṃ modamānaso
15
Tato mahājanā sabbe-sabhikkhū maharājini
Pasannā'tisayaṃ'hesuṃ-patāpāvanatā'ttano
[SL Page 109] [\x 109/]
16
Sesā narādhipā tassa-paṇṇākārāni pesayuṃ
Tesaṃ camū sasenā ca-sannipātetva ekato
17
Senānivese kāretvā-tatra tatra ṭhite hi ca
Balakkāra'ṅkarontehi-dāmiḷehi viyujjhiya
18
So'ppāṭetvā'rāti rañña-thambhaṃ samūlakaṃ lahuṃ
Nikkaṇṭaka'ṅkā siriyā-laṅkāvanitalaṅkitaṃ
19
Kāretu'middhaṃ laṅkaṃ tu-samāraddhe'ssa rājino
Vasse'kādasame canda-bhānū'ti vidito tadā
20
Jāvake'ko mahīpālo-laṅka'motari senayā
Maya'mpi sogate'tya'mha-māyaṃ vidhāya jāvakā
21
Yodhā visa vididdhehi-bāṇehi diṭṭhadiṭṭhake
Jane nipīḷayantā te-nāsayuṃ laṅka maṇḍalaṃ
22
Raṇāya jāva yodhehi-vīrabāhu dharāpatiṃ
Bhāgineyyaṃ sahabalaṃ-pesesi sīhavikkamaṃ
23
Dāruṇo so vīrabāhu-sobbhānu raṇa pesalo
Candabhānuṃ bhusaṃ rundhī-saṃyugambarapaṅgane
24
Yodhe pavīre laṅkīye-niyojīya tahaṃ tahaṃ
Yujjhitvā jāvake yodhe-ghātetvā secake bhaṭe
25
Palāpesi atho deva-puraṃ gantvāna kesavaṃ
Dibbaṃ natvā'bhipūjesi-tahaṃ nandana saññakaṃ
26
Pariveṇa'ñca kāretvā-jambudoṇi puraṃ puna
Gantvā parakkantibhujaṃ-passi rājā'pi pitimā
27
Tato mahīpati loka-sāsanodayike subhe
Kicce'rabhī kārayituṃ-dayā sampuṇṇa mānaso
28
Purā'rātīha'vahaṭe-'nvayappaveṇike subhe
Gāma kkhettā dayo tesaṃ-tesaṃ dāpesi sāminaṃ
29
Vihāra cetiyā yatte-bhoge pādā sanantane
Panodiyā'lajjī gaṇaṃ-sāsanaṃ parisodhayī
30
Atho sīla samiddhe tu-tipeṭaka dhare yatī
Coḷato netvi'dhā'kāsi-samaggaṃ sāsana dvayaṃ
[SL Page 110] [\x 110/]
31
Tamba raṭṭhe lajji bhikkhu-gaṇesu seṭṭhata'ṅgataṃ
Dhamma kitti ssutaṃ thera-'mānetvā samupaṭṭhahi
32
Mahātherānaṃ'maṭṭhanna-'maṭṭhāyatana vāsinaṃ
Gāmā raññika therānaṃ-nivāsā raha rāmake
33
Kāretvā bahavo'dāsi-cinitvā gāma raññake
Yo dhutaṅga dharā tesaṃ-puṭa bhatta mahīdhare
34
Kāretvā 'rañña vāsaṃ so-datvā tesa'mupaṭṭhahī
Idhā'gamadharā dīpe-viralā'ti dharāpatī
35
Samatta potthake jambu-dīpā'netvā yaticcayaṃ
Dhamme paṭutaraṃ sabba-satthesu ca sa 'kārayī
36
Yuvarājaṃ'nujaṃ sassa-bhuvanekabhujaṃ budho
Kosalaṃ kārayī tīsu-piṭakesu ca sundaraṃ
37
Vācetvā taṃ thera dhammaṃ-suṇataṃ bhikkhūnaṃ tahaṃ
Saṅgha majjhe padāpesi-thera sammuti'muttamaṃ
38
Kāretva'ṭṭhasu vāresu-saṭṭhitthambhaniketanaṃ
Vicitta maṇḍape tamhi-yathābuḍḍhaṃ tapodhane
39
Nisīdāpiya vattento-maha'magga'ñca paccahaṃ
hānantara'madāpesi-bhikkhūna'ñcayathārahaṃ
40
Dāpetvā sāmaṇerāna-'mupasampatti'muttamaṃ
Bhūpo aṭṭhu'pasampatti-maṅgala'ṅkārayī tadā
41
Atho sayañjāta pure-sirivaḍḍhananāmike
Mahāvihāra'ṅkāresi-vihāraṅgehi bhāsuraṃ
42
Jambudoṇi purā yāca-seṅkhaṇḍa sela ṭhāniyaṃ
Kāretvāna'yana sammā-samaṃ bheri talopamaṃ
43
Vicitta toraṇā dīhi-sajjāpetvā salaṅkate
Mahārathe'ropayitvā-dāṭhā patta gga dhātuyo
44
Mahena mahatā netvā-sirivaḍḍhana vissūtaṃ
Puraṃ vihāraṃ majjhamhi-mahaggha maṇimaṇḍape
45
Buddhāsana matthakasmiṃ-patiṭṭhāpiya mānanaṃ
Kāretvā katipāhaṃ tā-jambudoṇi puraṃ nayī
[SL Page 111] [\x 111/]
46
Sirivaḍḍhana pure ramme-parakkama bhuja vhayaṃ
Pariveṇa'ñca kāresi-pāsāda panti bhūsitaṃ
47
Yuvarājena tannāmaṃ-bhuvaneka bhuja ssutaṃ
Kāresi pariveṇañca-yūpa maṇḍapa maṇḍitaṃ
48
Hatthi sela pure rājā-tannāmaṃ yuva rājinā
Mahā vihāra'ṅkāretvā-tatthe'vā'ti mano haraṃ
49
Mahā mahinda bāhū'ti-pariveṇa'ñca kāriya
Raññā yaṭālatissena-kalyāṇi pura puṅgave
50
Yūpaṃ kārāpitaṃ jiṇṇaṃ-pañca bhūmaka'muttamaṃ
Paṭisaṅkhārayī sammā-atho pākatika'ñca'kā
51
Sayita ppaṭimoka ñca-tivaṅka paṭimālayaṃ
Paṭisaṅkhārayitvā'tra-mahācetiya cavvaraṃ
52
Puthūlehi chādetvā-vidhāpiya samattalaṃ
Maṇḍapaṃ kārayī assa-pūrato'ti manoramaṃ
53
Tato goṭhābhaya vhena-rājinā kāritaṃ purā
Vaṭṭadhātugharaṃ hattha-vanagalla vihārake
54
Kārāpayī'naggha hema-siṅgika'ñca tibhūmakaṃ
Tahaṃ sapitubhūpatta-bhāva nikkhepa bhūmiyaṃ
55
Kārāpetvā cetiya ggaṃ-aṭṭhaṃsa paṭimā layaṃ
Vidhāpiya tahaṃ bimbaṃ-ṭhapāpayi silā mayaṃ
56
Mahākassapa therassa-mahākhīṇā savassa tu
Dāṭhādhātu pane'kākī-bhīma tittha vihārake
57
Vattatī'ti suṇitvā so-bhūbhujo tuṭṭha mānaso
Samaṃ senāya gantvāna-sampūje'si dinattayaṃ
58
Atha deva pure rājā-jiṇṇaṃ hari surā layaṃ
Sutvā vyamhaṃ'va kāretvā-navaṃ sasirikaṃ puraṃ
59
Vidhipetvā pati samaṃ-'sāḷhi maṅgala'mussavaṃ
Niyojesi pavattetuṃ-devaccana'makārayī
60
Patthivo'ccanta pāmojjo-'sakiṃ rajjena pūjituṃ
Cintetvā rāja bhavanaṃ-vejayantaṃ'va kāriya
[SL Page 112] [\x 112/]
61
Dibbaṃ puraṃ'va'laṅkatvā-puraṃ sīhāsane vare
Danta dhātuṃ ṭhapetvāna-mahāpūjā pavattayī
62
Atho rājā caturaṅga-senāya parivārito
Sumana ddiṃ yaso gamma-vanditvā pada lañchanaṃ
63
Taṃ samantā janapadaṃ-ratanā kara bhūsitaṃ
Dasa gāvuta matta'mpi-sirīpādassa'dā sato
64
Atho so dharaṇī pālo-cinituṃ puñña sampadaṃ
Devappatīrājamaccaṃ-kattu'mpi loka saṅgahaṃ
65
Niyojesi sasaññāya-so vā'do sacivo dayo gaṅgā siri puraṃ gantvā-sumanānimisassa tu
66
Kārāpetvā varaṃ rūpaṃ-'laṅkatvā ratanādihi
Ta'mādāya samantaddiṃ-'gami setū ca kārayaṃ
67
Sirī pādaṃ namassitvā-pūjetvāna samādaraṃ
Dibba bimbaṃ tahaṃ pāda-cetiyā jira kuñjare
68
Patiṭṭhapetvā caraṇa-lañcha cetiya maṇḍapaṃ
Kārāpetvā taṃ samantā-caraṇa'ñcā'pi bandhayī
69
Sirīpādappanāmāya-janānaṃ gacchataṃ bhusaṃ
Phāsuyā'ddha'ñca kāresi-vissāmasadanānica
70
Pāsāṇa rohaṇe tattha-tattha bandhāpayī lahuṃva
Likhipetvā 'khilaṃ vuttiṃ-silāthamhe ṭhapāpayī
71
Gantvā'tha sacivo hattha-vanagalla vihārakaṃ tubhumaka'ñca pāsādaṃ-kāretvā rājino varaṃ
72
Āgamma'nomadassissa-mahāsāmissa taṃ dadi
Paṭṭhapetvā dānavaṭṭaṃ-silālekhaṃ ṭhapāpayī
73
Athā'macco bhīmatittha-paṭṭanaṃ gatavā tahiṃ
Kāḷī nadī mukhe setuṃ-'kāsi chāsītihatthakaṃ
74
Kadalī sena gāmasmiṃ-sālaggāmāpagāyaca
Sāla pādapa sobbhe ca-setu bandhāpayī yaso
75
Sacivo bhīma tittha vhā-vihārā'kāḷa sindhuyā
hāne'pi yojanā yāte-nāḷikera samākulaṃ
[SL Page 113] [\x 113/]
76
Mahuyyānaṃ parakkanta-bhuja rājā bhidhānato
Kārāpayi pāṇi gaṇa-hitatthi mahatu'ssahā
77
Chedāpetvāna likuca-vanaṃ saṃvasathaṃ subhaṃ
Kārāpetvāna paṇasa-kānanaṃ puna ropiya
78
Tahaṃ tibhūmaṃ paṭimā-gharaṃ rāma'ñca rammakaṃ
Bodhi cetiya pākāra-saññuta'ṅkārayī mato
79
Saya'ṅkate patirāja-pariveṇe'dhipokavi
Siddhanta saṅgaha'ṅkāsi-sīhalaṃ saddalakkhaṇaṃ
80
Parakkamabhujo rājā-pūtakitti kaviddhajo
Kabbacūḷāmaṇiṃ kabbaṃ-kabbānaṃ'va siromaṇiṃ
81
Visuddhi magga byākhyāna-'mathe gambhīra gabbhitaṃ
Vinicchayassa viniye-byākhya'ṅkāya'ttha sūcakaṃ
82
Mayūrapāda vha pari-veṇe'dhīso yatissaro
Pūjāvalī dhamma ganthaṃ-tade'vā'kā sabhāsato
83
Vyattā vyaracayuṃ dhīrā-thūpavaṃsaṃ tathe'va ca
Vihāramhi vaṃsaṃ hattha-vanagalla samaññake
84
Dhammakitti ssuto thero-sirimeghādi vaṇṇato
Paṭṭhāya yāva dutiya-parakkamabhuja vhayaṃ
85
Pavatti maggaṃ laṅkāyaṃ-saṅghaṭṭiya yathākkamaṃ
Antogadha'ṅkāsi mahā-vaṃsamhi suddhabuddhiyā
86
Athe'kadā tu laṅkāyaṃ-yena kenaci hetunā
Samatta tāpako gimho-āsi dubbhikkha bhīti ca
87
Bhūpo vatthuttayaṃ nātha-devādayo mahiddhike
Pūjetvā bhikkhu saṅghena-paritta'ñca bhaṇāpiya
88
Radadhātuṃ puraṃ ramma-kāretvā padakkhiṇaṃ
Samadhiṭṭhahi devotu-vassatū'ti mahādayo
89
Ta'ṅkhaṇa ññe'va pāvassi-vassanaṃ gajjayaṃ nabhaṃ
Bhūsayaṃ sassa sampattiṃ-dubbhikkhassa'pahāsayaṃ
90
Kavissaro parakkanta-bāhu rājā mahāsayo
Pāva vuddhattanaṃ nīyyā-detuṃ rajjaṃ sakaṃ puna
[SL Page 114] [\x 114/]
91
Bhāgineyyaṃ vīrabāhuṃ-tathā vijayabāhu ca
Bhuvanekabhujavho ca-tathā tilokamallako
92
Parakkamabbāhu sañño-jayabāhā bhidho tathā
Icce'te pañca putteca-samāhūyo'vaditva'tha
93
Mahājanaṃ mahāsaṅghaṃ-sannipātetva sādaraṃ
Ko ve'tesaṃ rajjayoggo-sahatiṃpucchi patthivo
94
Mahā saṅgho tahaṃ'voca-bhūpe'te ca mahādhitī
Bhāgadheyyā rajjayoggā-'bhavuṃ tathā'pi jeṭṭhako
95
Suto vijayabāhavho-rajjakkhamo 'ti tagguṇaṃ
Saṃvaṇṇayaṃ para'mpī'daṃ-rajja'meva na kevalaṃ
96
Pāletuṃ jambudīpa'mpi-vijjate subha lakkhaṇaṃ
Sutvā bahū guṇe tassa-bhāsassu temitakkhako
97
Sutaṃ vijayabāhū'ti-viditaṃ'hūya sādaraṃ
Samāsane samīpasmiṃ-nisīdāpiya patthivo
98
Akāritaṃ sayaṃ sabbaṃ-loka sāsana kāriyaṃ
Kattabba'nti puḷatthivhaṃ-nagara'mpi yathā purā
99
Purā dāṭhā dhātu ghare-danta patta gga dhātuyo
Patiṭṭhāpaya tatre'ti-nivediya mahāmati
100
Pubba rāja gga nagare-'bhiseka maṅgalussavaṃ
Kattu'micchāmī'ti vatvā-rajjaṃ ṭhapesi takkare
101
Atho vijayabāhū'pi-paṭissutvā tathe'ti so
Rājino pituno rajja-bhāraṃ vahi disampati
102
Mā hotu pituno rañño-soko 'trajaviyogajo
Parakkamabhujavho ca-jayabāhū'ti dve'nuje
103
Rājantike nivāsetvā-ato tilokamallakaṃ
Pakkosetvā jambudoṇi-purā ā dakkhiṇaṇṇavā
104
Tadantarappadesaṃ'sa-datvā rakkhāya rājino
Koḷambanagarā sanne-mahāvattala gāmake
105
Niyojetvā bhuvaneka-bāhuno'ttarakaṃ disaṃ
Datvā taṃ rakkhituṃ vāsaṃ-kāresi subha pabbate
[SL Page 115] [\x 115/]
106
Atho so vijayo vīra-bāhunā saha sajjito
Caturaṅgabalaṃ gayha-nikkhamī purato tato
107
Mahāduggaṃ vātagiriṃ-gantvā bhūdharamuddhani
Rājāgāra'ñca kāretvā-pitudattaṃ mahāddhanaṃ
108
Nidhabhitvāna'padatthaṃ-tahiṃ ṭhapesi sopuna
Kāretvā tattha rāma'ndā-sumaṅgala yatissare
109
Atha gaṅgāsiripuraṃ-gantvā tatra purātane
Nigamaggāmapāsāda-vihāre khaṇḍa phullakaṃ
Paṭisaṅkhārayī bhūpo-sinduravāna savhaye
110
hāne vihāra'ñca vana-ggāmapāsāda'muttamaṃ
Pariveṇa'ñca abhaya-rājanāmaṃ sa'kārayī
111
Atho hatthi ssela puraṃ-gantvā cullapitussa tu
Rañño'ttabhāva nikkhepa-ṭhānaṃpassiya dukkhito
112
Tahaṃ tibhūmakaṃ bhūpo-munelaya'mudu'ttamaṃ
Kāretvā buddhapaṭimaṃ-cullapitu sarikkhakaṃ
113
hapesi rūpaṃ kāretvā-sabbā bharaṇa saññutaṃ
Tannāma pariveṇa'ñca-kāresi tattha khattiyo
114
Tato nikkhamma mahipo-senaṅgehi purakkhato
Subhācalapuraṃ'gañchi-purā yuddhe palāpito
115
Puna'rapya'vanī pālo-candabhānu suvissuto
Paṇḍuppabhuti raṭṭhehi-mahāsenaṅga'mādiya
116
Otaritvā mahātitthaṃ-sajāvakabhaṭo bahū
Sīhale ca vasī katvā-gantvā subhagiriṃ puraṃ
117
Khandhāvāraṃ tahaṃ bandhī-tadā vijayabāhu'pi
Sammantitvā vīrabāhu-nāmena vīrasālinā
118
Gantvā sena'mpi sajjetvā-raṇāya candabhānunā
Dhajiniṃ tassa rundhitvā-pavattesuṃ mahāraṇaṃ
119
Candabhānubhaṭā yācuṃ-saraṇaṃ'ṅke tahaṃ raṇe
Ito ci'to'pare yodhā-dhāviṃsva'tha bhayadditā
120
Hantvā bahū bhaṭe tamhi-candabhānuṃ palāpiya
Jayacchattā dikaṃ tassa-sabbaṃ gaṇhiya bhūpati
[SL Page 116] [\x 116/]
121
Mahārājantikaṃ nesi-taṃ khila'ñca mahādhanaṃ
Laṅkaṃ vijitasaṅgāmo-'kātapatta'makā lahuṃ
122
Athā'pi taṃ pura'mucca-varaṇapparikhāvutaṃ
Sajjetvā bhūpapāsādaṃ-kāripayi manoramaṃ
123
Subhācale bhuvaneka-bhujaṃ sahajakaṃ pana
hapesa'tha mahīpālo-'nurādhapurapuṅgavaṃ
124
Gantvāna thūpārāmādi-cetiyānaṃ samantato
Saṃvaḍḍhitaṃ mahāraññaṃ-chedāpetvā mahīpati
125
Navakammāni kāretvā-thūpānaṃ sādhu sabbathā
Pituraññā samāraddhaṃ-ratanāvalicetiye
126
Katvāna'niṭṭhitaṃ sabbaṃ-navakammaṃ suniṭṭhitaṃ
Kattukāmo lahuṃ sippī-janaṃ yojiya sikkhitaṃ
127
Takkārāpana bhāraṃ hi-saṅghe ṭhapetva sambhamaṃ
Tato puḷatthi nagaraṃ-'gañchittha tattha vaḍḍhitaṃ
128
Mahāvanaṃ visodhetvā-mahārājassa'nuññayā
Visāradehi sippīhi-siddhaṭṭhānāni pubbike
129
Rājamandira pākāra-gopurapparikhādikaṃ
Sabbaṃ kārāpayitvāna-yathāpurā puruttamaṃ
130
Puraṃ puraṅga saññuttaṃ-katvā niṭṭhāpayī pabhū
Pure tahaṃ siriṃ disvā-asahanti'marāvatī
131
Adissamānā'pagatā-viyā'bhiseka maṅgalaṃ
Kātu'māgacchatu'dāni-piturājantikaṃ lahuṃ
132
Dūtaṃ pāhesi nikhilaṃ-vatvā vuttiṃ yathākkamaṃ
Sutvā dūtamukhā sabbaṃ-pīto cakkapurakkhato
133
Mahussavena so mūla-rājadhāni'magā yaso
Rājā vijayabāhū'pi-paccuggantvā'nayī pabhuṃ
134
Ramme pure rājino 'tha-'bhisekamaṅgalussavaṃ
Pavattayittha sattāha-yathākāmaṃ yathākamaṃ
135
Vīrabāhuṃ rājaraṭṭhe-nivattetvāna satthuno
Dhātuye'nemi rājena-jambudoṇipura'ṅgami
[SL Page 117] [\x 117/]
136
Jambudoṇi purā'yāva-puḷatthi pura kuñjaraṃ
Samīkataṃ mahāmaggaṃ-'laṅkaritvāna 'nekadhā
137
Mahārathe mahagghasmiṃ-saṇṭhapetvā dvidhātuyo
Pavattento mahāpūjaṃ-mahena tā puraṃ nayī
138
Purātane dhātughare-pallaṅke ratanammaye
Patiṭṭhāpayi dhātvagge-vattamāne mahussave
139
Tato paṭṭhāya'nudinaṃ-'neka pūjāvidhiṃ mudā māsattayaṃ pavattesi-rājañño 'timanoharaṃ
140
Atho'pasampadaṃ seṭṭhaṃ-maṅgalaṃ tattha bhūpati
Sahassatitthe kāretuṃ-pūjāvatthuṃ mahagghikaṃ
141
Saṭṭhitthambhālayaṃ netvā-yatayo sīlasampadā
Sannipatantū'ti vatvā-dūte pāhesi sabbadhi
142
Samāgataṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ-samupaṭṭhiya sādaro
Pavattesa'ddhamāsaṃ so-upasampattimaṅgalaṃ
143
Tato paraṃmahāsāmi-padādiṃ yatinaṃ varaṃ
Dāpesi vijayabāhu-bhūpo sāsana māmako
144
Pitupatthiva saññāya-loka sāsana saṅgahaṃ
Katvāna taṃ'khilaṃ rañño-nivedesi mahāmati
145
Itthaṃ gatta pavutti citta'makhilaṃ lokamha'tho sāsane
Yojento janayaṃ'bhivuddhi'manisaṃ patta gga puñña ssiri
Nīyyādetva sutassa rajja'matulaṃ dibbattanaṃ hāyane
Pañcattiṃsatime parakkamabhujo laṅkissaro'gā sudhī
Bhāṇavāraṃsattatiṃsatimaṃ
---------------
Itisajjanānanda saṃvegajanake dīpavaṃse paṇḍita parakkamabāhu bhūpassa
Rajjappavatti dipano nāma sattatiṃsatimo paricchedo.
[SL Page 118] [\x 118/]
Aṭṭhatiṃsatimo paricchedo ------------------
1.
Tadaccaye jeṭṭhasuto hi tassa
So bodhi sattavhasuto catuttho
Laṅkissaro'sī vijayādibāhu
Rajjaṃ'nusāsaṃ dvisamaṃ manuññaṃ
2
Kārāpita'ttena atho puḷatthi
Pure vasī sāsanavuddhisatto
Tadāni mittaddubhi mittanāmo
Senāpatī'bbhantarikaṃ'va rañño
3
Laddhā sakhaṃ tassa padatva lañcaṃ
Dāsena tene'kadinamhi ratto
Bhūpaṃ nighātāpayi rajja lobhā
Sutvā pavattiṃ ta'maraṃ'sa rañño
4
Khatto sagabbho bhuvanekabāhu
So jambudoṇinagarā subhaddiṃ
Duggaṃ pura'ṅgā atha jambudoṇi
Pura'ṅgamitvā sa'himittanāmo
5
Sīhāsane bhūpati mandirasmiṃ
Nisajja rājābharaṇābhibhāsaṃ
Dassesi sabbassa sayaṃ'va attaṃ
Sapakkhikā te sacivā samecca
6
Saṅgaṇhituṃ saṃyugasena 'māsuṃ
Bhatippadānena samārabhiṃsu
Sattassatā ṭhākurakādyarīya
Khattā bhaṭā ta'ñca paṭikkhipitvā
7
Ta'ṅkāraṇā mittamukhe vadema
Itī'rayitvā puna rājavesmaṃ
Gamiṃsu tasmiṃ ṭhakuro abhīto
Yodho'sinā mittavamūpatissa
[SL Page 119] [\x 119/]
8
Sīghaṃ tva'raṃ chindi samāgatehi
Kasmā tvaye'taṃvihita'nti puṭṭho
Pune'dame'vaṃ bhuvanekabāhu
Khattassa'ṇāyā'ti kataṃ vadittha
9
Hotū tathā taṃ'riyakhattiyāte
Ekī bhavitvā bhuvanekabāhuṃ
Pabhuṃ subhā bhūdharato hi jambu
Doṇīpuraṃ netva 'bhisiñcayiṃsu
10
Pattābhiseko bhuvanekabāhu
Rājā tato vetanadānato'pi
Senaṅga'mattānupavattana'ṅkā
Rajjatthike'tho pana pāratīrā
11
Kāliṅgarāyārapadhānake 'trā'
Gate bhaṭe sīhalavaññabhūpe
Sabbe'panoditva'tha sabbalaṅkaṃ
Nibberikaṇṭa'ṅkari sabbathe'va
12
Tahiṃ vasitvā sa'hi kañci kālaṃ
Subhācala'ñcārupura'ṅkaritvā
Vasaṃ tahaṃ sassa pite'va saddho
Tipeṭakaṃ viññūjanehi sammā
13
Lekhāpayitve'ha tahiṃ tahiṃ hi
Vihāraseyyosu patiṭṭhapesi
Rājā puḷatthinagarā sa'danta-
Dhātuṃ varaṃ netva subhācalasmiṃ
14
Pure ṭhapetvā'nudinaṃ mahantaṃ pūjāvidhiṃ vattayi sādaro'va
Vāresu'nekesu'pasampada'ñca
Kārāpayī maṅgala'mussavena
15
Subhaṃ bhusaṃ so bhuvi bhūri maggaṃ
Cinitva sammā bhuvanekabāhu
Laṅkissare'kārasavassa'mevaṃ
Rajja'nnusāsitva sivaṃ diva'ṅgā
[SL Page 120] [\x 120/]
16
Asse'va rañño samayamhi paṇḍu
Desīyako so'riyacakkavatti
Suto'taritve'ha puraṃ subhaddiṃ
Gantvā bhadantaṃ dasanaggadhātuṃ
17
Sāraṃ dhana'ñcā'pigahetva sabbaṃ
Gantvāna paṇḍuvisayaṃ tadāni
Pabhussa tasmiṃ kulasekharākhya
Rañño adāsī varadantadhātuṃ
18
Atho catutthabbījayādibāhu
Rājassuto'ṇhaṃ'va nivārayanto
Dovo parakkantibhujo tatīyo
Ussapayī seṭṭhasitātapattaṃ
19
Paṇḍuṃ purānīta'managghadāṭhā
Dhātuṃ bhadantaṃ'bhijanāgata'mpi
Sāmaṃ vinā'netu'mupāya'mañña'
Mapassayaṃ kehici sikkhitehi
20
Yodhehi saddhi'ṅgami paṇḍuraṭṭhaṃ
Disvāna paṇḍūmahipaṃ kathañci
Tosetva raññā'diya danta dhātuṃ
Laṅkaṃ paviṭṭho sa'puḷatthisaññe
21
Pure puraṅgaggagate purāṇe
Dāṭhaggadhātvāvasathamhi kante
Patiṭṭhapetvā dvijadhātu'maggaṃ
Kāresi dhātūpacitiṃ pahūtaṃ
22
Puññaṃ cinitvā vividhaṃ mahīpo
Diva'ṅgatopañcamahāyanamhi
Vuttho puḷatthivhapure 'sa'panto
Āsī parakkantibhujo pajeso
23
Tadaccayā'tho bhuvanekabāhu
Subhaddi dhisa ppaṭhamassa rañño
Suto dutīyo bhuvanekabāhu
Khatto dvipaddivhapure'si bhūpo
[SL Page 121] [\x 121/]
24
Rājaggasampatyucitaṃ'nuvassaṃ
Kāretva so moḷisivaṃ visiṭṭhaṃ
Atho'pasampattimahaṃ hi jeṭṭha
Mūlamhi māsamhipavattayittha
25
Sāhassikānaṃ satataṃ yatīnaṃ
Puññatthiko paṭṭhapi pākavaṭṭaṃ
Cinitva puññaṃ dvisamaṃ sa'rajja'
Mevaṃ'nusāsitva gamittha maccuṃ
26
Atho'trajo tassa parakkamādi-
Bhujo catuttho vidito kavī'ti
So hatthiselavhapure vasanto
Rajjaṃ vicāresi siva'ṅkarāṇo
27
Tahiṃ narindo dasanaggadhātu
Gharaṃ sa'kāretva tibhūma'maggaṃ
Dhātudvayaṃ satthuradaggapattaṃ
hapetva tasmiṃ'paciti'ṅkarittha
28
Vasundharindo'nudinaṃ radopa
Hārussavaṃ sādhu pavattayittha
Sabhāsato'ssa'ddhani dantadhātu
Vārittanāmaṃ viracittha ganthaṃ
29
Coḷīya desā gata'matra nānā
Bhāsāsu satthantarakesu'bhiññaṃ
Rañño garuttamhi ṭhapetva thera'
Mekaṃ tato theravarā narindo
30
Paññāsa pañcassata jātakāni
Sātthaṃ samuggayha sabhāsato'va
Yathākkamaṃ te parivattayitvā
hapesi lekhāpiya sabbadhī'ha
31
Yaṃ titthagāme pavare vihāre
Kāresi rājā vijayādibāhu
Yūpo'si dīgho parijiṇṇa ko so
Tahaṃ parakkanti bhujo narindo
[SL Page 122] [\x 122/]
32
Dīgha'mpi pāsādavaraṃ dvibhūmaṃ
Kāretva tasmiṃ pariveṇanetu
Sa'kāyasatthitthavirassa suddha
Sīlassa pādāsi kavissarassa
33
So sāsanassa 'bbhudayaṃ samicchaṃ
Vāresva'nekesu'pasampada'ñca
Kāresa'tho pañcasahassanāḷī
Kerāgayuttaṃ pana titthagāme
34
Kāresi'yārāmavara'mpi vaṇṇu-
Ggāme vihāramhi sanāmadheyyeṃ
Dvibhūmakaṃ dīghamanuññayūpaṃ
Kāretva saṅghassa padāsi bhūpo
35
So rājagāma nnikaṭe narindo
Ghanādinandaṃ siri mukhya'maggaṃ
Vihārakaṃ viddūma nāmagāme
Kāretva coḷīyagarussa 'dāsī
36
Māyādhanavhe vijite nava'mpi
Puraṃ vidhāyā'maramandiraṃ hi
Kāretva tasmiṃ harirūpahāriṃ
hapetva vattesi baliṃ mahantaṃ
37
Lokassa so sāsanakassa vuddhiṃ susādhayaṃ'nekavidha'mpi puññaṃ
Katvā narindo vibudhavhito'va
Dibbattana'ṅkā sakakammasādiṃ
38
Tadaccaye vaññasuto tatīyo
Rājā bhavīso bhuvanekabāhu
Tassa'ccaye pañcamako mahīpo
Rajja'nnusāsī vijayādibāhu
39
Hatthācalaṭṭhāniya pacchimassa
Rañño piyā yonaki kucchi jāto
Vatthādhibhū sūnu ca bhūmapagga-
Mahesiyā sīhalikāya putto
[SL Page 123] [\x 123/]
40
Duve 'bhavuṃ tesu ca vatthusāmī-
Baṇḍāranāmo sacivopakārā
Laddhāna rajjaṃ janikāya laddhiṃ
Dulladdhikaṃ gaṇhi tato'ppasannā
41
Sabbe sajīvā pana buddhabhattiṃ
Jahāsi yo so idha rājatāya
Mantetva'yoggo,ti kathañci āsuṃ
Mārema taṃ nicchiya hatthisele
42
Paritta maṇḍappa vara'ṅkaritvā
Tahaṃ parittaṃ suṇitu'nti netvā
Māretva pātetva'calā ta'mā suṃ
Rajje'bhisiñciṃsva'paraṃ kumāraṃ
43
Atho catuttho bhuvanekabāhu
Gaṅgā sirivhe nagare manuññe
Rajja'nnusāsitva catuttha vasse
Sa'kitti sesattana'māga rājā
44
Senāpatī sinduravāna gāme
Sepaṇṇisele'bhinavaṃ vihāraṃ
Kāresi laṅkātilaka'mpisenā-
Laṅkāranāmo kusalesi niccaṃ
45
Senāni so'vanipatissa bala'mpi laddhā
Sambuddha sāsana varassa visuddhi'mattā
Kāresi bhūpasacivā kusala'ṅkaritvā
Sagga'ṅgamuṃ cinuthapuñña'manantada'mbho
Bhāṇavāra maṭṭhatiṃsatimaṃ
---------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse
Navarājadīpanonāmaṭṭhatiṃsatimo paricchedo.
[SL Page 124] [\x 124/]
Ekūnatāḷīsatimo paricchedo.
-------------------
1.
Atha pañcamako rājā-parakkantibhujavhayo
Pañca vassaṃ rajja'makā-gaṅgā siri pure vasaṃ
2
Vuttho devappure koci-dhīmā yatipatī tadā
Setacchadavhasandesaṃ-akāsi sumanoharaṃ
3
Vikkamabbāhu bhūpālo-tatiyo'sitadaccaye
Pañca rasa samaṃ rajja-'ṅkāsi rājā tahaṃ vasaṃ
4
Bhūpo so cetiye'kasmiṃ-sirivaddhana ṭhāniye
Patta dhātuṃ munindassa-pavaraṃ sunidhāpayī
5
Asse'va rañño samaye-girivaṃsā bhisambhavo
Pabhurājā'si'laggakko-nāranāmo mahāyaso
6
Perādoṇi sucikhyāte-pure vāsa'makappayī
Patīci dadhi sāmanta-desaṃ gepayituṃ puna
7
Rayiggāme vasī so hi-kaḷyāṇī nagarantike
Dārūrugāme mahati-taḷāke varaṇādihi
8
Bhāsuraṃ nagaraṃ rammaṃ-jayavaddhana vissutaṃ
Dugga'ñca katvā matimā-puna tattha vasī ciraṃ
9
Uttarasmiṃ disā bhāge-dīpe'smiṃ koci desako
Damiḷānaṃ'bhavā'yatto-yāpāpaṭṭana vissutaṃ
10
Tesaṃ padhāna nagara-'māsitatrā'dhipo tadā
Ariyo cakkavattī'ti-vidito'nariyo pabhū
11
Rajje'smiṃ sīhale sālā-vatthusmiṃ madhugāmake
Koḷamba nagare tesu-ṭhānesu janataṃ bhusaṃ
12
Gāhāpayaṃ karaṃ niccaṃ-pīḷesa'dhika dāruṇo
Tadā'lakissaro vīro-sabalocakkavattinā
13
Yujjhitvā ta'ñca senaṅgaṃ-palāpetvā'riyassahi
Karaddānaṃ nivattesi-'rātikaṇṭaṃ vinodayī
14
Tassa rañño'ccaye senā-laṅkārassa satīmato
Bhāgineyyo pañcamako-bhuvanekabhujavhayo
[SL Page 125] [\x 125/]
15 Gaṅgā siri pure rājā-bhavi saddhā guṇā layo
Bhikkhavo sannipātetvā-dussīle vicinitva so
16
Uppabbājetva munino-sāsanaṃ parisodhayī
Sajjhu satta sahassena-sajjetvā sampuṭaṃ tahaṃ
17
Vaḍḍhesi rada dhātvaggaṃ-saddhā bhatti purassaro
Bhūbhujo carime kāle-jayavaddhana ṭhāniye
18
Vasaṃ vīsatime vasse-maccuvasa'mupāgami
Tadā'pi pabhurājoso-lakissarasamavhayo
19
Rayiggāme vasī niccaṃ-cinanto puñña sañcayaṃ
Tasse'va rañño samaye-buvanekabhujassatu
20
Nattā garuḷa cerassa-dhīmā kavissaravhayo
Akā mayūra sandesaṃ-pajja kabbaṃ sabhāsato
21
Bhuvanekabhuje bhūpe-jayavaddhana ṭhāniyaṃ
Gate sālo tassa rañño-senālaṅkāra puttako
22
Dutiyo vīrabāhū'ti-suto gaṅgā sirī pure
Rajjaṃ patto'si so tassa-jeṭṭho sodariyo tadā
23
Vīrālakissaro nāma-kumāro sanujassa hi
Rajjaṃ gaṇhitu'māgamma-rayiggāmapure raṇe
24
Parājito'va so vīro-jambudīpa'magā tadā
Pañcame saraderājā-vīrabāhu diva'ṅgami
25
Asse'va rājino'sāna-kālamhi devarakkhito
Jayabāhu mahāthero-akā nikāya saṅgahaṃ
26
Jambudīpaṃ tadā yāto-so vīrādyalakissaro
Laṅka'māgamma vijaya-bāhunāmena vissuto
27
Chaṭṭho so bhūpatī hutvā-jayavaddhana ṭhāniye
Vasī tadā cīna senā-pati ciṃhl̥ samavhayo
28
Pūjā dabbe samādāya-siddhaṭṭhānāni vandituṃ
Laṅkādīpaṃ samāyāto-dhajiniṃ ta'ñca gaṇhituṃ
29
Rājo'ssahittha senānī-kathañci sabalo tato
Muñcitvā nāma'māruyhi-'parasmiṃ samaye'ttano
[SL Page 126] [\x 126/]
30
Kataṃ khepaṃ saraṃ yuddha-sena'mādāya cīnato
Koḷambatittha'māgamma-etha gaṇhatha suṅkake
31
Dūtaṃ pāhesi rājassa-tassa vañcaka senino
Saddahitvā giraṃ bhūpo-tacchato taraṇi'ṅgami
32
Pasayhaṃ taṃ gayha pabhuṃ-nesi nāvāya cīnakaṃ
Akā'lakissaro rajjaṃ-pabhurājā'tha hatthagaṃ
33
Lamba kaṇṇanvaya jaya-mālappiyā kaliṅgajā
Devī sunettā bālatte-ṭhitaṃ puttaṃ'ribhītiyā
34
Vidāgamavihārādhi-patino therasāmino
Nīyyādesi mahāthero-gopesi taṃ kumārakaṃ
35
Tasmiṃ soḷasavassaṃhi-patte vuttanta'mādito
Kumārassa mahāthero-mahāmacce'vadittha so
36
Sacivā taṃ paṭiggayha-pabhurājaṃ'lakissaraṃ
Hantvā rajjaṃ kumārassa-samappesuṃsamādarā
37
Rayiggāme vasaṃ tīni-vassāni jayavaddhanaṃ
Pura'ñca rājavesma'ñca-kāretvā cetiyādayo
38
Sogatasmiṃ sahassasmiṃ-vasse navasatepuna
Aṭṭhapaññāsame chaṭṭho-parakkamabhujavhayo
39
Jayavaddhanapure ramme-rajjābhiseka'muttamaṃ
Patvā lokaṃ sāsana'ñca-kātuṃ'rabhi savuddhikaṃ
40
Muninda rada dhātussa-narindo mandiraṃ tahaṃ
Kārāpesi tibhūmaṃ so-dassaneyyaṃ manoramaṃ
41
Maṇikkhacita sovaṇṇa-samuggesu catusva'pi
Dāṭhādhātubhadantaṃ hi-saṃvaḍḍhesi yathākkamaṃ
42
Niccaṃ pūjussavaṃ dhātu-sāmindassa pavattayī
Bhikkhūnaṃ tīsu raṭṭhesu-saṅgaha'ṅkāsi sabbadā
43
Samātatthāya tannāmaṃ-pappaṭabbipine subhaṃ
Sunettapariveṇa'ñca-saṅghārāma'ñcasundaraṃ
44
Kāretvā'dāsi saṅghassa-gāmakkhetta samaññutaṃ
Tepiṭakaṃ sāṭṭhakathā-ṭīkaṃ sādhu likhāpiya
[SL Page 127] [\x 127/]
45
Sāsanappaggaha'ṅkāsi-mahiyaṅgaṇacetiye
Khaṇḍaphullaṃ pākatikaṃ-gaṇḍalādoṇiyādisu
46
Kāresi'nekavāresu-upasampattimaṅgalaṃ
Pūjāvidhiṃ pavattento-kāresi samahaṃ bhusaṃ
47
Tadā rañño'trajaṭṭhāne-vaḍḍhito campakavhayo
Kumāro seṭṭhasenānī-yāpāpaṭṭana dhīpatiṃ
48
Mahābalaṃ'riyacakka-vattiṃ damiḷanāyakaṃ
Parājetvā ta'ñca desaṃ-gaṇhi so sīhavikkamo
49
Tuṭṭho rājā tena tassa-taddesādhipatittanaṃ
Adā tato'parasmi'mpi-samayasmiṃ narissaro
50
Pūretvā nāvaṃ vāṇijja-bhaṇḍānaṃ yāpapaṭṭanaṃ
Pesesa'tha vīra rāma-mālarāyara vissuto
51
Coḷādhipatiko yāpā-paṭṭanantikasāgare
Sabhaṇḍaṃ taraṇiṃ gaṇhi-kuddho taṃ sutva bhūmipo
52
Satasaṅkhā'pi nāvāyo-sasenā pesayī tahaṃ
Sīhalā pabalā yodhā-māretvā coḷadhissaraṃ
53
Coḷaraṭṭhe katipaye-pure gaṇhiṃsu pesale
Tatoppabhūti'dhā'nesu-karaṃ te paṭivaccharaṃ
54
Rājino'ssa'ddhani laṅkā-dīpo satthātapenaca
Pajjalittha bhusaṃ satthā-gamadhārīhi viññuhi
55
Sunetta pariveṇādhi-patimaṅgala savhayo
Mahāsāmī suvidito-dhamma sattha visārado
56
Paññāto padumavati-pariveṇādhipo sato
Kavīso vanaratana-samañño saṅghabhūpati
57
Tittha gāmamhi vijaya-bāhu saññā suvissute
Pariveṇe'dhibhū dhīmā-nimuggo sattha sāgare
58
Rāhulo saṅgharājāca-chabbhāsā paramissaro
Kavayo'ccādayo loka-sāsanaṃ jotayuṃ tadā
59
Tesaṃ kavī nāma seso-vattamāne'pi rāhulo
Demaṭāna byāta gāme-khandhāvāra nvaya bbhavo
[SL Page 128] [\x 128/]
60
Vikkamabbāhu saññassa-maṇḍalesassa atrajo
Parakkama bhujindassa-sutaṭṭhāne pavaḍḍhito
61
Mahāvīdāgamatthera-varasissosuvissuto
Saṃvuttho tittha gāmasmiṃ-kavi ketū 'sikittimā
62
So pañcikāpadīpa'ñca-kabbasekhara'muttamaṃ
Sārikā nāma sandesaṃ-pada sādhana ṭīkakaṃ
63
Pārāpatavhasandesaṃ-jana sota rasāyanaṃ
Bhāsāsatthantaravuddhi-siddhi'miccha'makā bhusaṃ
64
Lokopakāra kattāca-raṇasgallṚtivissuto
Yatissaro santhavidū-sataṃ majjhe virājito
65
VŚttŚvṚ sāmipādo ca-guttilakkabbakārako
Buddhasataka'ñca vutti-ratanākarapañcikaṃ
66
Tathāyovuttamālākhyaṃ-'kā sirīrāmacandako
Kavibhāratī ca tittha-ggāmasāmissa sissakā
67
Dhammakittinvayā yāto-vimalakitti vissuto
Mahāthero viracittha-saddhammaratanākaraṃ
68
Parakkantibhujindagga-dhītūlakuḍayappiyo
Nannūrutunayārmantī-nāmāvali'makā tadā
69
Nareso ratanamālā-nighaṇḍuṃ vyaracittha so
Kokilassuvahaṃsā di-sandesā'pya'bhavuṃ tadā
70
Parakkamabhujo rājā-katvā 'nekavidhaṃ subhaṃ
Dvipaññāsatime vasse-kittimā tidiva'ṅgami
71
Paputto tassa dutiyo-jayabāhu tadaccaye
Patvā laṅkādhipacca'ṅkā-rājā rajjaṃ dvihāyanaṃ
72
Atho campaka paññāto-yāpā paṭṭana dhissaro
Sabalo'gamma rājānaṃ-jayabāhuṃ nighātiya
73
Bhuvanekabhujavhena-chaṭṭhamena suvissuto
Rājā hutvā sattavassaṃ-rajja'ṅkāsi yathāmati
74
Tade'va dutiyo vīdā-gamo mettiya savhayo
Mahāthero buddhaguṇā-laṅkāraṃ racayī varaṃ
[SL Page 129] [\x 129/]
75
Vaḍḍhito'pi tassa suta-ṭṭhāne pabhu tadaccaye
Kavittā sattamo vidvā-parakkantibhujavhayo
76
Khattorajjaṃ pāpuṇitvā-jayaddhanaṭhāniye
Vasaṃ rajjaṃ'nusāsittha-dasa saṃvaccharaṃ sato
77
Vara mati karuṇādī sagguṇassampayātā
Nicita kusala kammā sāsanaṃ jotayitvā
Avanipati samattā rañjayitvāna lokaṃ
Surapura'mupagañchuṃbho bhajavho sivaggaṃ
Bhāṇavāramekūnatāḷīsatimaṃ
----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse dasarāja dīpano
Nāmekūna tāḷīsatimo paricchedo.
[SL Page 130] [\x 130/]
Cattālīsatimo paricchedo.
------------------
1
Dvisahassattiṃsatime-sogate vīra vissuto
Parakkantibhujo khatto-aṭṭhamo paṇḍita ssutaṃ
2
Parakkantibhujaṃ hantvā-jayavaddhanaṭhāniye
Rajjaṃ sīhāsanāsīno-bāvīsatisama'ṅkari
3
Asse'ca rājine'kūna-vīsatimamhi hāyane
Jambudīpe'kadesamhi-govadesādhipo tadā
4
Don [f]prunsiskl̥ da almṚdā-patikāl jātiko'ttajaṃ
Don ll̥ransu da almṚdā-samaññaṃ taraṇipatiṃ
5
Māhammadika nāvāyo-gaṇhituṃ pesayi'ssa'tha
Aṇṇavo tiṇṇa nāvāyo-salila bbhama peritā
6
Anapekkhamānā gālu-pura tittha'mupāgamuṃ
Tadā laṅkāya vāṇijje-payutā caturā bhusaṃ
7
Muslimjanā'bhavuṃ tasmiṃ-ṭhitā te bhaya tajjitā
Māyāvino sīhalinda-rañño'ggapuṭa bhedanaṃ
8
Gālūpura'nti vatvāna-almṚdā nāvikā dhibhuṃ
Mahīpo'tya'paraṃ tasmiṃ-dassetvā vañcayuṃ tadā
9
Patikāl desiko rāja-patirūpa'ñca koṭṭhakaṃ
Yāci bandhitu'mokāsaṃ-laddhā taṃ modamānaso
10
Idhā'do tassa sampatta-dīpako pala thambhakaṃ
Patiṭṭhapetvā kañca 'ddhaṃ vasitvā'gā sadesakaṃ
11
Atho vīraparakkanta-bāhurañño'trajo varo
Dhammassūto parakkanti-bhujo hi navamo dayo
12
Jayavaddhana pure bhūpo-āsi sodariye nijo
Devappure vasaṃ desaṃ-rakkhittha vijayabbhujo
13
Ll̥ransu da almṚda vha-patikāljātikassi'to
Purāgamanato bhāvaṃ-laṅkāyā'naggha vatthunaṃ
14
Aññāsuṃ patikāljantū-tato laṅkaṃ sahatthagaṃ
Kattukāmā'bhavuṃ buddhe-dvisahassekasaṭṭhime
[SL Page 131] [\x 131/]
15
Ll̥pl̥sl̥rasda albargṚ-riya vho patikālvaro
Nāvādhipatiko satta-rasa nāvā samaññuto
16
Bandhituṃ koṭṭhakaṃ satta-satasenāhi nibbhayo
Koḷamba tittha'māgamma-māndhituṃ'rabhi koṭṭhakaṃ
17
Sīhalā tattha vuttantaṃ-sabba'ntaṃ nijarājino
Nivedayiṃsu bhūpo'pi-sāmacce yuva patthive
18
Samāhūya pavattiṃ taṃ-vatvā sampati ki'mpana
Kattabba'nti amātehi-mantayī sa'narādhipo
19
Tato cakkāyudhavhe'ko-pavīṇo pabhuko tahiṃ
hito tesaṃ bhāva'mupa-parikkhissaṃ samabruvi
20
Taṅkhaṇaññe'va rājena-āṇatto tuvaṭaṃ pabhu
Aññātakena kappena-koḷambapura'muttamaṃ
21
Patvā tesaṃ nisagga'ñca-samparikkhiya sabbaso
Vāḷattaṃ patikālnāma-janānaṃ raṇa sūrataṃ
22
Ñatvā laṅkinda nikaṭa-'māgammā'mhehi yujjhituṃ
No sakkā tehi'mā jātu-vāso sāmaggiyā varo
23
Iccā'rocayi so rājā-sāmacco tassa maññanaṃ
Paṭigaṇhi tato tehi-saddhiṃ sāmaggi'tu'ttarā
24
Vāṇijjāya tu koḷamba-pure koṭṭha'ñca khuddakaṃ
Bandhituṃ bhaṇḍavāsa'ñca-tesaṃ dātuṃ'vakāsakaṃ
25
Laṅkāyā'rāti sampatti-vāretabbā'ti tehi tu
Itī'disā paṭiññā'pi-ubhinna'mabhavī tahiṃ
26
Bhaṇḍāgāra'ñca koṭṭha'ñca-bandhitvālahu'matthiraṃ
Vāṇijjāya payojetvā-sajātijanataṃ bhusaṃ
27
Atha albargṚriyādhi-vacano patikālpabhū
Sabhāgineyyassa juvan-silvṚrā nāmikassa tu
28
Nīyyādetvā sahakoṭṭhaṃ-senaṃ romānupūjakaṃ
Nivattāpiya senānī-gocaraṭṭha'magā puna
29
Tato paṭṭhāya laṅkāya-purā romapurā gatā
Romānu laddhi vallī'si-janayantī dale tatā
[SL Page 132] [\x 132/]
30
Tato parasmiṃ tatiye-vasse biraṭl̥bhidhānake
Patikāl yuddha senādhi-patismiṃ 'gamma koṭṭhakaṃ
31
Sutthiraṃ bandhituṃ'raddhe-māhammadika jantunaṃ
Vañca vācā nisāmetvā-vāretuṃ koṭṭha bandhanaṃ
32
Rājā dhammaparakkanti-bhujo saṃyuga vāhiniṃ
Pesesi tatra tuvaṭaṃ-tathā'pi pakikāl janā
33
Sīhalaṃ yuddha senaṅgaṃ-palāpesu'manussahaṃ
Tato paṭṭhāyu'bho sāmaṃ-vattayuṃ aciraṃ'ca te
34
Kāle'smiṃ tambapaṇṇimhi-badulla pubhdaiane
Gaṅgāsiripure perā-doṇi devapuresu ca
35
Narādhipā maṇḍalikā-sādhipacca'mapekkhakā
Asamaggā tattha tattha-ruciṃ vāsa'makappayuṃ
36
Tato'rātibalaṃ vuddhi-'magā sabbattha sabbaso
Sīhalā abalā kiṃ hi-parādhīnaṃ vinā siyā
37
Bāvīsatisamaṃ rajjaṃ-'nusāsitva yathābalaṃ
Accaya'ṅgā'vanipati-dhammaparakkamabbhujo
38
Tato devapure vuttho-vijayabāhu sattamo
Jayavaddhanavhe seta-cchatta'mussāpayī pure
39
Pubbarañño samayasmiṃ-vattitaṃ bala'mappakaṃ
Vaḍḍhayanto'dāni sindhu-nikaṭasmiṃ navaṃ navaṃ
40
Desaṃ pasayha'māyatta-'makaruṃ pakikāl janā
Patiṭṭhapesuṃ vāṇijja-sālāyo ca tahaṃ tahaṃ
41
Ghātesuṃ sīhale bhūrī-dhanasāraṃ vilumpayuṃ
Sīhalā dhīnataṃ lesa-matha'mpi namamaññare
42
Tato ruṭṭhā tesu bhusaṃ-palāpete'mito lahuṃ
Daddallamānā kopena-rayena daḷha mānasā
43
Aṇṇavantikadesamhi-sīhalīyā samosaṭā
Visasahassa ppamāṇā-bhaṭā nānāyudha'ndharā
44
Gantvā koḷamba koṭṭhaṃ taṃ-parikkhepuṃ samantato
Sarāsanehi vijjhantā-hanantā sallakehi ca
[SL Page 133] [\x 133/]
45
Paharantā laguḷehi-kaṭṭhinaṃ dussahaṃ raṇaṃ
Pavattayuṃ pañcamāsaṃ-pīḷayuṃ patikāl jane
46
Accanta byasanā pannāva-kocin nagarato puna
Taraṇīyā'gatāyā'suṃ-laṅkiketepalāpayuṃ
47
Vijayabāhu rājassa-paṭhamāya mahesiyā
Bhuvanekabāhu rayi-ggāmabaṇḍāra nāmako
48
Māyādhanū'ti tanayā-bhaviṃsu bhāgadheyyakā
Mahesiyā matāya'ssā-'nayī deviṃ paraṃ piyaṃ
49
Jīvantesu sattajesu-sacivehi sa'mantiya
Attaccaye mahesīyā-dutiyāya sagabbhakaṃ
50
Devarājavhayaṃ rajje-sāmika'ṅkāsi dummano
Taṃ ñatvāna kumārā te-jayavaddhana ṭhāniyā
51
Palāyitvāna seṅkhaṇḍa-sela puṅgava ṭhāniye
Vikkamabbāhu rājamhā-laddhopakārato bhusaṃ
52
Tato'gamma puraṃ hattha-gataṃ katvāna rattiyaṃ
Solaman nāma dheyyona-māhammadanarenabhi
53
Ghātāpayiṃsu'vanipa-'mevaṃ sa'catuhāyanā
Puraṃ jayavaddhanavhaṃ-hitvā maccupura'ṅgami
54
Bhuvanekabhujo jeṭṭho-kumāro sattamo tahiṃ
Laṅkā sīhāsanā sīno-pite'vā'sa'tidubbalo
55
Rayiggāmādibaṇḍāra-kumāro rayigāmake
Māyādhanavhayo khatto-kārite attanaṃ subhe
56
Sītāvakapure cā'suṃ-patthivā sahajā ubho
Bhuvanekabhujo bhūpo-'napekkhiyā'nuje pabhū
57
Patikālikehi'mā mettiṃ-vattetvā rajja'muttamaṃ
Pasāsitu'mārabhittha-accanta kupito tahiṃ
58
Māyādhanavho'vanipo-bhūpaṃ'panetu'rajjato
Yonakādhipatismā'pi-laddhopakārako balo
59
Sarayiggāmabaṇḍāra-rājo'va jayavaddhanaṃ
Puraṃ rodhetva kalahaṃ-tikkhattu'ṅkāsi rājinā
[SL Page 134] [\x 134/]
60
Nāhosi saphalo tassa-kathañcana parakkamo
Bhuvanekabhujo rājā-asuto dhītaraṃ sakaṃ
61
Samuddādeviṃ vedheya-baṇḍāra khattiyassa tu
Piya'ṅkari piyo tassā-dhammapālavhayo suto
62
Rājā nattu sakaṃ rajja-'māyattaṃ kattumānaso
Dhammapālappamāṇena-rūpaṃ kaṭṭhamayaṃ subhaṃ
63
Mahaggha ratanubbhāsaṃ-sovaṇṇamakuṭaṃ varaṃ
Kāretvā sellappu nāma-āraccila mahāsayaṃ
64
Dhura'ṅkatvāna patikāl-dese lisban puruttamaṃ
Pesetvā te tatra raññā-jl̥n samaññena dhīmatā
65
Pañcāsītyadhikasmiṃ dvi-sahasse munivacchare
Piḷandhāpayi makuṭaṃ-dhammapālassa bimbake
66
Donjuvan ityabhidhānaṃ-paraṃ'dāsi tadussave
Patikālindass rajja-'mida'māya ttakaṃ'disi
67
Visuddha buddha saddhamma-suddha laṅka'mpi sabbaso
Micchāladdhi kālaṅkehi-lakkhituṃ romapūjake
68
Tena sellappu nāmena-samaṃ mahāsayenaca
Pesesi patikālrājā-sādhirajja balatthiko
69
Bhuvaneka bhujo kāsā-samuddanikaṭe sute padese pūjakā tattha-tattha te samayaṃ sakaṃ
70
Gāhāpayuṃ daḷhabhatyā-desetvā laṅkike jane
Bandhetvā palliyo tesaṃ-thiraṃ vāsa'ṅkaruṃ tadā
71
Romānupūjako[f]prunsis-kṣāviyarnāma vissuto
Mannāramappadesamhi-siva bhatti jane bahū
72
Saladdhi'mpāpayī daḷha-parakkamena nūtanaṃ
Tadā yāpāpaṭṭanasmiṃ-'dhipo sankiḷināmiko
73
Siva bhatti paro bhūpo-sajāti janataṃ bhūsaṃ
Laddhiyā tāya vāretu-'mussahī'pya'phalo'bhavi
74
Romānupūjakānaṃ hi-paskoli'ti samavhayo
Dvisahassekanavuti-mattamhi munihāyane
[SL Page 135] [\x 135/]
75
Pūjakehi dvīhi samaṃ-uddharaṭṭha'maghaṃ bhusaṃ
Gantvā sirivaddhanavha-purasmiṃ jayavīrakaṃ
76
Rājaṃ samupasaṅkamma-sādhetuṃ devamandiraṃ
Laddhāvakāsorājasso-'pakārā'yatanaṃ thiraṃ
77
Bandhāpiya tahaṃ vāsī-saladdhiyā samappituṃ
Yatayī rājinī tasmiṃ-sogatā kupitā bhusaṃ
78
Athi'pi māyādhanuko-bhūpo saṃkuddhamānaso
Bhuvanekabhujindassa-bhāgaṃ yujjhiya rajjato
79
Katvā'yattaṃ sakaṃ rundhi-jayavaddhana ṭhāniyaṃ
Govādhipatinā nītaṃ-dakèsṭrl̥ nāma seninaṃ
80
Laddhāna sājisenaṅgaṃ-bhuvanekabhujissaro
Māyādhanuṃ palāpetvā-yāvasitāvakāparaṃ
81
Ahāsi dhanasāra'ñca-sañcitaṃ rājamandire sītāvakapuraṃ rammaṃ-nāsesi cittitaṃ bhusaṃ
82
Bhuvenakabhujaṃ rājaṃ-sattarasasamaṃ sakaṃ
Rajjaṃ bhuttaṃ sevakenava-māresa'tha kumantanā
83
Itthaṃ mahīpā saka rajja lakkhiṃ
Nubhottu'magga'mpi yathābhilāsaṃ
Asakkuṇantā'va suladdhi'māyuṃ
Jahiṃsu bho mājahatha'ggadiṭṭhiṃ
Bhāṇavāraṃ cattāḷīsatimaṃ
----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janeka dīpavaṃse paraṅgiyāgamanādi dīpanonāma
Cattāḷīsatimo paricchedo
[SL Page 136] [\x 136/]
Ekacattāḷīsatimo paricchedo
-------------------1
Pañcāsītyadhike vasse-'pagate dvisahassake
Saṅghabodhitvaye jāto-vīravikkama vissuto
2
Seṅkhaṇḍa sela nagare-patthivo'si mahābalo
Jane saṅgayha vatthūhi-puñña'ñcinitu'mārabhi
3
Rāja mandira sāmante-dhātu vaḍḍhetva cetiyaṃ
Kāretvāna tadāsanne-dvibhūma'natimanoramaṃ
4
So'posatha mālaka'ñca-bhūrī saṅghaniketane
Kāretvā yatinaṃ'dāsi-potthake ca likhāpayi
5
Sambuddhapaṭimāyo ca-kāresi dhātusampuṭe
Samantakūṭaṃ gantvāna-vanditvā padalañchanaṃ
6
Varamaggaṃ sādhayituṃ-duggamaggaṃ visodhiya
Sātatthaṃ gacchataṃ tasmiṃ-parattha sukhakāmato
7
Kāresa'smehi sopāne-kāretu'mupasampadaṃ
Tīsu raṭṭhesu yatayo-nimantetvā mahāmahaṃ
8
Pavattento dhammakitti-mahātheraṃ dhuraṃ varaṃ
Katvāna nadiyaṃ bhikkhu-saṅgha'ñca pañcatiṃsatiṃ
9
Dāpesu'pasampada'ñca-niccaṃ puññaparāyano
Dasavassamattaṃ puññaṃ-katvā para'magā ito
10
Tadaccaye tassa suto-jayavīra iti ssuto
Rājā abhavi seṅkhaṇḍa-selavha pura puṅgave
11
Bhuvanekabhujindassa-sattamassa'ccayena taṃ
Don juvan dhammapālavhaṃ-kumāraṃ patikāl janā
12
Pañcanavutime vasse-dvisahasse mahesino
Jayavaddhanavhayasmiṃ-pure rajje'bhisiñcayuṃ
13
Sabhāturājino maccu-payāna'ñca pavattitaṃ
Sutvāna sabbaṃ vuttantaṃ-māyādhanavhayo pabhū
14
Bhaṭasenaṅga'mādāya-rajjaṃ gaṇhitu mānaso
Purantika'magā tasmiṃ-dhammapālapitā tadā
[SL Page 137] [\x 137/]
15
Vedheyabaṇḍārabhidho-māyādhanudharāpatiṃ
Palāpesa'tha yujjhitvā-tato'cirena mantiya
16
Dulladdhitāye'dha rañño-jayavaddhana ṭhāniye
Muninda radadhātvaggaṃ-rājarājūhi gopitaṃ
17
Rahasse'va samādāya-yatayo sabaravhaye
Gāmappadese labuja-gāme vihārapuṅgave
18
Kārite dvijadhātussa-mandirasmiṃ manorame
Vaḍḍhetvā'pacitiṃ sammā-vattayiṃsu yathābalaṃ
19
Atho rañño'ccayaṃ dūta-mukhā nisamma vegavā
Govādhipati nl̥rl̥ñño-samañño sena'mādiya
20
Toḷambapura'māgamma-pathe rakkhāya vāhiniṃ
Nivattāpiya sabhaṭo-jayavaddhanaṭhāniyaṃ
21
Patvā tahiṃ ṭhite mukhye-bandhāpetvāna sīhale
Pavisitvā rājagehaṃ-cirassaṃ sañcitaṃ dhanaṃ
22
Pasayhaṃ paharī sabbaṃ-vimbhitā janatā tahiṃ
Bhītā palātā tasitā-māyādhanu'mupāgamuṃ
23
Māyāvī sa'hi nl̥rl̥ñño-sakhya'māvediyā'paraṃ
Dhammapālaṃ pavāretvā-yuddhasenaṅga'mādiya
24
Sītāvakapuraṃ pacca-'gañchi 'ṅa kalahaṅkaro
Māyādhanū vanipatī-taṃ sutvo'paparikkhiya
25
Tahaṃ jaya'mapassanto-puraṃhitvā'pagā tadā
Puraṃ pāvekkhi patikāl-pati assāmikaṃ subhaṃ
26
Rājagehe'mupāvissa-mahagghaṃ dhanasañcayaṃ
Nippabhīto samādāya-koḷambapura'māgato
27
Vedheyo pakikāljāti-janānaṃ'nucitakirayā
Saṅkuddho'dikkhamāno so-gālūpura padesakaṃ
28
Gacchanto sammukhībhūte-palliyo vā'pi bhattike
Vināsetvā sadevīyā-pañcayojanaraṭṭhake
29
Pèlanda iti vikhyātaṃ-patvā saṃvasathaṃ subhaṃ
Thiraṃ puraṃ karitvā taṃ-tatthā'vasi yathāruci
[SL Page 138] [\x 138/]
30
Tadā koḷambanagare-'dhipo so patikālvaro maddituṃ vedheyabalaṃ-māyādhanavharājinā
31
Paṭissava'ṅkāsi lahuṃ-tato māyādhanavhayo
Saputta rājasīhena-sahe'va patikālbalaṃ
32
Gahetvā vedheyarāja-'manubandhi mahabbalo
Hitvā niyaṃ puraṃ rammaṃ-vedheyo rakkhaṇaṃ sakaṃ
33
Gavesayaṃ devamajjha-desa'ṅgami tahaṃ'dhipaṃ
Edirīmanusūravhaṃ-rājaṃ ghātetva kenaci
34
Samussahi tahiṃ bhūpo-bhavituṃ mūḷhamānaso
Tasmiṃ mārāpane rājaṃ-saṅkuddhā janatā tadā
35
Māyādhanavharāja'ñca-patikāl jātike'pica
Samāyācu'mupakāraṃ-sarantyā'guṃ sudussahaṃ
36
Vedheyabhūpo ta'ññatvā-tato 'gā yāpapaṭṭanaṃ
Tahiṃ damiḷarājena-mettiṃ vaḍḍhetva so vasī
37
Tato kenaci ṭhānena-kupito vedhayavhaye
Ghātāpayī taṃ damiḷa-rājā'tisaya kakkhalo
38
Vedheyassa yathā gattaṃ-'yattaṃ damiḷa rājino
Saya'ñcitaṃ dhanadāraṃ-tathā tassā'bhavī tadā
39
Vedheyamaraṇaṃ sutvā-māyādhanu narādhipo
Patikālpabhunā saddhiṃ-kataṃ paṭissavaṃ jahi
40
Palāpetuṃ sa'laṅkāya-patikāljanataṃ lahuṃ
Thiraṃ katvā sakaṃ rajjaṃ-rājasīhassutena'mā
41
Asakiṃ patikālavha-janaṭṭhānesu yujjhiya
Asampattajaye'kasmiṃ-kāle māyādhanutrajaṃ
42
Rājasīhakumāraṃ taṃ-sasenaṃ tehi āhavaṃ
Kattuṃ peseyi koḷamba-puraṃ pati pathantare
43
MullṚriyavhagāmasmi-'mubhinnaṃ kharasaṃyugaṃ
Bhavī tasmiṃ rājasīha-kumārassa bhaṭā balā
44
Ghātesuṃ patikālpāṇī-bhūrī tatra sara'mpi ca
Tesaṃ rattena lulitaṃ-soṇava ṇṇā'si sabbaso
[SL Page 139] [\x 139/]
45
Punā'pi rājasīhavho-kumāro thiravikkamo
Mahāsenaṅga'mādāya-jayavaddhanapaṭṭanaṃ
46
Koḷambanagara'ñcā'pi-rodhetvāna samantato
Vāretvā pana panthesu-gamanāgamana'mpica
47
Vattesi tumulaṃ yuddhaṃ-'rātīhi catumāsakaṃ
Tahaṃ parājayaṃ passaṃ-pakikālanikādhipo
48
Seṅkhaṇḍasela nagare-jayavirassa rājino
Dūte pāhesi turitaṃ-senaṃ netuṃ raṇāya so
49
Pañca sahassa ppamāṇaṃ-pesesi paṭuvāhiniṃ
Rājasīhakumāro taṃ-sutvā dūta mukhā padaṃ
50
Sīghaṃ sītāvakapuraṃ-'gamāsi sahavāhinī
Donjuvandhammapālavho-patthivo jayavaddhanaṃ
51
Puraṃ pahāya pāvekkhi-koḷambanagaraṃ bhayā
Kārite'ttāna'muddissa-tahaṃ patissave vasaṃ
52
Yathākāma'masakkonto-rajjaṃ bhottuṃ sa'dukkhito
Parādhīno'va sarade-dasame accaya'ṅgami
53
Saya'ṅkate saṃyugasmiṃ-patikāljanatāya'mā
Parājayo jayavīraṃ-nissāyā'sī'ti cintiya
54
Saṅkuddhamānaso yuddha-sena'mādāya bhiṃsanaṃ
Jayavīrapatthiva'nnu-bandhitvā sirivaddhanaṃ
55
Puraṃ patvā rājasīho-kumāro tena yujjhiya
Bhūbhujaṃ taṃ parājesi-jayavīro palātavā
56
Sadhītuyā sayaṃ patvā-mannārama padesakaṃ
Romaladdhiṃ samādāya-donpilip iti vissuto
57
Dhītā dl̥nakatirīnā-iti nāmā piyaṃ vadā
Tesaṃ vase vasī tasmiṃ-yathāniyati dukkhito
58
Samaraticaturo so rājasīho kumāro
Gamiya sapituraññā tatra tatrā'jiyā'suṃ
Satatavijayagāhī sakkarenā'tidaḷho
Nijapituvararājaṃ hantva rajjaṃ gahittha
Bhāṇavāramekatāḷīsatimaṃ
---------------
Iti sajjanānandasaṃvegajanake dīpavaṃse sīhalaparaṅgi
Saṅgāma dīpano nāmeka tāḷīsatimo paricchedo
[SL Page 140] [\x 140/]
Dvicattāḷīsatimoparicchedo
-------------------
1
Pañcavīsatime vasse-satasmiṃ dvisahassake
Atho'tra rājasīhavho-chatta'mussāpayī sitaṃ
2
Ye keci rajjassā'yattaṃ-vadanti te 'khile nije
Sagabbha pamukhe sabba-paṭhamaṃ mārayī tadā
3
Sītāvakapure cāsaṃ-kurāmāno pane'kadā
Datvā dānaṃ mahāthere-pitu ghātaka kibbisaṃ
4
Nāsemi'ti kathaṃ pucchi-desetvā dhamma'muttamaṃ
No sakkuṇiṃsu'rādhetu-duṭṭhacittaṃ visāradā
5
Kataṃ saya'maghaṃ sakkā-no'ti nāsetu 'mīritaṃ
Daṇḍappahaṭa sappo'va-suṇantokupitobhusaṃ
6
Pucchitvā sivabhatte'pi-nāsetuṃ sakkuṇoti taṃ
Iti sutvā'mata'miva-sivabhatti'magaṇhi so
7
Ghātento bhikkhavo dhamma-potthake cā'pi jhāpayaṃ
Bhedāpento subhe'rāme-uppannaṃ sumanācale
8
Yojesi lābha'mādātuṃ-sivatāpasake tadā
Micchidiṭṭhi samādānā-nāsesi muni sāsanaṃ
9
Patthivassa kharattasmiṃ-dulladdhigahaṇe tathā
Ahesu'mappiyā bhūrī-ratā sugata sāsane
10
Athā'pi sakalaṃ laṅkaṃ-nirātikaṇṭakaṃ thiraṃ
Kattukāmo mahāsenaṃ-nānāyudhe ca pācure
11
Samādāya 'gato sīghaṃ-koḷamba pura puṅgavaṃ
Samantato rodhayitvā-'rātīhi bhiṃsanaṃ raṇaṃ
12
Vattesi samare vatta-mānasmi'muddharaṭṭhiyā
Janayuṃ kalahaṃ taṃ hi-sutvā koḷamba saṃyugaṃ
13
Pahāya pāvekkhi sena-'mādiyitvo'ddha raṭṭhakaṃ
Sametvā taṃ kalakalaṃ-tasmiṃ mukhya'nti saṅkayā
14
Perādeṇi rāja vaṃse-sambhutaṃ vīrasundaraṃ
Baṇḍāraṃ sacivaṃ yuddha-sūra'māhūya vañcato
[SL Page 141] [\x 141/]
15
Māresi niddayo tasmi-'māgusmi'ñca tadattajo
Koṇappubaṇḍāra nāmo-koḷambanagaraṃ varaṃ
16
Āgamma kittu samayaṃ-samādāya'ttano pitu
Kata'māguṃ saraṃ donjl̥n-saññāya vidito vasī
17
Rājasīhavhayaṃ rājaṃ-paccuddharaṭṭhapāṇinaṃ
Viditvāna'ppasādattaṃ-patikāljanatādhipo
18
Donjl̥n koṇappubaṇḍāra-kumāraṃ raṇasūrinaṃ
Donpilip iti nāmena-jayavīrassa rājino
19
Bhāgineyya kumārena-saddhiṃ mènḍl̥sa nāmikaṃ
Senāpatiṃ dhuraṃ katvā-datvā sena'ntivikkamaṃ
20
Sirivaddhana ṭhānīyaṃ-nayī vela'mudikkhayaṃ sampattesu puraṃ tesu-ṭhitā sīhalikā tahiṃ
21
No virodha'madassesu-tahaṃ tesaṃ kathañcana
Tasmiṃ pilipkumārassa-rājattaṃ patikāljanā
22
Jl̥n samañña kumārassa-senāpati dhuraṃ tathā
Parināmiya'tho'gañchuṃ-sītāvakapuraṃ pati
23
Don jl̥n koṇappu baṇḍāra-senānī patthivaṃ sakaṃ
Don pilip iti vikhyātaṃ-ghātetvā'bhavi bhūbhujo
24
Tato so patikāljantu-sattū ri'va vicintiya
Hantuṃ taṃ janataṃ tasmiṃ-cinteyā'dhika vikkamo
25
Patikāljanatā tasmiṃ-ṭhānaṃ ñatvā lahuṃ lahuṃ
Palātā koḷambapura-'māsuṃ sabhītikā tato
26
Rājasīho dharaṇipo-sabba'ntaṃ'vecca tacchato
Varime vaye ṭhito ce'pi-samara kkara kaṇḍuniṃ
27
Vinodetuṃ'va nibbhīto-'citasīha parakkamo
Koṇappubaṇḍāra sañña-pabhusattiṃ pamaddituṃ
28
Senāparivuto gacchaṃ-mahānagara desakaṃ
Pathantare balanavha-ṭhānantike mahābhavaṃ
29
Koṇappubaṇḍārakassa-camūhi saha vattayī
Rājasīho sīhabalo-parājito raṇā'tigo
[SL Page 142] [\x 142/]
30
Petaṃgoḍa vhayuyāne-pādābādhena pīḷito
Ruvanvèlla iti byāta-gāmasāmantake kharā
31
Vedanā vediyamāno-ekavīsati vaccare
Kittisesattanaṃ'gañchi-samare maccuno tathā
32
Atho donjl̥na bhiññāto-vimaladhammasūriyo
Iti seṅkhaṇḍaselasmiṃ-setacchattaṃ pure tahaṃ
33
Dvisahasse sate yāte-pañcatiṃsati vacchare
Samussāpiya kittussa-samayaṃ navakābhidhaṃ
34
Jahāsi seṭṭhanagaraṃ-parikkhippa samantato
Kāretvā pana pākāraṃ-mahantaṃ sahakoṭṭhakā
35
Nivesetvā rakkhabhaṭe-bale tahiṃ tahiṃ thiraṃ
Lokasāsana saṅgāhaṃ-kattuṃ'rabhi jane suto
36
Dāṭhādhātuṃ munindassa-vicāretvā kuhiñci'ti
Vihāre labujaggāme-iti sutvāna patthivo
37
Amatenā'bhisitto'va-pīto samandirantike
Dvibhumaṃ dhātusadanaṃ-kāretvā'timanoramaṃ
38
Gāhāpetvā tato dhātu-bhadantaṃ sambhamaṃ pure
Vaḍḍhetvā dhātupāsādaṃ-pūjāvidhiṃ pavattiya
39
Namassitvā patidinaṃ-cāritta'ñca yathāpurā
Pavattetuṃ niyojesi-saddhābhatti purassaro
40
Virodhī'riva maññanto-patikāljanatāyatu
No jahī paṭighaṃ bhūpo-cirabaddhaṃ kathañcana
41
Athā'parasmiṃ samaye-koḷamba patikālpati
So '[f]prunsisku da silvākhyo-govādhipatino lahuṃ
42
Sattiṃ vimaladhammassa-rājino madditummano
Ñāpesi bhaṭasenaṅgaṃ-pesetuṃ nipuṇaṃ raṇe
43
Govādhibhū'ticaturaṃ-lopassl̥sā samavhayaṃ senāniṃ pamukhaṃ katvā-datvāna mahatiṃ
camuṃ
44
Sace laṅka'ṅkareyyāsi-sāhatthika'manūnakaṃ
Bhāgineyyassa te dl̥na-katarīnābhidhaṃ piyaṃ
[SL Page 143] [\x 143/]
45
Jayavīrāvanipati-dhītaraṃ bhariyattane
Samappiya piyaṃ laṅkā-rajjaṃ dassa'nti pāvadi
46
Tabbācā daḷhaceto so-sl̥sā camupatī tato
Sabalo bhāgineyyena-saddhiṃ nānāvidhāyudhe
47
Samādāyā'vatiṇṇo'va-mannāramappadesakaṃ
Kumāriṃ katirīnavha-'mānetvā sirivaddhanaṃ
48
Puraṃ pati gamissanto-madhuggāmassa santike
Vīsasahassappamāṇa-senāya parivārito
49
Jayavīrādi baṇḍāra-vissute'ko pabhūvaro
Samāgamma sl̥sa yuddha-camuyā'gā purammukho
50
Vuttantaṃ taṃ'khilaṃ sutvā-vimaladhammasūriyo
Jayavīramhi senindaṃ-bhedesisamupāyato
51
Sl̥savhayo cakkapati-jayavīrassutaṃ pabhuṃ
Ghātesa'sipahārena-tato sīhalikā bhaṭā
52
Bhītā palātā sl̥savhaṃ-hitvā āsuṃ tahaṃ tahaṃ
Kupite'ke balā yodhā-rājāna'mupasaṅkamuṃ
53
Balanavhaṃ sampahāra-dharaṇiṃ pakikālbale
Sampattasmiṃ sasenāniṃ-senaṃ haniṃsu sīhalā
54
Sajīvagāhaṃ subhagaṃ-kumāriṃ dl̥nakatiranaṃ
Gahetvāna mahesitte-ṭhapesuṃ maharājino
55
Athe'kadā gocaraṭṭha-desādhīso purā'gataṃ
Samuccinitvā senāniṃ-balaṃ datve'ha pesayī
56
Donjeraṇīml̥daasa-vṚdū'ti viditaṃ tahaṃ
Samuccinitvā senāniṃ-balaṃ datve'ha pesayī
57
Tambapaṇṇiṃ samotiṇṇo-karāṇo ninditakirayaṃ
Sīhala bbijaya bbhūmiṃ-balanavhaya duggamaṃ
58
Bahukkhattuṃ'gammatatra-janānaṃ sakajātinaṃ
Bahunnaṃ māraṇaṃ sutvā-daḷhatāya'ttano'nisaṃ
59
Jayo vā maraṇaṃ hotu-hanissaṃ sīhale'khile
Yuddhasajjo sasenāya-sayaṃ'si parivārito
[SL Page 144] [\x 144/]
60
Pavattayuṃ sīhalehi-tahaṃ bhiṃsanakaṃ raṇaṃ parājitā palāyiṃsu-asavṚda vha vāhinī
61
Senāpatī asavṚdū-nāmiko'dhika kakkhalo
Vimaladhammasūrassa-bhūpassa bala'makkhamo
62
Bhūpaṃ rahasi māretuṃ-yojesi caraporise
Kumantanaṃ khara'meko-mudalī rājabhattiko
63
Viññāpesī rājino'tha-te'pi mānusaghātake
Balanavhaya duggamhi-ghātesuṃ rājaporisā
64
Jahāsa'thu'ddharaṭṭhāsaṃ-patikāljanatā ito
Samuddanikaṭe dese-vāsaṃ sutthiraka'ṅkari
65
Purā yati vihiṃsāya-sopasampada bhikkhunaṃ
Vihīnattā'va vimala-dhammasūriya bhūbhujo
66
Rakkhaṅga desaṃ pesetvā-'macce saddhe pavīṇake
Nandicakkādayo'netvā-bhikkhavo sīlabhūsane
67
Gaṇṭhamba sañña titthasmiṃ-mahāvāluka sindhuyaṃ
Kāretvānu'dakukkhepa-sīmāmālaka'muttamaṃ
68
Dvikasahassassatato-'paritāḷisavacchare
Kulaputtu'pasampanne-kāretvā bahayo sato
69
Pabbājetvā guṇī bhūrī-tathe'va kulaputtake
Saddho dhammarato sammā-rakkhi sugatasāsanaṃ
70
Chatāḷīsatime vasse-satasmiṃ dvisahassake
l̥landanāma paññātā-patīvidisikā janā
71
Sattattarīhi sampattā-laṅka'motaru'muttamaṃ
Nāvikādhipatī jl̥ris-cènspīlbarjan itissuto
72
Patvā puraṅga sampannaṃ-sirivaddhanaṭhāniyaṃ
Vimaladhamma sūravha-'mupasaṅkami patthivaṃ
73
Paṭiggahetvā taṃ sammā-tabbijitesu vattanaṃ
Rajjakkama'ñca talladdhiṃ-raṇavutti'ñca pucchi taṃ
74
Kathāya sampayogena-rañño bhāva'ñca vediya
Palāpetu'ñca laṅkāya-patikāljanataṃ lahuṃ
[SL Page 145] [\x 145/]
75
Sāhāyya'mattano rañño-nekatiko nivediya
Bandhituṃ koṭṭhakaṃ laṅkā-janehi saha nibbharaṃ
76
Payojetuṃ vaṇijjaṃ co-'kāsaṃ yāci narissaraṃ
Rājā pamudito tasmiṃ-dadi tassā'vakāsakaṃ
77
Sammadātisayo vèns pil-barjan nāvikanāyako
Saya'mpi patikālīya-janānaṃ paṭipakkhataṃ
78
Ñāpetuṃ rājino tesaṃ-tisso taraṇiyo'ṇṇave
Pasayhaṃ paggahetvāna-'vanipaggassa tā dadi
79
Padassetvāna sambhatta-ta'mitthaṃ nāvikādhipo na cirena sakaṃ desa-'magamāsi hite rato
80
Taññatte hāyane tesa-'meko sī bl̥ldavāḍi'ti
Vissuto taraṇidhīso-laṅka'māgamma laddhake
81
Seṅkhaṇḍasela ṭhānīye-rājāna'mupasaṅkami
Saṅgaha'ṅkāsi mahipo-ta'magghaṃ paṭigaṇhiya
82
Tato so nāvikādhīso-paṭhamaṃ gahitā tarī
Anārociya bhūpassa-vossajī sakakāmato
83
Ta'mavecca'situṃ bhūpo-pācidesa'mupāgami
Tadantare da vāḍnāmo-samupāgamma patthivaṃ
84
Taraṇīyo no sandaṭṭhu-'mayācitthe 'tu bhūbhujo
Taṃ paṭikkhipi bhūpālo-'vatthocitavacīhi ca
85
Tahaṃ taripatī majja-matto'sabbhagiraṃ vadi
Ta'ṅkhaṇa ññe'va kupito-tasmiṃ dubbaca jātike
86
Bhūpo taṭataṭāyanto-daḍḍho khāṇu'va tinduko
Bandhathi'maṃ sārameyya-'miccu'vāca pabhāvacā
87
Ta'ṅkhaṇaṃ'vanipasse'ko-bhaṭo ghātesi dubbacaṃ
Yoggaṃ kiraya'mimaṃ'voca-pīṭars upatarīpati
88
Bhūpo puna puraṃ gantvā-cinitvā kusalaṃ bahuṃ
Nijaṃ'nujaṃ pabbajita-'muppabbājesi taṃ paṭuṃ
89
Niyojiya nije rajja-bhāre yuttiyuto budho
Vasse dvādasame bhūpo-yathākamma'magā paraṃ
[SL Page 146] [\x 146/]
90
Itthaṃ bhūpatayo visiṭṭhamatiyā yu ttā'pi laddhiṃ sivaṃ
Hitve'ke siriyāmadena muditā'nīghaṃ'nubhutvāni'ha
Ekacce balino samādiya varaṃ laddhiṃ satā'smiṃ sukhaṃ
Vinditvāna para'ṅgamiṃsu satimā medho kare diṭṭhijuṃ
Bhāṇavāraṃ dvitāḷisatimaṃ
----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvegajanake dīpavaṃse l̥landāgamanādi dīpanonāma
Dvicattāḷīsatimoparicchedo
[SL Page 147] [\x 147/]
Ticattāḷīsatimo paricchedo
-------------------
1
Tadaccaye tassa suto-māyādhanū'pabhūpati
Ūvadesādhipo rañño-kaṇiṭṭho cā'tivikkamo
2
Senāratanavikhyāto-rajje sāmitta 'mabravuṃ
Siyā yadi raṇaṃ tesaṃ-patikāljanatāya tu
3
Parihāni pathā patti-bhaveyyā'ti vicintiya
Viditā katirīnā'ti-lokanāthā mahesikā
4
Rajjaṃ sayaṃ'nusāsanti-sacive 'pi samāniya
Rajjassa patirūpattaṃ-sassa sassa pakāsituṃ
5
Nivedayī kila tesa-'mubhinnaṃ'dhika sattinaṃ
Sabhaṃ samupasaṅkante-hanitvā sāyakena taṃ
6
Ghātesi māyādhanukaṃ-senāratana khattiyo
Rajja'maggahi so rañño-deviṃ katirinavhayaṃ
7
Mahesitte'bhisiñcitvā-hāyane dvisahassake
Sogatasmiṃ sate satta-tāḷīsame'si bhūpati
8
Pattābhiseko so rājā-puññakammaparo dayo saṅgaṇhi janataṃ niccaṃ-saṅgahehi catūhi'pi
9
Dāṭhā dhātu bhadantassa-cāritta'mavilaṅghiya
Pūjāvidhiṃ pavattesi-siva magga rato sudhī
10
Rajjato pañcama vassa-ppamāṇe rājino sakaṃ
Puraṃ patya'savṚdavho-patikālpati kakkhalo
11
Mahāsamara senāya-gamittha parivārito
Taṃ suṇitvā'risenāya-thāmattaṃ ca'ttanobalaṃ
12
Dubbalatta'mavekkhitvā-patthivānaṃ siraṃ viya
Dāṭhādhātuṃ pañcasata-raṭṭhaṃ vaḍḍhetva duggamaṃ
13
Khemaṭṭhāne sugopetvā-'paciti'ṅkāsi gāravā
Rañño jeṭṭhasutaṃ hattha-sāra'ñca gabbhiniṃ nijaṃ
14
Mahesi'ñcā'diyitvāna-tato'gā mahiyaṅgaṇaṃ
Saseno patikālindo-asavṚdavhayo atho
[SL Page 148] [\x 148/]
15
Mahāpura'mupāvissa-'nagghikaṃ rājamandiraṃ
Jhāpetvā balanaṭṭhāne-balakoṭṭha'ñca bandhayī
16
Lokanāthā rājadevī-mahiyaṅgaṇakuñjare
Subhasūcakanakkhatte-rājasīhavhayaṃ varaṃ
17
Rajjakkhamaṃ mahātejaṃ-pasūtā tanayaṃ piyaṃ
Verijeṭṭho tadā rattiṃ-supinaṃ passi bheravaṃ
18
Paṭipakkhajanā sabbe-supinā bhayatajjitā
Palāyiṃsu puraṃ hitvā-jāta teja ggi dayhitā
19
Tato'parasmiṃ samaye-lokanāthā mahesiyā
Jeṭṭho suto mato rāja-suriyo pubbarājino
20
Tena sokāturā devī-katirīnavhayā matā
Atho sampattasamayaṃ-viññāya'khila'mādiya
21
Sirivaḍḍhana ṭhānīyaṃ-patvā sabbaṃ yathāpurā
Kattu'mārabhi sambuddha-dvijadhātuṃ samāniya
22
Vaḍḍhetvā dhātugehasmiṃ-pūjāvidhiṃ pavattayī
Patthivassa'ṭṭhamavasse-daboskl̥varsamavhayo
23
l̥landanāvikādhīso-ṭhānīyaṃ sirivaddhanaṃ
Patvā laṅkissarenā'tha-paṭiñña'ṅkāsi sāsayā
24
Vattetuṃ patikālpāṇi-gaṇehi saha saṃyugaṃ
Patthivassu'pakārassa-karaṇāya paṭissavaṃ
25
Dadi so'landasenānī-tasmiṃ tuṭṭho mahīpati
Koṭṭiyāravhaṭhānasmiṃ-bandhituṃ koṭṭhakaṃ thiraṃ
26
Sāmaggiyā'va laṅkīya-janehi saha santataṃ
Vāṇijja'ñca payojetu-'mokāsaṃ dadi'nuddayo
27
Accantasammado bhūpo-tasmi'molandadhissaraṃ
Rañño'nusāsakanibhaṃ-nivattāpayi sappure
28
Patikāljātikā tasmiṃ-kāle catusahassakaṃ
Senaṅga'mpi datvāna-simankorasa nāmikaṃ
29
Senāni'mappasiddhena-maggena koṭṭiyārakaṃ
Pesayuṃ te tahaṃ patvo-'landakoṭṭha'ñca rakkhake
[SL Page 149] [\x 149/]
30
Nāsayiṃsu bhaṭe tasmā-saṅkuddho mahipo tadā
Pañcasahassappamāṇā-senāyo ca'nayī tahiṃ
31
Palāyuṃ patikālavhā-ṭhānaṃ taṃ hitva vegino
Tesaṃ bahūni vatthūni-bhaṭe cā'diya pācure
32
Seṅkhaṇḍasela'māyātā-pura'māsuṃ sadesikā
Atho'pu'bho saṃyugāya-sañciniṃsu mahabbalaṃ
33
Mahesiccayato sassa-sokasallena sallito
Senāratana rājindo-gelaññenā'si pīḷito
34
Gelaññaṃ rājino sutvā-pakikāljātikā janā
Disādhipatinā hṚrat-nāmena saha rājino
35
Kumantayitvā bhūpassa-tanaye cū'varaṭṭhake
Yuvarāja'ñca ghātetuṃ-yatayiṃsva'tha kakkhalā
36
Taññatā mahipo itthaṃ-kumantanakare'pare
Tāsetuṃ taṃ disādhīsaṃ-hṚratsaññaṃ hanāpayī
37
Taddesikā tato ruṭṭhā-'rātī hutvā'va rājino
Janayuṃ kalahaṃ bhīmaṃ-patikāljātikā api
38
Samāgatā tesa'māsu-'motāra'mpi gavesakā
Pesetvā mahipo senaṃ-samesi kalahaṃ lahuṃ
39
Bhūpasse'kādasamasmiṃ-vacchare patikāljane
Palāpetu'mito maññaṃ-daboskl̥var mahāsayaṃ
40
Taddesaṃ raṇasenaṅga-'mānetuṃ pesayī sato
Landesikā tena saddhiṃ-kattuṃ ne'cchuṃ paṭissavaṃ
41
Tato so nāvikādhīso-ḍenmākavhayaraṭṭhakaṃ
Patvāna tasmiṃ'dhipati-catutthaṃ kirasṭiyan sutaṃ
42
Rājaṃ samupasaṅkamma-sappayāna'mavoca'tha paṭiggahetvāna tassa-yācanaṃ guligèḍ iti
43
Senāniṃ vissutaṃ pañca-raṇanāvā padāpiya
Boskl̥varnāmikenā'smiṃ-pesesi sara'māyatiṃ
44
So phuṭṭharogo boskl̥var-suvissuta mahāsayo
Tariyaṃ mato'dhā'gacchaṃ-guliguḍ iti seniyo
[SL Page 150] [\x 150/]
45
Samotiṇṇo piyaṃ laṅkaṃ-rañño sorasavacchare
Passi bhūmipatiṃ seṭṭha-purasmiṃ taṃ samādaraṃ
46
Paṭigayha saṅgaha'ṅkāsi-sammā tathā'pi buddhimā
No icchi mahipo tassa-paṭiññaṃ paṭigaṇhituṃ
47
Tato senāni boskl̥var-mahāsayatarisva'pi
Paharitvā vatthujātaṃ-sakaraṭṭha'magā tadā
48
Samantato vattamāne-patikālkoṭṭhake thire
Udikkhamāno landesi-sāhāyya'mpi apassayaṃ
49
Samaraṃ saṅakulaṃ kattu-maññamāno disampati
Sīghasīghaṃ mahāsenaṃ-sajjesī'dhikavikkamo
50
Tadā'dho raṭṭhiyā dve'pi-mudalindā mahāsayā
Bhūpālapakkhā rahasi-'bhaviṃsu thiramānasā
51
Ittha'mbhūtaṃ mahussāhaṃ-bhūpatissa cirantanaṃ
Ñātā konstantīnudasā-patikāladhipo tva'raṃ
52
Yuddhasenaṅga'mādāya-mahantaṃ balavikkamo
Rañño catubbīsatime-majjhadesaṃ gamitva so
53
Nāsesi taṃ disaṃ gāma-vilopako'va takkaro
Dubbalattā'vanipassa-bhaṭehi tehi yujjhituṃ
54
Ūvaraṭṭhaṃ palāto'si-saseno mahipo lahuṃ
Patikāladhipo rājaṃ-nānubandhiya paccuhaṃ
55
Passaṃ nivattittha tasmiṃ-kāle govādhipo'tra tu
Patikālpatino'yattaṃ-kātuṃ laṅkaṃ'vilambitaṃ
56
Pesesyā'ṇa pamādasmiṃ-dosa'ñcā'ropayī bhusaṃ
Rañño chabbīsatimasmiṃ-patikālpatiko lahuṃ
57
Bāvīsatisahassassa-ppamāṇe sikkhite raṇe
Bhaṭe samādiyitvāna-badullanagara'ṅgato
58
Puraṃ taṃ paharitvāna-sīhalehi bhayānakaṃ
Vattesi saṃyugaṃ daḷhaṃ-'raññadoṇivhabhūmiyaṃ
59
Paraṅgikā tamhi rattiṃ-pāpuccāraṇakammunā
Devasaṃyācanenā'pi-vītikkamuṃ bhayadditā
[SL Page 151] [\x 151/]
60
Disampatibhaṭā tasmiṃ-vijayo no bhave iti
Maññamānā jayugghosa-'mugghosayiṃsu sammadā
61
Pabhāte samare vatta-māne katipayā satā
Paraṅgijanataṃ hitvā-mudalindāmahāsayā
62
Bhūpabbalaṃ samāyātā-raṇachekā'tivikkamā
Tesaṃ donkosmovjaya-sekharākhyo suvissuto
63
Mudaḷindo paraṅgīya-bhaṭassa sahasā siraṃ
Chedāpetvā saṅkunā taṃ-dassesu'kvippa nibbhayo
64
So rājapakkhapātatta-'mitthaṃ viññāpayī tadā
Sajātikajanā sabbe-ta'ṅkhaṇaṃ rājapakkhikā
65
Bhavuṃ paraṅgikā tesa-'manapekkhiya jīvitaṃ
Pavattayuṃ raṇaṃ rāja-senāya bhiṃsanaṃ kharaṃ
66
Mahipassa'ttajo rāja-sīho sūro kumārako
Raṇabhūmiya'mattānaṃ-dassento pabale bhaṭe
67
Yathāyoggaṃ niyojesi-sosattarasavassiko
Dutiyo divase yuddhe-bherave samupaṭṭhite
68
Konstantīnudasānāma-patikālpatinā samaṃ
Tassā'khila'mpi senaṅgaṃ-vināsayiṃsu sīhalā
69
Tato paṭṭhāya tu laṅka-'māyattaṃ kattukāmatā
Nā'bhavittha paraṅginaṃ-vighātā satti sabbaso
70
Sīhaparakkamo rāja-sīho kumāravissuto
Sighaṃ senaṅga'mādāya-karakaṇḍuṃ'vanodituṃ
71
Patto mahāvaṇṇunajjā-nikaṭasmiṃ paraṅginaṃva
Balakoṭṭhe'pi paggaṇhi-tato koḷambakoṭṭhakaṃ
72
Samantato'va rundhitvā-sabalo yujjhituṃ'rabhi
Patikālpatino maccuṃ-ñatvā govidhipo tato
73
Kocinnagarato cā'tra-mahatiṃ yuddhavāhiniṃva
Sattavīsatime vasse-rājino pesayī lahuṃ
74
Patte tasmiṃ yuddhabale-palātā sīhalā'bhavu
Ninayiṃsu ubho kiñci-kālaṃ sāmaggiye'kadā
[SL Page 152] [\x 152/]
75
Saṃsayaṃ maraṇe mañña-māno mantetva'maccake
Sasantake pabbatādi-parikkhitte ca raṭṭhake
76
Vibhajja tīsu pattesu-likhāpiya'visesato
Sabhāturājino putte-tanayaṃ ca'ttano'rasaṃ
77
Samānetvā tāni patte-dāṭhaggadhātusantike
hapetvā te bhāgadheyyo-gāhāpesi yathāpihaṃ
78
Kumārasīhavhayassa-tadu'caraṭṭhakaṃ tathā
Vijayapālasavhassa-mātulaṃ raṭṭhakaṃ subhaṃ
79
Pañcuddharaṭṭhakaṃ rāja-sīhassa sakasūnuno
Sampatte'vaṃ viloketvā-mudito'si mahīpati
80
Ta taṃ raṭṭhaṃ samāyātaṃ-kumārānaṃ yathāvidhi
Accantakaruṇo tesaṃ-'dāsi bhūpo tadatthiko
81
Iti dharaṇiya'massaṃ'rātikaṇṭe pahūte
Atisaya'mapanetvā sodhayitva'ggarajjaṃ
Anubhaviya yathāsaṃ tiṃsavassaṃ hi senā-
Ratana jagati pālo dibbaloka'ṅgamittha
Bhāṇavāraṃ titāḷīsatimaṃ.
---------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvegajanake dīpavaṃse senāratana
Rājadīpano nāma titālīsatimo paricchedo
[SL Page 153] [\x 153/]
Catucattāḷīsatimo paricchedo
--------------------
1
Tadaccayasmiṃ dutiyo'trajo'ssa
Raṇe pavīno sutarājasīho
Seṅkhaṇḍaselavhapure varasmiṃ
Rājā'si rañjesi jane sa'dānā
2
Te bhāgiyā rājasutā mahīpā
Yathāvidhippattadisāsu tāsu
Payambutulyā satataṃ samaggā
Tebhātikā vāsa'makappayiṃsu
3
Sāmaggi'missaṃ bhavi ce pavattā'
Paraṃ paraṅgī manujo'nukampo
Seṅkhaṇḍaselavhapure naresaṃ
Taṃ rājasīhaṃ samupāgamitvā
4
Sugandhi nīra'mpi ca gandhasāra
Sāraṃ haya'ñcā'dadi bhūpatissa
Pīto mahīpo'pi pavecchi dantiṃ
Sa'taṃ gahetvā'ga kadambatitthaṃ
5
Bhūpā suladdhaṃ dviradaṃ digūda
MṚll̥ paraṅgī dhipatī pahāsi
So vāṇijo sassi'bha gaṇhitatta'
Mācikkhi rañño'bhimukhamhi ṭhitvā
6
Sa'vimbhito taṃ sutavā narindo
Pavuddharoso dviradaṃ para'mpi
Datvā'ssarakkheni'tarena saddhiṃ
Dayodasampūtamano nayittha
7
Tato'parasmiṃ samaye diguda-
MṚll̥pabhū vikkiṇituṃ haye dve
Mahāpuraṃ nesi purā kata'mpi
Sara'mpahārī turage sa'bhūpo
[SL Page 154] [\x 154/]
8
Dvipe vare teni'dha pesite no
Dassa'nti vāhe vadathā'didesa
Te vāṇijā sappabhuno varassa
Viññāpayuṃ taṃ nikhilaṃ pavattiṃ
9
Pavattijāta'ñca suṇitva sādhuṃ
DigudamṚll̥ patikāl patindo
Padittaghāto'rabhi rājinā'tho
Jayatthiko so tumulaṃ hi yuddhaṃ
10
Sadesadesantarikaṭṭhavīsa
Sahassamattaṃ bala'mādiyitvā
Seṅkhaṇḍasela ppura sannikaṭṭhaṃ
Payāsa'bhīto'va dhatāyudho so
11
Tadā pavīro vijayādipāla-
Khatto'dhipo mātularaṭṭhakamhi
Samādiyitvā mahati'ñca sena'
Mupāgamī patthivapakkhiko'va
12
Patte patīkālanike videsī
Bhayāvahantaṃ balanavhaduggaṃ
Paṭicca lesaṃ paṭighaṃ visāla
Senāvināsāya raṇaṃ rabheyya
13
Ta'mīrayitvāna na yuttaka'nti
Parakkamo bhūpati rājasīho
Tappūjakaṃ nesi digudamṚla-
Pabhussa ñattaṃ paṭiyātu'metto
14
Lava'mpa'sallakkhiya taṃ digūda
MṚlavhayo'pāharituṃ narindaṃ
Kharāya senāya samaṃ puraggaṃ
Pāvekkhi nāddakkhi puramhi kañci
15
Disampati so tadahe'rināsa
Kirayāvidhānaṃ'virataṃ karāṇo
Nīlambuṭhānamhi vasī'va sīho
Tadā paraṅgī jana sañcayasmiṃ
[SL Page 155] [\x 155/]
16
Pura'mpi jhāpetva parikkamante
Gannl̥ruvavhe'ribale samantā
Bhūpabbhaṭā rundhiya sampahāraṃ
Dātuṃ'rabhiṃsū satataṃ ripūnaṃ
17
Samuddhato so patikālpatindo
Vinibbidho pakkhahato'va pakkhi
Kharaṃ raṇaṃ tatra 'sahaṃ mahīpaṃ
Yācittha sāmaṃ pamukhaṃ panetvā
18
Duṭṭhassa mānammanaso kathañci
Giraṃ'gaṇetvāna'nivattayitvā
Yoddhuṃ nivedesi savāhinīnaṃ
Pavattayuṃ bhiṃsanaka'mpi yuddhaṃ
19
Sāyambhave'smiṃ dvisahassake'he
Satekasītīsarade pabhāte
Sanetarā'mā patikālpajāyo
Haniṃsu tettiṃsajane vihāya
20
Sajīvagāhaṃ gahite paraṅgi
Jane samatte vijayādipāle
Bhūpe nivattāpayi guttiyā te
Tato paraṃ mocayi maṇḍaleso
21
So rājasīho kupito tato taṃ
Khatta'ṅgahetuṃ vijayādipālaṃ
Senaṃ niyojesa'tha taṃ viditvā
Paraṅgiñatta'ṅgami so'tivegova
22
Tadā paraṅgīhi'pi vītachando
Govavhayaṃ maṇḍaliko saraṭṭhaṃ
Nīto'pi kittussamaya'mpi gayha
Mato tahaṃ maccadhipo'sa'kāmā
23
Gannl̥ru saṅgāma purā kumāra-
Sīho sa'ūvādhipatī mato'si
Tato'ddharaṭṭhe kasine'kasāmī'
Bhavī virājī sirirājasīho
[SL Page 156] [\x 156/]
24
Paraṅgipāṇīna'bhave'ha vāso
Sāmaggi no hehiti tāva sādhuṃ
Tīretva ittha'mpi saritva etto
Palāpituṃ te sari rājasīho
25
Manorathaṃ pūrayitu'mpi kāmaṃ
Sute betāvivhapuramhi'dhīsaṃ
Sohajja'molandajanāna'maggaṃ
Yācitva dūte'nayi rājasīho
26
Atho betāvīpuradhissaro so
Pāhesi senādhipatiṃ idhe'saṃ
Taṃ seniyo gammi'ha passi tena
Paṭissava'ñcā'kari rājasīho
27
Laṅkāya te nīharituṃ paraṅgi
Jane'tra rañño gahite ca koṭṭhe
Dātuṃ mahīpo samaramhi vitha
Bbaya'ñca kattuṃ sirirājasīhova
28
Landesikānaṃ satataṃ vaṇijjaṃ
Laṅkāya sabbattha payojitu'ñca
Ubbāhituṃ romanupūjake'tā
Bhavuṃ paṭiññā ca thirā dvipakkhe
29
Yathāpaṭiññaṃ dhajinīhi vèsṭar-
Volḍsavhayo cakkapatī raṇasmiṃ
Supesale'so dvisahassakamhi
Sate dvyasītimmitahāyanasmiṃ
30
Laṅkāvatiṇṇo sabalo'va pācī
Disāya koṭṭhe patikāl pajānaṃ
Yujjhitva sabbe'ggahi'to parasmiṃ
Tathe'va vasse madhugāmakoṭṭhaṃ
31
Paraṅgi landesi videsikānaṃ
Sāmaggi mattaṃ ci'dha kiñcikālaṃ
Pavatta'māsī dvisahassakamhi
Satasmi'mekūnasatamhi vasse
[SL Page 157] [\x 157/]
32
Sasīhalo landa sakhā ji senā
Vīsaṃ sahassaṃ thala nīrato'pi
Parikkhipitvā'va kadamba koṭṭhaṃ
Paraṅginaṃ'daṃsu pahāra'māsuṃ
33
Verī bha dappa ssira piṇḍa bhedī
Miginda tulyo siri rājasīho
Gāme vasaṃ raggahavattanāme
Bhaṭe payojesi raṇe'tisūro
34
Vattetva yuddhaṃ tumulaṃ bala'mpiva
Hanitva sesa'ñca palāpayitvā
Koḷambakoṭṭhaṃ suthiraṃ visālaṃ
Haṭhaṃ mahehāya sudaṃ'gahesuṃ
35
Saṃvacchare'to dutiye paraṅgi
Janehu'dagga puthulaṃ kata'mpi
Koṭṭhaṃ'gahuṃ yāpanika'ntimaṃ hi
Vāsāvasānaṃ'bhavi'tro'tra tesaṃ
36
Atho raṇe paggahite'ggakoṭṭhe
Landesikā bhūpatino padāye
Yathāpaṭiññaṃ nikatā na dajjuṃ
Tato'bhavuṃ te ripavo'ññamaññaṃ
37
Aṅgīrasasmiṃ dvisahassake dvi-
Satamhi vasse tatiye robaṭnl̥ks
Nāmiṅgirīsinvayiko satāto
Sakattariṃ pākatikaṃ pabhaggaṃ
38
Kattu'mpi laṅkāyi'dha koṭṭiyāra
Titthāvatiṇṇo bhami'to ci'toca
Purāvidesīna'mihā'gatānaṃ
Sasaṃsayo nekatikehi bhūpo
39
Paggaṇhituṃ te tuvaṭaṃ niyogaṃ
Nayī tato nl̥ks pamukhe gahetvā
Disāpatī majjhadisaṃ pavesī
Nivattayī sorasa'kekagāme
[SL Page 158] [\x 158/]
40
Yuvassa nl̥ksnāmavarassa tāto
Tato mato'sī dutiyamhi vasse
Suto robaṭnl̥kssusu vīsavassaṃ
Vasitvi dhā'gā niliye'ṅgalantaṃ
41
Mahāsayo nl̥ks vidito tahiṃ so
Bhūpassa bhāvaṃ atha tassa rajje
Pakāsakaṃ gantha'makāsi tassa'
Nusāsako bhūpatino sira'nti
42
Tassu'ddhaṭaṃ māna'matikkama'nti
Tato bhuvī daḷhataro'pi koci
Disampatī no'ti siyā sa'gatthe
Nidassitā tena'vicārakena
43
Tathā'pi vutto sirirājasīho
Rājā kurūro na bhave kathañci
Kāṭhiñña jotī ca videsikānaṃ
Pajjālito cetasi bhūpatissa
44
Etto purāṇe dvisahassakasmiṃva
Satamhi tettiṃsatimamhi vasse
Rèl[f]pic samañño paṭhamāgato'tra
Mahāsayo iṃgirisī'ti maññuṃ
45
Nekacca'molandapajāya tibbaṃ
Saraṃ'sahanto'vanipo sakīyaṃ
Janaccayaṃ daṭṭhu'makāmakāmo
Viyā'tidaḷha kiraya tapparo'si
46
So rājadhāniṃ pavaraṃ pahāya
Parissamaṃ vissamituṃ mahīpo
Nīlambuke saṃvasathe manuñño
Sātaṃ vasittho'hitabhārako'va
47
Tahaṃ vasaṃ so dvisahassake dvi
Sate'ṭṭhamasmiṃ munihāyanamhi
Pure'nuvassaṃ'va kata'mpi sāḷha
Mahussava'ṅkattu'nadajji bhūpo
[SL Page 159] [\x 159/]
48
Taṃ'rabbha jīvā mahipe tadāni
Purādhivāsī kupitā'timattaṃ
Bhūpaṃ nihantu'ñca kumantayitvā
Nīlambuke rājagahaṃ'varundhuṃ
49
Tato palāyato jagatīpatī so
Siluddhasaññaṃ balakoṭṭha'maggaṃ
Duggaṃ satāṇaṃ pihayaṃ rayena
Pāvekkhi dhīro tuvaṭaṃ nilīno
50
Rājaddubhī te kalahe pamokkhā
Sīghaṃ puraṃ'gamma mahīpasūnuṃ
Sukhedhitaṃ pūtayasaṃ kumāraṃ'
Bhisiñcituṃ taṃ yatayiṃsu rajje
51
Tathā'pi so rājasuto vidūra
Dassī paṭikkhippa mahipañattaṃ
Gato nilīyā'si tato'pi bhītā'
Tivimbhitā medhagikā palātā
52
Tasmiṃ vivāde samite narindo
Te rājadohī kalahe padhāne
Jane ca bhūrī yatayo ca keci
Gahetva ghātāpayi saṅkite te
53
Tato'paraṃ rājasuto cirassaṃ
Kuhiṃ gato'tī na ca koci macco
Aññāsi bhūpaṃ'va vinā pane'ke
Mārāpito'tī vanipena maññuṃ
54
Tato parasmiṃ sarade'ṭṭhamamhi
Pransanvaye'ko dhajinīpatindo
Laṅkāvatiṇṇo'bhavi monsīyarda
Lāhe'ti khyāto samare pavīṇo
55
Pāhesi rañño nikaṭaṃ'padāya
Samaṃ sadūte tuvaṭaṃ satīmā
l̥landiyānaṃ disata'mpi tesaṃ
Saritva sammāpaṭigaṇhi te tu
[SL Page 160] [\x 160/]
56
So seniyo seṭṭhakulaṃ lenl̥rl̥l
Mahāsayaṃ pesiya bhūpañattaṃ
Kirayāparo kicca'midha bbidhāya
Sīghaṃ pune'tu'ṅgamisindhudesaṃ
57
Mahīpatiṃ so'pagato'pi tassa
Tāruññamānuddhatamussitattā
Bhūpaṃ ca'nandiṃ nigaḷe sahatthe
Pāpesa'pubbaṃ'carimaṃ hate'hā
58
Kadāci laddhā mahipā mohoṭṭāl-
Padaṃ sadesiṃ parinīya kantaṃ
Duve labhī sūnuvare'parasmiṃ
Sagottikā'jjā'pi padissare'tra
59
Munindavasse dvisahassake dvi
Satamhi tevīsatime tato'pi
Virodha'molandajane pavattaṃ
Sametukāmo samupāya'maggaṃ
60
Vīmaṃsayitvā sutatappatī vènva-
Joyinsamañño pabhu bhūpatissa
Paheṇake pesayi'nagghike ca
Rājappacārehi pathe ṭhitehi
61
Tassū'padā tā paharitva dūtā
Palāpitā pāranadiṃ pasayha
Tenā'pi landesipatissa ceto
Ratho nahosī saphalo kathañci
62
Assa'ṅanī'landapatī vènādī
Joyinssamañño rayiklopvènādī
Joyinssuvikhyātabhidho loranspīl
Nāmo'ti'hā'suṃ viditā tayo'me
63
Tade'va bhūpassa nuti'ñca tanvaṃ
Sandesa'maggaṃ subhatambacūḷaṃ
So'laggiyabbaṇṇamukhādi vaṭṭi
Mahāsayo'kāsi sabhāsato'va
[SL Page 161] [\x 161/]
64
Bhūrī vihāre varacetiye ca
Vijjānikāye paṭisaṅkharitvā
So sāsanaṃ paggahakaṃ vidhāya
Lokatthasiddhi'ṅkari bhūmipālo
65
Sayaṃ kumāraṃ carime muhutte
Guttaṃ padassesi pajāpamodā
Savimhayā taṃ makuṭassa sāmiṃ
Kumāraseṭṭhaṃ paṭigaṇhi sammā
66
Thāmā rāti mahā mahīruha cayaṃ ummūlayanto bhusaṃ
Verabbo pavano'va vīrapavaro yuddhe'tisūro sadā
Bhutvā rajja'mimaṃ siriṃ sitayasopaññāsamedvādhike
Vasse savhayasesata'ṅgami suto so rājasīho dayo
Bhāṇavāraṃ catutāḷīsatimaṃ
----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvegajanake dīpavaṃse putugīsi vāsāvasānādi dīpano nāma
Catucattāḷīsatimo paricchedo.
[SL Page 162] [\x 162/]
Pañcacattāḷīsatimo paricchedo
---------------------
1
Vasse muninde dvisahassake dvi
Satamhi sattādhikavīsatīme
Tassa'trajo kho vimalādidhamma-
Sūro kumāro dutiyo'tha rañño
2
Rājā'si seṅkhaṇḍagirīpurasmiṃ
Nītāya pubbe madhurāpurasmā
Mahesiyā bhūpatino pitussa
Jāyattane paṭṭhapi dhītaraṃ so
3
Pattābhiseko jinasāsanasmiṃ
Pamodito so janacittakunde
Vikāsayanto'va dhuvaṃ dharāpo
Dhammena gopesi samena rajjaṃ
4
Giraṃ saranto carimaṃ pitussa
Rañño sarajja ssamayaṃ samattaṃ
Sāmaggiyā so ninayī ripūhi
Tadā pajāyo sukhitā vasiṃsu
5
Saddho sa' bhattosamayamhisatthū
Tibhūmakaṃ dhātugharaṃ manuññaṃ
Kāretva pañcādhikavīsatīyā
Sahassarūpīhi varaṃ samuggaṃ
6
Limpetva soṇṇena mahagghikāni
Khacāpayitvā ratanāni tamhi
Vaḍḍhetva dāṭhāpavaraṃ bhadantaṃ
Mahāmaha'ṅkāsi samānanaṃ'va
7
Tadā'dhisīlihi manuññalaṅkā
Rittā'si taṃ'vekkhiya sopadagge
Sandesa'magga'ñca daditva'macce
Rakkhaṅgadesaṃ pahiṇittha rājā
[SL Page 163] [\x 163/]
8
Santānatherādiyatī'dha'netvā
Tettiṃsake terasame'ssa rañño
Gaṇṭhambatitthamhi mahāpurasmiṃ
Najjaṃ'dakukkhepaka sīmagehe
9
Dāpetva sikkhaṃ kula puttakānaṃ
Pure'va vuddhiṃ munisāsanassa
Kubbaṃ sanāmiṃ paṭhamaṃ mahīpaṃ
Nidassayī sakakirayayā satānaṃ
10
Itthaṃ tadā so vimalādidhamma-
Sūro nareso vividha'mpi puññaṃ
Cinitva bāvīsatimamhi vasse
Kammaṃyathā'gañchi phala'nnubhottuṃ
11
Tadaccaye vīraparakkamādi-
Narindasīho mahipassa sūnu
Mahāpurasmiṃ sitachatta'magga'
Mussāpayī pāṇihitaṃ'vahanto
12
Nītā vinītā madhurāpuramhā
Kumārikā tassa mahesikā'sī
Purantike'rūru savantitīre
Uyyānavāmamhi sanālikere
13
So kuṇḍasālādhivacaṃ hi sākhā
Puraṃ samiddhaṃ pavidhāya tamhi
Vasī tato tassa hi kuṇḍasāla-
Rāje'ti bhatyā puna vohariṃsu
14
Pure tahaṃ saṅghaghare vareca
Kāretva vāsāpiya samāṇere
Dānādipuññaṃ satataṃ'va kubbaṃ
Saddhamma ganthe ca likhāpayī so
15
Purā kataṃ dhātugharaṃ satāta
Raññā'si jiṇṇaṃ navakaṃ dvibhumaṃ
Kāretva citraṃ radadhātugehaṃ
Pūjāvidhiṃ vattayi'nekadhā so
[SL Page 164] [\x 164/]
16
Saṅgayha bhikkhū kulaputtake ca
Pabbājayitvā kusalaṃ cinanto
Samantakūṭādivisuddhasiddha-
ṭhānāni gantvā padasā'bhivandi
17
Athe'kadā bhūparipūpadhāne'
Kacce nihantvā mahipaṃ sarajje
Paṭṭīyabaṇḍārabhidhaṃ ṭhapetuṃ
Kumantayuṃ duṭṭhamanā kurūrā
18
Tathā'pi rājaddubhinaṃ mahehā
Nāhosi tesaṃ saphalā kathañci
Paṭṭīyabaṇḍārabhidhaṃ gahetvā
Ghātesi tuṇṇaṃ'si hatā tato'sā
19
Narindasīho'pi pite'va'landa
Janehi sāmaggiparo vasittha
Mahesiyā tassa matāya'yīsāk-
Ogastiramp'landapatī'si sokī
20
Tade'va gannl̥ru varaṃdhi vāsī
Thero'vanīpācariyo sasatthe
Dhamme pavīṇo saniruttiyā'va
Samuggakabbaṃ viracittha citraṃ
21
Tato garuttaṃ gatavā'ssa rañño
So sāmaṇero saraṇaṅkarākhyo
Sammāvayātāgamasaddasattho
Sāratthasaṅgāhabhidha'ñca ganthaṃ
22
Purā parakkantibhujassa jambū-
Doṇippurādhippatino'ddhanī yaṃ
Thero sa'pañcappariveṇasāmī
Bhesajjamañjūsa'makāsi ganthaṃ
23
Tadattha byākhyānavaraṃ'rubodhi-
Vaṃse madhūratthapakāsinī'ti
Katvā tayo'me sakabhāsato'va
Jotesi sammā munisāsana'mpi
[SL Page 165] [\x 165/]
24
Narindasīho pana sīhalīyā
Nvayabbhavo so carimo narindo
Tettiṃsavassamhi silokasesa
Ttana'ṅgamī puññacayaṃ cinitvā
25
Tadaccaye tassa mahīpatissa
Mahesiyā sodariyo sabhāgo
Sirippatītabbijayādirāja-
Sīhābhidheno'rupure'si rājā
26
Rañño mahesī madhurāya nāyak-
Dāranvaye sambhavikā'si kantā
Purā sivo ce'pi sa'gayha buddha
Laddhiṃ mahīpo thirabhatti saddho
27
Tathe'va devī pajahitva micchā-
Diṭṭhiṃ samādāya sudassanaṃ hi
Dhuvānuyātā'vanipassa sādhu
Kirayāya sambuddhamamādhikā'sī
28
Saṅgayha jīve satataṃ saputte
Pite ca pālesi bhusaṃ'va dātā
Vihāracetyupavanāni buddha-
Bimbe ca kāresi'mataṅgavesī
29
Sakkassa dāṭhaṃ'viratādarena
Pūjesi'nekabbidhinā mahipo
Disampatismiṃ sitasakkirayāya
Janā manāpā pacurā bhaviṃsu
30
Dhātvālayasmiṃ'bhinavamhi dhātu
Vaḍḍhāpanenā'pi bhaveyya deso
Itī'ritaṃ so vitathā gahetvā
Kāretu'maññaṃ nagaraṃ tato'gā
31
Tade'kadā vattakarā samecca
Mahabbalā dhātusamugga'maggaṃ
Pavāyamuṃ'vāpurituṃ'ca rattiṃ
Tesaṃ pane'hā'pagatā'phalā'sī
[SL Page 166] [\x 166/]
32
Gamitva maccā tuvaṭaṃ pavattiṃ
Nivedayuṃ bhūpatino mukhamhi
Vegena patvā mahipo mahesī
Guṇaṃ bhaṇanto mahati'ñca pūjaṃ
33
Pavattayaṃ gayha samuddikaṃ hi
Tasmiṃ khaṇasmiṃ vicarī samuggaṃ
Udikkhamāno dvijadhātu'maggaṃ
Pamodavācaṃ samudāharittha
34
Janādhipo pubbikabhūbhujo'va
Supesalaṃ taṃ saraṇaṅkarākhyaṃ
Saṅgayha sammā catubhāṇavāre
Byākhyaṃ likhāpesi sabhāsato so
35
Cirādhivāsū'parimamhi raṭhe
Janā paraṅgī'ti sutā saladdhiṃ
Asse'va rañño'ddhani sīhalehi
Mūlappadānā ca samādapetuṃ
36
Parakkamuṃ guyha'manārataṃ taṃ
Ñatvā narindo nikhilaṃ pavattiṃ
Vāse ca tesaṃ sakapotthake ca
Nāsetva te cā'pi palāpayī so
37
Tade'pasampannayatīhi laṅkā
Suññā'ti sutvā saha pābhatehi
Datvāna sandesavaraṃ sajīve
Jinatraje netu'mayojjhadesaṃva
38
Pesesi bhūpo dasanaggadhātuṃ
Vaḍḍhetu 'māsuṃ'va diyaḍḍhahatthaṃ
Harīmayaṃ sampūṭakaṃ manuññaṃ
Kāresi muttāmaṇibhāsura'mpi
39
Visuddhi'maggaṃ jinasāsanassa
Samesayaṃ so'mita puññalakkhi
Rajjaṃ pabhutvā'ṭṭhasamaṃ narindo
Pahāyi'maṃ maccupura'ṅgamittha
[SL Page 167] [\x 167/]
40
Tadaccayasmiṃ dvisahassake dvi
Satamhi vasse navutimmitamhi
Sālo'ssa kintissirirājasīha
Saññāya khyāto'si'ha bhūmipālo
41
Tassā'si devī madhurāya nāyak-
Kāranvaye sambhavikā surūpā
Pattābhiseko'hitabuddhabhatto
Kattuṃ'rabhī sāsanavuddhikicce
42
Rajjā mahīpo saradamhi chaṭṭhe
Syāmāvanīpassa tu dhammikassa
Sapābhate'maccavare sa'sīghaṃ
Pese tvu'pālīthavirādibhikkhu
43
Samānayitvā ruciramhi pupphā-
Rāme nivāsetva supīṭṭhahitvā
Uposathāgāravaramhi kante
Narissaro sambhamapubbikena
44
Sammāvinītassaraṇaṅkarādi
Tapassinaṃ suṭṭhu'pasampada'mpi
Dāpesi pīto mahatā mahena
Pabbājayī bhūrikulatraje so
45
Atho pavīṇe vinaye ca dhamme
Satthantarasmiṃ saraṇaṅkarākhyo
Bhikkhumhi vyatte varasaṅgharāja-
Padaṃ padāsī satimā mahīpo
46
Puññatthiko bhūpati bhūrirāme
Sajjhuvihārādivare sujiṇṇe
Dhanabbayā nekavidhabbidhānā
Manoharaṃ so paṭisaṅkharittha
47
Pahūta vittabbayato'pi gaṅgā
Rāmaṃ manuññaṃ vipula'ṅkaritvā
Mānetva niccaṃ varadantadhātuṃ
Pavattayī'sāḷahimahaṃ'nuvassaṃ
[SL Page 168] [\x 168/]
48 Purā sivānaṃ datta'mpi bhāraṃ yatinaṃ mahantaṃ
Datvā mahīpo taha'mañjasa'mpi sātagga'micchaṃ svayana'ṅkarittha
49
Tadā parakkantibhujaddutīya-
Raññā'ssa bhūpassa hi yāvakālaṃ
Laṅkaggavaṃsakkathanaṃ samecca
Saṃlikhya'sesaṃ mahatīhayā'va
50
Samubbhavo tibboṭuvāva gāme
Siddhatthanāmo thaviro visiṭṭho
Kavī mahāvaṃsa samañña ñāte
Tihāsika'ntogadhaka'ṅkarittha
51
Sumaṅgalo theravaro'ssa saṅgha
Rājassa sisso'gatadhammasattho
Milindapañhaṃ madhuratthavādiṃ
Sabhāsato so parivattayittha
52
Baṇḍāranāmo'ttaragāma jāto
Sa'mañjariṃ kārakapupphakānaṃ
Racittha pattāyamalekhako'pi
Kabbammaṇikuṇḍalakaṃ manuññaṃ
53
Kaḷiṅgasaññaṃ baraṇaggaṇītā
Cero sa'sandesa'makā kavīso
Tathe'va dhīrā pacurā hi dhamme
Ganthe ca kabbe racayiṃsu'neke
54
Ciraṃ samaggā vasitā'pi landa
Jano'dadhibhyāsikapāṇina'mpi
Dhana'ñca dhaññaṃ paharitva tehi
Pavaḍḍhayiṃsū kalaha'nti mattaṃ
55
Rājā'pi kittissirirājasīho
Taddesa'māgamma padaṃ gavesaṃ
Saṅkuddhaceto pana'landiyehi
Paviggaha'ṅkāsa'sahaṃ takicce
[SL Page 169] [\x 169/]
56
Saṃvacchare sorasamamhi rañño
Landesisenā'ṭṭhasahassamattā
Mahāpuraṃ gamma puraṃ gahetvā
Vināsayuṃ yakkhacamū'va verī
57
Kālasmi'masmiṃ madhurāsidese
Iṃgirasidhīso'tra mahīpañattaṃ
l̥landiyehī samare pavatta
Mānamhi sāhāyya'mavedayanto
58
Senāpatindaṃ payibas samaññaṃ
Pesesi so'pāgami medinīpaṃ
Tenā'pi saddhiṃ'vanipo paṭiññaṃ
Kāsī sa'taṃ'tikkami kenacī'va
59
Athā'gato'landapatī'pi vènèk-
Samaññavā sīhalikehi saddhiṃ
Paccatthiko bhūya'pi majjhadesaṃ
Vināsayī pesiya bhūrisenā
60
Tato'pi pacchā'gatavā dayo plèk-
Landesidhīso'vanipena tassa
Ekūnavīsa ssarade paṭiññaṃ
Vidhāya sāmaggivasā vasittha
61
Asse'va rañño carimamhi kāle
Siyāmupālinvayikā yatīsā
Sīmāvivādaṃ'vagamitva nānā
Bhaviṃsva'the'ke yatayo vipassī
62
Saññāpayiṃsū kusumādirāmā
Bhidhānato sādhu nijaṃ nikāyaṃ
Tathā'pare vyattayatī hayaddī-
Nāmā nikāyaṃ pana vohariṃsu
63
Tato'pyu pālinvayato pabhinno
Kaḷyāṇisāmaggisabhāti'añño
Seṭṭho nikāyo'bhavi te samattā
Rājantu'pālinvayikā hitāya
[SL Page 170] [\x 170/]
64
Sambhatto'mitasattamatthanikaraṃ vissajjiyā'saṃ jahaṃ
Sambuddhāgamasuddhivuddhipabhavaṃ kiccaṃ karitvā'nisaṃ
So kittissirirājasīhamahipo tettiṃsavasse'ccayaṃ
Yāto bho kusalaṃ cinitva vividhaṃ niccaṃ bhajavho sivaṃ
Bhāṇavāraṃ pañcatāḷīsatimaṃ
-----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse caturājadīpano nāma
Pañcacattāḷīsatimo paricchedo
[SL Page 171] [\x 171/]
Chacattāḷīsatimo paricchedo.
-------------------
1
Tato'nujo tassa mahīpatissa
Suvissuto rājadhirājasīho
Vināyakasmiṃ dvisahassake ti-
Satamhi tevīsatimamhi vasse
2
Seṅkhaṇḍaselappurapuṅgasmi'
Mussāpayī seṭṭhasitātapattaṃ
Sayaṃ kavittā janatāya niccaṃ
Mane gahetuṃ yatayī pavutyā
3
Cārittamagga'ntipurāgata'mpi
Anakkamanto varadantadhātuṃ
Pūjesi saṅghaṃ satatādarena
Santappayī so catupaccayehi
4
Asse'va rañño dutiyamhi vasse
Desamhi'dhīso madhurāsisañño
Mèkārṭnisāmiṅgirisinvaye'ko
Laṅkāya'molandapajāya'yatte
5
Dese gahetuṃ satariṃ manuññe
Hiyussamaññaṃ taraṇīpati'ñca
Savāhiniṃ seniya'māsu hèkṭar-
Manrl̥bhidhāna'ñci'dha pesayittha
6
Te'gammi'dha'ṅgīrasijanā tikoṇa-
Mālavhakoṭṭhaṃ'gahu'māsu'masmiṃ purāmahīpaddhani rājinā'mā
Kataṃ paṭiññaṃ payibas sutena
7
Kathañci vītikkamitāya raññe
Sañjāta'mappīti'maraṃ nudetuṃ
Tathe'va bhūpārihi'raddhayuddhaṃ
Nivedayaṃ tassa ca saṅkhya'maggaṃ
[SL Page 172] [\x 172/]
8
Sampekkhayaṃ so hi mākārṭnisāmi
Seṅkhaṇḍaselappurapuṅgavasmiṃ
Mantīsabhaṃ dūtavaraṃ pavīṇaṃ
Boyiḍsamavhaṃ tuvaṭaṃ nayittha
9
So'pāgamitvā mahipa'mpi passi
Tathāpi pubbe vihataṃ saranto
Paṭissavaṃkattu'ma nicchi kañci
Boyiḍsamaññāgamanaṃ'si tucchaṃ
10
Hiyussamaññe nacirena sindhu
Desaṃ payāte puna'retu'masmiṃ
Sa[f]prṚnsamañño pana pransagotto
Nāvādhipo'gamma haṭhaṃ karitvā
11
Palāpayitve'ṅgarisīpajāyo
Tikoṇamālaṃ paharitva koṭṭhaṃ
Ussāpayī pransadhajaṃ tato'hā
Iṃgirasinaṃ sā saphalā nahosi
12
Tadā patīcibbisayesu yuddhe
Pavattitasmiṃ samathaṃ payāte
Tikoṇamālaṃ udakoṭṭhaka'mpi
Landesikāyatta'mahosa'nīhaṃ
13
Bhūpassa'tho pañcarasassa māya'
Miṅgīrasivaṃsappabhavo raṇeso
Hl̥barṭsamañño madhurāsidhīso
Nayi sṭuvarṭseniya'matrasīghaṃ
14
Senāpatī'gammi'dha sājiseno
Yujjhitva so tīni ca sattahāni
Tikoṇamālaṃ'gahi'landinaṃ
Tato'paraṃyāpanapaṭṭana'mpi
15
Tathe'va koṭṭhaṃ madhugāmakamhi
Paggaṇhi koṭṭha'ñca kadambatitthe
Landesidhīso apavīṇa jl̥vān-
Engalbèkavho puna kāḷatītthaṃ
[SL Page 173] [\x 173/]
16
Gālūpura'ñcā'pi mahādititthaṃ
Nīyātayī'yujjhiya sassa kāmā
Ciraṃ pavattā pana'landasatti
Ito para'ṅgā parihānikoṭiṃ
17
Pattā'pa'nāthatta'mapetatejo'
Landajjanā keci betāvidesaṃ
Gamiṃsu etto'ddhaṭa mānasā'suṃ'
Pare dhurī cā'pi cirādhivāsī
18
Sātaṃ pihentā pamukhe'ha engal-
Bèkādayo bhūri sapūjakāca
Accantapāguññavaṇijjajīvā
Vasiṃsu sakhyā'bhinavādhipena
19
Yāvajja tesaṃ 'nvayikā samudda sakāsadesesu padissare'tra
Kālasmi'mesaṃ vividhāni dhañña
Vaggā'bhavuṃ bhūri tadaggupāyā
20
Te kho vaṇijjaṃ'ca tadāgama'mpi
Samphātikattuṃ yatayiṃsu bhīyo
Koḷambanāme nagaramhi repra-
Mādū janā drappavi'tipalli āsī
21
Purā puramhā jayavaddhanavhā
Mahehayā puttalama ppasiddhā
Tehā'yate'kā parikhā nikhātā
Yāvajja sādissati sātthikā'va
22
Iṃgīrasihatthaggata bhūmibhāga
Rakkhābalaṃ pubbadisāya tāya
Vattittha vāṇijjasabhā ya'yattaṃ
Saṃvacchare sorasamamhi rañño
23
Laṅkāya sāyattapadesalesaṃ'
Rabhitva pātuṃ madhurāsidhīso
Çnḍrūssamaññaṃ sutanītivediṃ
Pesesi'dhā'suṃ cinituṃ kara'mpi
[SL Page 174] [\x 174/]
24
Mahāsayo'gammi'dha bhāva'mappa'
Mamaññamāno'va purāgata'mpi
Kamaṃ vivajjetva kara'ṅgahetuṃ'
Rabhī yathe'vaṃ madhurāsi dese
25
Tathe'va so saṃcinane karassa
Yutte purā sīhalike pahāya
hapesi tasmiṃ damiḷe dhuramhi
Tato'timattaṃ kupitā sadesī
26
Janā tadāni'ṅgi risīhi saddhiṃ
Karuṃ mahantaṃ kalahaṃ kurūraṃ
Parakkamā taṃ mahatā sametvā
Nayaṃ purāṇaṃ puna saṇṭhapittha
27
Jl̥rj savharañño tatiyassa byāto
Pāpiṭ samañño sacivo padhāno
Laṅkāpavattiṃ nikhilaṃ samecca
Pācīnavāṇijja sabhāya'yattā
28
Laṅkā'panetve'ṅgarisīkirīṭā
Dhīna'ṅkarī dūravidū sajīvo
Laṅkaṇṇavā sanna padesa bhūrī
Bhāga'mpi gopete'muda ppavīṇaṃ
29
Disampatiṭṭhārasamamhi pṚdrik=
Nl̥rt nāmavaṃsādhipatiṃ'nayi'dha
Patvā pabhuttaṃ paṭhamāgato si
Iṃgīrasidhīso paṭu pālanasmiṃ
30
Tade'va jāto karatitthagāme
Dhammādirāmatthaviro yatīso
Sudukkaraṃ bārasakabba'maggaṃ
Viracca rañño parināmi modā
31
Dhammādinando kiramavhagāmu
Bbhavo vipassī ca sabhāsamālyaṃ
Maṇimaṇivho yati sālièllṚ
Muttāvaliṃ kabba'makāsi dhīro
[SL Page 175] [\x 175/]
32
Satthantarasmiṃ caturo surūpo
Visārado rājadhirājasīho
Kārāpitasmiṃ sakabhāturaññā
Savantirāme varacetiya'ñca
33
Pure manuññe sirivaddhanasmiṃ
Manoramaṃ sampati dissamānaṃ
Kārāpayī maṅgalamaṇḍapa'ñca
So jātaka'ṅkā'sadisa'ñca kabbaṃ
34
Vidita vividha sattha saṃvinīto
Muni samayā hita bhatti yutti yutto
Vitata sita siloka saṃhati'ṭṭhā
Rasasaradaṃ'nubhavitva rajja sātaṃ
35
Sa kata siva phala'nnubhottu'metto
Kavisiri rājadhirājasīharājā
Diva'magami sukhābhilāsino bho
Cinutha'nisaṃ kusalaṃ matappada'mpi
Bhāṇavāraṃ chatāḷīsatimaṃ
---------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvegajanake dīpavaṃse iṃgīrasi landesi saṅgāmadīpano nāma
Chavattāḷīsatimo paricchedo.
[SL Page 176] [\x 176/]
Sattacattāḷīsatimo paricchedo.
---------------------
1
Tassa'ccaye'vanipatissa sutassa'bhāvā
Tabbhāgineyya'makhilaggasajīvamatyā
Maññaṃ'yati'mpi piḷimāditalavvamacco
Rajje'bhisiñci sukumāra susuṃ kumāraṃ
2
Aṅgīrase dvikasahassatikassateka
Tāḷīsamamhi sarade upapajja rajjaṃ
Savhaṃ pahāya paṭhamaṃ iti kannasāmī
Byāto'si so'ti sirivikkamarājasīho
3
So sogato'va munino dasanaggadhātuṃ
Muttāmaṇīhi vividhehima hagghikehi
Mānetva sādhu yatayo catupaccayehi
Saṅgaṇhi pāṇinivaha'ñca yathāmanāpaṃ
4
So'rūdhikārapiḷimāditalavvamacco
Rañño'ggabhāra'makhilaṃ vahi nūtanattā
Bhūpassa bandhubabhavo makuṭassa sāmi-
Bhāvappavādaka jane nayi kāragāraṃ
5
Tesaṃ hitatthi'manisaṃ dutiyādhikāraṃ'
Rèvvāvalavhaya'maghātayi so rahassaṃ
Rajja'nnupekkhamanaso dharaṇīsasālo
So muttusāmi gami iṅgirisīsakāsaṃ
6
Āsī tadā pulinatitthamanuññagāme
Rāme'mba rukkhavidite pavare patīto
Saddhādhano'mitaguṇo caturo sasatthe
Dhammamhi ñāṇavimalavhayasāmaṇero
7
Tasmiṃ vihārarucire vasato upāḷī-
Vaṃsamhi pabbajita cullapitussa ñatte
So akkharādisamayaṃ puthuko samāno
Uggaṇhi sādhu nacirena savattajātaṃ
[SL Page 177] [\x 177/]
8
Kālasmi'mamhi suta bl̥vala gāmajāto
Dhammādinanda yatiso'gata dhammasattho
Gacchaṃ puraṃ puravaraṃ sirivaḍḍhanākhyaṃ
Pāvekkhi'maṃ kavivaro karuṇo vihāraṃ
9
Nevāsikena katasaṅgahako yatīso
Matto pasannamanaso'va tadantikaṭṭhaṃ
Tabbhātujaṃ dayitavutti'mavekkhiyā'suṃ
Pabbājituṃ ta'mabhiyāci sabhāgadheyyaṃ
10
Taṃ tassa'dāsi sukhitaṃ yatino tapassa
Mātāpitunna'manujānanato pamodo
Tene'va so saha yatī paṭipajja dīgha'
Maddhāna'māga sirivaḍḍhanaṭhāniyaggaṃ
11
Tasmiṃ tadāni nagare kusumādirāme'
Dhīsassa seṭṭhasaraṇaṅkara saṅgharañño
Sikkhāpayitva tuvaṭaṃ varasekhiyādiṃ
Pabbājituṃ ta'maddi subhagaṃ kumāraṃ
12
Pabbājayitva ta'masesa visesasaṅgha-
Rājā dayo matimataṃ pavaro paratthi
Taṃ gopayaṃ thiraguṇaṃ vinaye ca dhamme
Sikkhāpayī vividhasatthacayamhi sammā
13
So kho vasaṃ taha'masaṅkhata magga'mesī
Sattassamaṃ vinayanītiyuto vinīto
Cheko tato gamiya sassa varaṃ vihāraṃ
Kālaṃ'nayī sugatatantigiraṃ vadanto
14
Sikkhāpayaṃ labhiya sissagaṇetapassī
Sampūrayaṃ saya'manārata'maggasīlaṃ
Seṭṭhopasampada'mahaṃ visadaṃ'timattaṃ
Lacchaṃ kathaṃ matimato'ssa'bhavī vitakko
15
Itthaṃ gatamhi samaye sa'bhisāmaṇero
Battiṃsavassavayako upasampadaggaṃ
Kālo'ti'dāni pariyesitumaññamāno
Assa'ddhanī'vanipatissa sadāyakena
[SL Page 178] [\x 178/]
16
Santena tena sahabandhu sajīvakena
Tassodarena vijayassirivaddhanena
Paññātamaccapavarena'ca saddhikena
Aññehi sabbhi katasaṅgahako vipassī
17
Dhammissare dvikasahassatikassatadvi
Tāḷīsamamhi sarade varasāmaṇere
Pañcā'pi'dāya matimo'da tayo gahaṭṭhe
Āruyha nāva'mupasampada'mesayāno
18
Sindhuṃ taraṃ sapariso'va vajaṃ maramma
Rammaṃ puraṃ samupagañchi tahaṃtadāni
Setebhasāmigarudhammajanādhipādhī-
Rājavhayo'vanipatī kari sādhu rajjaṃ
19
Tassa'ggabhūmipatino'pya'nusāsako hi
Ñāṇābhivaṃsadhikadhammacamūpatī'ti
Khyāto sato'bhayavibhaṅgadharo'ggasaṅgha
Rājāvasaṃ ratanabhummiyaso vihāre
20
Samphassitaṃ munivarena saritva laṅkaṃ
Siddhatthasāsanariyaṃ supatiṭṭhita'mpi
Kātuṃ kadā katha'mahaṃ puna ce labheyyaṃ'
Bhiṇhaṃ vihāsi matimā manasīkaronto
21
Etto gate'pi sagihī cha ca sāmaṇere
Disvāna pucchiya'khila'mpi pavattijātaṃ
Sutvā pasannamanaso sucirāgate hi
Ñātī piye'va sajano paṭigayha sammā
22
Setībhasāmimahipassu'da'rocayitvā
Sakkāritamhi mahipena subhe vihāre
Vāsetva te dharaṇī pā pana saṅgahesi
Pabbajayī puna'pi chassu gaṇāvanīpo
23
Māsattayaṃ sva'vavaditvu'pasampadagga-
Pekkhekaritva samayo mahipe'ti'dāni
Dātu'mpi tesa'mupasampada'māha rañño
Rājā tu te garumahena mahīpagehā
[SL Page 179] [\x 179/]
24
Magga'mpi laṅkariya bhūpati samhamena
Nesī suvaṇṇaguhasavhayabaddhasīmaṃ
Ñāṇābhivaṃsagaṇabhūpapamokkha bhikkhu
Paṇṇāsa sādhikagaṇā hi vipattimuttaṃ
25
Sampattiyutta'mariyaṃ guhakambusīmaṃ
Saṃsuddha sīlakiraṇā'va samosariṃsu
Laṅkāgatesu pamukhaṃ pada'mesayantaṃ
Saṅgho sa'ñāṇavimalavhayasāmaṇeraṃ
26
Ñāṇābhivaṃsadhivacena hi saṅgharañño'
Pajjhāyakena upasampada'massu'kāsī
Tacchaṃ'va pañcaitare'pyu'pasampadāya
Sampaṭṭhapesi visado tadahe'va saṅgho
27
Itthaṃ tadā garuvihārakulāgata'mpi
Laddhā susuddha'mupasampada'magga'mamhe
Pāmokkhajīvitaphalaṃ'ti labhimha pīti
Pāmojja'matra yatayo guṇino pavinduṃ
28
Te kho tadā tipiṭakaṃ munivutti'maggaṃ
Sammuggahetva nikaṭe varasaṅgharañño
Tassā'pi bhūmipatino ca sadīpayāne
Dīpetu'satthusamayaṃ samayo idāni
29
Patto nivediya'bhiyacu'mudā'vakāsaṃ
Thero ca bhūpati ca saṅgahakārake'saṃva
Kālo'ti vediya mudā'khiladhammapotthe
Sandesa'magga'mupasampadadipaka'ñca
30
Tasse'va ñāṇavimalavhayatissa seṭṭha
Netuppada'ñca atha rājagaruddhura'ñca
Muddāya lañchiya mahīpatino tadāni
Datvaggasārapamukhehi marammikehi
31
Vyattehi tīhi pabalehi yatīhi seyya
Sikkhāratehi nipuṇehi visāradehi
Laṅkāya sāsanavarassa munissarassa
Ditti'ñcagutti'maparaṃ vihituṃ'nayiṃsu
[SL Page 180] [\x 180/]
32
Aṅgīrase dvikasahassakatesate cha
Tāḷīsamamhi sarade tari'māruhitvā
Sikkhāratā nayayutā nirupaddavāte
Koḷambatittha'managhā'va samotariṃsu
33
Patvā'mbarukkhaviditaṃ pavaraṃ vihāraṃ
Byātorudīpa nadiyā sukataṭṭakasmiṃ
Datvo,pasampada'matho kulaputtakānaṃ
Sampaṭṭhapī'marapuravhanikāyaseṭṭhaṃ
34
Khīṇāsaveni'dhapurā hi mahāmahinda-
Therena sādhu nihito'ru vihāravaṃso
Thero purā'marapure'ha mahādisāmī
Tabbaṃsa'mādiyatahi'ṅgami'gamma laṅkaṃ
35
Tassa'nvayamhi dasamo pariyatticheko
Thero'si yo guṇasi'rīti abhinnavaṃso
Tasse'va sissapamukho sa'hi saṅgharājā
Ñāṇābhivaṃsadhivaco'si visārado hi
36
Sisso'ssa ñāṇavimalo garunetupādo
Heṭṭhuddharaṭṭhavisayesavi'ha suddhavaṃsaṃ
Sampaṭṭhapittha paṭhamaṃ'va tato hi mūla
Vaṃso nikāya'miti ajja'pi voharanti
37
Taṃ dvissahassatisataṭṭhakasaṭṭhimasmiṃ
Vasse jinassa garunetudhuraṃ para'mpi
Pāpetva ñāṇavimalaṃ thaviraṃ'sa èḍvarḍ
Bāns savhalaṅkadhipatī dadi rājalekhaṃ
38
So kho tadāni piḷimāditalavvamacco
Rajjā'panetva sirivikkamarājasīhaṃ
Iṃgīrasiyadhīnamahipo'va mahāpurasmiṃ
Rajjaṃ'nusāsitu'matho pacūrūpakāraṃ
39
Icchaṃ sahe'ṅgīrasidhipena ca pṚdirik nl̥rt
Nāmena lekhakavarena boyiḍ sutena
Vāraṃ sakiṃ rahasi'kāsi susaṅkathā'pi
Nāhosi tassa saphalā hi kathā kathañci
[SL Page 181] [\x 181/]
40
Pacchā'pi rājanikaṭe karituṃ paṭiññaṃ seṅkhaṇḍaselanagaraṃ varadūta'mekaṃ
Sampesitu'ñca niyamo abhavī dvipakkhe
Bhūmissarassa dutiye sarade payāte
41
Nl̥rtnāmiko pabhuvaro'tra savāhiniṃ mèk
Ḍl̥valsutaṃ balapatiṃ mahipopakaṭṭhaṃ
Pesesi taṃ patipuraṃ pavaraṃ cajantaṃ
Vāresu'māsu bhaṭakā ratanorudese
42
Rañño mahāsacivako paṭigayha seniṃ
Dassesi bhūmipatino puna saṅkathā'sī
Bhūpo'pya'jāniya rahassakathaṃ kathañci
Thāmaṃ sakaṃ thiratara'nti sa'maññamāno
43
Tassa'tthanā tu paṭiyādiyituṃ asakku
Ṇeyyatha'māha matimā sacivānumatyā
Senāpatī sagamane kira kiñciattha-
Sāra'mpa'disva paṭiyāha kadambatitthaṃ
44
Kopetva iṃgīrasijane mahipena saddhiṃ
Saṅgāmayeyya samare taha'māsu bhūpaṃ
Hantvā yathābhimata'maggabalaṃ vidhāya
Sakkoti kātu'mucita'nti paṭissava'mpi
45
Cintetva bālisamano sa'mahādhikāro
Iṃgīrasidhīnamanujāna'gatāna'muddhaṃ
Raṭṭhaṃ mahammadikavāṇijakāna'matthiṃ
Bhūpabbhaṭehi kamukādi'mahāpayittha
46
Ñāpesi ce vasumatīdhipatissa'yuttaṃ
Lesa'mpi nābhavi payojana'matra kiñci
Ruṭṭho'va iṃgīrasidhīpo asaki'mpi vāraṃ
Vajjāni sīhalajanehi kate nisamma
47
Bhūpassa pañcamasamāya'rabhitva yuddhaṃ
Mèkḍl̥valavha dhajinīpati mukhyasenaṃ
Bārbuṭ camūpatipadhānaraṇānika'ñca
Pesesi'yāsu sirivaddhanaṭhāniyaggaṃ
[SL Page 182] [\x 182/]
48
Daḷho'bhaye balagaṇā nagaraṃ surammaṃ
Sīghaṃ samosaru'matho nagaraṃ vihāya
Bhupappadhānajanatāgamanaṃ samecca
Nl̥rtnāmaiṃgīrasidhipo tuvaṭaṃ vidhiññū
49
Sāmitta'mīrita'mito'pi pure'ha rajje
Taṃ muttusāmi'midha netva'bhisicca rajje
Iṃgīrasidhīsabhimata'mpi yathāpaṭiññaṃ
Saddhiṃ'va tena kari sutthiraka'nti maññaṃ
50
Ñatvāna ta'ñcapiḷimāditalavva macco
Kuddho'pi iṃgīrasijanappabalaṃ tihantuṃ
Maññaṃ tadāni samupāya'mavecca mīgas
TènnṚbhidhānasacivaṃ dutiyādhikāraṃ
51
Mèkḍl̥valavhadhajinīdhibhunā samaṃ yaṃ
Kattu kathaṃ kira niyojayi tesu'bhosu
Āsī kathe'ha mahipaṃ lahu'miṃgirasīnaṃ
Nīyāditu'ñca piḷimāditalavvamaccaṃ
52
Sammā tathu'ttamakumārasamavhayena
Rajje'bhisiñcitu'matho suta muttusāmiṃ
Taṃ yāpapaṭṭana'mito nayitu'ñca mūlya'
Miṃgrīsinaṃ patisamaṃ dadituṃ tathe'va
53
Mèkḍl̥valavhayakusūla'muda ttikoṇa
Mālañja sa'ñca paṭipādayitu'ñca tuṇṇaṃ
Yuddhaṃ nivattayitu'mādiniyoga yuttaṃ
Te kho ubho'thira'makaṃsu paṭiñña'mevaṃ
54
Cintetvi'ma'mpi suthira'nti samandasenaṃ
Bārbuṭsamaññadhajinīpatikaṃ purasmiṃ
Tāva nnivattiya kadambapuraṃvaraṃ mèk
Ḍl̥valmahācamupatī gami so asaṅko
55
Nl̥rtnāmiko pabhuvaro'piyathāhaṭaṃ'va
So jambudoṇinagare sacivādhipassa
Samma'ca tassa'bhimukho kari taṃ paṭiññaṃ
Tasmi'mpi nāsi saphalā garumantino'sā
[SL Page 183] [\x 183/]
56
Bārbuṭcamūpativaramhi matamhi mṚjar
ḌṚvissuto'ssa padaviṃ pavaraṃ'si yāto
Koṭṭhe ripūna,muparīvijitamhi bhūrī
Yujjhitva sīhalabhaṭā pahariṃsu sīghaṃ
57
Rājassa pañcamasamāyahi sattamasmiṃ
Māse mahāpuravaraṃ parirodhayitvā
Verīhi yujjhiya lahuṃ'dhikadubbalattaṃ
Pāpesu'miṃgīrasibhaṭe sakadesikāte
58
Tasmi'ṅkhaṇe camupatī kira ḍṚvināmo
Sāmaṃ pavedaya'maraṃ dhavaladdhaja'ñca
Ussāpayī kharataraṃ samaraṃ taha'mpi
Tuṇṇaṃ nivattiya'khilā'va'bhavuṃ samaggā
59
Yuddhe tadāni samite puna muttusāmiṃ
Senaṃ raṇopakaraṇe ca samādiyitvā
Koḷambanāmanagaraṃ kira ḍṚvsaññe
Senādhipe vajati sindhutaṭantikasmiṃ
60
Bhūpālasevakagaṇā bhimukhappayātaṃ
Ḍevī ca mūpati'mayācu'da muttusāmiṃ
Taṃ no dade yadi jano naca koci muñce
Iccā'ha bhūpabhaṭatā'tihaṭṭhaṃ karāṇā
61
Ullaṅghituṃ pana niyoga'masakkuṇanto
Nīyātayī'vanipatissa janāna'māsuṃ
Taṃ te'pibhūmipatino nikaṭaṃ nayiṃsu
Ghātāpayī narapatī atha muttusāmiṃ
62
Sese'pi iṃgīrasijane puna ānayitvā
ḌṚvivhaya'ñca sutaramliraṇādhipa'ñca
Hampirascamūpativara'ñca vinā samatte
Pātetva te pana haniṃsva'dayā papātā
63
Muñcitva tesva'pagato bhaṭakohi bānsli
Nāmo'ti mattathiramèkḍovalavhakoṭṭhaṃ
Gantvā tahaṃ'dhipatimèjtaraṇīpatindaṃ
Sabbaṃ pavatti'mavadittha tato rasena
[SL Page 184] [\x 184/]
64
Nikkhamma mèjtaripatī sabalo tikoṇa
Māla'ṅgamittha puna grānṭ samarādhipo va
So jambudoṇibaladuggama koṭṭhaka'mpi
Hitvā'su'māga suthiraṃ hi kadambakoṭṭhaṃ
65
Itthaṃva iṃgirasibale'pagatu'ddharaṭṭhā
Te'to palāpayitu'māsu'midāni kālo
Cintetva sīhalabhaṭā hi parakkamattā
Iṃgīrasidhīna visayesu samosariṃsu
66
Koḷambakoṭṭha'mapi gaṇhitu'māgatāya
Senāya saddhi'mavanīpati rājasīho
Gañchi patīci visayaṃ raṇasajjito'va
Haṃvèlla nāma balakoṭṭhasakāsakamhi
67
Bhīmaṃ raṇaṃ bhavi tahaṃ hi parājito so
LevkṚdisādhipatikaṃ palipāṇasaññaṃ
Taṃ lekhaka'ñca dhajinīpatayo raṇamhi
Kammaññiyā na abhaviṃsvi'ti mārayittha
68
Bhītyā palāyati mahīpatirājasīhe
Maggamhi molligoḍanāmayuvā'ssarañño
So sammukhībhaviya sādhu'mupaṭṭhahittha
Rājā tatoppabhuti tamhi bhusaṃ dayo'si
69
Rājassa chaṭṭhasarade'vanipassa'dhīna
Desesu yaddha'manisa'ṅkarituṃ niyogaṃ
Iṃgīrasisenadhipatīna'makā sadhīso
Sāṇaṃ paṭikkhipi punā'su vidhānavedī
70
Jl̥nsṭan samaññataraṇīdhipatī tadāṇaṃ
Ñatvā virodhiya raṇaccaturaṃ bala'ñca
Gayhā'gamittha sirivaddhanaṭhāniya ggaṃ
Rittaṃ tadāni nagaraṃ janatāya'vekkhi
71
Kiñcā'pi iṃgirasibalaṃ tidaha'mpa'dissa
Māno'va sīhalabhaṭehica rujjhamānaṃ
Disvā puraṃ sahabhaṭehi lahuṃ palāto
Sāphalya'matra gamane na ca kiñci tassa
[SL Page 185] [\x 185/]
72
Dosaṃ vinicchiya taha'ṅgamane tadātaṃ
Mocesi bhūmipatino pana sattamasmiṃ
Vassu'ddharaṭṭhiyajano'da raṇa'ṅkariṃsu
Laṅkā vasantatilake'va sama'ṅgamittha
73
Icce'te dhanalolupā vasumatīdhīsā ca aññe pabhū
Heṭhentā janataṃ bhusaṃ kharataraṃ saṅgāma'motiṇṇakā
Attattha'mpi parattha jāta'makhilaṃ hāpenti mūḷhā viya
Kattabbaṃ kusalaṃ vimuttimatadaṃ dantindriyehī'nisaṃ
Bhaṇāvāraṃ sattatāḷīsatimaṃ
-----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse sirivikkamarājasīha rajjappavatti
Dīpanonāma sattacattāḷīsatimo paricchedo
[SL Page 186] [\x 186/]
Aṭṭhacattāḷīsatimo paricchedo.
---------------------
1
Idha'ṇṇavantike dese-'dhīse nl̥rtnāmike gate
Dvisahasse tisatasmi-'maṭṭhatāḷīsa sammite
2
Sambuddhavacchare tl̥mas-mṚṭlanḍkhyāto varo pabhū
Ihā'dhipaccaṃ patvā'ga-so dhīmā romaladdhinaṃ
3
Yā'landiyehi paññattā-purā paññattiyo'bhavuṃ
Viruddhaṃ taṃ'khilaṃ taddhaṃ-paṭikkhipittha sabbaso
4
Tasse'va'ṅgīrasidhīsassa-sīhalehi tadā kira
Nāhosi paṭipakkhattaṃ-sāhāyyaṃ vā kathañcana
5
Samaye rājasīhassa-kappāsīgāma sambhavo
Dhammakkhandho'ti paññāto-buddhimā yatipuṅgavo
6
Laddhā syāmanikāyasmiṃ-pabbajja'ñco'pasampadaṃ
Tasmiṃ nikāye netutta-'mupāgami yathāvidhi
7
Daḍallanāmagāmasmiṃ-vālukārāma vissute
Vasantasmiṃ vihārasmiṃ-yatinderāmaṇeyyake
8
Marammavisayaṃ gantvā-laddhuṃsuddhopasampadaṃ
Tassā'sā manaso āsi-sāsanaṭṭhiti'micchato
9
Ṛdriyan da ābṚravrāja-pakkhena dhīmatā satā
Mudalindena cā'pya'ñña-janehi katasaṅgaho
10
Samaṃ catūhi bhikkhūhi-sāmaṇerehi dvīhi'pi
Tathā tīhi gahaṭṭhehi-gālutitthā yatissaro
11
Dvisahasse tisatasmi-'mekapaññāsasammite
Sogate hāyane nāva-'māruyha tuvaṭaṃ subhaṃ
12
Patvā'marapuraṃ rāja-sambhamena sadāsayo
Maṅgalavhaṃ baddhasīmaṃ-parivārena'gā mudā
13
Tahaṃsaṅgho saṅgharāja-padhāno upasampadaṃ
Punasikkha'ñca'dā tesaṃ-raññā ca saṅgharājinā
14
Sakkato'nekavidhinā-dhammakkhandho yatissaro
Laṅka'māgamma sahasā-akā sāsanasaṅgahaṃ
[SL Page 187] [\x 187/]
15
Yasassī puna netādi-padāni paṭipajja so
Dhīmā vyatto sakaṃ bhāraṃ-sakasisse nivesayī
16
Tadantevāsiko bodhi-pādatthalavhagāmajo
Sumano nāma vikhyāto-yati dhīmā supesalo
17
Ādo'pasampadānīta-mūlavaṃsika bhikkhuhi
Samaggībhūya sammoda-māno vasi dayāparo
18
Athā'parasmiṃ samaye-iṃgīrasyadhipatī yatiṃ
Taṃ mahānetupadaviṃ-pāpayittha yathāvidhi
19
Tasmiṃ mahānetu pāde-pālente jinasāsanaṃ
Sīmāvivāda'māpannā-nānatta'magamuṃ yatī
20
Tatopaṭṭhāya ekacce-yatayo thiramānasā
Sirisaddhammavaṃso'ti-nikāyaṃ ñāpayuṃ sayaṃ
21
Kārente rājini rajjaṃ-rājasīhe parantape
Syāmopālinikāyasmiṃ-laddhā pabbajja'muttamaṃ
22
Attuḍāvaitikhyāta-gāmasañjātako sudhī
Sīlādiguṇasampanno-sade'va sādhumānito
23
Dhammarakkhitatissākhyo-sāmaṇero susikkhito
Gantvo'pasampadaṃ suddhaṃ-rammaṃ'marapuraṃ varaṃ
24
Laddhukāmo mokkhamaggaṃ-gavesaṃthiramānaso
Katopakāro saddhehi-sāmaṇerehi dvīhi'pi
25
Dvisahassattisateka-paññāsatimavacchare
Tuvaṭaṃ nāva'māruyha-taritvāna'ṇṇavaṃ varaṃ
26
Marammanagaraṃ'gañchi-setībhasāmirājino
Gāravena subhaṃ suddhaṃ-suvaṇṇaguhasaññakaṃ
27
Baddhasīmaṃ samānetvā-te kho sivagavesino
Saṅgho ñāṇābhivaṃsavha-saṅgharāja padhānako
28
Suddhopasampadaṃ tesaṃ-dadittha mahatā'darā
Ciraṃ tahaṃ samuggayha-saddhammavinayaṃ vasaṃ
29
Kālaṃ'vekkhiya so dhīro-laṅka'māgamma phāsukaṃ
Pabbājetvo'cite saddhe-upasampādayī bahū
[SL Page 188] [\x 188/]
30
Dhammarakkhitatissākhya-sambhūto'bhijano'jja'pi
Tannāmena nikāyo'tra-vattate hitasiddhiyā
31
Tadāsyāmanikāyasmiṃ-pabbajja'ñcu'pasampadaṃ
Laddhāna katalūgāma-sañjāto suddhamānaso
32
Guṇaratanavikhyāto-yati suddhopasampadaṃ
Laddhukāmo vasaṃ mramma-visayāgata bhikkhunaṃ
33
Nisāmetvā vuttijātaṃ-taha'mpi gamane thiraṃ
Mānasaṃ bandhi saṃsuddhā-bhisandhi satimā dayo
34
Virāgasatto so satta-sāmaṇere samādiya
Dvisahasse tisate'ka-paññāsamamhi sogate
35
Samāruyha taraṃ sindhuṃ-tiṇṇo rāmaññadesake
Rammaṃ puravaraṃ haṃsā-vatiṃ'gamittha saddhayā
36
Rañño'numatiyā suddhaṃ-kaḷyāṇināmavissutaṃ
Sīmaṃ netvā sīhalīya-yatayo rājasambhamā
37
Medhānandavhapaññāta-mahānetupadhānako
Saṅgho tesaṃ suvisadaṃ-pādāsi upasampadaṃ
38
Vyatto sudhī atho laṅka-'māgamma kulaputtake
Pabbājetvā bahunna'ñca-dadi suddhopasampadaṃva
39
Itthaṃ yatindo kaḷyāṇi-vaṃsaṃ paṭṭhapi buddhimā
So'yaṃ nikāyo dīpe'smi-hitatthaṃ vattate'jja'pi
40
Mate mīgastènnanāme-dutiyasmiṃ'dhikārini
Taddhurasmiṃ piḷimādi-talavvṚadhikārino
41
Bhāgineyyaṃ suviditaṃ-èhèḷṚpoḷasaññakaṃ
Patiṭṭhāpiya khyātassa-molligoḍasamaññayā
42
Mantissa ciramittassa-sattayojanaraṭṭhakaṃ
Vibhajitvā pālanatthaṃ-pādāsi dharaṇissaro
43
Tapputhakkaraṇe ruṭṭhā-janakāyā tadā tahiṃ
Kalahaṃ vaḍḍhayuṃ tattha-piḷimāditalavvako
44
Mahāmatto sakabhāgi-neyyassa ca satīmato
Ratvattaitivikhyāta-disāpatissa sassa ca
[SL Page 189] [\x 189/]
45
Taddesaṃ paṭipādetuṃ-pāṭibhogaṃ narissaraṃ
Kārāpetvāna kalahaṃ-samathaṃ turitaṃ nayī
46
Janito so kalakalo-tenā'ti saṅkayā tahaṃ
Sandeho cā'ppasādo ca-rañño dvittiguṇā'bhavuṃ
47
MṚṭlanḍnāmādhipe yāte-yo'hā'dhipatita'ṅgami
So mṚjar janaral vilsan-vikhyāto satimā pabhū
48
Dvisahasse tisatasmiṃ-catupaññāsame jine
Sarade laṅka'māgamma-manuññaṃ sapariggahaṃ
49
Desaṃ pālesi majjhatta-tāyarañño dayāparo
Bhūpo tadāni seṅkhaṇḍa-siluccayapure vare
50
Mahādahaṃ manuñña'ñca-pattirippū'tivissutaṃ
Vicittaṭṭhaṃsakaṃ vāsaṃ-kārāpayi dhanabbayā
51
Tato'parasmiṃ samaye-piḷimāditalavvako
Mahāmacco iha rajje-'dhīnataṃ'pekkhayaṃ'nisaṃ
52
Kittissirīrājasīha-rañño ñātiṃ paputtikaṃ
Satrajassa piyattena-parinetuṃ disampatiṃ
53
Samāyācittha'vakāsaṃ-tenā'pi bhūpatī bhusaṃ
Saṅka'māgamma sahasā-āhūya mantimaṇḍalaṃ
54
Bahūni tassa vajjāni-padassetvāna mantinaṃ
Dosā dosaṃ vinicchetuṃ-pavāresi sajīvake
55
Vinicchaye tahaṃ desa-dūsitattaṃ'timattakaṃ
Ñāpayuṃ taṃ 'maccagaṇā-buddhimantā sarājino
56
Tato'pya'tisayaṃ kuddho-mahipo dūṭṭhamānasaṃ
Mahāmattaṃ tassa dhurā-'panesi tuvaṭaṃ tadā
57
So'pi kovapasaṃ yāto-nibbhayo vīravikkamo
Mārāpituṃ'vanipatiṃ-kumantayi bhaṭehi'pi
58
Muhandiraṃ dhuraṃ dhāriṃ-jāvamānavakaṃ tathā
Jāvikabbhaṭasaṭṭhi'ñca-tosetvā lañcadānato
59
Ratti'mekasmi'mahani-rājamārāpane thiraṃ
Niyojayī te tadahe-rājā jāgariko'bhavī
[SL Page 190] [\x 190/]
60
Dhurandharo jāviko so-bhayato sampalātavā
Koḷambanagaraṃ gañchi-jātajīvitasaṃsayo
61
Ñatvā kumantanaṃ bhūpo-tappadhāne'khile jane
Gāhāpayitvā piḷima-talavvapamukhe lahuṃ
62
Chedāpayī tesa'mutta-maṅgāni rājadohinaṃ
Mahāmattasuto tasmiṃ-vadhattha'mpi niyāmito
63
Tampattavāro'posatha-divaso'bhavi so tato
Mutto'pi tassa sabbattha-jāta'ṅkā rajjasantakaṃ
64
Tatopaṭṭhāya mahipo-bhītiyā saṅkayā'nisaṃ
Samayaṃ vītināmesi-dukkhitu'mmattako viya
65
Mahāmattassa bhagini-sutattā sacivaṃ pati
ÇhèḷṚpola vikhyātaṃ-vimatiṃ janayī bhusaṃ
66
Tathā'pi pakkhapātitta-'mattano'pekkhayaṃ sayaṃ
Patiṭṭhāpayi taṃ'maccā-dhipaccasmiṃ'dhikārinaṃ
67
Unambuvedhikārismiṃ-mate molligoḍavhayaṃ
Dutiyādhikāri'ṅkāsi-hitamittaṃcirantanaṃ
68
Vilsanbyāte iṃgirīsi-dhipatismiṃ gate pūna
Dvisahasse tisatasmiṃ-pañcapaññāsame jine
69
Saṃyugasmiṃ sunipuṇo-bravunrīgnāmavissuto
Ihā'dhipaccaṃ patvā'ga-sādhīnaṃ paripālituṃ
70
Tasmiṃ pabhusmi'māyāte-raññosadesavāsihi
Vaḍḍhi veraṃ bhusa'missa-phandanānaṃ,va santataṃ
71
ÇhèḷṚpolavikhyāto-sacivādhipatī'nisaṃ
Rājaddubhikirayā kattuṃ-'rabhi mātulako yathā
72
Saṃvacchare cuddasame-rājasīhassa rājino
Kittissirīrājasīha-mahipāniyamo suto
73
Yuvā vāhalabaṇḍāra-nāmo mahādhikārinā
ÇhèḷṚpolavikhyāta-sacivena samaṃ'nisaṃ
74
Rājaddohikakiccāni-vidhātuṃ'ñca kumantayi
Mārāpayī patthivo taṃ-ñatvā kumantanaṃ lahuṃ
[SL Page 191] [\x 191/]
75
Paṇṇarasamavassamhi-rajjā'vanipatī sakaṃ
Nāyakkāranvayāyātaṃ-cāritta'manugopiyā
76
Akāsu'payamaṃ sassa-duvebhaginiyo tato
Tadavissambhite'macce-èhèḷṚpolamukhyake
77
Visayesu sakīyesu-sassa sampatti'muttaraṃ
Kātuṃ yātuṃ niyojesi-niyogacaturo pabhū
78
ĀhèḷṚpolamantīso-sadesaṃ sabaravhayaṃ
Gato saṃvasathā tattha-vasi rājaṃ pakopayaṃ
79
Raññā nivedito ce'pi-marāliyakarassa ca
Taha'mappesane kuddho-'vanipo taṃ saraṃ vasī
80
Tappadesajanā tassa-dose bhūrī'nisaṃ'nisaṃ
Nivedayuṃ bhūpatino-patipuṭṭhuṃ'khilaṃ tahaṃ
81
Niyogaṃ tassa pesesi-sīgha'metū'ti bhūpati
Samātulaṃ panā'hūya-kataṃ tassā'khilaṃ saraṃ
82
Sakhyato rājinā saddhiṃ-paṭipakkhatta'muttamaṃ
Iti cintiya'maccādhi-patirājāṇa'makkami
83
Patiṭṭha'manapekkhanto-bravunrīgpabhunā samaṃ
Samatthatta'ṅkāsi tadā-sacivādhipatī thiraṃ
84
Taddesaṃ pāpayaṃ sabbaṃ-riputtaṃ rājinā bhusaṃ
Janayaṃ kalahaṃ niccaṃ-balaṃ saṃhari sūrinaṃ
85
Itthaṃ virodhe bhūpassa-tassā'pi vidite sati
Mahāmattaṃ sakadhurā-'panetvā puttadārake
86
Kārāgāramhi tuvaṭaṃ-nivesāpiya bhūpati
Sacivādhipacce molli-goḍavhaṃ ṭhapayī puna
87
Maddituṃ veri pabalaṃ-mahāmaccaṃ savāhiniṃ
Nayittha sabaraggāmaṃ-so gantvā kalahaṃ tahiṃ
88
Saṃsametvā kalakala-'ṅkārino pacure jane
Paggaṇhi tuvaṭaṃ sattu-sattiṃ maddiya sabbaso
89
Gahite te kalahiye-paññāsapamite jane
Vinicchiyā'dhikaraṇaṃ-mārāpayittha niddayo
[SL Page 192] [\x 192/]
90
ÇhèḷṚpoḷamantīso-tāṇa'manvesayaṃ viya
Palātavā'si koḷamba-nagaraṃ nagaruttamaṃ
91
Purā jātaṃ kalakalaṃ-sattayojanaraṭṭhake
Vinicchinitve'ha lahuṃ-āhèḷṚpolamantino
92
Bhāgineyyaṃ mātulākhya-disādhipatitaṃ gataṃ
ÇhèḷṚpolavikhyātaṃ-mānavaṃ sacivaṃ api
93
Pussèlla iti paññātaṃ-disādhipatikaṃ tathā
Paraṇātalavikhyāta-'mupanetuttagaṃ yatiṃ
94
Rājaddubhī'ti saṅkāya-niddose te tayo jane
Mārāpayī'pasavyattā-pūretuṃ'va manorathaṃ
95
Rājā'nibbutaghātaggi-kārāgāre nivesite èhèḷṚpolamantissa-āhuya puttadārake
96
Dosādosaṃ vinicchetuṃ-'rabhittha sabhatiṃ tahiṃ
Kumārihāmī'ti sutā-èhèḷṚpolamantino
97
Piyā kannā paṭutarā-niddosattaṃ samabrūvī
Tathā'pi vibudhe cā'pi-vedhayanto sudāruṇo
98
Māretuṃ te niyojesi-vindituṃ viya sammadaṃ
Devasaṃhindavikhyātaṃ-ṭhānaṃnetvā saputtakaṃ
99
Nīyātayuṃ taṃ vanitaṃ-vadhakassa vadhāya ca
Rājā'pi māraṇaṃ tesaṃ-pattirippuddhabhūmiyaṃ
100
Mahecchayā ṭhito'dikkha-māno'si janatāmukhe
Tassā jeṭṭho suto nīto-vadhatthaṃ sakamātaraṃ
101
Dhāvitvā sahasā'liṅgi-ta'ṅkhaṇa'ññeva vegavā
Dutiyo tanayo tassā-jātiyā navavassiko
102
Sagabbha piya mābhāyi-marato pakatiṃ tava
Padassemī'ti vatvāna-laṅghitvā vadhakāmukhaṃ
103
Chinda ekappahārena-gaḷa'mukkhippa'bhīruko
Ekakhaggappahārena-vadhakassa'ssa gīvato
104
Siro mutto khaṇe tasmiṃ-bhūmiyaṃ pati taṃ'bhutaṃ
Passa sīhalachāpassa-rattassa rayagāmitaṃ
[SL Page 193] [\x 193/]
105
Paṭhamassa'ttajassā'pi-tatiyāya ca matthake
Chindi sute catutthasmiṃ-thaññaṃ pivati mātuyā
106
Ta'muddharitvā sahasā-chindisīsa'mudukkhale
Pakkhepiyo'da koṭṭetuṃ-niyoga'ṅkā'ssamātuyā
107
Kumārihāmi kantā taṃ-kātu'mpa'sahatī ṭhitā
Vītikkamasi ce ta'ñhi-rājāṇaṃ sapavassa taṃ
108
Dassa'ntya'voca bhūpālo-kulamānī kulabbadhū
Musalaṃ'dāya pātesi-so'dukkhalamhi kheditā
109
Visaññikā mediniyaṃ-pati bhūpatiko tato
Matto titto gato rāja-mandiraṃ'sa'tikakkhalo
110
Sutabbiyogabbhavadukkhasaṃhati'
Mavindamānaṃ'ticiraṃ'va sundariṃ
Kumārihāmiṃ āhèḷṚpolappiyaṃ
Piya'ñca mantissa'nujassa tassa hi
111
Mantissa pussèlladisāpatissa tu
Piya'ñca so sīhalanītiyā'nugo
Saramhi bl̥gambaranāma vissute
Timujjitā kāriya tā hanāpayī
112
Samosaṭā tatra janā bhayaṅkaraṃ
Kirayaṃ'tidukkhāvaha'mikkhamānakā
Sapiṃsu rañño vilapiṃsu rodakā
Bhavī tadā taṃ'va puraṃ matālayo
113
Mantissaro sa'èhèḷṚpolanāmacheko
Sāpaccadārasaraṇamhi pavattijātaṃ
Sutvā'ssu mocaya'maghaṃ'va roborṭ bravunrīg
Desādhipantika'magā sakatāṇa pekkho
114
Gantvāna rakkhasanibhaṃ'vanipaṃ hi rajjā
Yācittha nīharitu'maggupakāra'māsuṃ
Cintetva so'bhimatasādhaka'mekadūta'
Massāsayittha samayocitabhāratīyā
[SL Page 194] [\x 194/]
115
Laṅkākāmini dhītunattuhanane sāmissa kuddhā bhusaṃ
Rodanti nayanodakaṃ'dhikadukā sampaggharanti dhavā
Pekkhanti paviyoga'māsi nacirenā'ssā pihe'ddhā'bhavī
Sādhu sabbhi samāgamitva hitadaṃ mettiṃ bhajavho'nisaṃ
Bhāṇavāra maṭṭhatāḷīsatimaṃ
----------------
Itisajjanānanda saṃvegajanake dīpavaṃse sirivikkamarājasīha
Rājāmaccānaṃ vipakkhatādi dīpano nāmaṭṭhacattāḷīsatimo
Paricchedo
[SL Page 195] [\x 195/]
Ekūnapaññāsatimo paricchedo.
--------------------
1
Kāmitā'laṅkatā laṅkā-kāminī rājarājuhi
Sakanta'manapekkhanti-sampatī've'satī'paraṃ
2
Tassā'sayaṃ viditvā'va-bravunrīgvidito pabhu
Uddharaṭṭhaṃ samāyattaṃ-kattuṃ kālo'ti vediya
3
Yuddhopakaraṇaṃ sabbaṃ-sampādetuṃ'rabhī lahuṃ
Tasse'va'ṅgirasidhīsassa-yoddhu'muddhaṃ hi raṭṭhake
4
Yathocitaṃ padassetvā-āhèlṚpola vissuto
Mantiso'dāsi saṇṭhānaṃ-lañchetvāna'khilaṃ kamaṃ
5
Tade'va jl̥nḍoyilnāmo-kamanvesī mahāsayo
Molligoḍasajīvādhi-patino lekhane'nisaṃ
6
Pesetvā pakkhapātittaṃ-kattuṃ yatayi'nekadhā
Vaccharasmiṃ bhūpatino-pathe sorasame sati
7
Vāṇijjāyo'ddhavijitaṃ-gatānaṃ rājaporisā
Bhaṇḍake paharitvāna-heṭṭhāraṭṭhiyamānuse
8
Nesuṃ'vanipatīñatta-'miṅgirīsivarā iti
Rājā tesaṃ kaṇṇanāsā-chedāpetvāna pesayī
9
Panthe'kacce matā sesā-iṅgirīsyadhipantikaṃ
Patvā'vocuṃ kata'māguṃ-dāruṇaṃ dukkhitā bhusaṃ
10
So pabhū kupito tena-lajjito ciya cintayaṃ
Samaraṃ'pekkhitaṃ'raddhuṃ-tuvaṭaṃ taṃ padaṃ'bhavi
11
Samattaṃ yuddhasenaṅga-'maṭṭhadhā vibhajitva so
MṚjarhukādisenānī-pamukhe'nīkasañcaye
12
Koḷamba gālu purato-tikoṇamālato tathā
Maḍakalapukoṭṭhamhā-madhugāmā mahāpuraṃ
13
Pesesi sīghaṃ èhèḷṚ-polamantissaraṃ api
Saddhiṃ koḷambasenāya-nayittha nayakocido
14
Koḷambapurato yāte-balesītāvakaṃ puraṃ
Patte rañño bhaṭā tehi-yujjhiṃsu raṇasūrino
15
Taha'miṃgīrasisenānī-rājinā saha yujjhituṃ
Dvisahasse tisatasmi-'maṭṭhapaññāsasammite
[SL Page 196] [\x 196/]
Hāyane sogate yuddhaṃ-pakāsesi yathāmati
Kurūratararājamhā-jane mocetukāmato
17
Yuddhaṃ'rabhimha no rajjaṃ-'dātuṃsīhalikaṃ subhaṃ
Dīpeti pākaṭaṃ paṇṇe-samarapparidīpake
18
Tatoppabhūtito sīha-liyāpāṇigaṇā tahiṃ
Tahiṃ majjhattataṃ'vekkha-yiṃsu tacchaṃ'va cintiya
19
GanṚtènna itikhyāta-ṭhāne molligoḍavhayo
Mahāmacco iṅgirīsi-seniyena samaṃ sato
20
Saṅgamma'ññātavesena-saṅkatha'ñca pavattayī
Iṃgīrasipabalā senā-parikkhepuṃ mahāpuraṃ
21
Mollīgoḍavhayo seṭṭha-macco'pi iṅgirīsinaṃ
Adhīna'tta'magā rājā-kiṅkare sampatī iha
22
Mahipo taṃ'khilaṃ sutvā-mahāpuravara'mpi ca
Pahāya sañcitaṃ vatthu-jātaṃ palātavā kuhaṃ
23
Ta'ṅkhaṇa'ññeva iṃgīrasi-dhīso'pi caturo raṇe
Seṅkhaṇḍaselanagaraṃ-pāvekkhi sanikaṃ subhaṃ
24
Sādhīnatta'ṃgirasidhīso-sabaraggāmakādinaṃ
Abuvī'tho sīhalīyā-maccā'maññu'ñca sāpadaṃ
25
Dūraṃ dūraṃ palāyātuṃ-purā rāja'mpi gaṇhituṃ
Mahāsenaṃ pesayittha-kālavediṃ'girasidhipo
26
Senāyi'māya èhèḷṚ-polamantissaro tathā
Jl̥nḍl̥yilitivikhyāta-manti ce'ti duve'gamuṃ
27
ÇhèḷṚpolamaccena-pesito vīravikkamo
Eknèligoḍapaññāto-mohoṭṭāladhurandharo
28
Uddhapiṭṭhāraccigehe-gallèhŚvatthugāmake
Bhūpama'ggahi devīhi-dvīhi saddhiṃ nipīlayaṃ
29
Rattiṃ bhuñjati iṃgīrasi-dhīso sutvāna taṃ bhusaṃ
Paggharanto'vahāsassū-pītivāca'mudāhari
30
Pativīnāsu jātīsu-tīsu maccā'tivikkamā
Laṅkaṃ manuññaṃ gahituṃ-tisatassamato paraṃ
[SL Page 197] [\x 197/]
31
Vāyamitvā'pi nosakkā-dhiti vo saphalā'bhavī
Tato'modaṃ pavedemi-para'mpiti'mudāhari
32
Sirivikkamādirāja-sīhaṃ sīhalabhūpatiṃ
Sabandhuṃ gahitaṃ sāji-bhaṭena raṇasūrinā
33
MṚjarhuknāmavikhyāta-senādhipatinā samaṃ
Koḷambakoṭṭhaṃ pesesi-iṃgīrasipabhūko lahuṃ
34
Aho manoramā laṅkā-laṅkike manujādhame
Tissāye'va yathākāmaṃ-yātā parakaraṃ'si'raṃ
35
Ittha'miṃgīrasyadhīnatta-'muddharaṭṭhe gate sati
Sīghaṃ sīgha'meṅgalanta-rajjabala'mito paraṃ
36
Thiraṃ kattuṃ'rabhitvāna-sirivaṭṭhanaṭhāniye
Maṅgalaṃ maṇḍapaṃ citra-'miṃgīrasijananāyakā
37
Sīhaliyā sajīvā ca-kāmato'ca samosaruṃ
Tahiṃ nisajja mantetvā-laṅkāya pālanakkamaṃ
38
Sampāditaṃ paṭiñña'ñca-paṇṇaṃ vācetva sabbaso
Taha'mbhāvaṃ kathāpesi-sīhalīyaniruttiyā
39
Samattā tā paṭiññāyo-sampaṭicchiya kāmato
Adhirajje'ṅgalantamhi-'dhīsassa tatiyassa tu
40
Jl̥rjmahārājino pakkhā-bravunrīgviditopabhū
Mantī ca jl̥nḍoyilkhyāto-jṚmssadarlanḍ mahāsayo
41
Sīhalajanapakkhamhā-èhèḷṚpolamanti ca
Molligoḍasamañño ca-duve'dhikārino tathā
42
Piḷimāditalavvākhyo-moṇarāvilasaññako
Ratvatttisemañño ca-tathā mollgoḍavhayo
43
DūllŚvabhidhānoca-mīllavādhivaco tathā
Galagamavhavikhyāto-galagoḍavhayo iti
44
Disāpatī ci'me sabbe-samattajanakāmato
Dvisahasse tisatasmi-maṭṭhapaññāsasammite
45
Sambuddhe hāyane patte-māse phagguṇanāmike
Patte paṭissave hattha-saññāyo paṭṭhapuṃ tahiṃ
[SL Page 198] [\x 198/]
46
Ta'ṅkhaṇa'ññeva seṅkhaṇḍa-selavhe purapuṅgave
Ussāpesi'ṃgirasidhajaṃ-vattamāne jayussave
47
Dvādasaha'matikkanta-'midaṃ rajja'marājikaṃ
Tatiya jl̥rj mahārañño-samappayiṃsu sabbaso
48
Tato paṭṭhāye'ṅgalanta-mahārājāṃ mahāvidhiṃ
Sarājavasato maññuṃ-sīhalā mahatā'darā
49
Salaṅkate dvādasahi-kāraṇehi paṭissave
Patte sace bhaveyyā'pi-dosādosaṃ kathaṃ kathaṃ
50
Tahaṃ sāmaññadhippāyo-bhavate'vaṃ yathāvidhi
Sirivikkamādirāja-sīharājo'si kakkhalo
51
So'panīto'tra rajjasmā-tassa kassaci ñātinaṃ
Sīhāsanādhīnatā'si-vāritā sā'pi sabbaso
52
Tassa rañño bandhavāna-'miho'pagamanaṃ paraṃ
Paṭikkhittaṃ vino'kāsaṃ-sabbathā'pekkhatā'yatiṃ
53
Ito paṭṭhāyu'ddharaṭṭha-rajja'meṅgalantasāmino
Jl̥rjmahārājino sammā-sabbathā'va pavāritaṃ
54
Sogatānaṃ yathāsīsaṃ-sade'ca gopitaṃ varaṃ
Sayambhūsāsanaṃ sammā-pāletabbaṃ yathāpurā
55
Rājarājamahāmaccā-dīhi pubbe supūjitā
Mānitā yatayo sabbe-gopetabbā hi sādhukaṃ
56
Rakkhitā vaḍḍhitā'rāma-cetiyāyatanāni ca
Cārittaṃ pubbikaṃ sammā-pāletabbaṃ yathā tathā
57
Yaṃ ya'maṭṭīyitabbaṃ'si-kaṇṇanāsādichedanaṃva
Samattaṃ tādisaṃ kammaṃ-kārene'va nivāritaṃ
58
Vinā laṅkesānumatiṃ-manujassa nijecchayā kenā'pi sasanaṃ sabbā-kārene'va nivāritaṃ
59
Purāpavattitaṃ nīti-'manugantvā tahiṃ tahiṃ
Niyogaṃ ṭhapayī tamhi-kātuṃ'dhikaraṇaṃ subhaṃ
60
Pālanatthaṃ sarajjassā-'viheṭhiya mahājanaṃ
Yathocitaṃ sañcinituṃ-karaṃ paṭṭhapayī nayaṃ
[SL Page 199] [\x 199/]
61
Kāraṇehe'vamādīhi-tadāni paṭipāditaṃ
Paṭissavaṃ patta'māsī-sundaraṃ vā asundaraṃ
62
Rajjaṃpati sīhalīya-dhissarāna'mpi yā pihā
Tā'sā'suṃ vihatātesa-'miha sampati kā kathā
63
Sirivikkamādirāja-sīhaṃ paravasa'ṅgataṃ
Dasamāsādhikaṃ kālaṃ-koḷambapurapuṅgave
64
Vāsetvā saha ñātīhi-velll̥rnāmasuvissutaṃ
Pāpayittha mahāduggaṃ-tahiṃ so vyādhinā haṭo
65
Vasitvā soḷasavassaṃ-laṅkāra'jja'midaṃ yathā lokantaraṃ gato hitvā-sabandhujanataṃ api
66
Yuddhe'raddhe buddhabhattā-jīvitaṃ viya gopitaṃ
Dāṭhādhātuṃ munindassa-nīhariṃsu mahāpurā
67
Patte paṭissave sammā-sammatasmi'ṅgirasijane
Vissāsatta'mupāyāte-mahena mahatā hitaṃ
68
Dadantaṃ dantadhātvaggaṃ-sundaraṃ dhātumandaraṃ
Vaḍḍhetvāna yathāpubbe-pūjāvidhiṃ pavattayuṃ
69
Bravunrīgvidito laṅkā-dhīso'pi tadahe mudā
Tahaṃ ṭhapesa'ccaniya-vatthuṃ dhātussa gāravā
70
Atho mollgoḍaādi-sacivānaṃ yathāpurā
Adhikārādipadavī-'dāsi laṅkissaro dayo
71
ÇhèḷṚpolamantīso-parināmita'mattano
Mahādhikārapadaviṃ-paṭikkhipi sakāmato
72
Tade'ṅgalanta rajjassa-pālane tapparo sudhī
VṚlssamañño kumāro hi-jl̥rjmahāmahipaṃ pati
73
ÇhèḷṚpolamantissa-muttāmaṇisalaṅkataṃ
Hemadāma'ñca gīvāya-piḷandhetuṃ tathā paraṃ
74
Sañña'ñca maḍuvṚgāma-kammalekha'nti gāravaṃ
Gāmaṃ gabaḍa sañña'ñca-pariccajiya pesayī
75
Tato mānuddhate uddha-raṭṭhiye kulike tathā
Yate'kacce nasakkā'suṃ-tosetu'mpi navannayā
[SL Page 200] [\x 200/]
76
Kāle vajante'va'mevaṃ-vellassajananāyakā
Pīḷayuṃ yonake tattha-gaṇhantā'nucitaṃ karaṃ
77
Pīḷitā te janā sabbe-tato mocetukāmato
Hāḍītividitānīka-patino sakhyato paraṃ
78
Laṅkindassa nivedetvā-dhurā yāciṃsu sundaraṃ
So puno'paparikkhitvā-hajjināmassa dhīmato
79
Muhandiraṃ nāmadhuraṃ-varaṃ'dāsi dayāparo
Tato vellassa desīyā-kulikā kupitā bhusaṃ
80
Tiyaḍḍhavassaṃ iṃgīrasi-sīhalīyesu'bhosu'pi
Pakkhesu sammā sāmaggi-pavattittha yathārahaṃ
81
Dvisahasse tisatasmi-'mekasaṭṭhimahāyane
Abhavittho'ddharaṭṭhasmiṃ-bhaṇḍana'ntibhayānakaṃ
82
So'ya'miṃgīrasinaṃ sabba-balaṃ vidahituṃ'cito
Dāvaggi viya saṃvaḍḍhi-medhago tuvaṭaṃ bhusaṃ
83
Vellassavanadesasmi-'meko nibbhītiko naro
Sañcari satataṃ ki'nnu-yatīhi parivārito
84
Saññāpayanto attānaṃ-devanāmena kenaci
Rajja'mākaṅkhamāno'va-tadā kimata sañcarī
85
Vuttho vilsannāmakhyāto-badullapuṭabhedane
Taddesapālako dhīmā-vuttantaṃ nikhilaṃ tahaṃ
86
Dūtammukhā nisāmetvā-hajjināma'ntivikkamaṃ
Taṃ devanāmaviditaṃ-gahetuṃ pesayī lahuṃ
87
Sajātikabhaṭehe'va-saddhiṃ hajjisamaññako
Sīghaṃ gaccha'ntarāmagge-gahito sīhalehi so
88
Taṃ yonakaṃ vīranaraṃ-vane devantikaṃ lahuṃ
Nipīḷetvā pesayiṃsu-sīhalīyabhaṭā carā
89
Taṃ sutvā vimhito vilsan-disādhīso mahādhiti
Senaṅga'mpi samādāya-gami vellassadesakaṃ
90
Vīmaṃsitvā kāraṇāni-tahaṃ puna puraṃ sayaṃ
Gacchanto vana panthena-jalaṭṭhāne pipāsito
201
91
Nivattittho'dakaṃ pātuṃ-dvīhi jāvakajātihi
Gacchantaranilīne'ko-tahiṃ vilsanmahāsayaṃ
92
Māresi sīghaṃ vijjhitvā-muslimsamānasevakā ta'ṅkaruṃ paṭibhātya'tra-kopetu'miṃgirasijane
93
Tato vilsansamaññassa-dhuraṃ patto mahāsayo
Sl̥ṭars suvissuto dhīmā-mīllavhadisāpatiṃ
94
Dhūrato tassa vuddhattā-'panetvā pana taṃ dhuraṃ
Kèppeṭipolasaññassa-sacivassa pavecchiya
95
Sametu kalahaṃ taṃ hi-vellassavipinaṃ nayī
Gate tasmiṃ kañci'pekkha-māno so sacivo'yatiṃ
96
Tahaṃ kalahakārīnaṃ-pamukho viya cintiya
Asallakkhiya rājāṇaṃ-tesa'manto gadho bhavi
97
Mèkḍonolnāmasenānī-mahāsenaṃ samādiya
Vellassavanadesābhi-mukho'gañchi vinibbhayo
98
Gacchati vanamaggena-kodaṇḍehi dhuvaṃ dhuvaṃ
Vijjhiṃsu gamikā tassa-pātayiṃsu mahāsilā
99
Tathe'va seṅkhaṇḍasela-purato dhajinīpati
Raṇasenaṃ samādāya-gami vellassa desakaṃka
100
Samosaṭe'khile tamhi-tumūle pabale bale
Vellassavanadesasmiṃ-mèkḍonolnāmaseniyo
101
Adhīrattaṃ pāpayitu-kāmato tappadesike
Dippamāne hutāsamhi-dārupakkhipanaṃ viya
102
Tato kopagginā ditta-janakāyā tahiṃ tahiṃ
Dippamāne hutāsamhi-dārupakkhipanaṃ viya
103
Kupitā'tisayaṃ tesaṃ-ḍayhamānagharesu ca
Jotijālā passamānā-kalahaṃ dāruṇaṃ karuṃ
104
Bahusva'pi padesesū-'pariraṭṭhe tahiṃ tahiṃ
Kolāhalo'yaṃ tuvaṭaṃ-saṅkulo'sī'tipatthaṭo
105
Medhage'smiṃ sīhalīya-sacive pacure tadā
Vinā molligoḍakhyātaṃ-mahādhikārinaṃ paṭuṃ
[SL Page 202] [\x 202/]
106
Sīghaṃ sīghaṃ gahetvāna-rājaddubhi'ti saṅkayā
Kārāgāraṃ nivesesu-'miṃgīrasijananāyakā
107
Kèppeṭipolavikhyāto-sacivo thiravikkamo
Kalahabbhaṭasenādhi-pati nibbhītiko'bhavi
108
Vaḍḍhamāne kalakale-niṭṭhure'tisayaṃ tadā
ÇhèḷṚpolamantindaṃ-gayha koḷambaṭhāniyaṃ
109
Nesuṃ nomocayuṃ jātu-sattasaṃvaccharāni'ha
Vāsāpetvā murisiyas-nāmadīpa'mapāpayuṃ
110
Pavattamāne'va'mevaṃ-tumule kalahe tadā
Iṃgīrasipamukhā senā-patayo'pi tahaṃ tahaṃ
111
Saṅgamma saṃsayādhūta-mānasā iha sampati
Mantayuṃ kassa vijayo-bhave nanu parājayo
112
Maḍugallaitikhyāto-mantindo nibbhayo tadā
Kèppeṭipolanāmena-sacivena samāgami
113 Kalahe'dhipatī deva-nāmena vidito naro
Sirivikkamādirāja-sīhañātī'ti ñāpitaṃ
114
Vilbāvagāmasambhūtaṃ-dorṚsāmī'tivissutaṃ
Nijecchayā vane rajjaṃ-pāpetvā sundarālaye
115
Vāsāpayittha so rājā-viya'maccapadāni'pi
Dātuṃ'rabhī tassa janā-rājasammānana'ṅkaruṃ
116
Tato'parasmiṃ samaye-tasse'va dutiyaṃ pana
Patto'dhikārataṃ manti-maḍugallabhidhānavā
117
DorṚsāmīti viditaṃ-taṃ bhupappatirūpakaṃ
Kèppeṭipolasañña'ñca-nigaḷesu khipāpayī
118
Te ubho vañcakā kasmiṃ-kāle kathaṃ tato kharā
Nañāyate vimuttā'ti-kathañcana tato paraṃ
119
DorṚsāmiṃ sāhasikaṃ-gahetvā jīvagāhakaṃ
Seṭṭhādhikaraṇaṃ netvā-vinicchiya yathāvidhi
120
Niyāmitaṃ māraṇāya-mahārañño'nukampayā
Mocetvā maccuto kārā-gāra'māsuṃ nivesayī
[SL Page 203] [\x 203/]
121
Kalahe'rabhite dāṭhā-dhātugehe mahārahe
Vārivaḍḍhanamaccoso-èllṚpolasamaññavā
122
Dāṭhādhātuṃ gahetvāna-dhātuṃ gopetukāmato
Yatīhi saha gantvāna-nilīno'si kuhiñcana
123
Taṃ sutve'ṃgirasisenānī-sanikaṃ pariyesiya
Sadhātukaṃ taṃ mantinda-'maggahesuṃ mahādhiti
124
Codanāya tāya ta'ñhi-cuditaṃ thiramānasaṃ
Sīghaṃ mārāpayī sīsaṃ-chetvāna'naparādhikaṃ
125
Kèppeṭipola paññāto-sacivo vā'tivikkamo
Piḷimāditalavvākhya-mahādhikārino suto
126
Tannāmako ca mantindo-'nurādhapurasantike
Gahito'bho pavīrā'su-miṃgīrasisevakehi te
127
Tasse'va vīraposassa-kèppeṭipolasaññino
Sīsaṃ chedāpayitvāna-kapparaṃ siraso tadā
128
Eḍinbargnagare vatthu-vijjākāraṇikassutaṃ
Pesayuṃ kotukāgāraṃ-kotukattā'va tassa tu
129
Piḷimāditalavvākhya-gahitaṃ sacivaṃ yuvaṃ
Khyāta murisiyasnāma-dīpaṃ pāpayi laṅkato
130
Maḍugallaitikhyātaṃ-sacivaṃ paggahī tadā
Chedāpayī tassa siraṃ-nivatti kalaho puna
131
Asmiṃ kalakale uddha-raṭṭhiyā jananāyakā
Kulikā pacurā ghātā-vadhakehi yathā bhavuṃ
132
Tathe'va tamhi sāmaññā-nahutādhikajantavo
Matā'su'miti maññanti-pamāṇarahitā'padā
133
Samite kalahe laṅkā-dhipatī dhitimā sato
Paṭissavaṃ pubbika'mpi-pattaṃ paritta'maññathā
134
Katvā niyoge ṭhapayī-sīhalasacivāmukhe
Paṭimuñcitvu'ttamaṅga-veṭhanāni ca gāravaṃ
135
Kattabbaṃ sabbadhiṃ'gīrasi-janehi anivāriya
Sāsanaṃ'rabbha yā nīti-pacchā'pi tādisī bhavī
[SL Page 204] [\x 204/]
136
Rajje'smiṃ ye sīhaliyā-janā seṭṭhadhurandharā
Tesaṃ tadā vuttiyo'pi-ṭhapayiṃsu yathārahaṃ
137
Asse'va laṅkāpatino-kāle bèpṭissamavhayā
Tathe'va vèsliyannāmā-aparā carc samaññikā
138
Icce'tā pabalā tisso-pūjakassamitī'riha
Paṭṭhapesuṃ vaḍḍhamānā-yāvajjā'pi pavattare
139
Dvisahasse tisatasmiṃ-tesaṭṭhimamhi hāyane
Rajja'mākaṅkamāne'ko-dubbinīto narādhamo
140
Vimaladhammanarinda-sīharāje'ti ñāpayaṃ
Vellassavanadesasmiṃ-janetuṃ kalahaṃ'sahī
141
Taṃ gayha sīghaṃ yuddhādhi-karaṇe saṃvinicchiya
Nesuṃ murisiyas dīpaṃ-hantuṃta'mpiniyāmitaṃ
142
Seṭṭho vinicchayakkāro-seṭṭhādhikaraṇe tadā
Çleksanḍarḍ iti khyāto-jl̥nsṭannāma mahāsayo
143
Savāyāmena mahatā-laṅkāyaṃ pacure jane
Pesse bhujisse kāresi-paratthanirato dayo
144
Vinicchetuṃ'dhikaraṇe-sādhu sabbadhi sabbaso
Mahāsayo so paṭhamaṃ-jūrināmasabhaṃ'rabhi
145
Samaye'smi'meṅgalantā-dhirajje'dhipatī guṇī
Tatiyo jl̥rjmahābhūpo-kittisesattanaṃ gato
146
Laṅkissaro roborṭkhyāta-bravunrīgnāmavā sudhī
Nirākula'ṅkaritvāna-sabbaṃ laṅkaṃ manoramaṃ
147
Pāletvā'ṭṭhasamaṃ rajjaṃ-pālanakkamakovido
Parissamaṃ vinodetuṃ-viya'gañchi sadesakaṃ
148
Gate tasmiṃ dvisahasse-tisatasmiṃ tisaṭṭhime
Munindasarade yuddha-senindo laṅkabhūtale
149
Eḍvarḍbānssaññapaññāto-upalaṅkesataṃ gato
Vassadvayaṃ rajja'midaṃ-pāletvāna yathāvidhi
150
Sindhudese yuddhasenā-dhipacca'mupago tadā
Laṅkāyā'pagato āsi-samare caturo bhusaṃ
[SL Page 205] [\x 205/]
151 Buddhavasse dvisahasse-tisate pañcasaṭṭhime
EḍvarḍpṚjaṭnāmadheyyo-laṅkādhipatitopago
152
Āgammi'ha yathāsatti-laṅkoso laṅka'muttamaṃ
Dasamāsaṃ pālayitvā-sadesa'magamī dayo
153
Kāle'ssa pabhunoeko-macco nekatiko jaḷo
Patthivanvayiko'tya'ttaṃ-dīpento janataṃ bhusaṃ
154
Vimohayaṃ uddharaṭṭhe-rajjaṃ gaṇhitukāmato
Seṅkhaṇḍaselanagarā-sanne kalakalaṃ lahuṃ
155
Janetu'mussahi'ṅgirasi-seniyā ñatva taṃ tadā gāhāpayiṃsu taṃdhutta-'manurādhapurantike
156
Vinicchiyā'dhikaraṇaṃ-bālisaṃ taṃ mahāpure
Sammajjituṃ visikhāyo-niyojesi yathāvidhi
157
Dvisahasse tisatasmiṃ-sogatasmiṃ chasaṭṭhime
JṚmskèmal nāmakhyāto-'palaṅkesattanaṃ gato
158
Ihā'ga laddhakaṃ laṅkaṃ-pālayanto yathārahaṃ
Sadesaṃ puna'gā etto-vasitve'ha samaṃ sato
159
Laṅkāmātaggatanayo-paguṇādiguṇānugo
Molligoḍavhayo'macco-tadā'gā nāmasesataṃ
160
Laṅkambaruggatasutejapabhā pabhūpa
Bhānū'paraṃ giri'magañchi atho paro'va
Bhūpaṃsumāli'ha tu sampati bhāti tejo
Tassa ppabhāya janatā muditā bhavantaṃ
161
Atimita ripudantī kesarī tulyasīha
Abhayapabhūtibhūpāsevito rajjabhāro
Aparakara'magā ce kiṃ nayātī tathe'va
Amata'miti payātuṃ bho bhajavho sivaddhaṃ
Bhāṇavāramekūnapaññāsatimaṃ
-----------------
Iti sajjanānandasaṃvegajanake dīpavaṃse tatiyassa jl̥rj mahārañño laṅkārajja nīyyātanādi
dīpanonāmekūna paññāsatimo paricchedo.
[SL Page 206] [\x 206/]
Paññāsatimo paricchedo.
------------------
1
Atho'pi dvisahassamhi-tisate sattasaṭṭhime
Sambuddhavacchare eḍvarḍ-bānsnāmavidito sudhī
2
Patvā laṅkesataṃ laṅka-'māga saṅkata santhavaṃ
Sātattha'miha vāsīnaṃ-sarajja cirasaṇṭhitiṃ
3
Maññamāno'va koḷamba-nagarā āmahāpurā
Rathañjasaṃ sādhayittha-vanapabbataduggame
4
Tahiṃ yutto kiccasūro-ḍl̥sannāma mahāsayo
Pīḷito jararogena-kaḍugannāpadesake
5
Mato tato tassamana-kkāratthambhaṃ tahiṃ'cale
Patiṭṭhāpayi laṅkeso-puna kaḷyāṇisindhuyaṃ
6
hapāpayī doṇisetuṃ-mahāvaṇṇusavantiyā
Mahāsetuṃ dārumayaṃ-kārāpayi yathārahaṃ
7
Rammaṃ pèviliyannāma-mandiraṃ nayanussavaṃ
Sirivaḍḍhanaṭhānīye-kārāpayi vicitrakaṃ
8
Pāsāṇakacchadesasmiṃ-ratanākarasantike
Mavunṭlèviniyānāmaṃ-rammaṃ dhanaparibbayā
9
Pāsādaṃ kārayi pacchā-nayisva'sanasālataṃ
Tappadesa'mpi tannāmā-voharanti videsikā
10
Laṅkeso paṭhamaṃ laṅkā-vāsīnaṃ gaṇanaṃ tadā
Gaṇāpayi sātirekaṃ-bhavi sāddhaṭhalakkhakaṃ
11
Samaye'smiṃ jl̥rjbarḍnāmo-gaṅgāsiripurantike
Sīhapiṭṭhipadesamhi-kopivatthuṃ vapāpayī
12
Tabbappakānaṃ laṅkeso-bahavo bhūpadesake
Phātikkattuṃ laṅka'mimaṃ-nimmūlena pavecchi so
13
Iṃgīrasijanatā tasmiṃ-kāle mahāparissamā
Nagarālokavikhyāta-padesaṃ pariyesayuṃ
14
Tato paṭṭhāya taṃ desaṃ-sukhassitaṃ sukhatthikā
Sakalā jātiyā yanti-pativassaṃ mahaddhanā
[SL Page 207] [\x 207/]
15
Gamanāgamane tamhi-phāsuyā pāṇinaṃ bhusaṃ
Sodhāpayī mahāmaggaṃ-maggāmaggavisārado
16
Tade'va koḷambapure-paṭhamaṃ bahikoṭṭhake
Potthakāvāsa'makaruṃ-nānāpotthakasaṅkulaṃ
17
Tado parima raṭṭhasmi-'miṃgīrasibalavattane
Yo samussahi saṅgāma-vijayakkamakovido
18
Sa'jl̥nḍoyilnāmakhyāto-mantīso thirabuddhimā
Seṅkhaṇḍaselanagare-maccurājavasa'ṅgato
19
Nimujjāpiya nārīna-'mudake sasanaṃ pati
Purāsīhalarājūnaṃ-yā nīti taṃ pariccaji
20
ÇhèḷṚpolavikhyāto-mahāmaccaggasīhalo
Mato murisiyasnāma-dīpasmiṃ dukkhito tadā
21
Saramānā guṇaṃlaṅkā-patibimbaṃ sarūpimaṃ
hapesuṃ koḷambapure-rājamandirasammukhe
22
Pasādetvāna laṅkeso-laṅkādīpanivāsino
Sakadesa'ṅgami satta-vassaṃvasitvi'hā'nagho
23
Dvisahasse tisatasmiṃ-catusattatime jine
Saṃvacchare roborṭvilmaṭ-hl̥rṭannāmasuvissuto
24
Pappuyya laṅkissaratta-'mihā'ga karuṇāparo
Laṅkeso'si dhuvaṃ dīpa-vāsīnaṃ hitasādhako
25
Rajje'smiṃ paṭhamaṃ sṚviṃs-nāmena pākaṭaṃ tadā
Mūlālaya'ñcā'rabhiṃsu-janānaṃ vuddhikāmato
26
Pavattijānane añña-maññassa phāsuyā bhusaṃ
Lekhane pesituṃ sīghaṃ-koḷambapurato tadā
27
Yāvaseṅkhaṇḍaselavha-puraṃ paṭṭhapayī rathaṃ
Heṭṭhāraṭṭhe' landajanā-yonakadamiḷesu hi
28
Bhūbhāgāna'madānasmiṃ-kāretuṃ mandire thire
Paññāpayiṃsu yaṃ nītiṃ-paṭikkhipiya sabbaso
29
Tesaṃ laṅkissaro dātā-koḷambapura puṅgave
Gehe kārayituṃ sammā-bhūbhāge'dāsi mūlato
[SL Page 208] [\x 208/]
30
Purāmarammavisayaṃ-gatena yatisāminā
Saddhiṃ puna bodhigaccha-piṭṭhigāmubbhavo guṇi
31
Dhammajotisāmaṇero-dhammasatthesu pesalo
Mahāvidānamudali-ppamukhānaṃ nivediya
32
Laddhopakāraṃ amara-puraṃ gantvāna saṅayā
Suvaṇṇaguhapaññātā-sīmāya'mupasampadaṃ
33
Ñāṇābhivaṃsākhya saṅgha-rājappamukhabhikkhuhi
Labhitvā dhammavinayaṃ-sammuggayhā'si'hā'gato
34
Dhammajjotiyatindo so-vinayaññū visārado
Dvisahasse tisatasmiṃ-pañca sattatime jine
35
Vacchare ūvapabhutī-parime vijite dayo
Paṭṭhapitthā'marapura-nikāyaṃ sabbhi vaṇṇitaṃ
36
Kāle'ssa laṅkāpatino-kalambujanaraliti
Pavattipatta'miṃgīrasi-bhāsāya susamārabhuṃ
37
Rajje seṭṭhadhurandhārī-mantīhi'rabhitaṃ tahaṃ dosāna'madhirajjamhi-pākaṭattā nivāritaṃ
38
Rajjaṃ pālayituṃ sammā-nītisampādikā tathā
Nītividhāyikādve'ha-sabhā'rabhi tadaddhaniva
39
Dhurīhi paṭhamā yuttā-sabhā navahi mantihi
Chahe'vā' dhurimantihi-laṅkesena samaṃbhavi
40
Vidhāyikā ca dutiyā-sabhā navahi mantihi
Yuttā dhurīhi mantīhi-laṅkesena samaṃbhavi
41
Pubbuttarā pacchimā ca-majjhimādakkhiṇā iti
Vibhattā pañcadhā laṅkā-laṅkādhīsena dhīmatā
42
Ekekissaṃ panā'sāya-'meka'mekaṃ disāpatiṃ
Niyojayittha laṅkindo-niyoga nipuṇo guṇi
43
Phāsatthāyā'dhikaraṇa-vinicchaye'smi'maddhani
Nānādesesu ṭhapayī-sālā tannāmikā thiraṃ
44
Matassa kaṇiyo molli-goḍamaccassa vissuto
Tannāmiko ca sacivo-manti dunuvilavhayo 41
Pubbuttarā pacchimā ca-majjhimādakkhiṇā iti
Vibhattā pañcadhā laṅkā-laṅkādhīsena dhīmatā
42
Ekekissaṃ panā'sāya-'meka'mekaṃ disāpatiṃ
Niyojayittha laṅkindo-niyoga nipuṇo guṇi
43
Phāsatthāyā'dhikaraṇa-vinicchaye'smi'maddhani
Nānādesesu ṭhapayī-sālā tannāmikā thiraṃ
44
Matassa kaṇiyo molli-goḍamaccassa vissuto
Tannāmiko ca sacivo-manti dunuvilavhayo
[SL Page 209] [\x 209/]
45
Tathā katipayā mantī-yatayo ca tayoti'me
Sirivikkamādi rāja-sīharājassa kassaci
46
Bandhusso'pariraṭṭhasmiṃ-rajjaṃ pavārituṃ tadā
Kumantayiṃsu taṃ ñatvā-rājakiccamhi tapparo
47
Disānetā mahavala-tènnanāmena pākaṭo
Laṅkindassa nivedesī-sahasā taṃ kumantanaṃ
48
Laṅkeso sanikaṃ rāja-pose pesetva te'khile
Gāhāpayitvā seṭṭhādhi-karaṇaṃ nesi buddhimā
49
Muttā codanato sabbe-tathā'pi dhurino tadā
Nīhaṭā dhurato molli-goḍasaññassa'thāparaṃ
50
Disāpatidhuraṃ'dāsi-catuyojanaraṭṭhake
Tato so padaviṃ rāja-vallabho'va sugopayī
51
Parihīne cira'majjhā-pane puna'pi saṇḍitiṃ
Samicchanto tadatthāya-ṭhapittha kārakaṃ sabhaṃ
52
Tassaṃ sabhāyo'padesa-vasā èkaḍèmivhayaṃ
Samārabhuṃ satthasālaṃ-koḷambanagare tadā
53
Pañcame sarade laṅkā-patino'ssa sadāsayā
Esiyātikavikhyātā-sabhā'raddhā'si sādhuhi
54
Ambarukkhārāmanāme-vihāre'dhissaro guṇī
Laṅkāsaṃsuddhasambuddha-sāsanambara bhāsuro
55
Sasī'va ñāṇavimala-tissanāmena vissuto
Mahānetā mahādhīro-saddhālu sāsanodaye
56
Satto samavhito'ndena-devānaṃ sāsituṃ viya
Kale'mhi tidivaṃ gañchi-kurumāno tamaṃ bhuvaṃ
57
Vikṭl̥riyānāmasutā-kumārī kāminī piyā
Samayasmiṃ'dhirajje'smiṃ-rājinī'si tathā'vi'ha
58
Hl̥rṭansamavhayo laṅkā-dhipo laṅkaṃ chahāyanaṃ
Pāletvā modayaṃ pāṇi-gaṇaṃ desaṃ sakaṃ agā
59
Dvisahasse tisatamhi-'sītime munihāyane
Laṅkissaro ihā'yāto-sṭuvarṭmèkènsināmavāva
60
Tadā laṅkāya sabbatthava-bahulaṃ'va pavattitaṃ
Ketavaṃ sabbaso nīti-maggene'va paṭikkhipi
[SL Page 210] [\x 210/]
61
Koḷambapurato yāva-gālunagara'mantare
Pesituṃ lekhane sīghaṃ-rathaṃ paṭṭhapayī tadā
62
Ummattakārogyasālaṃ-tathā kāragharaṃ api
Kārāpayī mahārogya-sālaṃ koḷambaṭhāniye
63
Vejjasatthassa laṅkāyaṃ-vuddhiṃ'pekkho'va sissake
Nayī katipaye jambu-dīpaṃ rajjassa mūlato
64
arnarmahāsayo sādhu-'miṃgīrasibhāsato tadā
Mahāvaṃsaṃ vyatanayī-parivattiya buddhimā
65
Ito purā kittubhatta-samajjā maggato iha
Yebhuyyena pavattiṃsu-pāṭhasālā tahiṃ tahiṃ
66
Mèkènsināmalaṅkindo-laṅkārajjapathā sudhi
Chāpābhivuddhiṃpattheno-satthasālā'rabhī bahū
67
Nesādānaṃ dukkhitattaṃ-sutvāna karuṇā paro
Tesaṃ padesaṃ laṅkeso-gantvā tatta'mudikkhiya
68
Dhanabbayā sassa kasī-kammaṃ kātuṃ vidhāya so
Uggaṇhāpayituṃ tesaṃ-pāṭhasālā ṭhapāpayī
69
Tahaṃ gamanato niccaṃ-jararogena pīḷito
Laṅkāvāsābhilāsaṃ so-hitvā'ḍḍhuḍḍhasamaṃ sudhī
70
Pāletvā sādhukaṃ laṅkaṃ-sadesa'ṅgami sagguṇo
Vasittha ce thoka kālaṃ-bahukiccāni kārayi
71
Atho kolinkèmalnāmo-laṅkeso dvisahassake
Tisate caturāsīti-mite sambuddhahāyane
72
Ihā'gato hatthisela-puraṃpadhānaṭhāniyaṃva
Katvā padesaṃ vibhaji-vāyavo'ti yathārahaṃ
73
Yāvalaṅkissara'mimaṃ-'pariraṭṭhe pavattitaṃ
Dāsavyaṃ vāritaṃ nīti-maggeni'ha visesato
74
Sammāviññāta saddhamma-sattho siddhatthavissuto
Yatisīho kaviketu-pūtakittidayālayo
75
Vikhyātaṃ paramadhamma-cetiyaṃ satthamandiraṃ
Samārabhitvā lokattha-siddhi'ṅkāsa'smi'maddhani
76
Kāle'smiṃ pāṭhasālīyā-cere paguṇataṃ bhusaṃ
Pāpetuṃ satthasadanaṃ-vidhimantaṃ'rabhiṃsavi'ha
[SL Page 211] [\x 211/]
77
Chabbassa'miha ṭhitvāna-tasmiṃ yāte sadesakaṃ
Dvisahasse tisatasmiṃ-navutime munivacchare
78
Ll̥rḍṭorinṭanitikhyāto-laṅkeso laṅka'māgato
Achekattā tassa desa-pālanasmiṃ sadesike
79
Tosetuṃ no sahī atra-kathañcana videsike
Laṅkādīpādhivāsīnaṃva-vaḍḍhenteappasādake
80
Niyojayī suṇādīnaṃ-gaṇhituṃ'nucitaṃ karaṃ
Tadappasannā janatā-janayuṃ kalahaṃ lahuṃ
81
Kalahe vaḍḍhamānasmi-'muddharaṭṭhamhi bhiṃsane
Yuddhanītiṃ pakāsetvā-mādhurā'nayi vāhinī
82
Assuta'mpi purāyuddha-nītiṃ pati janā bhusaṃ
Bhayato tajjitā sīghaṃ-kalaha'mpi nivattayuṃ
83
Ñatve'ṅgalantarajjamhi-taṃ pavattiṃ visāradā
Nītibbidū mahāmaccā-'hūya laṅkissaraṃ tadā
84
Vajjāvajjaṃ tassa tahaṃ-vinicchiniya sādhukaṃ
Dhurā'petuṃ sassa lahuṃ-nivedayiṃsu taṅkhaṇe
85
Mahālekhaka padavi-dhāriṃ ṭènanṭ mahāsayaṃ
Desantaraṃ pesayiṃsu-laṅkikahitakāmato
86
So èmarsanṭènanṭnāmo-bhāsāsatthavisārado
Laṅkānāmādayo ganthe-viracittha mudā tadā
87
Laṅkissaro bhūri pajā pamoda-
Yantā'vi'maṃ dīpavaraṃ sumedhā
Saṃrakkhayuṃ'ke madhurapphalānaṃ
Majjhe asādupphalataṃ payātā
88
Evaṃ hi bho attani vā parasmiṃ
Piyattataṃ sādhu pavattayantā
Sugandhapupphā viya sabbhi sevitā
Saṃvaḍḍhamānā kusalaṃ bhavavho
Bhāṇavāraṃpaññā satimaṃ
--------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse pañcalaṅkesadīpanonāma paññāsatimo
paricchedo
[SL Page 212] [\x 212/]
Ekapaññāsatimo paricchedo.
-------------------
1
Gate tasmiṃ dvisahasse-tisate tinavutime
Munindasaradasmiṃ jl̥rj-ènḍarsannāmavissuto
2
Patvā laṅkesatta'māga-rajje dhanaparikkhayaṃ
Samecca dhanavuddhiṃ so-kattuṃ maññi nakāriye
3
Anārambhe dhūmaratha-maggassa sahasā idha
Laṅkissare appasannā-vappakā ca videsikā
4
Thāmaṃ sāmaggiyā sīghaṃ-dīpetu'mārabhuṃ sabhaṃ
Laṅkindassa lahuṃ tassā-sabhāya cā'su'maggalā
5
Bhūrīparādhahetuttā-majjhime visaye tadā
Surālayā'panītā'suṃ-bahavo hitakāmato
6
Tasse'va tatiye vasse-pattaṃ paṭissavaṃ pabhū
Asallakkhiya rajjena-gopitaṃ radadhātukaṃ
7
Pahāya rajja sambandha-pupphārāmādhivāsino
Netussa ca'ssaselavha-vihāre'dhissarassa ca
8
Yatindassa tathā nīra-vaḍḍhakassa ca mantino
Pavāresa'buddhabhatto-jahi sāsanarakkhaṇaṃ
9
Laṅkeso pañcavassāni-vasitvana yathāruci
Sadesa'ṅgami laṅkāto-'peto so'petanuddayo
10
Henrīvl̥ḍsnāmavikhyāto-laṅkeso'tha sadāsayo
Dvisahassattisataṭṭha-navutime jinahāyane
11
Samāyāto dīpa'mimaṃ-laṅkāyā'yativuddhiyā
Kicce kārayituṃ sīghaṃ-'rabhi sūro visārado
12
So'yaṃ laṅkissaro dhīmā-yānāyāne sukhatthiko
Tadāni setuyo magge-kārāpayi dayāparo
13
Koḷambaseṅkhaṇḍasela-ppurāna'mantare thiraṃ
Sādhetuṃ duggame dhīro-mahā dhūma rathañjasaṃ
14
Paṭhamaṃ khanī paṃsupuñjaṃ-koḷambapurapuṅgave
Gaṅgāsiripure kaṇṭa-gacchatitthappadesake
[SL Page 213] [\x 213/]
15
Teladoṇivhayasmiṃ ca-hintālopalagāmake
Kāle'smiṃ kārayi seṭṭhā-vitthiṇṇā setuyo thirā
16
Sundarīna'ñca bālānaṃ-payojanavasā tadā
Koḷambanagare gālū-mukhadvāre manoramaṃ
17
Kārāpayī caṅkamana-maggaṃ laṅkissaro sudhī
Dīghavāpī padesamhi-phātikkattuṃ kasiṃ mudā
18
Purātanā pākatikā-vāpī ca parikhā tathā
Kāresa'tha navīnā ca-parikhāyo khanāpayī
19
Vijjuppathā'ññamaññassa-vuttantañāpanaṃ tadā
Samārabhiṃsu koḷamba-gālūpurāna'mantare
20
Tade'vā'nena maggena-kāraṇāni nivedituṃ
Sakkā'bhavuṃ yāvajambu-dīpaṃ dīpe'tra vāsino
21
Ta'ṅkamaṃ paṭhamaṃ viṭsṭl̥n-nāmo ca kuksamavhayo
Icce'te caturo'bho hi-pariyesuṃ mahāsayā
22
Jātaṃ sametuṃ kalahaṃ-sindhudesamhi vāhiniṃ
Pesetu'metto sakko'si-sadayattā'va no pabhū
23
Tasse'va laṅkāpatino-manakkāravasā subhaṃ
Paṭibimbaṃ ṭhapāpesuṃ-sirivaddhanaṭhāniye
24
Daṭṭhukāme'ha laṅkindaṃ-paṭibimbassa santikaṃ
Gantvā disvā tassa guṇaṃ-gāyanti janatā bhusaṃ
25
Nivatti'he'va laṅkesa-karuṇākara yācito
Ito gato pañcavassaṃ-pasitvāna yathāvidhi
26
Yāte laṅkissare tasmiṃva-dvisahasse catussate
Catutthe sogate vasse-patvā laṅkesakaṃ iha 27
Cārlasjasṭinmèkārtīti-nāmena viditā'gato
Vikkiṇī so bhūpadese-vappakānaṃ hi rajjato
28
Tato laṅkā vaṇijjāya-kiñcimattaṃ samiddhataṃ
Gatā viye'ke maññanti-tādi vuddhī nadissare
29
Samaye'smi'mambagaccha-vatthugāme dayālayo
Saraṇaṅkarapaññāto-sīlabhūsana bhūsito
[SL Page 214] [\x 214/]
30
Laddhā mrammanikāyasmiṃ-pabbajjaṃ dvīhi bhikkhuhi
Sāmaṇerehi ca dvīhi-saddhiṃ tīhi gihīhi ca
31
Nāvaṃ'ruyha gālutitthā-sīghaṃ tiṇṇo mahaṇṇavaṃ
Patto marammavisaye-ratanā puṇṇaṭhāniyaṃ
32
Saṅgharañño ca bhūpassa-tahaṃ sampattakāraṇaṃ
Nivedayī saṅgharāja-bhūpatī tuṭṭhamānasā
33
Saddhe te paṭigaṇhitvā-'kaṃsu sakkaramānanaṃ
Puna tasmiṃ visuṃgāma-sīmāyaṃ saṅgharājinā
34
Upajjhāyena te sādhū-bhikkhusaṅgho yathāvidhi
Upasampādayī bhikkhū-'bhavuṃ puṇṇamanorathā
35
Saraṇaṅkarākhyo bhikkhu-laddhopasampado sudhī
Piyasīlī sapariso-sahasā laṅka'māgato
36
Dvisahassaccatusata-sattame sarade jine
Nikāyaṃ rāmaññanāmaṃ-patiṭṭhāpesi sādhukaṃ
37
Marammara'ṭṭha mānuñña-desato hadayālunā
Āhaṭattā'va tannāmāva-voharanti nijanvayaṃ
38
Mèkārtināmalaṅkeso-dhuvaṃ rogena pīḷito
Tīnivassāni'ha ṭhitvā-sadesa'ṅgañchi laṅkato
39
l̥brayinnāmavikhyāto-'palaṅkesattanaṃ tato
Patvāna seniyo rajjaṃ-pālesi sādhikaṃ samaṃ
40
Kāle'smiṃ mantisabhatiṃ-vivādo āsi dāruṇo
Yuddhasenaṅga'mārabbha-vassaṃ pati'ha rajjato
41
Mantīsabhātīraṇato-kattabba'nti dhanabbayaṃ
Mantī chā'vocu'madhuro-'palaṅkeso yathāmati
42
Sādhusammatiyaṃ tassaṃ-nopatiṭṭhahi kaṅkhaṇe
Mantī mantisabhaṃ te cha-vajjetvā'pagatā'bhavuṃ
43
Mahājanamatabbuddhiṃ-pāpetu kāmato tadā
Jl̥rjvl̥lnāmo'rabhi dhīmā-sill̥nlīgsavhasaṅgamaṃ
44
Roborṭrobinsanvikhyāto-dvisahasse catussate
Navame hāyane buddhe-patvā laṅkindataṃ sudhī
[SL Page 215] [\x 215/]
45
Ihā'ga karuṇāyutto-nītidhammavisārado
Tadā laṅkābhivuddhatthaṃ-nānākicce samārabhi
46
Koḷambaseṅkhaṇḍasela-gālupuresu sātthikāka
Nāgarikānāmasabhā-bhavuṃ raṅā'tadaddhani
47
Purārakkhaṇa'mārabbha-'rakkhakabhaṭasañcayaṃ
hapetuṃ nīti'meka'ñca-thira'ṅkari tadā sato
48
Koḷambapurato yāva-seṅkhaṇḍaselaṭhāniyaṃ
Kāle'smi'mārabhuṃ dhūma-rathānaṃ gamanaṃ pana
49
Pāṭhasālādhikattaṃhi-susaṃlakkhiya tassabhaṃ
Hitvāna'jjhāpanaṃ nāma-bhāgaṃ vibhaji rajjato
50
Viññātasattha saddhammo-nikāye mūlavaṃsike
Mahānetā mahāvyatto-dhammādhāravhavissuto
51
Kāle'smiṃ tidivaṃ-gañchi karāṇo timiraṃ bhuvaṃ
Saṅgamma sogatā tassa-dassesu'ntimagāravaṃ
52
Ciraṭṭhitiṃ mahesissa-sāsane'pekkhayaṃ tadā
Iddamalgoḍavikhyāto-disādhīso sadāsayo
53
Syāmamrammanikāyesu-dhamme ca vinaye bhusaṃ
Vyatte bahussute cheke-yatīse pacure vare
54
Pèlmaḍullaitikhyāte-nagare sumanorame
Samānetvā dhammasālaṃ-dhammavinayapotthake
55
Saddho sodhetu'majjhesi-chekā'jjhiṭṭhā yatissarā
Paṭigayha visodhetuṃ-potthake susamārabhuṃ
56
Sattamāsaṃ hi vinaya-piṭakaṃ saṃvisodhiya
Gāyiṃsu atha saṅghassa-majjhe buddhimataṃ varā
57
Yathāphāsu yathākāla-'mañña'mpi piṭakadvayaṃ
Sodhetvā sirisambuddha-sāsanaṭṭhitika'ṅkaruṃ
58
Bandhitaṃ putugīsīhi-koḷambakoṭṭhabandhanaṃ
Bhedāpayī'dhirajjasmi-'māṇaṃ laddhāna so pabhū
59
Tato paṭṭhāya koḷamba-nagaraṃ rāmaṇeyyakaṃ
Kārāpayittha laṅkeso-phāsutaṃ sukhakāmato
[SL Page 216] [\x 216/]
60
Desantarānītadhañña-vaggāna'ñca tadaddhani
Karaggāho samāraddho-rajje nītipathānugo
61
Samaye'smiṃ vejjasattha-sālaṃ koḷambaṭhāniye
Patiṭṭhāpayi tabbuddhi-kāmato'va sadāsayo
62
Vikṭl̥riyānāma mahā-rājinīdutiyattajo
Çl[f]praḍkhyātobhāgadheyyo-kāle'smiṃ laṅka'māgato
63
Laṅkikā rājinīsūnuṃ-paṭigaṇhiṃsu sādarā
Cārlashenridasoyisā-nāma khyāto dhanissaro
64
Visesato samānīya-taṃ kumāraṃ samandiraṃ
Saṅgaha'ṅkāsi sakkaccaṃ-janasambhamabhājanaṃ
65
Dhanino tassa mantissa-bimbaṃ tagguṇadīpakaṃ
Nayanārogyasālābhi-mukhe dissati sampati
66
Samaye'smi'mpilaṅkāyaṃ-janarāsiṃ gaṇāpayī
Catubbisatilakkhaṃ'si-tisataṃ'sitikaṃ tadā
67
Dasavassa'mpati tato-paṭṭhāya paṭipāṭiyā
Gaṇituṃ janatā laṅkā-dīpasmiṃ niyamo'bhavi
68
Sante bādhe saṃsametuṃ-gāmesu ca tahiṃ tahiṃ
Gāmasabhānāmavini-cchayasālā tadā'rabhuṃ
69
So harkivlasroborṭkhyāto-robinsannāmavāsudhī
Laṅkeso sattavassāni-sadesa'ṅgami ṭhitvi'ha
70
Sirimā viliyamhenrī-grugarīnāmavissuto
Dvisahassaccatusata-sorasamamhi sogate
71
Laṅkindattaṃ patva dīpa-'mimaṃ patto dayāparo
Jātikulāgamabbheda-'masallakkhiya sabbaso
72
Vuddhiṃsamicchaṃ laṅkāyaṃ-kiccānā'rabhi buddhimā
Tato tasmiṃ pasīdiṃsu-laṅkinde laṅkikā bhusaṃ
73
Ciraṃ vanagataṃ rammaṃ-'nurādhapurapuṅgavaṃ
Sodhetvāna samiddhattaṃ-pāpetu kāmato tadā
74
Katvā padhānanagara-'manurādhapuruttamaṃ
Vibhaju'ttaramajjha'nti-desaṃ vibhāgakovido
[SL Page 217] [\x 217/]
75
Koḷambanagare cāru-bhūbhāge dassaneyyake
Tidivāvagataṃ veja-yantaṃ'va'kkhirasañjanaṃ
76
Kotukāgāra'muttuṅga-'māyātaṃ purabhūsanaṃ
Kārāpayu'mamhi kāle-vissajjiya mahaddhanaṃ
77
Purātanehi bhaṇḍehi-'nagghehi vividhehi ca
Potthakehi papuṇṇo'si-jane vimhāpayaṃ bhusaṃ
78
Cirassaṃ sāḷavallīhi-vanatta'mupagaṃ varaṃ
Paṭisaṅkhāretu'soṇṇa-mālithūpaṃ pabhinnakaṃ
79
Laddhā sadupakāra'ñca-rajjato iha saddhayā
Sumanasāro hi bhikkhu-nāraṃviṭavhagāmajo
80
Tathā saddhehi pakato-pakāro'rabhi kāriye
Paṭisaṅkhārito tena-bhāgo pabhijji sabbaso
81
Tato khedagatā tasmiṃ-janā saṅgamma bhattiyā
Cetiyavaḍḍhaniṃ nāma-sabhaṃ'rabhiṃsu sogatā
82
Chekānaṃ kammakārānaṃ-kammantaṃ taṃ yathāvidhi
Nīyātayuṃ thūparājā-gāmiṇīnāmadīpako
83
Parisamattakammanto-nacirene'va pāṇinaṃ
Nettapanthe yathāpubbe-virocissati sādhukaṃ
84
Tadu'ssukamano tasmiṃ-nagaramhi manorame
Valisīhahariccanda-nāmo vādībhakesarī
85
Anurādhapure suddha-nagaramhi manorame
Purāṇacetyāyatana-vihārādīna'rajjato
86
Yaṃ yaṃ'bhavi viruddhattaṃ-kāraṇāni punappunaṃ
Yathānayaṃ kivedetvā-niraggala'makā sato
87
Tadā pavattitā suddha-nagarasmiṃ surālayā maṃsasālā tathā āsuṃ-te sabbe'pi pidhāpitā
88
Jātikāgama sambandha-kiccesu sakajīvitaṃ
Jahi so ajja tannāmaṃ-lasate lapitañjase
89
Asse'va laṅkissarassa-niyoga'manugā tadā
Baṭuvantuḍāvanāma-gāmajāto suvissuto
[SL Page 218] [\x 218/]
90
Visārado sirideva-rakkhito ca mahāsayo
Sirisumaṅgalakhyāto-kaviketu yatissaro
91
Niruttiyā'gataṃ māga-dhikāya etihāsikaṃ mahāvaṃsa'mubho santā-sabhāsāya visodhiya
92
Parivattayiṃsu mahā-parissamena sampati
Pākaṭo so'vi'tihāsa-vedinaṃ moda'māvaho
93
Koḷambanagare vāyu-balena paṭhamaṃ tadā
Dīpālokaṃ kārayiṃsu-divā'ca ratti dissate
94
Perādoṇipurā yāva-nāvalapiṭidesakaṃ
Tathā koḷambapurato-āpāṇadurato tadā
95
Parakkamena mahatā-sammā dhūmarathāyanaṃ
Kārāpayitthā'yata'mpi-laṅkikahitakāmato
96
Seṅkhaṇḍaselanagare-ādo jalanalañjasā
Pāṇīyaṃ pāṇinaṃ pūta-'madāpayittha sātadaṃ
97
Kāle'ssa vṚlsnāmakhyāto-mahārājiniyā'trajo
Kumāro laṅka'māgañchi-laṅkikaccanabhājano
98
Koḷambatitthe taraṇī-rakkhāpākāra'muttaraṃ
Kattu'micchaṃ mūlasīlaṃ-kumārena ṭhapāpayī
99
Sadā daṭṭhu'va laṅkindaṃ-kotukāgārasammukhe
Paṭibimbaṃ ṭhapāpesuṃ-tassa tagguṇadipakaṃ
100
Samattajanatā sādhu-guṇasālini nasundaraṃ
Laṅkindabimbaṃ passanti-guṇaṃ gāyī piyaṅkaraṃ
101
Jagatividitalaṅkāvāpipaṅkeruhābha-
Jananikaravikāsa grugiralaṅkesayuro
Tatavisadasilokābhāvitāno pavīṇo
Iha vihari virājo so guṇī sogato'va
Bhāṇavārameka paññāsatimaṃ
-----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse pañcalaṅkesa dīpano nāmeka
Paññāsatimo paricchedo.
[SL Page 219] [\x 219/]
Dvāpaññāsatimo paricchedo.
--------------------
1
Grugarisuvissutalaṅkadhipasmiṃ
Janaghaṭapīnana kiccaniyutte
Varatararajja'mimaṃ paripāla-
Yati satataṃ vidure pihayante
2
Tikhiṇamatī tatakittininādā
Caturatarā vividhe pana satthe
Vidunikarā paribhāvitacittā
Suvisadasatthatapaṃ tanayiṃsu
3
Suviditasakkatabhāsiyasattho
Madhuragiro caturo vinayasmiṃ
SutakahavṚ siriñāṇadinando
Yatipati viddasu saṃvilasittha
4
Sirighanasāsanavuddhyabhilāsī
Vinayavinicchayabyākhya'makāsī
Sa'viditadhīradinandabhidhāno
Yatipati dhīdhitimā viharittha
5
Vihari'va tāragaṇāvutacando
Kavikavi sāsanadevavirājo
Viracayi sāsanavaṃsadidīpaṃ
Sa'vimalasārabhidho garunetā
6
Vinayanaye nipuṇo suvinīto
Vinayamahādikanissayakattā
Thiramatimā siri paññadisīha
Yatipavaro viharī saraṇesī
7
Apagatasatthatape sati vijjo-
Dayapariveṇavaraṃ'rabhi bhaddaṃ
Suvitatadhammasusatthalatagga-
Pabhavabhave'ha'dhipaccupago'si
[SL Page 220] [\x 220/]
8
Sa'sirisumaṅgalanetuvarābhā-
Karavidito ghanamohatamoghaṃ
Apahara'māsu hi pātubhavitvā
Jinavarasāsanavuddhi'makāsī
9
Iha'riva patthakitti videse
Sa'hi satimā matimā munivutyaṃ
Aticaturo vividhe'pi ca satthe
Vihari mudā bhuvanatthavaho'va
10
Yatipatisantika'māgamiya'ggo
Satisasivijjadibhūsaṇasavho
Kaci ciradhītabhidhammapasattho
Puna gami bhāratadesanivāsī
11
Yatipavare tidiva'ṅgatavante
Taha'matha'dhissarataṃ pana patvā
Nisitamatī sudhiketu sa'ñāṇī-
Ssarayatipatyu'da sādhu vasittha
12
Suviditasatthaghare vara'majjha-
Kkhakadhura'māga naye munino so
Thirahadayo siridevadimitta-
Yatipavaro viduro viharittha
13
Adhipatitaṃ gatavā vasi vijjo-
Dayapariveṇavare kaviseṭṭho
Paricitasakkatamāgadhisattho
Ratanadisārabhidhānayatindo
14
Gatavati netari devasabhaṃ hi
Sa'hi gami tappariveṇadhipaccaṃ
Piyaratanavhayanāyakathero
Vilasati sampati viddasu seṭṭho
15
Aparasamāya tato janarāsī
Dasabalasāsanavuddhyabhilāsī
Suviditavijjadilaṅkativijjā-
Layapavaraṃ rabhu'muggatanandi
[SL Page 221] [\x 221/]
16
Atinipuṇo varatepiṭakasmiṃ
Yatipati dhammadilokasamañño
Adhipati tappariveṇavarā'do
Vihari'ha vuddhividhiṃ kurumāno
17
Taha'madhipo puna desavidese
Tatayasasaṃhati sakkatasatthe
Suvinipuṇo siridhammadirāma-
Yatipati viddasu sāmi vihāsi
18
Atisayavissutatappariveṇā-
Dhipati yatissaradhammadinando
Suviditapāvacano matimā so
Pamudamano taha'majja vibhāti
19
Viditagabhīrabhidhammavibhāgo
Aticaturo'riyasatthavayasmiṃ
Suvilasi nandarirāmabhidhāno
Yatipati sābhijanaṃ paritāyaṃ
20
Paṭutarasissabhabhassarabhāvo
Piyaratanavhayanāyakavando
Bhaviya doḍandūva saṃvasathasmiṃ
Akari'ha satthatapaṃ subhadīpe
21
Jinavarabhāratipaddhatidakkho
Kavijanavaṇṇitavutti variṭṭho
Suviditadhammadilaṅkatinetā
Vasi'riha viddasu vitthatakitti
22
Avatamāgadhisakkatasattho
Pulinatalavhayarāmadhivāsī
Sa'sirisumaṅgalaneturavindo
Apagatamohatama'ṅkari laṅkaṃ
23
Ciraparibhāvitanussaticitto
Varatarakoggala gāmabhavo so
Yatipati sagguṇavissūta dhamma-
Tilakabhidho iha saṃviharittha
[SL Page 222] [\x 222/]
24
Paricitatannivaco vividhagga janagaṇasevitako mudaceto
Gaṇapati viddasu seṭṭhasubhuti-
Thaviravaro mitabhāṇi vihāsī
25
Upagamiya'ntika'massa siyāma-
Mahipakumāravaro saraṇesī
Yatinikaṭe lahu pabbaji saddho
Iha vasi'dhītamunindagiro so
26
Jinatanayo tatasuddhasiloko
Bhavi vanavāsavihāradhivāsī
Sa'hi siri dhammadirāmayatindo
Suvilasi lokahitaṃ kurumāno
27
Nipuṇataro muni bhāratimagge
Tikhiṇagiro sutavādibhasīho
Subhadipaduttamarāmadhivāsī
Yati guṇanandabhidhānapasiddho
28
Ihaparadassana kaṇṭakarāsī
Tada'bhavu'māsa girāvudhato te
Atiparisodhiya gotamaladdhiṃ
Suthira'makā paravādavibhedī
29
Suviditatantikabhāsiyasattho
Supaṭitaguttilakabbakavyākhyaṃ
Rucira'makā'sabhatissabhidhāno
Yatipati viddasu sādhu lasittha
30
Yatiguṇasampadabhūsanasajjo
Tapasiri mānitavutti sudhīhi
Ciraparibhāvitametti sa'indā-
Sabhayatināyakasāmi vihāsī
31
Matamunivutti saratthalagāmu-
Bbhava sutapuññadisārabhidhāno
Yatipati kuñjara sāsanabhāraṃ
Vahi matimā dhitimā piyasilī
[SL Page 223] [\x 223/]
32
Vilasi'ha modamano nijavutyā
Janagaṇamānasahāri vibhāvī
Sa'sugatapālabhidho yatinetā
Yatinikaraṃ paripālaya'maggaṃ
33
Migapati'vā 'hitavādibhagumbe
Bèdigama vissutasaṃvasathasmiṃ
Bhavi sudhisevitavutti vihāsī
Sa'ratanapālabhidhānayatindo
34
Sucimati vitthatakittininādo
Suviditasakkatamāgadhibhāso
Sudhi vilasī baṭuvannatuḍāva-
Ssutasiridevadirakkhitanāmo
35
Viditasusīhalaiṃgirasibhāso
Visadayasokiraṇo saciveso
Vidusabhatiṃ vilasī luvisl̥sā-
Vijayadisekharavissutasañño
36
Caturataro narasīhabhidhamme
Nisitamatī vinaye ca'tisūro
Kavipavaro yasavā vasi dhamma-
Ratanabhidhānamahāsayaseṭṭho
37
Bahuvidhabhāsavidū sa'vihārā-
Dhivacanagāmabhavo thirabuddhi
Vasi'riha khuddakabaṇḍaranāma-
Ssuviditamantivaro hadayālu
38
Visadayaso paradukkhapatiṭṭho
Jinavarasāsanasaṇṭhitikāmī
Dhanapati kāruṇiko lasi sèmpson-
Narapatipakkhabhidho mudalindo
39
Sakaparabhāsavidū puthubuddhi
Nayanipuṇo yasavā guṇavāso
Iha vidito kavi jṚmsdadialvis-
Adhivacano vasi mantivariṭṭho
[SL Page 224] [\x 224/]
40
Satatasudhīsabhabhassarakitti
Avagatasatthavayo viduro so
Luvīvijayādikasīhabhidhāno
Vilasī'ha sādhu suvissutamantī
41
Suvinipuṇo sakabhāsiyasatthe
Jananikaraṃ sagirāya pihento
Vasi'riha paṇḍitanāmapasiddho
Guṇi guṇavaḍḍhanamanti tuḍāve
42
Suviditagambhiratakkadisattho
Nayanipuṇo sudhivaṇṇitakitti
Suguṇagaṇo raṇasīhabhidhāno
Vilasi'ha sajjanasaṅgamamajjhe
43
Viha'riha sajjanavuttinivāso
Puthudhaninaṃ pavaro yasanādo
Thirahadayo karuṇo emo silvā-
Viditabhidhānamahāsayaseṭṭho
44
Suviditasatthavidū tatakitti
Viracayi laṅkatihāsiyaganthaṃ
Sa'hi sayiman suta silvabhidhāno
Vilasi'va tāmarasaṃ mudalindo
45
Subhataravaralaṅkākāsabhāsosadhīso
Viya muduguṇajātā santataṃ pāṇipūgaṃ
Grugarividitalaṅkādhissaro pañcavassaṃ
Suvilasi sakadese pīnayitva'sma'peto
46
Iha paṭutaradhīrā dīpitā'smi'ñca kāle
Babhucutadavidūre dīpavāsīna'matthaṃ
Vividhapacurasatthālokadittiṃ kariṃsu
Tathari'va vidurā bho satthaloka'ṅkarotha
Bhāṇavāraṃ dvāpaññāsatimaṃ
-------------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse lokasāsanuddīpaka dīpanonāma
Dvāpaññāsatimo paricchedo.
[SL Page 225] [\x 225/]
Tepaññāsatimo paricchedo.
-------------------
1
Muninde dvisahasseka-vīsatime catussate
Roborṭlonḍannāmakhyāto-laṅkindo'si ihā'gato
2
Cirassaṃ dhaññarogānaṃ-bāhullaṃ'rabbha sabbaso
Parihānipathāpannā-'bhavuṃ samiddhiyo idha
3
Kāle'ssa laṅkāpatino-nānādhaññaggavappanā
Kiñcimattaṃ samiddhatta-'magañchi viya khāyati
4
Devāna'mpiyatissena-raññā kārāpitāyi'dha
Dutiyaṇṇavasaṅkāsa-tissāya vāpiyā bhusaṃ
5
Nīraniggamane magge-sodhetvā vāpibandhanaṃ
Paṭisaṅkhārayī bhinnaṃ-rajjadhanaparibbayā
6
Karnall̥lkl̥ṭnāmakhyāto-samaye'smiṃ mahāsayo
Blavèskināmikāyā'tra-lalanāyā'gami samaṃ
7
So kho amarikādesī-èḍvarḍprṚrābhidhāninā
Nītiññunā iṅgirisi-bhāsāya parivattitaṃ
8
Mohoṭṭivattapaññāta-gāmubbhavassa dhīmato
Guṇānandassa yatino-vādaṃ pāṇadurabbhavaṃva
9
Passitvo'paparikkhitvā-sammā gotamasāsane
Pasīditvā'gamane'ha-saraṇaṃ ratanattayaṃ
10
Gato vuddhiṃ sāsanassa-munino patthayaṃ tadā
Saṅgamitvā sogatehi-padhānehi yathāvidhi
11
Paramaviññāṇatthavhaṃ-patiṭṭhāpesi saṃsadaṃ
Tatoppabhuti dīpe'smiṃ-nānādisāsu'nekadhā
12
Tahiṃ tahiṃ tassamiti-maggena jananāyakā
Pacurā pāṭhasālāyo-bhattiyā susamārabhuṃ
13
Visesato sogatānaṃ-vissutā sā sabhā subhā
Yāvajja vattate sādhu-hitatthasādhikā bhusaṃ
14
Yathāpurā tathe'vā'smiṃ-kāle'pi laṅkike jane
Gaṇāpayittha laṅkeso-pamāṇaṃ jānituṃ viya
15
Tadā sattavīsalakkhe-kūnasaṭṭhisahassakā
Sattasataṭṭhatiṃsati-janarāsī bhavuṃ iha
[SL Page 226] [\x 226/]
16
Eṅgalantasabhāya'ñca-prusbiṭṚriyasaṃsade
Daduṃ rajjā pūjakānaṃ-nibbese taṃ nivāritaṃ
17
Paccatthikehi'maṃ laṅkaṃ-rakkhituṃ bhaṭavāhiniṃ
Volanṭiyarnāmakhyātaṃ-paṭṭhapittha yathāvidhi
18
Dhūrarathañjasaṃ laṅkā-patino'ssa'ddhanā'yataṃ
Yāvahèṭankāḷatittha-mātulappurato'karuṃ
19
Çlbarṭvikṭarnāmadheyyo-jl̥rjsamañño ca vissutā
Dve kumārā ihā yātā-kāle'smiṃ bhāgadheyyakā
20
Hèrīḍayasnāmamantī-seṭṭhādhikaraṇe tadā
Vinicchayakkāradhuraṃ-pattā'do sīhalo sudhī
21
Suvikhyāto dhammapāla-nāmena thiramānaso
Sūravīro ñātadhammo-ratanattayamāmako
22
Patvā desantaraṃ suddha-buddhadhammaṃ tahiṃ tahiṃ
Saññāpayī mahussāho-sāsanodayakāmato
23
Apetasaddhammasaññaṃ-jātagotamasāsanaṃ
Jambudīpaṃ gamma buddha-laddhiṃ vyatanayī tadā
24
Kalkaṭānagare ramme-vihāraṃ dhammarājikaṃ
Bārāṇasyaṃ mūlagandha-kuṭi'ṅkārapayī mudā
25
So kho'tisaddho laddhāna-pabbajja'ñco'pasampadaṃ
Nibbhītiko'va sūjū'si-kittisesopago tahiṃ
26
Laṅkissaro roborṭlonḍan-nāmakhyāto chahāyanaṃ
Timāsādhikakālaṃ so-vasitvā gā sadesakaṃ
27
Dvisahasse catusate-sattavīsatime jine
Patvā laṅkesataṃ gl̥rḍan-nāmo laṅka'mapāpuṇi
28
Sappaññassa dayālussa-ādo mantanasaṃsade
Kathe'va'massā'bhavittha-laṅkikahitakāmato
29
Laṅkārakkhaka saṅgāma-senaṅgaṃ pacca'nūsamaṃ
Kataṃ dhanabbaya'mūna-karaṇattaṃ nivedi so
30
Dhanāgāre oriyanṭal-nāme vatthupabhaṅgataṃ
Nissāya mahatībhīti-janatāyā'si dussahā
31
Taddhanāgārato tasmiṃ-kāle vissajjitā ci'ha
Mūlapattavayā rajjā-rūpimūle patiddade
[SL Page 227] [\x 227/]
32
Buddhimā icca'bhāsittha-laṅkindo janatā bhusaṃ
Pīti'māvedayuṃ tasmiṃ-bhayabyākulamānasā
33
Tatopaṭṭhāya rajjā'pi-pacurā mūlapattakā
Vissajjitāni tasmā'va-rajjaṃ vuddhi'magā tadā
34
Vihāradevālayānaṃ-dhanadhaññassa yuttito
Pavattanaṃ pihentānaṃ-viññūna'ñca mahehayā
35
Vihāradevālayāṇā-khyātā nīti visesikā
Paññattā'si tato kiñci-sāphalyaṃ nā'bhavī iha
36
Nāthabhattimataṃ seṭṭhaṃ-vesākhussavacāsaraṃ
Sindhusaṃvaccharadinaṃ-sīhalapaṭigaṇhitaṃ
37
Māhammadussavaṃ hajji-perunālnāmikaṃ dinaṃ
Dinattaya'mimaṃ laṅkā-pativissāmika'ṅkari
38
Tadā badullanagaraṃ-katvā paṭhānaṭhāniyaṃ
Disaṃ ūvābhidhānena-vibhaji bhāgakovido
39
Koḷambapuravāsīnaṃ-jalaṃjalanaḷañjasā
Dātuṃ lābugāmanīrā-sayaṃ pūrayi vārino
40
Vikṭl̥riyārājiniyā-makuṭassa piḷandhanā
Vasse paññāsame puṇṇe-tadā'si'ha mahacchaṇo
41
Mahindatthalathūpo'smiṃ-kāle bhijjati bhītiyā
Paṭisaṅkhārayī tassa-cetiyassa'ddhakaṃ lahuṃ
42
Yāvannavaggāmahapu-talavhapurato tadā
Dhūmarathañjasaṃ dīgha-'makārayi yathāvidhi
43
Kāle'smiṃ nīranikkhanta-magge nagaravāpiyā
Paṭisaṅkhārayī rajje-mahaddhanaparibbayā
44
Rūpīnaṃ vissajitvāna-pañcavīsasahassakaṃ
Tadā pākatika'ṅkaṃsu-rajjato yodhadigghikaṃ
45
Mantanassabhatiṃ nīti-dāyikāyo'ddharaṭṭhake
Mantidhuraṃ sīhalāna-'mekaṃ ṭhapesi buddhimā
46
Tathe'va laṅkissaro so-māhammadikajātinaṃ
Pādāsye'kaṃ mantidhuraṃ-kāruññaparamo tadā
47
Majjhimāsāya sabara-ggāmāse'ti visuṃ disaṃ
Katvāna tassaṃ ratana-puraṃ mukhyapura'ṅkari
[SL Page 228] [\x 228/]
48
Tade'va devanagara-titthe dīpālaye subhe
Jotāpayittha paṭhamaṃ-pajjotaṃ kittijotimā
49
Laṅkeso kasiyā vuddhi-'mapekkhe'so'mhi dīpake
Vivarittha kasikamma-vijjāgāraṃ guṇālayo
50
Naṭṭhāvasiṭṭhe kammante-porāṇe rakkhituṃ idha
Purāvijjārakkhakā'ti-ṭhapesi kārakaṃ sabhaṃ
51
Mahesino sāsanavuddhisambhavaṃ
Samicchamānā janatā suvissutā
Samecca bhatyā sugatādisāsano-
Dayābhidhānaṃ pariveṇa'mārabhuṃ
52
Tahaṃ'dhipaccūpagato'dimo dhiyā
Kavi ssutejena ravī muduttayā
Sasi tthira'ddi vimalādisāradhi-
Patī virocitthi'ha satthabhāsato
53
Sadesadesantarasamphuṭāriya
Ssilokanādo kaviketuvissuto
Mahāgaṇī tappariveṇamaggato
Mahatthasiddhi'ṅkari sādhu pāṇinaṃ
54
Vasi'ha paramaviññāṇatthanāmassabhāya'
Madhipati bhaviya'tthaṃ vīsavassappamāṇaṃ
Sumariya parisāyaṃ tāya ārṚmiranda-
Viditadhivacano so buddhimā vuddhikāmo
55
Suvisadatatakittī ñātasatthāgamādi
Viracayi varasīmālakkhaṇaddīpatiṃ yo
Varakavitilako so vissuto'sse'va kāle
Paravavimalasārattheranetā diva'ṅgā
56
Iha janahitakārī santataṃ sattajāta-
Manakamalavanaṃ yo bodhayī laṅkadhīso
Gaditayasaninādo khyātagl̥rḍansamañño
Sudhi gami sakadesaṃ sattavassaṃ vasitvā
Bhāṇavāraṃ tipaññāsatimaṃ
----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse laṅkesattaya dīpano nāma
Tepaññāsatimo paricchedo.
[SL Page 229] [\x 229/]
Catupaññāsatimo paricchedo.
-------------------
1
Atha vigatavatī'to tamhi laṅkāpatismiṃ
Catusatacatutiṃsādhikyake dvissahasse
Naravarasaradasmiṃ mañjulaṅkaṃ hi hèvlok
Viditadhivacano'pāgañchi laṅkissare'so
2
Dayamuduhadayo so desatāṇakkamasmiṃ
Paṭutaramatimā'smiṃ dīpake vattamānaṃ
Janagaṇaparimāṇaṃ tassa kāle'pi pubbe
Yatha'riva pariñātuṃ saṅgaṇāpesi dhīmā
3
Narapatisamayasmiṃ vattitaṃ vīhisuṅka-
Gahaṇa'manucita'nti manti jl̥rjvl̥l samañño
Sumariya varamedho dunnayaṃ ta'ñhi nītiṃ
Apanayi janaphāti'ṅkāmi laṅkissarena
4
Tada'pi'riha janānaṃ vuddhi'mākaṅkhamānā'
Rabhi suvidita'maggaṃ ṭèknikalsatthasālaṃ
Pavaraparamaviññāṇatthasaññasabhāto
Sanika'makari'rambhaṃ'nandavijjālayaggā
5
Surasuravaravāṇīccantacheko sa'ñāṇa-
Tilakayatipatī'so bhāratīyā vibhāvī
Iha suviditavijjobhāsasatthālayaggaṃ
Janagaṇahitakāmī sārabhi tamhi kāle
6
Janahitanirate 'so kantakaḷyāṇinajjaṃ
Atisayaputhusetuṃ khyātavikṭl̥riyavhaṃ
Tatha'riva sakanāmiṃ'nāmayāgāra'muccā
Yata'matirucihèvlokpākaṭa'ṅkārayittha
7
Sudhivaraguṇasālī laṅkadhīso sa'dhūma-
Rathapatha'matidīghaṃ kārayī'hā'su sammā
Vasiyi'ha sarade so pañca hèvloksamañño
Apagami sakadesaṃ pīnayaṃ pāṇipūgaṃ
[SL Page 230] [\x 230/]
8
Atisayasutalaṅkādhissarasmiṃ payāte
Suvisada yasanādo rijvenāmo sirīmā
Ima'mupagami laṅkaṃ patva laṅkissarattaṃ caturatarakathī so buddhimā suddhabuddhyā
9
Subhataravaralaṅkaṃ phātikattuṃ'bhilāso
Vividhapacuradhaññuppattihetukirayāto
Bahutaradhanavuddhi sādhuvassāpayanto
Iha jananikaraṃ santosayī santataṃ'va
10
Tadi'ha pabhujanā sambhattiyā sogatābya-
Suvi suta pariveṇaṃ saddhikā sārabhiṃsu
Suviditasirisādimaṅgalavhe'rugāme
Taha'madhi pati'rāsā'disaṃ'netā vibhāvī
11
Tidiva'mupagatasmiṃ tamhi'dhīse kavīse
Viditasamayasattho ganthakattā pavīṇo
Taha'madhipatibhāvaṃ patva dhīmā sa'ñāṇa-
Vimalasutayatindo satthalokaṃ karittha
12
Tada'pi'ha matasattho sikkhito buddhadhamme
Sunisitamati seṭṭho indajotī yatīnaṃ
Labhiya janagaṇānaṃ'jjhesanaṃ kovido pā-
Vacanudayasamaññaṃ satthasālaṃ'rabhittha
13
Visadayasaninādo tassa kālamhi dhamma-
Ratana yatipatindo dhammasatthappavīṇo
Suvidita pariveṇaṃ'nandanāmaṃ'rabhitvā
Pavarataramatīyā'kāsi lokatthasiddhiṃ
14
Iha suviditakaḷyāṇīrudesamhi kante
Tatha'riva sutayāpāpaṭṭanaṭṭhāniyamhi
Avitaruciralaṅkassa'ssa kālamhi dhūma-
Rathapathakaraṇa'ñcā'suṃ'rabhiṃsū'dha rajjā
15
Pacurapavaravīthipaṇyasālābhi citre
Ruciratarapurasmiṃ khyātakoḷambasaññe
Nikhilajanasukhatthaṃ kārayī sādhu vijju-
Rathagamana'mudā'yaṃ sā bavusṭarḍsamajjā
[SL Page 231] [\x 231/]
16 Vividhajanapapuṇṇe kantakoḷambanāme
Viditapuravarasmiṃ hārititthe padhāne
Varataraṇitaḷākaṃ kātave maññamāno
Nikhani paṭhamapaṃsūpuñjakaṃ laṅkadhiso
17
Vipuladharaṇibhāraṃ sārahāraṃ vahantī
Tatasuvisadakittīvalli'vi'ndussa lekhā
Nikhilahadayahārī khyātavikṭl̥riyavhā
Upagami samaye'smiṃ rājinī maccurājaṃ
18
Itu'pagatavatīyā nāmasesaṃ hi tāyaṃ
Pavaravidhiniyogā'hā'dhirajje ca tassā
Pamukhapavarasūnu sattamo'ḍvarḍsamañño
Thiramatiguṇavāso so mahābhūpatī'si
19
Labhiya varaniyogaṃ tātarañño vidhīmā
Piyataravaralaṅkaṃ daṭṭhukāmo'mhi kāle
Upagami dhitimā'smiṃ vṚlskumāro variṭṭho
Sapadi'ha paṭigaṇhī sādhukaṃ pāṇirāsī
20
Tadi'ha janagaṇānaṃ satthapāguññakāmā'
Rabhu'muda sutanl̥rmannāmavijjālayaggaṃ
Nayanagadavināsāya'ggavikṭl̥riyavhaṃ
hapayī ta'dapi kātuṃ'rogya sālaṃ'dimasmiṃ
21
Amarapuranivāsī saddhikā vittasāmī
Sukhacitamaṇimuttābhāsuraṃ sundaraṃ'va
Kanakamayakaraṇḍaṃ'dāya laṅkaṃ gamitvā
Munivararadadhātuṃ pūjayuṃ tena bhatyā
22
Viditasamayasattho sīlanandābhidhāno
Yatipati'riha saddhammākarākhyaṃpasiddhaṃ
Varamati pariveṇaṃ sādhubhāvā'rabhitvā
Akari sucirakālaṃ sāsanapphātimaggaṃ
23
Naravaravarapāṇī saṅgamitvā tadāni
Samudaya'mabhilāsī sāsana'ṅgī rasassa
Paramataruṇabuddhassaṃsadaṃ sārabhiṃsu
Sa'hi janahitasāraṃ sādhayatya'jja yāva
[SL Page 232] [\x 232/]
24
Ya'makari varacetyaṃ kākavaṇṇāditissaviditadharaṇipālo sādhu tissorurāme
Atisayaviri'yeko sāmaṇero hi sabbhi
Saha kira paṭisaṅkhārāpaya'ppaṃ vinaṭṭhaṃ
25
Puna'rapi apare'smiṃ maccuvāsaṃ payāte
hapiya samiti'maggaṃ cetyavuddhiṃ padhānā
Labhiya sadupakāraṃ sogatānaṃ pahūtaṃ
Puthutaradhitiyā taṃ sādhu niṭṭhāpayiṃsu
26
Samudaya'miha pācīnaggabhāsāna'micchaṃ
Varamati samaye'smiṃ'jjhāpanajjhakkhakohi
Vidurajanacayaṃ so'netva mantetva sammā
Rabhi vara samitiṃ pācīnabhāsopakāraṃ
27
Taha'madhipatitaṃ es em barl̥snāmakhyāto
Matisacivavaro'pāgamma so lekhakattaṃ
Dadiya sutaguṇādivaḍḍhanākhyassudhissa
Saradamanu parikkhaṃ sārabhī māgadhādiṃ
28
Tatha'riva sudhi hārvarḍnāmamantissaro ca
Matisacivavariṭṭho khyātaḍenhemsamañño
Sacivadhipati mèkrenāmiko'jjhakkhakā te
Sabhati'madhipatittaṃ patva vuddhi'ṅkariṃsu
29
Vidurajanavirāje saṃsade'smiṃ tato hi
Para'matimatimā Ṛ em guṇassekharākhyo
Guṇaratanabhidhāno so hèraḍpubbiko'va
Sudhitasutamudalindā pālayuṃ lekhakattaṃ
30
Taha'madhipati'dāni sorobinsansamañño
Matisacivavaro tabbuddhisiddhi'ṅkareyya
Thiramatiguṇavā ī Ṛ'bhayassekharākhyo
Vahati sa'mudalindo lekhakattaṃ hi tassaṃ
31
Varakavicayarājikārakākhyassabhāya
Sahitasutasamajjā satthakāmīna'matthaṃ
Satata'manibha'maggaṃ sādhayantī'timattaṃ
Vilasati'riha dīpe'nītikā yāvaajja
[SL Page 233] [\x 233/]
32
Munisamayabhivuddhiṃ'pekkhamānā tade'vā'
Rabhu'muda sutavijjānandavijjālayaggaṃ
Taha'madhipatibhāvaṃ patva dhammādirāmā-
Dhivacanathavireso satthaloka'ṅkarittha
33
Vividhavidhividhānā dīpa'maggaṃ samiddhaṃ
Kari'yidha dhuvasāraṇīyavutti pajāhi
Sudhiguṇanīdhibhūto rijvenāmo sa'laṅkā-
Dhipati gami sadesaṃ ettha vasse'ṭṭha ṭhitvā
34 Atha piyaguṇayutto blṚksamañño hi laṅkā-
Dhipatita'mupagantvā pāpuṇī dvissahasse
Sa'catusatachatāḷīsādhike buddhavasse
Parama'miha'bhivuddhiṃ cintayanto'timattaṃ
35
Pabhujanagaṇa'mānetvāna bhatyā sa'mukhyo
Kasikiriyasabhaṃ sammā'rabhī'nuddayālū
hapitakasisamajjāmaggato'smiṃ hi dīpe
Pacuratarasadattho sambhavī bhāvamāno
36
Sa'hi nagaravarasmiṃ seṭṭhatitthe manuññaṃ
Varataraṇitaḷākaṃ cā'yatā tuṅga'maggaṃ
Atisaya piyanettārogyasālaṃ visālaṃ
Vivari manujajāte pīti'māvedayante
37
Bhuvi tatarucikittī buddhimā suddhaceto
Suviditavaracūḷālaṅkatisyāmarājā
Samupagamiya laṅkaṃ desacāro tade'va
Iha'dhipatipadhānā sesasammānito'va
38
Sakamudupadadhūlīpūtalokesasakka-
Narapatimakuṭassa'ggaññadhammassuphassaṃ
Alabhi dasanadhātu yā munindassa taṃ'va
Namitu'mahitukāmo'gā mahāṭhāniyaggaṃ
39
Taha'mavanipatindo'diccabandhussa tibba-
Suvisadaradadhātuṃ disva natvā mahitvā
Pavarasuthirabhatyā phassituṃ pāṇinā taṃ
Asamayasa'mayācī tāyake taṃ pasanno
[SL Page 234] [\x 234/]
40
Api ca vidita vārīvaḍḍhanakhyātamantī
Nadadi kamavirodha'ntī'ha vatva'kkamaññū
Atha narapatiseṭṭho rosavessānarena
Atisayajalamāno'pāgamī dhātugehā
41
Rucirapavaralaṅkāmātupāmokkhasūnu
Sajanahitabhilāsī sūravīro nibhīto
Iha jananayanehī mocayaṃ'sū tadā jl̥n-
Kotalāvalabhidhāno pañcataṃ manti yāto
42
Munivacanapathasmiṃ sikkhito satthavedī-
Riha suvidita dhammārāma thero yatindo
Varamati pariveṇaṃ taṃ hi vijjādibandhuṃ
Rabhiya'dhipati tasmiṃ sādhayaṃ bhāsiyatthaṃ
43
Sirimati sirilaṅkādhissare blṚksamaññe
Gatavati catuvassaṃ ṭhitvi'to sassa desaṃ
Samacatusatapaññāsādhike dvisahasse
Sirighasaradasmiṃ henrimèklamsamavho
44
Upagami sirilaṅkādhissaro bhūya dhīmā
Idha janasamavuttī mantanassaṃsadaṃ so
Mahipavaraniyogā'kā'dhirajje visesaṃ
Tada'pi pavaradīpe vāsinaṃ vuddhiyā'si
45
Dasasu viditamantisve'ttha vāsīna'chandā
Supaṭitacatumantī uccinetuṃ'vakāsaṃ
hapayī catusu tesvi'ṃgīrasinaṃ dve ca mantī
Tatha'riva apare'ko'landiyāna'ñca manti
46
Nivasata'miha dosaññūna'meko ca mantī
Bhavu'miti catumantī channa'maññesa'meko
Uparimavijitamhā mantiko heṭṭharaṭṭhā
Aparapavaramantī dve sudaṃ sīhalānaṃ
47
Tatha'riva damiḷānaṃ dve ca mantī'dha muslim
Iti viditajanānaṃ ce'kamantī'tiche'te
Tadi'ha matimatā laṅkādhinā pāpitā'suṃ
Pavaradhuradadhāne'kārasā'suṃ ca mantī
[SL Page 2354] [\x 354/]
48
Vasumatiparakittīpatthivāsannikāsa-
Dayavisadasiloko buddhimā sāmakāmo
Mahipati sutaèḍvarḍsavhayo sattamo so
Gami'riha samayasmiṃ kittisesattanaṃhi
49
Puna sutagarurajje rājino tassa seṭṭha-
Piyataratanayo so pañcamo jl̥rj samañño
Sudhivaraguṇasaṅgo muttikittī samāno
Vidhiniyamavasā sīhāsanāsīnako'sī
50
Valahagoḍasamañño devavāso'si gaṅgā-
Sirinagaravarasmiṃ tatu devālayasmiṃ
Patisama'managha'mpyā'sāḷhikaṃ pāṭihīraṃ
Pacurajanasametā sīhalaṃ vattayanti
51
Tatha'riva ciravāsī yonakā tamhi gaṅgā-
Siripurapavarasmiṃ kārayuṃ palli'mekaṃ
Taha'matha samaye'smiṃ dibbavāse purā'va
Hanati turiyabherī palliñattā manuññā
52
Vajati nadisakāsaṃ pāṭihīre manāpe
Mahamadikajanā tappallisāmantakasmiṃ
Turiyahanana'māsuṃ vāraṇīya'ntya'vocuṃ
Taha'matisamitattā sogatā vimbhitā'va
53
Akariya kalahaṃ taṃ majjhimāsāpatissa
Surasadanadhikārī vedayī abbhutatthaṃ
Sa'himahamadikānaṃ pakkhapātī bhavitvā
Taha'matha turiyānaṃ vādanaṃ vārayittha
54
Puna siranilayādhikāri mantī ta'matthaṃ
Anaya'dhikaraṇaṃ seṅkhaṇḍaselappurasmiṃ
Sunisitanayavedī nicchayakkāraseṭṭho
Samanugamiya pubbiṃ taṃ paṭiñña'ñca pattaṃ
55
Ta'madhīkaraṇa'maggaṃ samparikkhitva sīghaṃ
Nayamanu'da disādhīsassa kāmaṃ vipakkhaṃ
Puthumativaramantī pl̥l i pīris samañño
Visada'makari seṭṭhaṃ nicchayaṃ nītidakkho
[SL Page 236] [\x 236/]
56
Tada'pi asahamāno majjhimāsādhipo so
Pavaradhikaraṇaṃtaṃ netva tamhā sapakkhaṃ
Katha'mpi labhi tuṇṇaṃ tiraṇaṃ aññadāni
Samatha'manayi bādhaṃ laṅkadhīso'nukampo
57
Suviditasurabhāso māgadhādo pavīṇo
Kavi siririyavaṃsakhyātanetā'mhi kāle
Pabhujananikarenā'rādhito maṅgalākhyaṃ
Rabhi'riha pariveṇaṃ'dhissaro bhūya bhāti
58
Jinajanasamudāyo yaṃ parakkantibāhuṃ'
Rabhi sutapariveṇaṃ'dhissaro tamhi netā
Sirijinaratanavho therasīho yasassī
Vipulatarasadattha'ṅkāsi tammaggato'va
59
Puna'riha sirilaṅkeso surāsuṅkanītiṃ
hapayī pahari setūsuṅkagāhaṃ tadāni
Adhika'makari nāvānītadabbāna'suṅkaṃ
Tada'pi nikhilalaṅkādassana'ñcā'bhavittha
60
Kati'riti samaye'smiṃ pāṇayo laṅkadhīso
Avagamitu'mapekko saṅgaṇāpesi satte
Tada'pi kiriya'māsuṃ niṭṭhapetvāna dhūma-
Rathagamana'makāresā'madhuggāma'mādo
61
Viditapuravarasmiṃ kantakoḷambanāme
Sukhanita'parakāle bṚrenāme taḷāke
Atisayaviriya'ṃsaṃ pūrayī paṃsunā'jja
Varagharavisikhāyo dissare mālinī'va
62
Munisamayudayesi sādhu muddā-
Payitu'muda'ṭṭhakathā rabhittha tantyaṃ
Sakavipuladhanabbayā sa'hṚvā-
Vitaraṇiyo sayimansamaññamanti
63
Ghanatimisavidhaṃsi raṃsimālī-
Ravisadiso tanayittha satthalokaṃ
Suvitatavarakitti desadese
Sa'sirisumaṅgalanetusāmipādo
[SL Page 237] [\x 237/]
64
Viditapavarasatthabhāvavijjo-
Dayapariveṇadhipo mahāvibhāvī
Gami diva'mamarāna'sāsituṃ'va dharaṇitalaṃ timiraṃ tato'bhavittha
65
Anunaya'manisaṃ hi pālya laṅkaṃ
Jananikaraṃ pihayaṃ hi pañcavassaṃ
Sahadhika'miha ṭhitva'gañchi mèklam-
Viditabhidho vijitaṃ'sa laṅkadhīso
66
Varakavivisarā patitakittī
Garumahipā dhanino'khile'va kāmaṃ
Sakasakatanuyo pahāya'gañchūṃ
Kimuta paresa'manantada'ṅkuruvho
Bhāṇavāraṃ catupaññāsatimaṃ
-----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse catulaṅkesa dīpano nāma
Catupaññāsatimo paricchedo.
[SL Page 238] [\x 238/]
Pañcapaññāsatimo paricchedo.
--------------------
1
Dvisahassaccatusata-chapaññāsamite jine laṅkissaro roborṭcāmars-samañño'si idhā'gato
2
So kho munindasamayaṃ-bhāsaṃ māgadhikaṃ tathā
Pākaṭo'si vijaññā'ti-bhāsantaravisārado
3
Tene'va sogatā sabbe-tasse'hā'gamanaṃ pati
Bhīyyo pasannā sammoda-vāca'mavedayuṃ tadā
4
Tasse'va laṅkāpatino-kāle koḷambaṭhāniye vicarittha cāmarsdhaññā-gāraṃ sammodamānaso
5
Purā laṅkāya'māraddho-yāvasindhupadesakaṃ
Sādhetvāna dhūmaratha-maggo niṭṭhāpito tadā
6
Vyatto so pālibhāsāya-tabbuddhikāmato bhusaṃ
Majjhimaṭṭhakathaṃ seṭṭhaṃ-papañcasūdanissutaṃ
7
Pariveṇe'dhipatinā-vijjālaṅkāravissute
Dhammasatthappavīṇena-bhāsantara vijānatā
8
Dhammārāmasamaññena-yatindena vipassinā
Sodhāpetvāna sahasā-muddāpayi yathākkamaṃ
9
Tathe'va kāle'parasmiṃ-jātakaṭṭhakathaṃ'riyaṃ
Iṃgīrasibhāsāya mudā-parivattiya so budho
10
Eṅgalantamahādīpe-mahaddhanaparibbayā
Muddāpetvāna sambhatyā-tanayittha sadāsayo
11
Byatto'si ce'pi kusalo-bhāsāsatthavisārado
Tasse'va kāle loko'pi-vipattimukha'māgami
12
Jarmanpraṃsaitikhyāta-vaṃsikesu mahāhavo
Sudussaho bhūrisatta-ghātako cā'si sabbaso
13
Vattamāne raṇe tamhi-rajja'meṃglantanāmikaṃ
Samaggahī pransapakkhaṃ-sāhāyyena lahuṃ tadā
14
Saṅkulasse'va yuddhassa-laṅkātova mahaddhanaṃ
Tathe'va raṇasūre ca-pesayu'ṃglantarajjakaṃ
15
Dhanahāniṃ janahāniṃ-raṭṭhahāniṃ savāhini
Anapekkhiya yujjhiṃsu-samūpabbūḷhakā bhusaṃ
[SL Page 239] [\x 239/]
16
Pavattite catuvassaṃ-tasmiṃ saṅkula saṃyuge
Jarmannāmā jātikā te-parājiṃsva'tha taṃ samī
17
Mahāsaṃyugakālamhi-laṅkāya'ñca bhayānakaṃ
Bhaṇḍanaṃ'si sīhalīya-yonakānaṃ'napekkhitaṃ
18
Sabbattha sabbadā sabbe-sogatā pativaccharaṃ
Vesākhussava'maccantaṃ-pavattentī'ha pītiyā
19
Dvisahasse catusate-kūnasaṭṭhimahāyane
Vesākhapuṇṇamadine-sogatānaṃ mahāmahe
20
Seṅkhaṇḍaselanagare-vattamāne tadussave
Tato tato chaṇaṃ daṭṭhuṃ-janakāyā samosaṭā
21
Sambuddhamāmakā sesā-radadhātuṃ namassiya
Pūjetvā'nekavidhinā-munindaguṇadīpakaṃ
22
Pītigītiṃ pavedentā-vattentā turiyaddhanaṃ
Tāsu tāsu visikhāsu-sañcariṃsu mudā nisaṃ
23
Pītiyā caramānesu-sogatesu sugītiyā
Gāyamānesu santesu-māhammadikajantavo
24
Tadakkhamā tappalli-nikaṭe rāsibhūya ca
Visūkaṃ dassayuṃ tasmiṃ-sogatānaṃ sudussahaṃ
25
Sakkharādīhi ca'ññehi-pahāra'madduṃ bhusaṃ
Taṅkhaṇaṃ sogatā bhīyyo-kupitā nibbhayā tahiṃ
26
Akaruṃ kalahaṃ bhīmaṃ-sīghaṃ laṅkātale bhusaṃ
Dāvaggi viya saṃvaḍḍhi-kalahaggi tahiṃ tahiṃ
27
Sambuddhajanasambhūtaṃ-kalahaṃ jātikattato
Maññamānā kittubhattā-sīhalā sogatānugā
28
Yahiṃ yahiṃ yonakā hi-nivasanti tadā bahū
Tahiṃ tahiṃ ca gāmesu-nigamesu puresu ca
29
Tappalliyo paṇyasālā-sadumāni bahūni ca
Bhindiṃsu atha jhāpesuṃ-māresuṃ pacure jane
30
Asmiṃ kalakale bhīyyo-vuttantā vitathā rayā
Patthaṭā'suṃ tato saccaṃ-ñātuṃ kocā'pinā'sabhi
31
Bhaṇḍane vaḍḍhamānasmiṃ-mārsalll̥itivissutaṃ
Yuddhanītiṃ pakāsesi-janānaṃ bhaya'māvahaṃ
[SL Page 240] [\x 240/]
32
Pubbuttarāsā vajjetvā-tassā saṅgāmanītiyā
Tadāni laṅkā nikhilā-sigha'mantogadhā'bhavi
33
Yāva vattati sā nīti-tāva rattiṃ sagehato
Paṭikkhipī nikkhamanaṃ-janānaṃ sabbaso bahi
34
Ekattha sattaṭṭhajanā-sīhalā hi samosaṭā
Divā tiṭṭhanti ta'ñcā'pi-paṭikkhittaṃ'si sabbathā
35
Yassa kassaci gehasmiṃ-nettiṃsachūrikādayo
Yekecā'suṃ'yudhā sabbe-'panītā kalaho samī
36
Taha'miṃgīrasirajjassa-virodhaṃ kañci sīhalā
Kattha cā'pi nadassesuṃ-tathā'pi'ṃgīrasimānusā
37
Kumantana'nti maññantā-sīhalānaṃ visesato
Kārāgāraṃ nivesesuṃ-sīhalajananāyake
38
Rajje niyoga'māgamma-apare pabhusīhale
Sāmaññe pacure jīve-haniṃsu rāja porisā
39
Samite kalahe'kacce-pamukhe'ti sasaṃsaye
Yuddhādhikaraṇaṃ netvā-vinicchiya yathāruci
40
Niyāmitā māraṇāye-'kacce'pya'naparādhakā
Kārāgārāya niyamā-yāvajīvaṃ'bhavuṃ tadā
41
Tadā kāragāragate-mocetuṃ pabhusīhale
Ārḍlinl̥rṭannāmakhyāto-bèvansaññāsuvissuto
42
[F]prunsisdasoyisānāma-paññāto nītikovidā
Buddhimantā tathāca'ññe-yatayuṃ'nuddayāparā
43
Kalahe'smiṃ yonakāna-'malābho bhavi yattako
Sīhalānaṃ dhanaṃ'dāya-tesaṃ'dhika'maduṃ tadā
44
Ponnambalamrāmanāthan-mantīso caturo kathī
Sīhalāna'madosattaṃ-mantanassabhatiṃ iha
45
Accantabyattakathayā-dīpetvāna tato'paraṃ
Eṅgalanta'magā seṭṭha-maccāna'ñca nivedituṃ
46
Sirimā jṚmspīrisnāmo-mantīso nayakovido
Sirimā jayatilaka-khyāto mantissaro sudhī
47
Tathā ca'ññe seṭṭhamantī-nītiyā caturā bhusaṃ
Subyattā te desapāla-kkamadhammavisāradā
[SL Page 241] [\x 241/]
48
Nimujje sīhale dukkha-sindhusmi'mativegasā
Gantve'ṅgalantādhirajjaṃ-mocetuṃ yatayuṃ tadā
49
Laṅkāto gatamantīna-'madhirajjaṃ vibhāvinaṃ
Yatanaṃ nā'phalaṃ āsi-sabbathe'va tadāni taṃ
50
Sudussahā yuddhanīti-bhayadā pāṇinaṃ bhusaṃ
Māsattayaṃ pavattā sā-laṅkākantaṃ nipīḷayī
51
Tivassamitakālaṃ taṃ-vutthaṃ cāmars samavhayaṃ
Laṅkesa'mavhita'metto-dese vāsāpayī sake
52
Laṅkese'pagate cāmars-nāmena vidite ito
Dvisahassaccatusate-kūnasaṭṭhimite jine
53
Çnḍarsannāmapaññāto-laṅkissaro dayāparo
Mahārājaniyogā'ga-puññapiṇḍūpamo iha
54
Daṇḍanītyā tāḷitāya-laṅkākāminiyā bhusaṃ
Vilapantiyā sa'laṅkeso-samassāsayi'dhā'gato
55
Sīhalīyayonakānaṃ-kalahaṃ'rabbha sīhalā
Yuddhādhikaraṇā kārā-gāra'ṅgamu'madosakā
56
Tasse'va laṅkissarassa-dayāpayadditā janā
Muttā'suṃ dukkhito bhūrī-nānāvyasanapīḷitā
57
Yāvajīvaṃ kāraghare-vasituṃ ye'pi sīhalā
Niyāmitā'suṃ bahavo-mocesi karuṇāparo
58
Jātaṃ kalakalaṃ paccā-'yācanappattake tadā
Laṅkesassa daduṃ sabbe-sādaro'paparikkhiya
59
Paripākañāṇo santa-bhāvo laṅkissaro sudhī
Tesaṃ tesaṃ patthanā tā-sādhayittha yathābalaṃ
60
Daṇḍakammavasā laṅkā-vāsīnaṃ gahitaṃ tadā
Dhanarāsiṃ dāpayittha-puna tesaṃ yathāvidhi
61
Vividhabbidhinā laṅkā-jane tāto sute viya
Vuddhiṃ pāpetu'manisaṃ-'sā'pekkho pūtamānaso
62
Ito'dhikatare ṭhāna-ntarādīni visesato
Sīhalānaṃ padāpetuṃ-sabhā'raddhā'si sādhukaṃ
63
Kalahassi'massa hetu-bhūtaṃ bhava'mito purā
Yathāvuttaṃ purāṇamhi-valahāgoḍavissute
[SL Page 242] [\x 242/]
64
Devālaye pāṭihīra-vutiyābādha'mittaraṃ
Vīmaṃsitvā tappamukhe-sīhale yonake'khile
65
Patiṭṭhāpiya sāmaggi-dhamme vatvā guṇaṃ tahiṃ
Itopaṭṭhāya cāritta-vidhinā pāṭihāriyaṃ
66
Yathā purā tathā sammā-pavattetuṃ yathāvidhi
Niyojesi sa'laṅkeso-yuttidhammaparāyano
67
Ñāṇī dhanī janā bhūrī-saṅgamitvā'smi'maddhani
Sabhaṃ'rabhuṃ jātikākhyaṃ-laṅkāvuddhi'mapekkhakā
68
Vijjālaṅkāravikhyāta-pariveṇādhipaccago
Siridhammārāmanāmo-yatīso kavipuṅgavo
69
Samussāpiya saṃsuddha-kittiketuṃ visārado
Vimhāpayaṃ diva'ṅgañchi-laṅkikajanataṃ bhusaṃ
70
Laṅkāya vuddhiṃ sampekkha-māne'raddhe sukiccake
Sīhalāna'mabhāgyena-karuṇāguṇabhūsito
71
Laṅkeso'darārogena-phuṭṭho so subhasādhako
Anapekkho'va laṅkāya-'magā maccumukhaṃ dukhā
72
Dvivassaṃ yo'nusāsittha-laṅkāyaṃ pīnayaṃ jane
Tasse'va ènḍarsannāmaṃ-vattate'jja janammukhe
73
Dhamme pavīṇo vinaye ca bimbā-
Rāmādhipo'ssa'ddhani santavutti
Dhīrādinando garunetupādo'
Bhidhānasesattana'māga dhīmā
74
Iti'riha'vanipālopammacitto janesu'
Mitasubhaguṇapīno'nuddayodaddabhāvo
Janavisara'manantassakirayāhā'timattaṃ
Tatavisadasiloko tosayī yo pite'va
75
Iha jananikarā taṃ ènḍrasannāmakhyātaṃ
Dhuvamanasi kareyyuṃ sādhu laṅkissaraṃ hi
Tatha'riva guṇavantā vyattajivhājiresu
Suviditavarakittīnāṭikā naccayantu
Bhāṇavāraṃpañcapaññāsatimaṃ
-----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvegajanake dīpavaṃse sīhalayonakānaṃ
Viggahadīpano nāmapañcapaññāsatimo paricchedo.
[SL Page 243] [\x 243/]
Chapaññāsatimo paricchedo
------------------
1
Tasmiṃ paraṃ loka'mupāgate sati
Laṅkissaro henrimèniṃsamavhayo
So dvissahasse sarade catussate
Dvāsaṭṭhime laṅka'mupāgamī jine
2
Laṅkāya'micchaṃ vipulaṃ samiddhataṃ
Kammaṃ kasiṃ'jjhāpanaka'ñca santataṃ
Samphātikāretu'manantakaddhitiṃ
Sandhārayaṃ pāṇimanāni gaṇhi so
3
Laṅkāya sabbattha tadā sudāruṇo
Rogo jaro dussahako samuṭṭhahiva
Dhaññāna'maccantavipattihetuto
Dubbhikkhako sambhavi pīḷadāyako
4
Khīṇāsavo seṭṭhamahāmahindako
Laṅkāya thero yadahe mahesino
Ropesi sammā'riyasāsanaṅkuraṃ
Jeṭṭhamhi taṃ puṇṇamahaṃ sanantanāva
5
Bhūpā sariṃsu'ssavavesato mudā
Taṃ nāsaruṃ gacchati gacchatī'ddhani
Koḷambakoṭṭhe kusumappadāyikā
Sammā sabhā taṃ'rabhi pāṭihāriyaṃ
6
Kāle'mhi dīpe'tra nivāsinaṃ bhusaṃ
Porāṇikammantanasaṃsadassa tu
Kāmaṃ paṭissaṅkharaṇe manorathaṃ
Ñatvāna so'dā'nubalaṃ balesinaṃ
7
Saṅgāmanītyādihi sampabodhitā
Sabbe tadatthaṃ satataṃ sughosayuṃ
Mukhyājanā jātika saṃsadānugā
Āyācanāpatta'masesakāmato
[SL Page 244] [\x 244/]
8
Eṅgalantarajjamhi videsabhārake
Pāmokkhamaccamhi padāpayuṃ lahuṃ
Laṅkissarassaddutiye'ssa hāyane
Laddhuṃ paṭissaṅkharaṇaṃ hitāvahaṃ
9
Ec.JṚ.Sī.PrṚrākhyakathissaroca jṚms-
Pīrissamañño nayadhammakovido
Ḍī.Bī.Jayāditilako visārado
Yācuṃ ta'meṅgalanta'mupecca te sudhī
10
[F]pèḍrikricaḍsenadhibhū dhanissaro
Vittaṃ tadatthaṃ vipula'mpi vissajī
Te vāyamuṃ vyatta ruṇācalamsuto
Vācissaro vissūtacandasāgaro
11
Taṃ sādhukaṃ so sacivādhipo tadā
Kāruññaceto paṭigayha bhattiyā
Laṅkissaraṃ henrimèniṃsamavhayaṃ
Āhūya lanḍannagaraṃ puruttamaṃ
12
Mantetva tenā'pi samaṃ visesato
Vīmaṃsayitvāna dadittha kiñci yaṃ
Laṅkājanā tena ca titti'mappakaṃ
Nā'gamma khippaṃ apanetu'mussahuṃ
13
Laṅkissaro ṭhānucitaggabuddhimā
Mukhye jane'vhāya ca tassa vajjane
Dassetva dosaṃ puna vacchare'paraṃ
Dāsyaṃ paṭissaṅkharaṇaṃ hitatthadaṃ
14
Tāve'dame'vaṃ paṭiyādadera'laṃ
Iccā'ha taṃ mukhyajanaccayo'yatiṃ
Sampekkhamāno paṭigaṇhi sādhukaṃ
Tassaṃ sabhāyaṃ paṭisaṅkhatāya tu
15
Mantī dhurī coddasa mantino'ddhurī
Tevīsatā'suṃ paṭhamaṃ hi sossavaṃ
Taṃ dvissahassamhi catussate catu-
Saṭṭhimmite māraji hāyane'rabhuṃ
[SL Page 245] [\x 245/]
16
Laṅkissaro so'disi yaṃ paṭissavaṃ
Dātuṃ paṭissaṅkharaṇaṃ yadā subhaṃ
Tasmiṃ'payāte samayamhi laṅkikā
Sammā paṭissaṅkharaṇāya ghosayuṃ
17
Vīmaṃsiyu'gghosana'matravāsinaṃ
Ñatvā paṭissaṅkharaṇe manorathaṃ
Seṭṭho'dipādo hi videsabhārako
Dātuṃ samicchi sa'paratthakāmato
18
Rañño'dhirajje'numati'ñca mantinaṃ
Laddhāna laṅkānavamantanassabhaṃ
Katvā thiraṃ sādhu tayo vinā'va
Mantī'pare uccinituṃ mahājane
19
Thāmaṃ ṭhapetvo'pasabhāpati'ñca
Mantīna'mekaṃ adhurīna'muttariṃ
Pāpetu'mitthaṃ'cinituṃ balaṃ paraṃ
Datvāna laṅkājanataṃ supīnayī
20
Tassaṃ navīnāya sahāya bārasava
Mantī dhure'vaṃ adhurī ca mantino
Te sattatiṃsā'su'masesato tadā
Ekūnapaññāsa bhaviṃsu mantino
21
Taṃ dvissahasse sarade catussate
Aṭṭhādhike saṭṭhimite tathāgate
Pītiggirā vattayatī janaccaye
Sammodamāno vivarittha saṃsadaṃ
22
Kāle'ssa laṅkādhipatissi'ha jjanā
Tussiṃsu laddhā mahatiṃ sabhaṃ yathā
Dhīmā sa'bhūyo'pasabhāpatī'ha jṚms-
Pīrissamañño'tra jane sutosayī
23
Kāle'mhi so sṭabsvidito'ggalekhako
Hoṃkoṃdhipaccaṃ sudhi patva'gā tahiṃ
Patvā mahālekhakataṃ nayaññū grem-
Tomsansamaññāvidito'si'hā'gato
[SL Page 246] [\x 246/]
24 Byatto vipassī pariveṇakuñjara-
Byuhe dayo kāraṇiko'dimo tadā
Byato'si ènḍrūsamarādisekharo
Satthodayesī lasate mahāsayo
25
Laṅkāya'majjhāpanadhissaro dayo
Vāyāma'maggaṃ vidadhī tadatthikaṃ
Ḍenhemsamañño sa'murīsiyassuto
Dīpe mahālekhakataṃ hi patva'gā
26
Siddhatthavijjālaya'masmi'maddhani
Sammā'rabhitvā bhuvanābhivuddhide
Kicce mahante sa'roborṭḍsoyisā-
Mantī'karī patthaṭakitti buddhimā
27
Dīpe'tra kāle'mhi visiṭṭhasatthiyaṃ
Taṃ vissavijjālaya'mārabhuṃ subhaṃ
Perādidoṇīnagare vare kasī-
Vijjālayaṃ saṃvivarittha so pabhū
28
Pubbe'va laṅkāya'midāni pāṇinaṃ
Saṅkhya'ṅgaṇāpesi vijānituṃ mitaṃ
Desantarānītapadhānadhaññato
Nāvā'suṅkaṃ diguṇa'ṅkarī tadā
29
So rājakicce niratāna'vattane'
Dhikye ākasī puna sobhane ghare
Tesaṃ hi koḷambapuramhi kārayī
Mèniṃṭavunnāma'si bhūpadesako
30
Devātidevena suphassitaṃ purā
Laṅkaṃ manuññaṃ pana daḍhukāmato
Byāto japanavaṃsakumārapuṅgavo
Kāle'smi'māgā'tra kirīṭasāmiko
31
Jl̥rjkhyātaraññoddhani pañcamassi'ha
Jeṭṭho suto vṚlsvidito kumārako
Laṅkaṃ samāgā'tisayaṃ samādaro
Pāṇīgaṇo taṃ paṭigaṇhi gāravā
[SL Page 247] [\x 247/]
32
Laṅkāya gantvāna patīcisaṃyuge
Maccu'ṅgatānaṃ saraṇattha'mucchitaṃ
Thambhaṃ patiṭṭhāpayi nīpaṭhāniye
Gālū pathadvāra samīpa bhūmiyaṃ
33
Koḷambapaññātapure puthuṃ bhusaṃ
Telāsayaṃ paṭṭhapi gāmapañcake
LṚḍīmèniṃnāma'manāmayālayaṃ
Laṅkissaro saṃvivarittha'nuddayo
34
Laṅkāvisiṭṭhodayakāmato tadā
Nīrabbalā vijjutapaṃ visesato
Nipphādituṃ vaṭṭavanappadesake
Kammanta'maggaṃ'rabhu'māsu rajjato
35
Rajje niyogā'tra visesañāṇino
Tasmiṃ pavīṇo vimalassurindako
Lūkaskulādītilako visārado
Mantī ca te dve pamukhā'bhavuṃ tahiṃ
36
Pāmokkhanīticcaturo sadāsayo
Çl.Çl.Ḍyupādhiṃ paṭhamaṃ dharitva yo
Ettho'pagañchī lalitābhayādiko
So rājapakkho sutamanti rājate
37
Vijjodayākhyassutasatthamandire'
Dhīso yasassī nayamaggavattako
Tejassi ñāṇissaranetupuṅgavo
Kāle'mhi'gā dibbapuraṃ kavissaro
38
Ārādhito sādhujanehi bhattiyā
Vidvānuyāto vimalādikitti so
Thero vinīto sugatādisāsano-
Dayākhyasatthālaya'mārabhiṃ puna
39
Henrīmèniṃlaṅkadhipo chavassato
Dhikya'mpi kālaṃ janataṃ visesato
Vuddhiṃ sa'pāpetva sutosayitvi'to
Desaṃ sakaṃ pāpuṇi sātakāmato
[SL Page 248] [\x 248/]
40
Tasmiṃ'payāte'tra visiṭṭhalekhako
Laṅkādhipacca'ṅgami tāvakālikaṃ
So kho klamènṭīvidito dayāparo
Hoṃkoṃpadesādhipatī bhavitva'gā
41
Laṅkāya'tho sāsitu'mittaraṃ èlak-
Sènḍarḍ samañño samayaṃ niyāmito
Āsī tadā vissuta bèljiyanmahā-
Bhūpo tadā'gañchi'ha desacārako
42
So dvissahassamhi catussate navā-
Dhikyamhi saṭṭhippamite jine sudhī
Patvāna laṅkissarataṃ hiyukli[f]rḍ-
Saññā sucinnaiṃ varalaṅka'māgato
43
Daṭṭhuṃ'va laṅkaṃ tatakittisaṃhati
Rèmsādiko sikkhitamèkḍonalsuto
Mantissaro sammatadesapālana-
Ñāyo sadhītūhi samaṃ ihā'gami
44
Bondussa suṅkaṃ gahitaṃ ito purā
Yaṃ taṃ nihīnaṃ vinivāritaṃ tadā
Dantāna'mārogyagharaṃ manoharaṃ
Lokatthikaṃ saṃvivaṭaṃ tadaddhani
45
Sabbattha laṅkāya'visesabhāvato
Jīvāna'matthaṃ sadhanabbayā'nisaṃ
Bhūrikirayā yo'kari seṭṭhanuddayo
Pèḍrkrcaḍsenadināyako sudhī
46
Buddho yahiṃ bodhi'mabujjhi bodhagaṃ
Nattu'ñca pūjetu'pasannamānaso
Taṃ jambudīpaṃ samupecca gāravā
Pūjāvidhiṃ sādhu'makāsi vandiya
47
Tasmi'ṅkhaṇe jātarujāya tamhi so
Loke pabhūjīvanugāmiko viya
Sāsuṃ jahāsa'ssa mataṃ vapuṃ ihā'
Netvāna laṅkāsuhadaṃ hi jhāpayuṃ
[SL Page 249] [\x 249/]
48
Tasse'va nāmaṃ saramānakā janā
Bimbaṃ'sa lohammaya'māsu kāriya
Vikṭl̥riyoyyānavare puruttame
Daṭṭhu'mpatiṭṭhāpayu'mattamānasā
49
Laṅkissaro satthudaya'mpi'hā'yatiṃ
Maññaṃ tadāvassika'magga'matthikaṃ
So saddakosaṃ'khilasīhaliṃgirasi-
Vācatthasāliṃ garu'matra rajjato
50
Kāretukāmo vibhajī mahaddhanaṃ
Ñāṇī guṇī satthavaye visārado
Ḍī.Bī. Jayādītilako sajīvako
Pāmokkhakattā'bhavi saddakosake
51
Ṛ.Em.Guṇassekharavissuto casaṃ
Ḍabliv.E[f]pèdi guṇavaḍḍhanassuto
Saṃsuddhabuddhī sacivā supesalā
Dve'tū'pakattuppadaviṃ dadhuṃ tahiṃ
52
Laṅkādhipo'dāni tikoṇamālikaṃ
Niṭṭhāpitaṃ dhūmarathañjasaṃ bhusaṃ
Santosaghose sati vattamānake
Accantamodo vivarī janappiyo
53
Ñāye ṭhapetuṃ iha gāmabhojake
Tesa'mpi vuttī suniyāmitā tadā
So pāṭhasālācariyāna'vetane'
Dhikye akā satthudayābhilāsato
54
Rajje yathā satthagharesva'dhārito
Sabbhāsapāṭhālayasañcaye tathā
Vissāma vuttī pana dātu'muttariṃ
Sādhuṃ garūnaṃ niyamova'bhavī tadā
55
Sammāguṇassālijanehi sannaya-
Bbedīhi pīnaṃ sumanoharaṃ sadā
Sampālituṃ laṅka'mimaṃ subhakkamaṃva
Yutta'nti yojetu'saraṃ sadāsayo
[SL Page 250] [\x 250/]
56
Lanḍanpuresassa sakaṃ manogataṃ
Tacchaṃ niveditvi'ha pālanakkame
Tattaṃ gavesetu'parikkhakaṃ sabhaṃ
Pesetu'metthā'su nivedayī tadā
57
Kāle'mhi pohaddaramullagāmajo
Ñāṇādinandoyatisaṅghanāyako
So dīpavaṃse paṭhamaṃsakaṃ mudā
Muddāpayitvā tanayittha sāsayaṃ
58
Mādampagāmubbhavako varassiri-
Saddhammavaṃsākhyanikāyanāyako
Dhīmā' sa'dhammattilakavhavissuto
Kāle'mhi nāka'ṅgami therapuṅgavo
59
Jarman kulabbhūta higins samaññikā
Kantā visiṭṭhā pamadāna'matthikaṃ
Satthālayaṃ sādhu miyūsiyassutaṃ
Pubbe ito'kāsi'rabhitva yā hitaṃ
60
Suddhāsayā'smiṃ'dhani komalā piyā
Sā indavaṃsā viya sādhuvāṇini
Kantā yasosesupagā yasolatā
Tappāṭhasālā'si mahatthasādhikā
61
Laṅkissaro'tra janataṃ satataṃ pihento
Dhīmā kli[f]parḍ suvidito sirimā yasassī
Sāddhaṃ samaṃ iha vasitva naresakāmā
Laddhā'dhipacca'mupagā malayaddhadīpe
Bhāṇavāraṃ chapaññāsatimaṃ
----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse rajjapaṭisaṅkharaṇādi dīpanonāma
Chapaññāsatimo paricchedo
[SL Page 251] [\x 251/]
Sattapaññāsatimo paricchedo.
--------------------
1
Tato timāsappamitaṃ-kālaṃ plècarsamavhayo
Laṅkeso dutiyo laṅkaṃ-pālayittha yathāvidhi
2
Tamhi kāle vissavijjā-layaṃ koḷambaṭhāniye
Athavā seṅkhaṇḍasela-purapuṅgavasantike
3
Kāretu'nti kuhaṃ vādo-āsi mantanasaṃsade
Vinicchetuṃ samesitvā-akbārnāmikakārakaṃ
4
Maṇḍalaṃ'cini sabbesaṃ-'numatyā tamhi maṇḍale
Yogga'nti tīraṇaṃ'hosi-seṅkhaṇḍaselaṭhāniye
5
Dvisahassaccatusata-sattatimitasogate
Paññāto sṭènlināmena-patvā laṅkesataṃ sudhī
6
Pappuyya laṅkaṃ sadaye-'rogyasālā tathā'pare
Daṭṭhukāmo kāraghare-sañcarittha paratthiko
7
Samattaloke vidite-muttimā kittimā sudhī
Kāruñño gandhipaññāto-seṭṭhaposo tadāni'ha
8
Sampatto khantiparamo-khadārkammantikaṃ bhusaṃ
Dhanaṃ sañcinituṃ āsi-laṅkikā mahatā'darā
9
Cirassuta'madiṭṭha'ntaṃ-janakāyā tahiṃ tahiṃ
Samosaṭā vimbhitā'va-passantā vīraporisaṃ
10
Sādhukaṃ paṭigaṇhiṃsu-janasambhamasambhavo
Tahaṃ tahaṃ sañcaranto-sañcinittha mahaddhanaṃ
11
Salamonkirasṭl̥palnāmo-'bhayasekharavissuto
Mantissaro tadā vyatto-yasosesattanaṃ gato
12
Kli[f]parḍlaṅkesasamaye-rājakīyaṃ parikkhakaṃ
Niyāmitaṃ sabhaṃ nesu-'mihe'ṅgalantadīpato
13
Ḍonoml̥rsāmipamukhā-tassaṃ sabbhā catujjanā
Kāle'mhi laṅka'māgañchuṃ-buddhimantā visāradā
14
Sukhyattā te suppasiddha-nagarāni tahiṃ tahiṃ
Gantve'ha rajje pāmokkha-dhurandharajane tathā
15
Paññāsatamitīseṭṭha-niyojite ca porise
Nānākulikapāmokkha-bhūrī jane ca sabbaso
[SL Page 252] [\x 252/]
16
Sampucchitvā kāraṇāni-vīmaṃsitvāna sādhukaṃ
Laṅkikāna'masāmaggiṃ-hīnabhāve ca vācato
17
Ñatvā vasitvā dvemāsaṃ-sātirekacatuddinaṃ
Gantve'ṅgalantadīpaṃ te-desapālanakovidā
18
Videsabhāramaccassa-buddhimantassa sabbathā
Laṅkātattaṃ nivedentā-daduṃ vāttaṃ susaṅkhaṭaṃ
19
Samaye'smiṃ nāḷatittha-sakāsamhi bhayānakaṃ
Dhūmarathaghaṭṭanaṃ'si-matā tasmiṃ bahujjanā
20
l̥rmsbigl̥rnāmavikhyāto-tadā videsabhārako
Mahāmacco idhā'gañchi-seṭṭhavijjālaye tathā
21
Samolokiya rajjasmiṃ-kiccālaye parikkhiya
Kañcikālaṃ vasitve'ha-pūna lanḍanpuraṃ gato
22
Tadā'nāgariko dhamma-pālo sāsanamāmako
Pavāretuṃ buddha dhammaṃ-buddhimante yatī tayo
23
Eṅgalantamahādīpaṃ-pesayittha dhanabbayā
Dvivassamitakālaṃ te-vasiṃsu yatayo tahiṃ
24
Rajje'smiṃ matimā tesu-pariveṇa parikkhako
Thero vajirañāṇo'si-paravāhèra gāmajo
25
Bl̥rḍlannāmiko laṅkā-mahālekhakataṃ sudhī patvā tadāni'hā'gañchi-desapālanakovido
26
Loke pasiddho kāveyyo-pavīṇo sabbhi vaṇṇito
Vissavijjālaye'dīso-santiniketanābhidhe
27
Ravindanātho so tāgl̥r-paññāto dātakittimā
Mānuññalaṅkopagato-āse'tarahi buddhimā
28
Suddhānurādhanagare-porāṇe'si manorame
Dumānaṃ'nuttaro bodhi-sogatānaṃ sironibho
29
Tassa bodhidumindassa-sākhaṃ nihīnajātiko
Asikkhite'ko puriso-chettuṃ'rabhi vidummano
30
Ñatvā janā taṃ pavattiṃ-sogatā kupitā bhusaṃ
Bubhitā ta'mupāgañchuṃ-hitvā jīvitadohaḷaṃ
31
Taṅkhaṇaṃ kaṭhinaṃ jātaṃ-kalahaṃ sunivattiya
Rajje padhānā dhurino-te samassāsayuṃ tahiṃ
[SL Page 253] [\x 253/]
32
Ponnambalamkhyātaruṇā-calamnāmo'tra vāsinaṃ
Hitesī buddhime'dāni-nidhana'ṅgā thirāsayo
33
Tassa sagguṇasaṅghātaṃ-maññamānā kataññuno
Kārāpayuṃ paṭibimbaṃ-vissajitvā mahaddhanaṃ
34
Divāgataṃ vyambhanibhaṃ-garumantisabhālayaṃ
Kārāpitaṃ navaṃ sṭènli-laṅkeso vivarī mudā
35
Syāmopālinikāyasmiṃ-yatīsānaṃ vipassīnaṃ
Mahāvivādo'paṭṭhāsi-aññamañññavibhedako
36
Vattamāne tamhi vāde-samathatta'manāgate
Selantāyatanakhyāta-pariveṇādhipo sato
37
Saraṇaṅkarākhyo'nanda-dhammadassī'ti vissuto
Netā mahākavī dhamma-vinayamhi visārado
38
Sakantevāsike sammo-'pasampādetukāmato
Syāmaraṭṭhā yatī'netuṃ-sikkhākāme bahussute
39
Tahiṃ mahānikāyasmiṃ-yatipāmokkhasantikaṃ
Parisaṃ pesayī datvā-sandesaṃ'cantagāravā
40
Yatissarā tato syāma-desikā sabbhi vaṇṇitā
Sabhāge pariyesitvā-bhikkhū ta'mupasampadaṃ
41
Kātu'mpya'tha bhave'vassa-'mupasampattipekkhake
Tahaṃ'netuṃ nivedesuṃ-saddhābhattipurassarā
42
Tada'nuññaṃ paṭiggayha-sāsanaṭṭhitikāmato
Selantāyatanakhyāta-pariveṇantike tadā
43
Udakukkhepasīmāyaṃ-sindhuyaṃ sāmaṇerake
Mahatā gāraveno'pa-sampādesuṃ yathāvidhi
44
Tato paṭṭhāya tatre'va-yāvajja pativaccharaṃ
Pavattetū'pasampattiṃ-buddhasāsanamāmako
45
Paṇasatthalagāmasmiṃ-gaṇṚgoḍèllavissute
Vijayassirivaddhanā-rāme'raddhe munelaye
46
Daṭṭhuṃ laṅka'mupāyāto-vaṇṇavejjasamavhayo
Syāmakumāro vikhyāto-ṭhapesi maṅgalaṃ silaṃ
47
Laṅkābhivuddhi'micchanto-niccaṃ nītivisārado
JṚmispīrisnāmakhyāto-sīhalajananāyako
[SL Page 254] [\x 254/]
48
Akāmakāmo laṅkāya-janānaṃ sādhusammato
Ḍonoml̥rsāmino vāttaṃ-kathañci paṭigaṇhituṃ
49
Anicchanto viya kitti-deha'mettha nidhāpiya
Paraṃ lokaṃ gato mantī-sabhāyo'pasabhāpati
50
Tato mantisabhāyo'pa-sabhāpatidhuraṃ sudhī
Sarbāronjayatilaka-mantīso patva vissuto
51
Tatodātayasojāto-sadā sambhamahājano
Alaṅkarittha mantinda-saṃsadaṃ vāṇibhūsano
52
Japanpaññātavijite-takāmatsusamavhayo
Disampatikumāro'si-tadā laṅka'mupāgato
53
Sèssanīvisayādhīso-[f]peḍriknāma suvissuto
Bhūpo'gammi'ha ṭhitvāna-katipāha'magā tadā
54
Vipattimukha'māpannaṃ-laṅkikajanataṃ purā
Mocetuṃ yatayī yo hi-vādībhakesaropamo
55
Ponnambalamrāmanāthan-nāmo mantissaro sudhī
Soṭṭho variṭṭho jl̥rjraññā-saṃladdhāgāravappado
56
Visadaṃ yasasogandha-sāraṃ disebhamuddhani
Limpetvā nāmasesattaṃ-samaye'smi'mapāpuṇī
57
Laṅkeso rajjato loka-hitāya'rabhitaṃ iha
Sammadā'yubbedavijjā-layaṃ saṃvivarī tadā
58
HarbarṭsṭŚnlipaññāto-laṅkeso tisamaṃ sudhī
Sāddhaṃ rakkhiyi'maṃ dīpaṃ-laddhā ṭhānantaraṃ'pagā
59
Yāte sṭŚnlināme'to-bl̥rḍlansavhavissuto
Dvimāsa'mupalaṅkeso-rajjaṃ pālesi sundaraṃ
60
Sucinnalaṅko laṅkeso-gremtomsannāmavissuto
Tisattatādhike vasse-dvisahassecatussate
61
Idhā'gato surūpo so-karuṇāguṇabhūsito
Sammā pālayituṃ rajjaṃ-'rabhi pālanakovido
62
Pavattitā'riha purā-vavatthādāyikā sabhā
Vissajjitā'tha ḍonoml̥r-sāminā paṭisaṅkhaṭaṃ
63
Vāttamanugataṃ rajja-mantanasamitiṃ paraṃ
Dvisahassaccatusata-catusattatisammite
[SL Page 255] [\x 255/]
64
Munindasarade'raddhaṃ-'cinituṃ janachandato
Mantī dhurī tayo āsu-'maṭṭha laṅkesakāmato
65
Pāpitā mantino sabba-janakāmavasānugā
Bhaviṃsu paññāsa mantī-sabhā puṇeṇa'kasaṭṭhiyā
66
Sabbe vetanikā mantī-maṇḍalo'ccanitā tato
Sabhāpatī co'pasabhā-pati satta'ssu'maccakā
67
Tadā mahālekhako'si-ṭiralnāmo vicakkhaṇo
Seṭṭho'dhikaraṇe jèksan-samañño nītikovido
68
Vahi bhaṇḍāgāradhuraṃ-vil[f]praḍvuḍsnāmavissuto
Tayo'me dhurino'maccā-āsu'maccantasikkhitā
69
Sabhāpatī taha'māsi-vyatto nītivisārado
[F]prunsismolamurṚnāma-khyāto cheko kathissaro
70
Yasassī guṇavā dakkho-buddhimo'pasabhāpati
Bhavī [f]porèsṭarubhaya-sekharassutanāmavā
71
Sattasū'pasabhāpaccaṃ-kārakasamitīsu hi
Patto'si subramaniyam-samaññāvissuto sudhī
72
Mahāraññū sirime'ti-padā nāmo salaṅkato
Bhāsāsatthavidū suddha-siloko'nuddayāparo
73
Ḍī.Bī. Jayatilakākhyo-sabhānāyakataṃ kavī
Sakadesakiccabhārā-maccatta'ñca vahī tahiṃ
74
Puññavā kittimā sṭīvan-senānāyakavissuto
Manti seṭṭho kasikamma-macco'sya'ḍḍho'nukampiko
75
Vācissaro nītivedī-janappiyakatho sadā
Laṅkāmba pīnayaṃ seṭṭho-suto setayaso budho
76
Si.Ḍabliv.Ḍabliv. Vikhyāto-kannaṅgarasamavhayo
Dayāparo seṭṭhamantīva-'jjhāpanasacivo'bhavi
77
Ñāṇī guṇī sī.Baṭuvan-tuḍāvanāmapākaṭo
Disārakkhāsabhābhāra-sacivattaṃ vahī dayo
78
PānabokkṚtipaññāto-mantīso sukhakāmato
Sukhārakakhākiccabhāra-sajīvo'si guṇālayo
79
Janappiyo manti perī-sundaramnāmiko bhavī
Kammakārādivāṇijja-bhārāmaccudhurandharo
[SL Page 256] [\x 256/]
80
Maggāmaggavidū mākan-marikkārnāmavissuto
Pasiddhamaggakammanta-bhāramaccattanaṃ vahi
81
Pavittakitti jl̥n henrī-mīdeṇiyeti pākaṭo
Dhatvā mantidhuraṃ'gañchi-maccuvasa'matoparaṃ
82
Tassa dhītā molamurṚ-sabhāpatipajāpati
Pattā'si taṃ mantidhuraṃ-paṭhamā sā'si mantinī
83
NṚsamsaravanamuttu-vissutā kāminī piyā
Mantinyā'su'ttarāsāya-koḷambapurapuṅgave
84
Laṅkāya'jjhāpanavuddhi-'micchaṃ niccaṃ sadā bhusaṃ
Taṅkiccapassuto yo'si-so kho daḷhaparakkamo
85
Vyāpārakusalo dhīmā-tatodātayasocayo
Roborṭ ḍi. Soyisā nāma-vikhyāto thiramānaso
86
Balapiṭṭhipadesasmiṃ-dhatvā mantidhuraṃ varaṃ
Satataṃ tamhi visaye-vuddhiyā'nekadhā bahū
87
Kirayānipphādayaṃ'sesa-mane pīnesi sabbaso
Sabbalaṅkāsamādāna-vinicchayassakārako
88
Pīḷito'ccantagelaññaṃ-diṭṭheni'ha'khile jane
Nimujjayanto'tisayaṃ-tadā kasirasāgare
89
Mantissaro so pañcatta-'mupago'sā'napekkhako
Taṅkhaṇaṃ kaṇṇakaṭukaṃ-rāvaṃ sutvāna vimbhitā
90
Kinvi'daṃ kinvi'daṃ sacca-'metaṃ nū'ti lapuṃ janā
Nidhāya vilapuṃ sīsa-matthakesu kare dukhā
91
Samosaṭā'nekajāti-janā saṅkhyāpathātigā dassesuṃ seṭṭhamantissa-carimaṃ gāravaṃ bhusaṃ
92
Sūravīraguṇassāliṃ-laṅkāmātā kirayakkhamaṃ
Piyaṅkarekatanaya-'mapassantī rurodati
93
Kākavaṇṇatissaraññā-kāritaṃ sṚruvāpiyaṃ
Maṅgalavhaṃ mahācetyaṃ-vattittha cirajiṇṇakaṃ
94
Pañcasaṃvaccharā pubbe-sāsanaṭṭhitikāmato
Vīrasīhamudalinda-pamukhā sogatā janā
95
Sabhaṃ'rabhitvā maṅgala-mahācetiyavaḍḍhatiṃ
Paṭisaṅkhārayuṃ sīghaṃ-laddhādhārā'va sabbaso
[SL Page 257] [\x 257/]
96
Suniṭṭhāpitakammante-cetiyasmiṃ mahussavā
hapesuṃ thūpikaṃ moda-mānasā'gga'miha'ddhani
97
Jinasāsanasaṃvuddhiṃ-'pekkhamānā mahāsayā
Saddhike'dāni sugata-sāsanodayavissute
98
Pariveṇe dassaneyyaṃ-vissajjiya mahaddhanaṃ
Dvibhumakaṃ mandiraṃ yaṃ-kārayiṃsu mahehayā
99
Gremtomsannāmavikhyāto-laṅkeso tejavāyaso
Pamodanādamajjhasmiṃ-vivarī taṃ mudā'layaṃ
100
Laṅkissare pālayante-laṅkaṃ sammā mudā bhusaṃ
Jl̥rjmahāmahipo seṭṭha-sesabhūpasikhāmaṇi
101
Videsabhāropamahā-lekhakapadaviṃ garuṃ
Pādāsi tassa mudito-kassa cā'pya'nivediya
102
Nāva'māruyha gacchanto-laṅkinde'ṅgalantadesakaṃ
Tariyaṃ taṅkhaṇaṃ bāḷha-gilāno'danapuruttamaṃva
103
Avaruyhā'rogyasālaṃ-pattu'ssannāmayo bhusaṃ
Taha'maccayataṃ pāpa-kathañcana'napekkhitaṃ
104
Taṃ pavattiṃ suṇitvāna-socanīyaṃ sudussahaṃ
Accantadukkhitā āsuṃ-laṅkikā katavedino
105
Vapussa tassa carimaṃ-gāravaṃ dassayuṃ tahiṃ
Maraṇaṃ'sa'dhirajjassa-āsi hāni sirīmato
106
Vassadvayaṃ visadakitti sa'sādhikaṃ grem-
Tomsansamaññavidito matime'dha ṭhitvā
Laṅkissaro jahi tanuṃ viya vāmalaṅkaṃ
Sādhusva'sādhusu na pāpimato viseso
107
Evaṃ hi bho'navarataṃ kasirubbhavasmi'
Mādīnava'mpya'namataggabhave vibhāvī
Disvāna jātimaraṇaṃ vinihacca saccaṃ
Pattuṃ cinātha kusalaṃ'nalasā pahūtaṃ
Bhāṇavāraṃ sattapaññāsatimaṃ
------------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dipavaṃse rajjamantana sabhādi
Dīpanonāma sattapaññāsatimo paricchedo.
[SL Page 258] [\x 258/]
Aṭṭhapaññāsatimo paricchedo.
--------------------
1
Laṅkissare tamhi gate pavīṇe
iralsamañño dutiyo'tra'dhīso
Sato yathāsatti vicakkhaṇo so
Māsattayaṃ rakkhi manuññalaṅkaṃ
2
Satthussa vasse dvisahassakamhi
Catussate chādhikasattatīme
Laṅkesataṃ patva sutikkhañāṇo
Ihā'gato sṭabsviditābhidhāno
3
Ciraṃ pariññātavisiṭṭhalaṅko
Dayaddaceto'vitabhūriraṭṭho
Sambhāvito sabbhi visuddhakitti
Sambhattiye'maṃ'rabhi sāsituṃ so
4
So rajjamantīsabhatiṃ patindo
Tadā'padā kenaci gāravīyā
hānantarāto'pagato'si cheko
Aho'bbhutaṃ kammabalaṃ viloka
5
Sabhādhipaccaṃ puna nītibyatto
Patto [f]porèsṭl̥bhayasekharākhyo
Tato nayaññū'pasabhāpatittaṃ
Yāto'si mantī vijayammaṇī so
6
Suvaṇṇamālīvarathūparañño
Gabbhamhi dhātvagganidhiṃ tadāni
Mahāmudā cetiyavaḍḍhanākhyā
Kāresi sammā viditā sabhā sā
7
Nānādisāto'gatabhūripāṇi-
Gaṇākulaṃ suddhapuraṃ'nurādhaṃ
Harīmayānekavidhāni pūjā-
Vatthūni muttāmaṇibhāsurāni
[SL Page 259] [\x 259/]
8
Sambhattiyā buddhajanā pahaṭṭhā
Tandhātugabbhe nidahiṃsu sammā
Punappaṭissaṅkharaṇe nidhāna-
Vatthuna'maggha'mpi kathā katheyya
9
Pācīnaraṭṭhesu bhusaṃ visālaṃ
Samiddhataṃ pāpuṇi yaṃ pasiddhaṃ
Japansamañño vijite manuññe
Susaṅgamo'dāni'si sogatānaṃ
10
Byātehi nānāvijitehi tasmiṃ
Samosaruṃ mukhyajanā pavīṇā
Kantāya laṅkāya niyojitaggā
Tahiṃ samajjā pahitā pasiddhā
11
Vyatto kathīso matanīti harbaṭ-
Nissaṅkanāmo piyarūpaputto
Tassaṃ samajjāya niyojitāya
Padhānataṃ kāruṇiko vahittha
12
Gate'ṃgirasīnaṃ vasa'mettha rañño
Paramparāyā'gata sīhalīyaṃ
Purā sirīvikkamarājasīhā-
Sīnaṃ harīmuttamaṇīvirājaṃka
13
Sīhāsanaṃ'nagghavasūvisesā
Pabhassaraṃ hemamayaṃ kirīṭaṃ
Pesesu'meṅgalantanarādhipassa
Pālesi so tāni cira'ntibhatyā
14
Ñatvāna vuttanta'mimaṃ ca mattaṃ
Vatthudvayaṃ taṃ pavaraṃ vicitraṃ
Laddhu'ñca daṭṭhuṃ pihamānasā te
Laṅkājanā sīhalavaṃsabhūtā
15
Yasassīnaṃ pañcamajl̥rjmahīpaṃ
Yāciṃsva'nekajjha'matho dayālū
Disampatī vatthudukaṃ'sa kāle
Sasūnuno datvi'dha pesayī taṃ
[SL Page 260] [\x 260/]
16
Tasse'va raññño garusampadassa
Suto vinīto tatiyo yasassī
Henrībhidhānassutaglosṭarādi-
Pādo'pagañchā'diya ta'mpi laṅkaṃ
17
Tadāni koḷambapuraṃ mahinda-
Puraṃ parājetu'vivā'tibhaddaṃ
Salaṅkaritvā mahatā'darena
Kumāraseṭṭhaṃ supaṭiggahesuṃ
18
Ānandanando sukumārakhatto
Seṅkhaṇḍaselākhyapuraṃ vicitraṃ
Gantvā subhe maṅgalamaṇḍapasmiṃ
Laṅkesapāmokkhakasīhalānaṃ
19
Sīhāsanaṃ seṭṭhakirīṭaka'ñca
Pādāsi bhūpālaniyogapubbo
Disvāna pāmojjamanā janā ne
Vaṇṇiṃsu jl̥rjbhūpatino guṇoghaṃ
20
Kāle'mhi laṅkādharaṇītalasmiṃ
Jarāmayo āsi sudāruṇo'va
Puresu gāmannīgamesu tasmiṃ
Tasmiṃ janā tāya rujāya phuṭṭhā
21
Mahā ahesuṃ bahavo sahassa-
Saṅkhā tadānī yatayo'ññabhattā
Tahaṃ tahaṃ gamma dayāpapuṇṇa-
Manā'turānaṃ parisaṅgahesuṃ
22
Suvaṇṇamālīvaracetiyassa
Sabhā paṭissaṅkharaṇe niyuttā
Ādevatākoṭṭha'masesa'māsuṃ
Bandhāpayitvā puna dibbakoṭṭhe
23
Saṅgamma saddhehi janehi saddhiṃ
Cinitva pūjārahavatthujātaṃ
Mahussavenā'tipamodapubbaṃ
Yathā purā dhātunidhi'ṅkarittha
[SL Page 261] [\x 261/]
24
Kāle'ssa jl̥rjbhūpatino'bhisekā
Saṃvaccharā'suṃ pana pañcavīsā
Sabbe'va laṅkāya tato kataññū
Mahacchaṇaṃ sādhu pavattayiṃsu
25
Viññātapubbāparabhāsasattho pavittakittissuti tassa kāle
Ārtarḍènīyelvijayādisekha-
Rākhyo diva'ṅgañchi mahāsayo so
26
Pahūtabhāsānipuṇā sumedhā
Kathissarā'maccagaṇā ca mantī
Te rajjamantīsabhatiṃ nisinnā
Lokatthasiddhiṃ akaruṃ'nurūpaṃ
27
So dvissahassamhi catussatasmi'
Maṭṭhādhike sattatime muninde
Vassamhi cārittavasā'tra rajja-
Mantīsabhaṃ vissaji laṅkanetā
28
Tato timāsaṃ pana'tikkamitvā
Samuccinitvā puna seṭṭhamantī
Taṃ rajjamantissamitiṃ navaṃ hi
Laṅkissaro saṃvivarittha pītyā
29
Navīnamantīsabhatiṃ matīmā
Ḍabliv. DorṚsāmi saphāpatī'siva
Susantabhāvo vidadhe susantā-
[F]pl̥nsṚkanāmo'pasabhāpatittaṃ
30
Janappiyo santavaco sato ār-
Es. Tennakl̥n nāmasuto vinīto
Tadā tathā sattasu kārikāsu
Sabhāsu tāsū'pasabhāpatī'si
31
Sataṃ pasattho vahatī yasassī
Ḍī.Bī. Jayādītilako sirīmā
Kavī sabhānāyakataṃ sadesa-
Kattabbahāraṃ sacivattana'ñca
[SL Page 32] [\x 32/]
32 So bhāgyavā vikkamasālivyatta-
Kittī purā vaṇṇitanāmadheyyo
Kannaṅgaro mantivaro idāni
Ajjhāpanāmaccadhuraṃ dadhāti
33
Dhanī guṇī vissūtakitti ḍī.Es.-
Senādinetā janatā hitesi
Pubbe'va seṭṭho kasikammamacca-
Dhurandharo'sī kasiyā pavīṇo
34
Khyāto kulīno yasavā sa'es.Ḍab-
Liv.Ār. Ḍayasbaṇḍaranāyakākhyo
Sudhī disāpālakamaccaṭhāna-
Ntaraṃ dadhāti susucheka mantī
35
Kirayāpavīṇo sudhi kammakāra-
Vāṇijjamaccappadaviṃ pasiddho
Ji.Sī. Esādī korayā bhidhāno
Dadhāti mantī taruṇo surūpo
36
Sade'va jātyāgamabhattiyutto
Cirantanabbuttivido vidhiññū
Ārtar da silvādhivaco yasassī
Manti sukhārakkhasajīvako'si
37
Samicchi laṅkājanatābhivuddhiṃ
Subuddhi jṚ.El. Kotalāvalākhyo
Mantī sa'maggassutakammabhārā-
Maccappadaṃ saṃvidadhe vidhiññū
38
Ciraṃ pasiddho satimā nayaññū
iralsamañño sacivo matīmā
Laṅkāmahālekhadhuraṃ vahitvā
Vissāmataṃ patva agā sadesaṃ
39
Tato tatodātayasovitāno
Dayaddaceto paricinnalaṅko
Em.Em. Vèḍarbanvidito sajīvo
Laṅkāmahālekhadhuraṃ dadhāti
[SL Page 263] [\x 263/]
40
Pāmokkhako'dhīkaraṇamhi jṚ.Sī.-
Hl̥varḍsamañño sacivo'si dhīmā
Hakshèmsamavho satimā sa'bhaṇḍā-
Gārīyamaccappadaviṃ dadhāti
41
Tayo ci'me'maccavarā pasiddhā
Dhurandharā chekatarā bhaviṃsu
Yathāpurā vuttasabhā tathe'va
Sabbaṅgapuṇṇā vitathā na'se'sā
42
Samattavanyaṃ visadekakitti
Ppabhāva'maggaṃ tanayittha yo so
Bhūmissaro pañcamajl̥rjsamañño
Mahādayo sassa pajāsu daḷhaṃ
43
Kāle'ssa laṅkāpatino sakīye
Santāpayaṃ suddhayasottabhāvaṃ
Nidhāya seṭṭhaṃ navarajjabhāraṃ
Dhattuṃ'va'gañchi bhuvanaṃ para'mpi
44
Tato'va lanḍanpuriyā pajā ca
Sabandhavo dukkhamanā yathā'suṃ
Sasāmibhattā katavedino'tra
Dīpe janā'ccantadukhā rudiṃsu
45
Tato sato jl̥rjmahipassa jeṭṭha-
Suto patīto piyavṚlskumāro
Dayodapūtaggamano'ṭṭhameḍvarḍ-
Nāmena sīhāsanasīnako'si
46
Navodayaṃ vatrabhuno dhajassa
Viya'ssa bhūpassa sato vipassī
Samattasatto'nnayanā sakīyā
Nandiṃsu hīyyo taguṇe vadantā
47
Eḍvarḍmahābhūpatisattajātaṃ
Samonavassaṃ paritosayitvā
Pakāsayaṃ bhāgasabhāva'magga-
Rajjassa bhāraṃ jahi kenacī'va
[SL Page 264] [\x 264/]
48
Atho sagabbho mahipassa tassa
Yl̥kādipādo vidhinā sunīto
Chaṭṭhena jl̥rjkhyātabhidhena sīhā-
Sanamhi'sīno janatā hitāya
49
Patiṭṭhitaṃ taṃ puna ādipādaṃ
Rajje nisamma'ññadisampatīnaṃ
Purā bhusaṃ cetasi dhūmito'va
Hutāvaho'sī'va samuṭṭhito hi
50
Patāpavā suddhayaso'dhirajje
Mahāmahīpo'si yathe'va kante
Laṅkaggarajje'pi disampatī so
Rājā'khilānaṃ lasataṃ hitāya
51
Vijjodayākhyassutasatthasālo-
Dayācalabbhūtasusattharaṃsī
Hatandhakāro ratanādisāra-
Netaṃsumālī'gami'dāni'yatthaṃ
52
Visiṭṭhadhamme nipuṇo marūnaṃ'
Bhidhamma'māsuṃ vadituṃ'va dhīmā
Devādinando garusaṅghaneto'
Pasaṅgarājā gami devalokaṃ
53
Vibhāti pañcammaṇagāmajāto
Seṅkhaṇḍaselavhapure varasmiṃ
Pupphādirāmādhipatī yasassī
Sumaṅgalavho garunetupādo
54
Ramme vihāre hayaselasañño'
Dhīso purasmiṃ sirivaḍḍhanākhye
Guṇī guṇādīratano sa'mullṚ-
Gāmubbhavo netuvaro vibhāti
55
Saddhammasatthe paṭu saṅgharāja-
Satthālayasmiṃ'dhipatī'nunetā
Siddhatthanāmo thaviro matīmā
Virājate sāsanavuddhikāmī
[SL Page 265] [\x 265/]
56
Virājate sampati yuttiyutto
Saddhammavaṃsādhivace nikāye
Netuttamo kāruṇiko sa'sīla-
Kkhandhavhathero satimā vinīto
57
Vibhāti vaṃse sumanavhanetu-
Pādassa'dānī garusaṅghanetā
Saṅgepayaṃ sābhijanaṃ hi medhā-
Nandābhidhāno thaviro dhitīmā
58
Yo sakkatādo nipuṇo'si satthe
So gotamīkhyātavihāradhīso
Sudhī yatindo'maravaṃsathero
Virājate viddasu matthakasmiṃ
59
Viññātasatthāgamako'si'noma-
Dassī mahānetuvaro vibhāvī
Parakkamabbāhusamaññasatthā-
Layādhipo bhāsati sampatī'ha
60
Satthe ca dhamme vinaye pavīṇo
PāḷŚṇagāmamhi bhavo vibhāvī
Susaṅkatho so vajirādiñāṇa-
Ssuto mahānetuvaro'jja bhāti
61
Satthāgame chekataro susīlo'-
Pasenathero matimā yatīso
Vikhyātasaddhammudayākhyavijjā
Layamhi'dhīso lasate'jja sammā
62
Sataṃ pasattho pulinattalavhā-
Rāmādhipo netuvaro dayālū
Sirīnivāsatthaviro sasatthe
Dhamme pavīṇo matimā'jja bhāti
63 Sambhāvito sabbhi pasiddhavijjānandākhyavijjālayadhissaro hi
Ñātāgamo sampati dhammasiddhi-
Yatissaro saṃlasate vibhāvī
[SL Page 266] [\x 266/]
64
Virājate so vidurūpolākhya-
Gāmamhi jāto piyatissanāmo
Satthabbidū netuvaro'ddharaṭṭha-
Mrammanvaye paṇḍitupādhikhyāto
65
Desantarappatthaṭakittisaṃhati
Bhūmissarādīhi katādaro bhusaṃ
Baṇḍāranetā salamon ḍayassuto
Bhātī'ha dīpe mudalindasattamo
66
Sambhāti jī.Pī. Malalādisekhara-
Khyāto vinīto dhitiyā visodhiya
īkaṃ mahāvaṃsika'maggarajjato
Muddāpayī iṃgirasivaṇṇato sudhī
67
Laṅkāya'yattā tatiyassa jl̥rjmahā-
Bhūpassa āpañcamajl̥rjjanādhipaṃ
Vuttanta'masmiṃ itihāsikaṃ mahā-
Vaṃsamhi antogadhaka'ṅkarittha yo
68
Dhamme ca satthe caturo'tihāsiye'
Dhīso sudhammākarasatthamandire
Paññādinando kavi saṅghanāyako
Virājate so vidurāna'mantare
69
Dharaṇipatipadhānā lokapālā patāpī
Suvisadatatakittī sāsanabbhāradhārī
Viparinatasabhāvaṃ dassayiṃsū bhavasmiṃ
Tatha'riva mahataṃ konū'taresaṃ janānaṃ
70
Iti viditajanā bho patthayantā hitatthaṃ
Garukasiravighātaṃ niccasātaṃ paṇītaṃ
Gamitu'malasabhāvaṃ hitva tumhe'ppamattā
Cinutha cinutha puññā santataṃ santada'mpi
Bhāṇavāramaṭṭha paññāsatimaṃ
-----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse punarajjamantana
Sabhoccinanādi dīpano nāmaṭṭhapaññāsatimo paricchedo.
[SL Page 267] [\x 267/]
Ekūnasaṭṭhitamo paricchedo.
------------------
1
Duṭṭhagāmiṇiabhaya-raññā vikkamasālinā
Tatodātasilokena-sambuddhamāmakena hi
2
Kārāpitaṃ purā soṇṇa-mālicetyaṃ pabhinnakaṃ
Katādhārā sogatehi-saddhehi ca mahehayā
3
Cetiyavaḍḍhanīkhyātā-sabhā sajjanasaññutā
Bandhāpetvāna kammantaṃ-mahaddhanaparibbayā
4
Niṭṭhāpesī thūparājā-kelāso dutiyo viya
Rājate'jja pajācakkhū-mukhe mokkhamudāvaho
5
Kadā hessati thūpassa-thūpikārohaṇaṃ sivaṃ
Mahituṃ namituṃ kāmā-'pekkhanti pāṇisañcayā
6
Dvisahasse catusate-'sitime munihāyane
Vesākhamāse dutiye-budhāhani site subhe
7
Lokekodātayasayo-mahābhāgassa dhīmato
Chaṭṭhassa jl̥rjsamaññassa-mahipassa sirīmato
8
Piḷandhanaṃ kirīṭassa-āsi janamudāvahaṃ
Mahacchero chaṇo tasmiṃ-divase abbhuto bhavi
9
Laṅkikā sakalā sādhu-guṇabhūsanabhūsitaṃ
Bhūpaṃ sarājato mañña-mānā idha tahiṃ tahiṃ
10
Tadussavaṃ gāravena-vissajjiya mahaddhanaṃ
Pavattayiṃsu ruciraṃ-sāmibhattipurassarā
11
Tadāni koḷambapure-purā kumbhasamubbhave
Isismiṃ gahite sindhu-nīraṃ pāṇipuṭena tu
12
Ratanānaṃ yathāloko-nānāvijjutapo tathā
Nettacittaharo āsi-tattha tattha virocanā
13
Bhūpassa tassa niyatiṃ-daṭṭhu'meke'dhirajjakaṃ
Gamiṃsu koḷambapuraṃ-janatāyo samosaruṃ
14
Samaye'smiṃ mrammaraṭṭhe-saṅgharājapadhānako
Vyatto bahussuto saṅgho-karuṇāpuṇṇamānaso
[SL Page 268] [\x 268/]
15
Vālutātitthagāmasmiṃ-sambhūtassa sivesino
Sudassanābhidhānassa-yatindassa vibhāvino
16
Upasaṅgharājapadaṃ-'dāsi sambhamapubbako
So'pamahāsāmi'riha-rājate hitasādhako
17
Laṅkeso rejinl̥lḍeḍvaḍ-vikhyāto sṭabs samavhayo
Yasassi buddhimā laṅkā-vuddhimaggaṃ visodhiya
18
Pīnetvā laṅkike laddhā-vissāmattaṃ yathāvidhi
Sadesa'ṅgā vasitvāna-sāddhaṃ tisaradaṃ iha
19
Em.Em. Vèḍarbanpaññāto-'palaṅkeso tato sudhī
Sāddhaṃ timāsaṃ pālesi-laṅkaṃ laṅkodaye rato
20
Dvisahassaccatusate-kāsītisammite jine
Hāyane sirimā enḍrū-kèlḍikoṭnāmavissuto
21
Laṅkissaro ihā'yāto-desapālanakovido
Appamatto laṅka'mimaṃ-sāsituṃ'rabhi sādhukaṃ
[SL Page 269] [\x 269/]
Dīpavaṃsa dutiyaṃsa kattuvaṃso.
-------------------
1
Sirighanamunino tilokakantā-
Riyatilakassakhilābhivanditena
Varacaraṇayugena phassitaṃ hi
Vipulabhivuddhimihicchato pasatthaṃ
2
Dharaṇipatisikhāmaṇīsarikkhā-
Vanitatasuddhasilokasaṃhatissa
Nikhilajanapamodasambhavassa-
Trajapavaro sutadhammasokarañño
3
Suviditavisayesu lokanātha-
Varasamayaṭṭhitimicchatova sisso
Suvihatakhilapāpamānasassa
Munisutamoggaliputtatissanetu
4
Sakavaragaruno niyogamaggaṃ
Labhiyucitaddhamavecca seṭṭhabuddhi
Vitatayasamahāmahindakhīṇā-
Savathaviro subhalaṅkadīpamāga
5
Naravarasaradamhi sattatiṃsā-
Dhikadvisate sahi sāsanaggamatra
Adhipatipiyatissabhūpatissa
Patiṭhapayī labhiya ggametthasakhyaṃ
6
Gatavatiha mahāmahindasekkha--
Bbhavasuvisuddhamahāvihāravaṃse
Atisayamudayaṃ marammaramme
Sutavijite sirikhettaṭhāniyambhā
7
Jinasamayabhivuddhipekkhamāno
Varamatimā mahasāmināmathero
Iha sahaparisova pāpuṇitvā
Parivajiya ppaṭhama ṭṭhitaṃ hi sikkhaṃ
[SL Page 270] [\x 270/]
8
Ativisadamahāvihāravaṃsā-
Gatamalabhittha navaṃ pasatthasikkhaṃ
Pamuditamanaso tato maramma-
Purapavaraṃ samupecca suddhasīlo
9
Tahamariyamahāmahindavaṃsaṃ
Sunidahi tassa nirākulamhi vaṃse
Guṇasirithavi sutassiloko
Bhavi dasamo nipuṇo hi dhammasatthe
10
Tipiṭakamunibhāratīpavīṇo
Yatipavarassa hi tassa seṭṭhasisso
Tahamabhavi pasatthadhammasenā-
Patimukhañāṇabhivaṃsasaṅgharājā
11
Gaṇajagatipatissa tassa sisso
Marapuranāmamahāvihāravaṃsaṃ
Iha patiṭhapayittha seṭṭhañāṇa-
Vimalabhidhānamahāyatissareso
12
Vipulamati tadantavāsiko so
Atha sanikāyapasatthaseṭṭhabhāraṃ
Suviditamunivutti dhammadhāra-
Garuyatisāmivaro vahittha sammā
13
Sutasakagaruno hi tassa bhāvā-
Nugatamano piṭakattayamhi satthe
Atisayanipuṇova sakkatādo
Vasi yatikuñjara ñāṇanandathero
14
Tikhiṇamatiyatissarassa tassa
Lasi caturo sahitamhi seṭṭhasisso
Ariyabhijanalaṅkatippasiṭṭho
Savimalasārabhidho mahāyatīso
15
Yatipatisiriñāṇanandasissa-
Ssutapavaro vinaye timattadakkho
Vasi marapuramūlavaṃsa saṅgha-
Garusutabuddhasirissuto yatindo
[SL Page 271] [\x 271/]
16 Pavaravimalasāranetusissa-
Trajaviditagamamañjudhammapuñjo
Vasi siririyavaṃsalaṅkatī hi
Savimaladhīrasuto mahāyatindo
17
Viduragaṇanisevitaggabuddha-
Sirivimalādikadhīrasīhasisso
Viditasugatasāsanodayākhye
Adhipatitaṅgami satthamandirasmiṃ
18
Atisayarucirāsanopalākhya-
Ssutavaragāmabhavo pasatthavutti
Munidharaṇipatissuto samāno
Savimalakittisamaññātathero
19
Sasigajayuganettasammitasmiṃ
Munisaradessayujamhi puṇṇamāyaṃ
Sudhimatamanugova dīpavaṃse
Itidutiyaṃsa makāsi sānuvādaṃ
20
Vidurajanagaṇā pasatthabuddhī
Anagatibhāvamupecca niccamasmiṃ
Mama vipulaparissamamhi saccaṃ
Yathariva sammuditā bhavantu santā